TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION

TECHNISCHE DOKUMENTATION
GEA Westfalia Separator SeaWaterDistiller

EDITION / AUSGABE - 14.08.2020

CUSTOMER / KUNDE: CSSC Huangpu Wenchong Shipbuilding Co., Ltd.

WS-ORDER NO. / WS-BESTELL 1451979861
NR.:
PROJECT / PROJEKT: H5621

MODEL / MODELL: SWD 20-80-110

REVISION / REVISION: 00

engineering for a better world www.gea.com

 1451979861 / 00 / 14.08.2020

Die Verfasser freuen sich immer über Kommentare und Ratschläge

diese Dokumentation betreffend. Sie können gesandt werden an

The authors are always for comments and suggestions for

improving the documentation. They can be sent to

© GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH

Werner-Habig-Str. 1, 59302 Oelde, Germany
Tel.: +49 2522 77-0, Fax +49 2522 77-2488
[email protected], www.gea.com

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH

1451979861 / 00 / 14.08.2020

CONTENTS / INHALT
COVER SHEET
DECKBLATT
1 SAFETY
SICHERHEIT
1.1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATIONS
SICHERHEITSHINWEISE FUER ANLAGEN
1.2 QUALIFICATION PERSONNEL
QUALIFIKATION PERSONAL
1.3 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND USER INFO
SICHERHEITS- UND BENUTZERHINWEISE
2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
SYSTEMBESCHREIBUNG
2.1 EVAPORATOR, COMPL.
VERDAMPFER VOLLST.
CHECKLIST # DATA RECORDS

3 DOCUMENTS RELATING TO ORDERS

PROJEKTBEZOGENE DOKUMENTE
3.1 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
GRAFIKSYMBOLE
3.2 ORDER INFORMATION SPARE PARTS FOR INSTALLATIONS
BESTELLINFO ERSATZTEILE F. ANLAGEN
3.3 EQUIPMENT LIST
GERAETELISTE
3.4 INSTALLATION PLAN
AUFSTELLUNGSPLAN
3.5 DATA SHEET
PROZESSDATENBLATT
3.6 INSTALLATION DIAGRAM
INSTALLATIONSSCHEMA
4 CONTROL UNIT
STEUER- UND REGELEINRICHTUNG
4.1 INSTRUCTION MANUAL
BETRIEBSANLEITUNG
4.2 CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
STROMLAUFPLAN
GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
 1451979861 / 00 / 14.08.2020

5 PUMP
PUMPE
5.1 DISTILLATE PUMP
DESTILLATPUMPE
CM

CM-CME

5.2 CENTRIFUGAL PUMP, COMPL.

KREISELPUMPE VOLLST.
NSL

NSLH65_215_D02_50,4_60HZ

6 VALVES, FITTINGS, ASSEMBLY

VENTILE, ARMATUREN, ZUBEHÖR
6.1 THROUGH-WAY VALVE
DURCHGANGSVENTIL
FABA-LA

6.2 BALL VALVE

KUGELHAHN
VN

6.3 BALL VALVE

MUFFENKUGELHAHN
IM-10-BV

6.4 NON-RETURN VALVE

RUECKSCHLAGVENTIL
IM-10-NRV

7 MEASUREMENT
MESSTECHNIK
7.1 PRESSURE GAUGE
DRUCKMESSGERAET
232.50 / 233.50

232.50 / 233.50

213.40

213.40

213.53

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH

 Safety precautions
for plants
No.: 9001

Edition: 0712

Designation: Safety precautions

engineering for a better world GEA Mechanical Equipment

2 9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTION
Subject to modification!

The authors are always grateful for comments and suggestions for improving the
documentation. They can be sent to

GEA Mechanical Equipment

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1, 59302 Oelde, Germany
Tel.: +49 2522 77-0 · Fax +49 2522 77-2488
[email protected],· www.westfalia-separator.com

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012 3

For your safety

• Strictly adhere to instructions marked with this symbol.
This avoids damage to the plant or plant components.

• Take special care when carrying out operations marked with this
symbol -
otherwise danger to life.

Note: • This symbol is not a safety precaution but rather a reference to infor-
mation which help to better understand the plant components and the
processes.

• Observe the accident prevention regulations!

The local safety and accident prevention regulations apply uncondi-
tionally to the operation of the plant. The plant operator must ensure
compliance with these regulations.

• Follow the instructions in the manual.

Follow only the instructions given in this manual.
Repair and maintenance work that goes beyond the scope described
in this manual may not be carried out.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

4 9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012

1 Safety precautions

1.1 Safety markings ....................................................................................... 5

1.1.1 Safety markings and their meaning ......................................................... 5
1.2 Performing work on a plant ...................................................................... 8
1.2.1 Demands on the operating and maintenance personnel ......................... 8
1.2.2 Spare part requirements .......................................................................... 9
1.2.3 Electrical installation ................................................................................ 9
1.2.4 Before start-up ....................................................................................... 10
1.2.5 Start-up .................................................................................................. 11
1.2.6 Shut-down and »Emergency-Off« ......................................................... 13

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012 5

1.1 Safety markings

The safety markings (adhesives and metal plates) are attached to all plants, on
the hood and frame of the respective plant component in such a way that they
are clearly visible.
All safety markings on the plant, control system and plant components must al-
ways be in perfect condition.
• Clean dirty safety markings.
• Replace damaged safety markings.

1.1.1 Safety markings and their meaning

The following safety markings must be attached to the monitoring system as
adhesive labels:

Be sure to adhere to the plant

documentation!
• Every person who is assigned the
task of installing, operating, main-
taining and repairing the plant must
have read and understood the doc-
umentation.
• The documentation must be com-
plete kept near to the installation
and be readily accessible to the op-
erators. It must be available to the
operators at all times!
Fig. 1

Disconnect power prior to start-

ing work!
Risk of injury due to electrical voltage
and unintended start-up of the plant!

Before carrying out work on the

plant and electrical plant compo-
nents:
• Make sure the plant is at a standstill.
• Switch off all electrical appliances
via the main switch,
• Lock the installation to prevent it
Fig. 2 from being accidentally switched on.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

6 9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012

Frequency converter operation!

• When setting the frequency convert-
er, do not exceed the admissible
speed (see nameplate)!

Note:
This adhesive plate is only used for
frequency converter operation.

Fig. 3

Warning of extreme surface

temperatures!

The surfaces of the plant components

can be hot!

Note:
This adhesive plate is only used for hot
operation.

Fig. 4

Danger due to electrical current!

Non-compliance with the protective
measures can result in serious dam-
age to persons or property.

Before working on electrical com-

ponents:
• Switch off all electrical appliances
via the main switch,
CAUTION:
The parts marked in this way can
carry voltage even when the main
Fig. 5 switch is off!

• Lock the installation to prevent it from being accidentally switched on.

• Take adequate preventive measures according to the national orovisions (in
Germany in accordance with the rules and regulations of the VDE (Verein
Deutscher Elektriker / Association of German Electrical Engineers) or EVU
(Europäische Vereinigung für Unfallforschung und Unfallanalyse / European
Association for Accident Research and Analysis) institutions.
• The work may only be carried out by competent persons (qualified technical
specialists).

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012 7

Potential equalisation (protec-

tive-earth terminal)
The grounding protection is a measure
which, in the case of a malfunction,
leads off the touch voltage into the
earth.

Fig. 6

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

8 9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012

1.2 Performing work on a plant

The plant works reliably, provided that

it is operated and maintained in ac-
cordance with our operating instruc-
tions.

Fig. 7

Special attention must be given to:

• assembly
• electrical installation
• before start-up
• start-up
• shut-down
• maintenance and repair

1.2.1 Demands on the operating and maintenance personnel

Operating, maintaining or repairing the plant requires specialized knowledge!

CAUTION!
Operating, maintenance or repair work by unqualified or unauthorized
personnel can lead to operating, assembly and handling errors and severe
damage to persons and property.

Westfalia Separator accepts no liability for damage caused by unqualified

or unauthorized personnel!

For operation, maintenance and repair work, personnel may only be deployed
who
• have reached a minimum age of 18 years.
• are demonstrably familiar with the state-of-the-art through briefings and train-
ing.
• are adequately qualified for performing the work and checking it.
Electrical work may only be carried out by an authorized electrician!

The operator of the plant

• is responsible for the necessary skills and knowledge of the personnel.
• is responsible for briefing and training the personnel.
• must be sure that the personnel have read and understood the manuals nec-
essary to carry out their work.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012 9

Westfalia Separator offers a an extensive range of training and advanced train-

ing courses. You can obtain further information from Westfalia Separator or from
one of the authorized representatives.

1.2.2 Spare part requirements

• Use only genuine spare parts from Westfalia

Separator.
The use of non-genuine parts leads to:
– safety risks,
– less durability and availability,
– increased service requirement.
If a safety risk occurs when using non-original
spare parts, this may have legal consequences
Fig. 8 for the responsible persons. In such cases,
Westfalia Separator accepts no liability or war-
ranty claims.

1.2.3 Electrical installation

• Electrical work may only be car-

ried out by an authorized electri-
cian!
• The governing accident prevention
regulations apply for the electrical
appliances and installations.
• Special attention must be paid to the
installation guidelines of Westfalia
Separator.
• The frequency and voltage of the
power supply must correspond to
the machine specifications.
Fig. 9

• Carry out voltage equalization.

• Observe legal regulations; e.g. in the EU:
– Low-voltage guideline 73/23/EWG
– Electro-magnetic compatibility 89/336/EWG.
– Guidelines of the classification societies.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

10 9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012

1.2.4 Before start-up

• Check that the lubrication and cool-

ing systems are serviceable.

Fig. 10

• Check whether the supervisory

equipment is operational and the
correct limit values are adjusted.
• When hoods, concentrate collectors
and vessels are pressurized, e.g. by
– inert gas blanketing,
– cooling,
– steam sterilization etc.
the pressures stated on the boiler
plate must not be exceeded.

Fig. 11

• Check that the product lines are set

to operation.
• Regularly check hoses for signs of
ageing.
• Check sight glasses for mechanical
damage.
• Damaged parts must be replaced
immediately by new or reconditioned
parts.

Fig. 12

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012 11

1.2.5 Start-up

• Wear ear protection.

Fig. 13

In case of frequency converter

operation:
• Do not under any circumstances
manipulate the frequency converter
to exceed the permissible speed
(see nameplate).
• The plant may only be operated with
an independent device for speed
limiting.

Fig. 14

• Do not feed product which is catego-

rised as explosive.
• Do not operate the equipment in ex-
plosion-hazarded areas.

Note:
This is except for plants equipped for
operation in explosion-hazarded areas.

Fig. 15

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

12 9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012

• The plant may be fed with inflam-

mable product only when being in-
ert-gas blanketed.
• The oxygen level has to be kept be-
low limit of inflammability by means
of an appropriate inert gas.

Fig. 16

• When processing products harmful

to persons, observe the pertinent
safety regulations.
• Refer to the safety data sheet of the
product.
• Wear protective clothing.

Fig. 17

Only in case of hot operation:

• Product-contacting parts such as
– pipes and hoses,
– components,
– vessels
o
reach temperatures over 80 C
o
(176 F).

Fig. 18

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012 13

1.2.6 Shut-down and »Emergency-Off«

• For shut-down refer to the chapter

"Operation".

Fig. 19

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

14 9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012

Note
Notes
Notizen
Anotaciones
Для записей
Muistiinpanot
Σημειώσεις
Notater
Notes
Note

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9001 / 0712 / Safety precautions / 25.07.2012 15

GEA Mechanical Equipment

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1, 59302 Oelde, Germany
Tel.: +49 2522 77-0 · Fax +49 2522 77-2488
[email protected],· www.westfalia-separator.com
 Qualification of staff
Edition: 0712

Designation: Qualification of staff

engineering for a better world GEA Mechanical Equipment

2 0712 / Qualification of staff

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTION
Subject to modification!

The authors are always grateful for comments and suggestions for improving the
documentation. They can be sent to

GEA Mechanical Equipment

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1, 59302 Oelde, Germany
Tel.: +49 2522 77-0 · Fax +49 2522 77-2488
[email protected],· www.westfalia-separator.com

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

0712 / Qualification of staff 3

Qualification of staff

Work on / with separators requires special skills.

• Provide staff with special training / instruction for the following tasks:
– Operation,
– Maintenance,
– Repair.
• Clearly define responsibilities:
– Work performed by authorised persons only.

Type and source of danger:

Storage, transportation, erection, operation and maintenance of the sep-
arator / system by insufficiently trained staff.

Possible consequences of failure to observe:

Danger Incorrect operation, assembly and handling errors can cause serious damage,
injury / death.

Measures to prevent the danger:

– Use Westfalia Separator service.
– Take advantage of training opportunities.
– Read/follow operating manuals / operating instructions.

Westfalia Separator offers a comprehensive range of training measures.

The owner-operator is responsible for the training of staff.

NOTE

Contact Westfalia Separator or your nearest representative for more infor-

mation.
The owner-operator must select staff who, for example, fulfil the following re-
quirements:
• Minimum requirement:
– Read / understand the markings on the separator,
– Read / understand user instructions.
• Further requirements and skills:
– Basic general technical skills.
– Content of the operating manual / operating instruction.
– Measures for the prevention of accidents.
– Planning and implementation of installation.
– Securing of loads.
– Planning and implementation of start-up.
– Operation of the separator / system.
– Cleaning of the separator / system.
– Maintenance of the separator / system.
– Repair of the separator / system.
– Storage in case of extended periods of stoppage.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

4 0712 / Qualification of staff

– Decommissioning of the separator / system.

– Disposal of operating material.
– Disposal of the separator / system.
• Other suitability:
– Only assign tasks to dependable persons.
– Minimum age of 18 years.
• Only employ persons undergoing training / apprenticeship under supervision.

The required skills and knowledge depend on the

tasks assigned.
NOTE

We reserve all rights to these documents. They may only be passed onto third parties after obtaining prior consent from Westfalia Separator Group GmbH.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

0712 / Qualification of staff 5

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

6 0712 / Qualification of staff

Note
Notes
Notizen
Anotaciones
Для записей
Muistiinpanot
Σημειώσεις
Notater
Notes
Note

GEA Westfalia Separator Group

0712 / Qualification of staff 7

GEA Mechanical Equipment

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1, 59302 Oelde, Germany
Tel.: +49 2522 77-0 · Fax +49 2522 77-2488
[email protected],· www.westfalia-separator.com
Pos : 1.2 /BA/Standard/00_Titel_R üc ks eite/D ec kblatt_CD _2016_Ins tall ationsric htlini en @ 34\mod_1465543921873_18.doc x @ 1343889 @ @ 1

Safety Precautions and User Information

Machine and Skid Components

No.: 9953-9001-010
Version: 19.10.2016
About this document 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

ORIGINAL INSTALLATION GUIDELINES

Contents subject to modification!

The authors are always grateful for remarks and sugges-

tions for improving the documentation. These can be sent
to:

GEA Germany
GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1
59302 Oelde, Germany

Tel +49 2522 77-0 [email protected]

Fax +49 2522 77-2950 gea.com

=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Titelseite ===

2 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 About this document

1 About this document 5

1.1 Sphere of application ................................................................................. 6

1.2 Qualification of the personnel .................................................................... 6
1.2.1 Operating personnel .................................................................................. 6
1.2.2 Service and repair personnel..................................................................... 6
1.3 Structure of the documentation ................................................................. 7
1.4 Symbols used ............................................................................................ 7
1.5 Structure of the safety references ............................................................. 7

2 Safety precautions 9

2.1 Intended use ............................................................................................ 10

2.2 Foreseeable use ...................................................................................... 10
2.3 Residual risk ............................................................................................ 11
2.4 Safety marking ......................................................................................... 12
2.5 Safety instructions for the personnel ....................................................... 12
2.6 Adjustments / commissioning .................................................................. 12
2.7 Maintenance and servicing ...................................................................... 12
2.8 Special types of hazard ........................................................................... 13
2.8.1 Electrical energy ...................................................................................... 13
2.8.2 Oils, fats and other chemical substances ................................................ 13

3 Description 15

3.1 Description and functional principles ....................................................... 16

3.2 Operating conditions ................................................................................ 16

4 Transport and storage 17

4.1 Transport ................................................................................................. 18

4.2 Storage .................................................................................................... 18

5 Assembly and installation 19

5.1 Measures to be taken prior to installation. ............................................... 20

5.2 Assembly ................................................................................................. 20
5.2.1 Fitting in the case of threaded connection ............................................... 20
5.2.2 Fitting in the case of a flanged connection .............................................. 20
5.3 Electrical connection ................................................................................ 21
5.4 Pneumatic connection ............................................................................. 21
5.5 Ex zone .................................................................................................... 21

6 Repair 23

6.1 Cleaning and care.................................................................................... 24

6.2 Maintenance ............................................................................................ 24
6.3 Repair ...................................................................................................... 24

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 3

About this document 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

7 Decommissioning 25

7.1 Machine disposal ..................................................................................... 26

8 Spare parts 27

8.1 Use only genuine spare parts. ................................................................. 28

Pos : 3 /BA/Standar d/00_Übersc hriften/Kapi tel/01_Z u_di es em_D okument @ 0\mod_1315832097673_18.doc x @ 409 @ 1 @ 1

4 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 About this document

1 About this document

1.1 Sphere of application ................................................................................. 6

1.2 Qualification of the personnel .................................................................... 6
1.2.1 Operating personnel .................................................................................. 6
1.2.2 Service and repair personnel..................................................................... 6
1.3 Structure of the documentation ................................................................. 7
1.4 Symbols used ............................................................................................ 7
1.5 Structure of the safety references ............................................................. 7

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 5

About this document 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 4 /BA/2000_C ommod_Sep/Sic her hei ts-_und_Benutzer hinweise/01_Zu_dies em_Dokument/Geltungs ber eich_Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e @ 38\mod_1472029688939_18.doc x @ 1383566 @ 2 @ 1

1.1 Sphere of application

These Safety precautions and User Information are an important aid to
• avoid risks,
• reduce repair costs and downtimes and
• prolong the lifecycle of components.
The term “component” will be used in singular although this document is applicable
to all components incorporated in the separators/plants.
To assure reliable information of the component, the safety precautions and user
information must be read and understood before carrying out the following work:
• Installation
• Transport, storage
• maintenance work (cleaning and care, maintenance, servicing, repair) and
• Disposal
For questions that cannot be solved with the aid of this documentation, please
check back with GEA Westfalia Separator Group.
Pos : 5 /BA/2000_C ommod_Sep/Sic her hei ts-_und_Benutzer hinweise/01_Zu_dies em_Dokument/Qualifi kation_des_Personals @ 38\mod_1472030224751_18.doc x @ 1383601 @ 233 @ 1

1.2 Qualification of the personnel

Using these safety and user instructions and direct handling of the component re-
quire specialist qualification of the staff. For identifying the qualification level GEA
Westfalia Separator Group uses the following standard terms:

1.2.1 Operating personnel

• Qualified staff have the necessary technical know-how and extensive experi-
ence enabling them to avoid the risks that can arise when handling electrical or
mechanical components. Knowledge of English is required.
• Trained staff are instructed or supervised by qualified staff to enable them to
avoid the risks that can arise when handling electrical or mechanical compo-
nents.
When installing, operating and testing the equipment, the staff has to adhere to the
safety rules applicable in the respective industry.

1.2.2 Service and repair personnel

Service and repair work require specialist knowledge and skills. Such work may be
carried out only by competent persons in terms of specialist knowledge and skills.
Documents in English are provided for this circle of persons. It is essential that this
circle of persons has an adequate command of English.
Pos : 6 /---Neue Seite--- @ 0\mod_1317283043850_0.doc x @ 550 @ @ 1

6 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 About this document

Pos : 7 /BA/2000_C ommod_Sep/Sic her hei ts-_und_Benutzer hinweise/01_Zu_dies em_Dokument/Struktur _der_D okumentati on @ 38\mod_1472030598771_18.doc x @ 1383638 @ 2 @ 1

1.3 Structure of the documentation

WARNING Risk due to non-observance of the documentation

There is a threat of serious injuries if the instructions in all documents are not fol-
lowed.
 Refer to the instruction manuals for separators and/or start-up and shut-down
instructions for skids.
 Pay attention to the safety precautions and user instructions in machine and skid
documentation.
 Refer to the component manual.
 All safety precautions and warning instructions given in the documents have to
be adhered to.
 Access to the documentation must always be assured at the deployment site.

The documentation for components normally consists of:

• Instruction manuals for separators and/or start-up and shut-down instructions for
skids.
• Safety and user instructions on machine and plant documentation (this docu-
ment).
• Reference to component manual and / or technical datasheet of the component.
Pos : 8 /BA/2000_C ommod_Sep/Sic her hei ts-_und_Benutzer hinweise/01_Zu_dies em_Dokument/Ver wendete_Symbole @ 38\mod_1472032765550_18.doc x @ 1383675 @ 2 @ 1

1.4 Symbols used

This symbol gives information for better understanding the compo-

nent and its functions.

 The direction arrow marks work and/or operating steps. Keep to the order shown
from top to bottom.
• The bullet point marks lists.
Pos : 9 /BA/Standar d/01_Zu_dies em_Dokument/Sig nal wörter /Signal wörter_für _War nhi nweise @ 8\mod_1385644090593_18.doc x @ 475171 @ 2444 @ 1

1.5 Structure of the safety references

The centrifuge has been designed and built so that it functions and can be operat-
ed safely. Reference will be made in this manual to further potential risks by using
warnings where appropriate.
A differentiation is made between hazards which result in damage to the centri-
fuge, plant components and environment and hazards which lead to possible or
probable injury or loss of life.

Signal words and their meaning

DANGER Denotes impending danger. If the preventive measures are not implemented, death
or serious injury will be the consequence.

WARNING Denotes a potentially dangerous situation. If the preventive measures are not im-
plemented, death or serious injury may be the consequence.

CAUTION Denotes a potentially dangerous situation. If the preventive measures are not im-
plemented, minor injury may be the consequence.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 7

About this document 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

NOTICE Denotes a potentially damaging situation. If the preventive measures are not im-
plemented, the centrifuge or something else in its vicinity can get damaged.

Danger signals

This is the danger signal. It warns of injury risks.

 Comply with all measures marked with the danger signal to avoid injury or
death.

Structuring of the safety references according to the 5-point rule

1. Danger signals as a warning of injury risks.
2. Signal words signal the degree of risk.
3. The type and source of the hazard indicate from where the hazard origi-
nates.
4. Explanation of the hazard and consequences in the case of non-
compliance describe the threat and the consequences of human error.
5. Measures give instructions to avoid the hazard.

DANGER Type and source of the hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

 Measures to avert or minimise the hazard.

WARNING Type and source of the hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

 Measures to avert or minimise the hazard.

CAUTION Type and source of the hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

 Measures to avert or minimise the hazard.

NOTICE Type and source of the hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

Pos : 11 /BA/Standard/00_Ü berschriften/Kapitel/02_Sicherheits hinweis e @ 0\mod_1315831900616_18.doc x @ 402 @ 1 @ 1

8 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Safety precautions

2 Safety precautions

2.1 Intended use ............................................................................................ 10

2.2 Foreseeable use ...................................................................................... 10
2.3 Residual risk ............................................................................................ 11
2.4 Safety marking ......................................................................................... 12
2.5 Safety instructions for the personnel ....................................................... 12
2.6 Adjustments / commissioning .................................................................. 12
2.7 Maintenance and servicing ...................................................................... 12
2.8 Special types of hazard ........................................................................... 13
2.8.1 Electrical energy ...................................................................................... 13
2.8.2 Oils, fats and other chemical substances ................................................ 13

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 9

Safety precautions 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 12 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Allgemeines _Sic herheit @ 38\mod_1472109455088_18.doc x @ 1384479 @ @ 1

The machine or skid components have been designed state-of-the-art and in ac-
cordance with the recognised safety regulations. However, when using the compo-
nent, risks may arise for the user or third party or the component or other assets
might get impaired if it is
• operated by persons who have not been trained or briefed,
• not used for the intended application,
• not correctly repaired or maintained.
Pos : 13 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Besti mmungsgemäß e_Verwendung @ 38\mod_1472033909992_18.doc x @ 1383710 @ 2 @ 1

2.1 Intended use

The component is incorporated in machines and plants.

Precise details on the function of the component are found in the component man-
ufacturer’s manual.
The type of medium specified in the data sheet as well as the limit values for pres-
sure and temperature of the medium as per the specification must be complied
with at all times (see data sheet of the component manufacturer).
The specific values stated in the documents furnished with the component have to
be observed and adhered to.
Usage in an explosion-hazarded zone is not permitted. The only exception: this is
confirmed in the order or is in the manual or data sheet of the manufacturer.
Pos : 14 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Vorhersehbar e_Fehlanwendung @ 38\mod_1472036879825_18.doc x @ 1383745 @ 2 @ 1

2.2 Foreseeable use

A different usage or a usage which goes beyond the scope is not in compliance
with the intended use. The operator of the machine/skid is exclusively liable for any
damage resulting from such usage. This applies likewise for unauthorized modifi-
cations.
Non-intended use is the use of
• materials with excessively high temperature,
• materials with excessively high pressure,
• materials with smouldering, burning or sticky particles.
• highly explosive and pasty materials,
• materials that act chemically with the materials of the component.
Changing the process conditions, operating conditions and environmental condi-
tions without the consent of the manufacturer are not in accordance with the in-
tended use.

WARNING Serious injury or death possible due to foreseeable misuse

Death or severe bodily injury to persons or damage to assets through disregarding

mechanical, chemical and electrical risks.
 The specific values stated in the documents furnished with the component have
to be observed and adhered to.
Pos : 15 /---Neue Seite--- @ 0\mod_1317283043850_0.doc x @ 550 @ @ 1

10 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Safety precautions

Pos : 16 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Res trisi ko @ 38\mod_1472037332032_18.doc x @ 1383780 @ 2 @ 1

2.3 Residual risk

An element of risk will remain when using the components, even when strictly ad-
hering to all safety rules and regulations.
All persons working with the component must be familiar with this residual risk and
follow all instructions that prevent accidents or damage.

DANGER Danger to life through electric voltage

When working on live leads, there is a risk of electric shock. An electric shock
leads to serious injury or death.
 Work on electrical apparatus and/or on live component equipment must be per-
formed by qualified staff only.
 Disconnect the power to electrical equipment if necessary.
 Secure against unintentional switching back on.
 Attach a warning sign that prohibits switching on.

WARNING Serious injury due to non-use of personal protective gear

Fatal injuries due to non-use of personal protective gear!

 Make it compulsory for the maintenance personnel to wear personal protective
gear.
 Depending on the specific circumstances, wear safety shoes, protective gog-
gles, hearing protection etc.
 When surface temperatures of > 50 °C or < 0 °C (> 122 °F or < 32 °F) prevail,
wear temperature-resistant protective gloves when working on components.

Serious injury as a result of uncoordinated work in the area of the compo-

WARNING
nent
There is a threat of serious crushing, cuts and grazes as a result of uncoordinated
work in the area of the component.
 Be sure to work/move carefully in the area around the component.

Serious eye and/or skin injuries due to discharge of the medium under high
WARNING
pressure
Risk of burns when handling materials with abrasive or corrosive properties.
 Wear protective goggles or mask with eye protection to offset the risk of medium
spurting out.
Pos : 17 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Sic her heits kennz eichnung @ 38\mod_1472038802245_18.doc x @ 1383815 @ 2 @ 1

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 11

Safety precautions 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

2.4 Safety marking

The following markings (adhesive and metal plates) are fastened to the component
or its accessories:

Warning of dangerous voltage

The sign is attached to the electric terminal box.

The terminal box may only be opened by a qualified electrician.

Nameplate The nameplate contains specific component specifications.

All safety markings must always be in perfect condition.

 Clean dirty safety markings.
 Replace damaged safety markings.
 Note the safety marking.
Pos : 18 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Sic her heits hinweise_Pers onal @ 38\mod_1472039143285_18.doc x @ 1383850 @ 2 @ 1

2.5 Safety instructions for the personnel

Use only components that are in perfect technical condition in accordance with
their intended use, paying attention to safety and hazard awareness and following
the instructions in the documentation.
Eliminate all faults immediately, especially those that can negatively impact safety!
Clearly define and comply with competencies for activities relating to operation and
maintenance. Only in this way can mistakes -- especially in risk situations - be
avoided.
Do not fit the component until all protective and safety devices are fitted and opera-
tional. Do not remove them during operation.
In the event of functional faults or safety-relevant changes in the operating behav-
iour , shut down and secure the separator or skid. Have faults eliminated by quali-
fied personnel immediately.
Discharge leakage from hazardous materials so that no risk arises for the operator
or the environment.
Do not touch damaged, cracked and, in particular, live components.
Pos : 19 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Ei nstellar beiten_Inbetriebnahme @ 38\mod_1472039414715_18.doc x @ 1383885 @ 2 @ 1

2.6 Adjustments / commissioning

Through commissioning the component, the flow of medium can be changed or in-
terrupted. Prior to commissioning, make sure that possible adjustments cannot re-
sult in risks for persons or environment.
Check for correct functioning after each adjustment.
Implement suitable measures to avoid the crushing of limbs by moving actuators.
Pos : 20 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Instandhaltung @ 38\mod_1472109648159_18.doc x @ 1384513 @ 2 @ 1

2.7 Maintenance and servicing

When carrying out maintenance work, strictly adhere to all rules and regulations
applicable for handling the component or the medium (e.g. protective clothing, no
smoking).
Adhere to mandatory recurring tests and the intervals given in the documentation
for such tests and inspections.
Regularly check cables and hose connections, particularly on moving parts, for
damage and replace if necessary.
Pos : 21 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/02_Sicher heit/Spezielle_Gefahrenar ten @ 38\mod_1472039510559_18.doc x @ 1383920 @ 233 @ 1

12 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Safety precautions

2.8 Special types of hazard

2.8.1 Electrical energy

Never carry out work on live parts!
Do not modify constructional features in a way that impairs safety. Do not reduce
clearances and creepage distances through insulation.
Check the condition of cables on a regular basis and replace if necessary.

2.8.2 Oils, fats and other chemical substances

When handling oils, fats and other chemical substances, pay attention to and com-
ply with the valid regulations and safety data sheets issued by the manufacturers of
these substances regarding storage, handling, use and disposal!
First-aid measures after skin contact:
 Take off all contaminated pieces of clothing.
 Rinse off the skin thoroughly with water or take a shower.
 consult a doctor immediately.

First-aid measures after eye contact:

 Rinse out with plenty of water.
 consult a doctor immediately.
Pos : 23 /BA/Standard/00_Ü berschriften/Kapitel/03_Besc hr eibung @ 0\mod_1315902879297_18.doc x @ 467 @ 1 @ 1

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 13

Safety precautions 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

14 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Description

3 Description

3.1 Description and functional principles ....................................................... 16

3.2 Operating conditions ................................................................................ 16

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 15

Description 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 24 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/03_Produktübersicht/Bes chr eibung _und_F unkti ons weis e @ 38\mod_1472040215048_18.doc x @ 1383957 @ 2 @ 1

3.1 Description and functional principles

The detailed description and functional principle of the respective component are
given in the corresponding component manual.
Pos : 25 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/03_Produktübersicht/Eins atz bedi ngungen @ 38\mod_1472040299849_18.doc x @ 1383992 @ 2 @ 1

3.2 Operating conditions

The housing and sealing materials are selected to suit the operating conditions.
The operating conditions have a major impact on the life of the component.
 Technical characteristics and the essential permissible limit values, especially
for pressure and temperature of the medium, are given in the manufacturer’s
manual.
 Care must be taken that the component is only used where the rating criteria
comply with the values stated on the nameplate. Proper and correct transport
and storage is essential.
 Faults arising from moving elements must be prevented by taking appropriate
measures.
Pos : 27 /BA/Standard/00_Ü berschriften/Kapitel/05_Trans port_und_Lager ung @ 0\mod_1326207116268_18.doc x @ 12410 @ 1 @ 1

16 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Transport and storage

4 Transport and storage

4.1 Transport ................................................................................................. 18

4.2 Storage .................................................................................................... 18

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 17

Transport and storage 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 28 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/03_Produktübersicht/Tr ans port @ 38\mod_1472040425733_18.doc x @ 1384027 @ 2 @ 1

4.1 Transport
The following conditions must be observed:

WARNING Danger through contact with substances hazardous to health

The component can come in contact with substances potentially harmful to health
during operation.
 De-contaminate the component prior to packing and/or transport.

• Use hoists to transport components that are too heavy to move by hand.
• Screw eye bolts or lugs into the component, attach properly to the hoist and then
transport the components.
• When using lifting straps, place them around the component, provide sharp-
edge protection if required, and watch for proper weight distribution.
• Protect the component against outside force during transport (impacts, vibra-
tions etc.).
• Protect the sealing surfaces of the connections against damage.
• Do not remove the corrosion protection layer.
Pos : 29 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/03_Produktübersicht/Lag erung @ 38\mod_1472040914661_18.doc x @ 1384062 @ 2 @ 1

4.2 Storage
Protect the component against external impacts and contamination.
• Keep the storage room dry and dust-free.
• Avoid condensate formation.
• Protect connection openings against dirt.
Pos : 31 /BA/Standard/00_Ü berschriften/Kapitel/06_M ontage_und_Installati on @ 0\mod_1326806855797_18.doc x @ 12953 @ 1 @ 1

18 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Assembly and installation

5 Assembly and installation

5.1 Measures to be taken prior to installation. ............................................... 20

5.2 Assembly ................................................................................................. 20
5.2.1 Fitting in the case of threaded connection ............................................... 20
5.2.2 Fitting in the case of a flanged connection .............................................. 20
5.3 Electrical connection ................................................................................ 21
5.4 Pneumatic connection ............................................................................. 21
5.5 Ex zone .................................................................................................... 21

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 19

Assembly and installation 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 32 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/04_Ins tall ation/Allgemeines_Installati on @ 38\mod_1472041207296_18.doc x @ 1384097 @ @ 1

• Refer to the component manual for specific information on the component.

• Before installation, read and follow the instructions in the chapter “Safety pre-
cautions”.
• Observe accident prevention regulations!
Pos : 33 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/04_Ins tall ation/M aß nahmen_vor_der _Installati on @ 38\mod_1472041459351_18.doc x @ 1384132 @ 2 @ 1

5.1 Measures to be taken prior to installation.

CAUTION Injuries as a result of non-compliance with safety requirements

Transport and/or storage may result in damage to the packaging to the extent that
the component no longer meets the safety requirements.
 Check for potential damage prior to fitting.
 Do not fit a damaged component.

Before fitting, pay attention to the following:

 Check the piping and component for absolute cleanliness.
 Remove the protective caps from the caps only just before fitting.
 Do not damage the sealing surfaces or threads.
Pos : 34 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/04_Ins tall ation/M ontage @ 38\mod_1472042030055_18.doc x @ 1384167 @ 2433 @ 1

5.2 Assembly
 Remove all the packaging parts directly before fitting.
 No dirt particles must be allowed to enter the component.
 When required, keep to the flow of direction shown on the component.

After fitting
 Perform a leakage and function test.
 Create the specified operating status.

5.2.1 Fitting in the case of threaded connection

 Use a suitable sealant.
 Lay the piping so that no flow of forces runs through the component.

5.2.2 Fitting in the case of a flanged connection

 Fit the specified screws. Use all flange bores provided.
 Fit suitable gaskets and center between flanges.
 Tighten the screws evenly and crosswise to avoid distortion. A pipe must under
no circumstances be pulled against the component.
 Pay attention to correct seating of the gaskets.
 Tighten the screws with the specified torque.
Pos : 35 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/04_Ins tall ation/Elektrisc her _Ansc hlus s @ 38\mod_1472042244966_18.doc x @ 1384205 @ 2 @ 1

20 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Assembly and installation

5.3 Electrical connection

For components with electrical accessories.

DANGER Danger to life through electric voltage

When working on live leads, there is a risk of electric shock. An electric shock
leads to serious injury or death.
 Work on electrical apparatus and/or on live component equipment must be per-
formed by qualified staff only.
 Disconnect the power to electrical equipment if necessary.
 Secure against unintentional switching back on.
 Attach a warning sign that prohibits switching on.
 Ground the component in accordance with the local regulations.
 Comply with the protective measures when connecting the component in ac-
cordance with the provisions of the responsible power company.
Pos : 36 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/04_Ins tall ation/Pneumatisc her _Ansc hlus s @ 38\mod_1472042436028_18.doc x @ 1384240 @ 2 @ 1

5.4 Pneumatic connection

Actuate only with conditioned compressed air. Install a compressed air control unit
upstream if required.
Pos : 37 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/04_Ins tall ation/Ex-Z one @ 38\mod_1472042494120_18.doc x @ 1384278 @ 2 @ 1

5.5 Ex zone
Usage in an explosion-hazarded zone is not permitted. The only exception: this is
confirmed in the order or is in the manual or technical data sheet of the manufac-
turer.
Pos : 39 /BA/Standard/00_Ü berschriften/Kapitel/12_Instands etzung @ 0\mod_1328003270613_18.doc x @ 14220 @ 1 @ 1

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 21

Assembly and installation 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

22 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Repair

6 Repair

6.1 Cleaning and care.................................................................................... 24

6.2 Maintenance ............................................................................................ 24
6.3 Repair ...................................................................................................... 24

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 23

Repair 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 40 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/05_Ins tandhaltung/Allgemei nes_Ins tandhaltung @ 38\mod_1472042876993_18.doc x @ 1384313 @ @ 1

This chapter is divided into the sections cleaning and care, maintenance and re-
pair.
 Before carrying out maintenance and repair, read and follow the instructions in
the chapter “Safety precautions”.
Pos : 41 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/05_Ins tandhaltung/R einig ung_und_Pfleg e @ 38\mod_1472042973596_18.doc x @ 1384347 @ 2 @ 1

6.1 Cleaning and care

NOTICE Damage to the component due to a dirt layer coating

Blockage of function openings. Reduction of heat dissipation.

 Arrange for efficient covering of the component when carrying out dirty work
near the separator or the plant (e.g. laying concrete, brickwork, painting, sand-
blasting).
 Clean the component regularly.

NOTICE Functional fault and damage to the component

There is a threat of damage to property due to improper cleaning.

 When cleaning with aqueous cleaning agents, pay attention to the type of pro-
tection of the electric components. In case of doubt, do not use it!
 Do not use aggressive detergents. The latter can attack metal and plastic sur-
faces as well hose connections.
 Never clean sensitive components with coarse brushes under strong mechanical
pressure.
 Functional
Pos : 42 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/05_Ins tandhaltung/Wartung @ 38\mod_1472043384840_18.doc x @ 1384382 @ 2 @ 1

6.2 Maintenance
 The maintenance intervals have to be re-determined (shortened) by the operator
according to prevailing operating conditions.
 Check or maintain the component for safety reasons. Note the following mini-
mum requirements:
- Regular check of the outer condition of the component and the accessories.
- Regular actuation so as not to impair the smoothness of action of all movable
parts through excessively long standstill times.
Pos : 43 /BA/2000_Commod_Sep/Sicherheits- _und_Benutz erhi nweis e/05_Ins tandhaltung/Ins tandsetz ung @ 38\mod_1472043537652_18.doc x @ 1384417 @ 2 @ 1

6.3 Repair

NOTICE Material damage due to mechanical stressing of the components

Tread load, stress through connected pipes, excessively high ambient temperature
destroy the component.
 Fit without using force. Avoid stresses.
 No additional stress, e.g. tread load (use as unauthorized climbing aid).
 No welding and heat treatment.
 No tool machining (e.g. drilling).
Pos : 45 /BA/Standard/00_Ü berschriften/Kapitel/13_Auß erbetriebnahme @ 0\mod_1328016515064_18.doc x @ 14509 @ 1 @ 1

24 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Decommissioning

7 Decommissioning

7.1 Machine disposal ..................................................................................... 26

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 25

Decommissioning 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 46 /BA/Standard/13_Außer betriebnahme/Z entrifuge_ents orgen/Maschi ne_ents orgen @ 16\mod_1416303007584_18.doc x @ 869138 @ 2 @ 1

7.1 Machine disposal

When the machine has reached the end of its useful service life, the plant operator
is responsible for proper and correct disposal.
It is recommended to commission a company specialized in the disposal of ma-
chines or to obtain information from GEA Westfalia Separator service.
 Observe the local disposal regulations.
 Be sure to adhere to applicable environmental protection legislation.
 Have electrical connections disconnected by qualified personnel, e.g. electri-
cians.
IMPORTANT: Residual liquids in feed lines and utility lines can cause injury. Pro-
tective clothing must therefore be worn when dismantling lines.

WARNING Danger of acid and alkali burns

After cleaning, hot lye and acid residues can still be in the machine and the pipe-
lines. When working on the machine, contact with the lyes and acids can cause
burns.
 Wear acid-resistant safety gear, e.g. safety goggles, safety gloves, protective
overalls or protective suits.
 Take special care.
 Observe the plant operator's SOPs on handling acids and lyes as well as local
disposal regulations.
 Be sure to adhere to applicable environmental protection legislation.
 Drain residual liquids in feed lines and utility lines into suitable vessels and dis-
pose of them properly.
 Observe regulations on product contact.
 Dismantle feed lines and utility lines, clean superficial impurities caused by lubri-
cants or product with suitable media and dispose of separately.
 Dismantle all seals and non-metallic materials, clean them to remove lubricants
and dispose of them separately or recycle.
 Separate and sort metal parts and recycle them.
Pos : 48 /BA/Standard/00_Ü berschriften/Kapitel/14_Ersatzteile @ 0\mod_1328016648937_18.doc x @ 14543 @ 1 @ 1

26 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Spare parts

8 Spare parts

8.1 Use only genuine spare parts. ................................................................. 28

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 27

Spare parts 9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16

Pos : 49 /BA/Standard/14_Ers atzteile/Original _Ersatzteile/Original _Ers atzteile_M asc hine @ 17\mod_1416476908928_18.doc x @ 872255 @ 2 @ 1

8.1 Use only genuine spare parts.

All spare parts, wear parts and operating materials are originally packed by GEA
Westfalia Separator.

The original packing is provided with the

marking shown.

Fig. 1

WARNING Danger due to defective spare parts

Non-original or unauthorized parts or supplies endanger the personnel working on

the machine.
Non-genuine or non-approved spare parts or operating materials reduce the avail-
ability of the machine.
 Use only genuine spare parts from GEA Westfalia Separator to assure the oper-
ating safety and optimum availability of the machine.
Pos : 50 /---Neue Seite--- @ 0\mod_1317283043850_0.doc x @ 550 @ @ 1

28 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

9953-9001-010 / 19.10.16 Spare parts

=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Inhalt ===

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 29

Pos : 52 /BA/Standard/00_Ti tel _Rüc ks eite/Ruec ks eite_CD_2016 @ 33\mod_1463040149761_18.doc x @ 1329773 @ @ 1

We live our values.

Excellence • Passion • Integrity • Responsibility • GEA-versity

GEA Group is a global engineering company with multi-billion euro sales and operations in more than 50 countries.
Founded in 1881, the company is one of the largest providers of innovative equipment and process technology.
GEA Group is listed in the STOXX® Europe 600 index.

GEA Germany
GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1 Tel +49 2522 77-0 [email protected]
59302 Oelde, Germany
=== Ende der Liste für T extmar ke Ruec ks eite ===
Fax +49 2522 77-2950 gea.com
Checklist – data records

Page 1
Checklist – data records
Subject to modification!

GEA Westfalia Separator Systems GmbH reserves the right to modifications

without notice.

The authors will always be grateful for any comments on possible errors and
faults and for suggestions to improve this documentation. They can be sent to
GEA Westfalia Separator Systems GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1
D-59302 Oelde

Copies of this documentation can be obtained from our local agencies.

© GEA Westfalia Separator

Page 2
Checklist – data records
Sea Water Distiller
Checklist for SWD pre-commissioning
(as additional information to the Installation and Operation manual)
Yard:
Hull number:

1. SWD - installation checked

- SWD is fixed on deck (screwed)

- no declination
- sufficient working space for maintenance / repair works
(e.g. opening of hood, control panel)
- threshold / drain below distiller

2. Pipe / hose connections

- All pipes are connected according to PID (screwed and sealed correctly)
seawater inlet
seawater outlet
heating water inlet
heating water outlet
distillate outlet

- Thermometers installed near to SWD connection

heating water inlet
g water outlet
heating

- Flaps installed near to SWD connection

seawater inlet
heating water inlet
heating water outlet

- Hoses not damaged / hose clamps fixed

1" distillate
1/2" distillate rejection
1/2" non condensable gases

3. Electrical connection

- Power cable is connected to control panel

- Seawater pump cable is connected to control panel
- Alarm contact is connected to ship system
- Internal cabling is not damaged
solenoid valve
distillate pump
conductivity measuring cell

4. Seawater pump

- Power cable is fixed (coming from SWD control panel)

- Seawater pump is mounted below water line and near to sea chest
- Pressure gauges installed at suction and discharge side
- Mesh size of seawater strainer <=2 mm

5. Chemical

- Anti Scaling chemical is availabel for sea trial

date, name, signature

ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE FOR SEAWATER DISTILLER

Yard: Ships Engineer

Hull number: SWD serial Number:
WSST order: Year of built:

Tag Nr. Description Unit typical Date 2 Date 3

10-9-001 Feedwater bar g (**)

11-9-001 Seawater to ejector bar g min. 3,3
11-9-002 Seawater to ejector °C max. 42
12-9-001 Distillate salinity ppm <10
12-9-002 Distillate pressure bar g max. 1,5
12-9-003 Distillate Water clock start counter
12-9-003 Distillate Water clock end counter
Distillate (per 24 h) t/d
84-9-001 Chemical dosing l/h 1,25
87-9-001 Evaporator housing bar g max. -0,85
87-9-002 Evaporator housing °C max. 54
Alarm A1 Destillat Leitfähigkeit hoch ppm >10 = active
Alarm A2 Sensorüberwachung ppm <0.5= active
If available Seawater to SWD °C max. 32
If available Heating water inlet °C
If available Heating water outlet °C
If available Ejector back pressure bar g max. 0,6
If available Seawater pump suction bar g min. -0,3 (*)
If available Seawater pump discharge (*)
Level in sight glass empty/full/half half
(*) not self priming, 5,0 bar Pump head
(**) SWD pressure
10 -0,6 bar g
15 -0,1 bar g
20 0,6 bar g
25 1,4 bar g
30 2,4 bar g

Remarks:

During the today´s test run was proved that the delivered goods did reached the specified
performance parameters as defined in the contract. Defects as per the punchlist above have to
be cured within a reasonable time. Such defects do not hinder the acceptance as per today. The
warranty periode starts to run today.

Acknowledgement / Signatures

Customer End User Service Engineer Date

DATA REPORT FOR SEAWATER DISTILLER

Yard: Ships Engineer

Hull number: SWD serial Number:
WSST order: Year of built:

Tag Nr. Description Unit typical Date 2 Date 3

10-9-001 Feedwater bar g (**)

11-9-001 Seawater to ejector bar g min. 3,3
11-9-002 Seawater to ejector °C max. 42
12-9-001 Distillate salinity ppm <10
12-9-002 Distillate pressure bar g max. 1,5
12-9-003 Distillate Water clock start counter
12-9-003 Distillate Water clock end counter
Distillate (per 24 h) t/d
84-9-001 Chemical dosing l/h 1,25
87-9-001 Evaporator housing bar g max. -0,85
87-9-002 Evaporator housing °C max. 54
Alarm A1 Destillat Leitfähigkeit hoch ppm >10 = active
Alarm A2 Sensorüberwachung ppm <0.5= active
If available Seawater to SWD °C max. 32
If available Heating water inlet °C
If available Heating water outlet °C
If available Ejector back pressure bar g max. 0,6
If available Seawater pump suction bar g min. -0,3 (*)
If available Seawater pump discharge (*)
Level in sight glass empty/full/half half
(*) not self priming, 5,0 bar Pump head
(**) SWD pressure
10 -0,6 bar g
15 -0,1 bar g
20 0,6 bar g
25 1,4 bar g
30 2,4 bar g
Remarks:
 GRAFICAL SYMBOLS ACCORDING TO DIN ISO 10628-2 (DIN EN 62424)
GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE IN ANLEHNUNG AN DIN ISO 10628-2 (DIN EN 62424)

GEA EQUIPMENT HEATER AND COOLING EQUIPMENT PUMPS / PUMPEN SEPARATION EQUIPMENT MIXING AND MILLING EQUIPMENT
WÄRMEAUSTAUSCHER ABSCHEIDER MISCHER UND MÜHLE

DEFOAMING PUMP PUMP (GENERAL)

STATIC MIXER
ENTSCHÄUMUNGSPUMPE PLATE HEAT EXCHANGER PUMPE (GENEREL) DOUBLE BASKET FILTER
STATISCHER MISCHER
PLATTENWÄRMEAUSTAUSCHER DOPPELTER KORBFILTER
SEPARATOR
BELT DRIVE
FINISCHER CENTRIFUGAL PUMP
DYNAMIC MIXER
NACHWÄSCHER KREISELPUMPE
DYNAMISCHER MISCHER
CONVEYING
TUBE BUNDLE HEAT EXCHANGER
FLOUR MIXER ROHRBÜNDELWÄRMEAUSTAUSCHER DIAPHRAGM PUMP FÖRDERUNG
MEMBRANPUMPE MALAXEUR
MEHLMISCHER
SCREW CONVEYOR MALAXEUR
SCHNECKENFÖRDERER PHI_INSERTPOINT

SEPARATOR ECCENTRIC SCREW PUMP

GEAR DRIVE VESSELS / BEHÄLTER WASSERKÜHLER EXZENTERSCHNECKENPUMPE AGITATOR
CONVEYOR BELT
WATER COOLER RÜHRWERK
FÖRDERBAND

PISTON PUMP AGITATOR

VESSEL BASIC SYMBOL
BEHÄLTER BASIS SYMBOL
KOLBENPUMPE CONVEYOR BELT RÜHRWERK
FÖRDERBAND
AIR COOLER
LUFTKÜHLER
DISPLACEMENT PUMP
VERDRÄNGUNGSPUMPE MILL
SEPARATOR MÜHLE
DIRECT DRIVE COMPRESSING
VERDICHTER
CONICAL BOTTOM VESSEL VACUUM PUMP
STEAM / WATER COIL
BEHÄLTER MIT KONISCHEM BODEN VAKUUMPUMPE
DAMPF / WASSER ROHRSCHLANGE
COMPRESSOR
VERDICHTER
STEAM JET INJECTOR
STRAHLPUMPE
HEAT EXCHANGER VENTILATOR
WÄRMEAUSTAUSCHER VENTILATOR
DOME ROOF VESSEL
SEPARATOR BEHÄLTER MIT DOMDACH GEAR PUMP
INTEGRATED DIRECT DRIVE ZAHNRADPUMPE
M

SPIRAL HEATER
SCREW PUMP
SPIRALWÄRMETAUSCHER MOTOR / MOTOR
SCHRAUBENSPINDELPUMPE
HORIZONTAL VESSEL
BEHÄLTER HORIZONTAL
DECANTER ELECTRIC MOTOR
M ELEKTROMOTOR
GREASE PUMP
TUBULAR PREHEATER
FETTSCHMIERPUMPE Processing functions for (N) actuators - motors
BALANCE TANK RÖHRENVORWÄRMER
AUSGLEICHSBEHÄLTER Verarbeitungsfunktionen für (N) Aktoren - Motoren
NS On / Off
An/ Aus
ROTARY BRUSH STRAINER CYCLONE FC normal overload For small loads
DREHBÜRSTENSIEB ZYKLON NCN
FU Normal Overload Bei geringen Belastungen
350 mm

TUBULAR PREHEATER NCH FC high overload Preset

RÖHRENVORWÄRMER FU High Overload Voreinstellung
OPERATING WATER SIPHON
STEUERWASSERSIPHON
350 mm

ELECTRIC PREHEATER
ELEKTROVORWÄRMER
Aktualisierung der Symbole D. Bregenhorn
H Updating the symbols 04.05.2018
SETTLING VESSEL
ABSETZBEHÄLTER Revision Revisionsbeschreibung Rev.-Datum Rev.-Name
Revision Description of Revision Rev.-Date Rev.-Name
Datum Name Beschreibung Zeichnungs.-Nr.
Date Name Description Drawing-No.

gez.
created 05.05.2015 2323VE GEA Group
D-59302 Oelde
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS 9901-8104-300
Copyright reserved Blatt / Blätter Format
letzte Änderung We reserve all rights on this drawing Sheet / Sheets Size
last modified 05.07.2017 BREG Für diese Zeichnung behalten GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE 1/7 A2
wir uns alle Rechte vor.
 SYMBOLS AND CODE LETTERS FOR MSR ACCORDING TO DIN EN 62424 - CATEGORY
BILDZEICHEN UND KENNBUCHSTABEN FÜR MSR IN ANLEHNUNG AN DIN EN 62424 - KATEGORIE

Code letter /
Kenn- Application Verwendung
buchstabe
Analysis Analyse PCE CATEGORY PCE PROCESSING (NEXT LETTER)
A
PCE KATEGORIE PCE VERARBEITUNGSFUNKTION (FOLGEBUCHSTABEN)
Burner control, Brennersteuerung,
B flame monitoring Flammenüberwachung A ANALYSIS
Freely usable ANALYSE
C Frei verwendbar
N S T AH PART OF MCC OR PLC B BURNER CONTROL/ FLAME DETECTION
D Density Dichte xxx-9-xxx/M1 xxx-9-xxx FUNKTION IN DER STEUERUNG BRENNERSTEUERUNG/ FLAMMENÜBERWACHUNG
E Electrical voltage Elektrische Spannung D DENSITY
DICHTE
F Flow rate Durchfluss TE LOCAL MEASURING ELEMENT E ELECTRICAL VOLTAGE
G Distance, length, position Abstand, Länge, Stellung
M xxx-9-xxx/B1 LOKALER MESSAUFNEHMER ELEKTRISCHE SPANNUNG
F FLOW
Manual input, DURCHFLUSS
H Handeingabe, Handgriff
manual intervention G DISTANCE, LENGHT, POSITION, STRETCHING
WEG, LÄNGE, POSITION, AUSDEHNUNG
I Electrical current Elektrischer Strom
H MANUAL
J Electrical output Elektrische Leistung MANUELL

K Time-based functions Zeitbasierte Funktionen MEASURING AND CONTROL EXAMPLES I CURRENT

ELEKTRISCHER STROM
MESS - UND REGELUNGSBEISPIELE
L Filling level Füllstand J POWER
LEISTUNG
M Humidity Feuchte 0 - xx m³/h 0 - xx bar K TIME
ZEIT

•
Regulating member FI PI
▲
N Stellglied ( Motor) ■
(motor) xxx-9-xxx xxx-9-xxx
L LEVEL
NIVEAU
0 Optical measurement Optische Messung xxx-9-xxx/B1
xxx-9-xxx/B1 DN M MOISTURE
DN FEUCHTIGKEIT
P Pressure Druck
N ACTUATOR (MOTOR)
Q Quantity or number Menge oder Anzahl 0 - xx m³/h STELLGLIED (MOTOR)

R Radiation variables Strahlungsgrößen

FICALAH
O OPTICAL
xxx-9-xxx OPTISCH

S
Speed, speed of rotation, Geschwindigkeit, Drehzahl, GSH/GSL FIT P PRESSURE
frequency Frequenz YC1 xxx-9-xxx/B1 DRUCK

T Temperature Temperatur Q QUANTITY

xxx-7-xxx DN MENGE, ZÄHLER
U Do not use Nicht benutzen DN
NO R RADIATION QUANTITY
0 - xx bar
STRAHLUNGSMENGE
V Vibration, oscillation Vibratin, Schwingung PAL S SPEED, rpm, FREQUENCY
xxx-9-xxx GESCHWINDIGKEIT, rpm, FREQUENZ
W Weight, mass Gewicht, Masse
PIS T TEMPERATURE
X Other variables *1 Sonstige Größen *1 xxx-9-xxx/B1
TEMPERATUR
Regulating member DN V VIBRATION
Y Stellglied (Ventil) VIBRATION
(valve)
W WEIGHT, MASS
Z Freely usable Frei verwendbar GEWICHT, MASSE
Y ACTUATOR (VALVE)
STELLGLIED (VENTIL)
LOCAL DISPLAY RELEVANT TO GMP
•

LOKALE ANZEIGE GMP RELEVANT

CENTRAL CONTROL CENTER RELEVANT TO SAFETY

ZENTRALER LEITSTAND
▲ SICHERHEITSRELEVANT
H Aktualisierung der Symbole
Updating the symbols 04.05.2018 D. Bregenhorn

Revision Revisionsbeschreibung Rev.-Datum Rev.-Name

Revision Description of Revision Rev.-Date Rev.-Name
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL
LOKALER STEUERSCHRANK ■ RELEVANT TO QUALITY
QUALITÄTSRELEVANT
Datum
Date
Name
Name
Beschreibung
Description
Zeichnungs.-Nr.
Drawing-No.

gez.
created 05.05.2015 2323VE GEA Group
D-59302 Oelde
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS 9901-8104-300
Copyright reserved Blatt / Blätter Format
letzte Änderung We reserve all rights on this drawing Sheet / Sheets Size
last modified 26.03.2018 BREG Für diese Zeichnung behalten GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE 2/7 A2
wir uns alle Rechte vor.
 SYMBOLS AND CODE LETTERS FOR MSR ACCORDING TO DIN EN 62424 - PROCESS
BILDZEICHEN UND KENNBUCHSTABEN FÜR MSR IN ANLEHNUNG AN DIN EN 62424 - PROZESS

Kenn- Appplication Verwendung

buchstabe
A Alarm, message Alarm, Meldung PCE CATEGORY PCE PROCESSING (NEXT LETTER)
PCE KATEGORIE PCE VERARBEITUNGSFUNKTION (FOLGEBUCHSTABEN)
B Limit, restriction Beschränkung, Eingrenzung
A ALARM/ NOTIFICATION
C Control Regelung ALARM/ MELDUNG
D Difference Differenz N S T AH PART OF MCC OR PLC B LIMITATION / DEFINING
xxx-9-xxx/M1 xxx-9-xxx FUNKTION IN DER STEUERUNG BESCHRÄNKUNG/ EINGRENZUNG
E Element Element
C CONTROLLER
Ratio Verhältnis REGLER
F
TE LOCAL MEASURING ELEMENT DIFFERENCE
G Not applicable Nicht anwendbar M xxx-9-xxx/B1 LOKALER MESSAUFNEHMER
D
DIFFERENZ
Top limit value, oberer Grenzwert, E ELEMENT
H on, open ELEMENT
an, offen
Analogue display Analoganzeige F PROPORTION
I PROPORTION
J Not applicable Nicht anwendbar H UPPER LIMIT/ ON/ OPEN
OBERER GRENZWERT/ AN/ OFFEN
K Not applicable Nicht anwendbar MEASURING AND CONTROL EXAMPLES I INDICATION
Bottom limit value, unterer Grenzwert, MESS - UND REGELUNGSBEISPIELE ANZEIGE
L aus, geschlossen LOWER LIMIT/ OFF / CLOSED
off, closed L
UNTERER GRENZWERT/ AUS/ GESCHLOSSEN
M Not applicable Nicht anwendbar 0 - xx m³/h 0 - xx bar
O LOCAL OR PCS STATUS OF BINARY SIGNALS

•
FI PI
N Not applicable Nicht anwendbar ▲ LOKALE ODER PCS STATUSANZEIGE VON BINÄRSIGNALEN
xxx-9-xxx xxx-9-xxx ■
lokale oder Q SUMMARY
Local or PCS status xxx-9-xxx/B1 SUMME
0 PCS Statusanzeige xxx-9-xxx/B1 DN
display of binary signals
von Binärsignalen DN R RECORDED VALUE
AUFGEZEICHNETER WERT
P Not applicable Nicht anwendbar 0 - xx m³/h S BINARY CONTROL FUNCTION OR SWITCHING FUNCTION
FICALAH BINÄRE STEUERUNGSFUNKTION ODER SCHALTFUNKTION
Q Integral, sum Integral, Summe
T TRANSMITTER
xxx-9-xxx

R Recorded value Aufgezeichneter Wert GSH/GSL FIT TRANSMITTER

YC1
Y CALCULATOR FUNCTION
xxx-9-xxx/B1
Binary control function Binäre Steuerfunktionen RECHENFUNKTION
S or switching function oder Schaltfunktion xxx-7-xxx DN BINARY CONTROL FUNCTION OR SWITCHING FUNCTION
(not relevant to safety) (nicht sicherheitsrelevant) DN
NO Z (RELEVANT SAFETY)
0 - xx bar BINÄRE STEUERUNGSFUNKTION ODER SCHALTFUNKTION
T Transmitter Transmitter PAL (SICHERHEITSRELEVANT)
xxx-9-xxx
U Not applicable Nicht anwendbar
PIS
V Not applicable Nicht anwendbar xxx-9-xxx/B1
DN
W Not applicable Nicht anwendbar

X *1 *1

Y Calculating function Rechnerfunktion

Binary control function Binäre Steuerfunktionen Aktualisierung der Symbole
H 04.05.2018 D. Bregenhorn
Z or switching function oder Schaltfunktion Updating the symbols

( relevant to safety) (sicherheitsrelevant) Revision

Revision
Revisionsbeschreibung
Description of Revision
Rev.-Datum
Rev.-Date
Rev.-Name
Rev.-Name
Datum Name Beschreibung Zeichnungs.-Nr.
Date Name Description Drawing-No.

gez.
created 05.05.2015 2323VE GEA Group
D-59302 Oelde
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS 9901-8104-300
Copyright reserved Blatt / Blätter Format
letzte Änderung We reserve all rights on this drawing Sheet / Sheets Size
last modified 26.03.2018 BREG Für diese Zeichnung behalten GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE 3/7 A2
wir uns alle Rechte vor.
 ACCESSORIEST LIST
Example/ Beispiel: 1 60 - 3 - 001 / M1
LEVEL 4 / EBENE 4 ANHÄNGE
Accessory tag: 1 letter / Zubehör: 1 Buchstabe
Count number: 1 digit / Zählnummer: 1 Zahl LEVEL 4 / EBENE 4

LEVEL 3 / EBENE 3 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS

B1
COMPONENT TAGGING Component tag: 1 digit / Komponentennummer: 1 Zahl
MESSGERÄTE
Count number: 3 digits / Zählnummer: 3 Zahlen MOTOR
KOMPONENTENBESCHREIBUNG M1
MOTOR
LEVEL 2 / EBENE 2 ILUMINATION
L1
Subsection: 2 digits / Untersektion: 2 Zahlen BELEUCHTUNG

LEVEL 1 / EBENE 1 GSH / GSL LIMIT SWITCHES

GRENZSCHALTER
Section: 1 digit / Sektion: 1 Zahl
YS1 PILOT VALVES - OPEN / CLOSE
STEUERVENTILE - AUF / ZU

YC1 REGULATING VALVES

STELLARMATUR GEREGELT

YD DIRECT ACTUATED SOLEVOID VALVE

DIREKT GESTEUERTES MAGNETVENTIL
Example/ Beispiel: FAT - 160 PL004 - D4404S52 - WI40 HTe
LEVEL 6 / EBENE 6
Heat tracing specification: 3 letters
Begleitheizungsspezifikation: 3 Buchstaben

LEVEL 5 / EBENE 5
Insulation specification / Isolierspezifikation
Insulation type: 2 letters / Isoliertyp: 2 Buchstaben
Insulation thickness in mm: 2 digits / Isolierstärke in mm: 2 Zahlen

LEVEL 4 / EBENE 4
PIPING DESCRIPTION Piping specification / Rohrleitungsspezifikation
Standard: letter(s) / Norm: Buchstabe(n)
ROHRLEITUNGSBESCHREIBUNG Material: digits / Material: Zahlen
Connection type: letter(s) / Anschlussart: Buchstabe(n)
Seal material: digits / Dichtungswerkstoff: Zahlen
Note: project-specific (large projects)
Hinweis: projektspezifisch (Großprojekte) LEVEL 3 / EBENE 3
Pipe line number: PL + 3 digits
Rohrleitungsnummer: PL + 3 Zahlen

LEVEL 2 / EBENE 2
Section + subsection number: 3 digits
Sektion + Untersektion Nummer: 3 Zahlen

LEVEL 1 / EBENE 1
Product short code: 2 to 4 letters
Medium Kurzzeichen: 2 bis 4 Buchstaben

Aktualisierung der Symbole D. Bregenhorn

H Updating the symbols 04.05.2018

Revision Revisionsbeschreibung Rev.-Datum Rev.-Name

Revision Description of Revision Rev.-Date Rev.-Name
Datum Name Beschreibung Zeichnungs.-Nr.
Date Name Description Drawing-No.

gez.
created 05.05.2015 2323VE GEA Group
D-59302 Oelde
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS 9901-8104-300
Copyright reserved Blatt / Blätter Format
letzte Änderung We reserve all rights on this drawing Sheet / Sheets Size
last modified 03.05.2018 BREG Für diese Zeichnung behalten GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE 4/7 A2
wir uns alle Rechte vor.
 GRAFICAL SYMBOLS - PIPE FITTINS, VALVES
GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE - LEITUNGSFITTINGE, ARMATUREN

Actuator, manually operated (secured)

Actuator with rotating system, general

Stellantrieb mit rotierendem System,
Stellantrieb, handbetätigt (gesichert)

Stellantrieb mit Elektromagnet

Stellantrieb mit schrägen Sitz

Stellantrieb mit Elektromotor

Actuator, manually operated

Actuator with electromagnet

PIPE FITTINGS

Stellantrieb mit Schwimmer

Actuator with electric motor

Stellantrieb mit Membrane

Actuator with slanted seat
Valves with safety function Non return fittings

Stellantrieb, handbetätigt

Actuator with diaphragm

Rückschlagarmaturen LEITUNGSFITTINGE

Stellantrieb mit Kolben

Armaturen mit Sicherheitsfunktionen

Stellantrieb mit Feder

Actuator with spring
Actuator with piston

Stellantrieb mit Lift

Actuator with float

Non return fitting

Actuator with lift

Safety valve Rückschlagarmatur
Sicherheitsventil COMPENSATOR

allgemein
KOMPENSATOR
Non return valve
Safety valve Rückschlagventil HOSE
Sicherheitsventil
Valves symbols Non-return flap SCHLAUCH
Symbole Armaturen M Rückschlagklappe
DIRT STRAINER
Double check valve SCHMUTZFÄNGER
Shut-off fitting (general) M Doppelrückschlagventil
Needle valve RESTRICTION ORIFICE
Absperrarmatur (allgemein)
Nadelventil
BLENDE
Gate valve M Needle valve
SIGHT GLASS
Absperrschieber Nadelventil
SCHAUGLAS
Shut-off valve M
GERADE

Absperrventil SIGHT GLASS WITH LIGHT

Pressure valves SCHAUGLAS MIT BELEUCHTUNG
Druckventile
Shut-off flap M
IN-LINE HOUSING
Absperrklappe
PI IN-LINE GEHÄUSE

Stopcock M
Self acting back-pressure regulator
Absperrhahn Constant-pressure valve PULSATION DAMPER
internal sensing
Konstantdruckventil
PI Selbsttätiges Druckminderventil PULSATIONSDÄMPFER
Diaphragm valve M
Membranventil
STEAM TRAP
KONDENSATABSCHEIDER
Control valve M
Regelventil
PI FUNNEL
Pressure reducer with strainer TRICHTER
Pinch valve
Quetschventil Druckminderventil mit Filter
SPRAY BALL
ECK

Angle shut-off fitting PI SPRÜHKOPF

Pressure reducer with strainer and oiler
Absperrarmatur in Eckform
Druckminderventil mit Filter und Öler TRAP
ABSCHEIDER
Three-way shut-off fitting
PI
Dreiwegearmatur AIR FILTER
Maintenance unit
Wartungseinheit LUFTFILTER
Three-way shut-off valve
DREIWEG

Absperr-Dreiwegeventil OIL FILTER

ÖLFILTER
Three-way stopcock
Safety position
Dreiwegehahn
Sicherheitsposition DIFFERENTIAL METERING PISTON
T - Shut-off valve DOSIERKOLBEN
T - Absperrventil
NO NORMALLY OPEN STRAINER
T - Diaphragm valve FEDERÖFFNEND FILTER
T - Membranventil xxx-7-xxx xxx-7-xxx
DN DN

xxx-7-xxx
NC NORMALLY CLOSED
= NO

DN
NC
DISTRIBUTER UNIT
MULTI-

FEDERSCHLIESSEND
PORT

MULTIPORT VERTEILER
MULTIPORT = INDIFFERENT

Aktualisierung der Symbole D. Bregenhorn

H Updating the symbols 04.05.2018

Revision Revisionsbeschreibung Rev.-Datum Rev.-Name

Revision Description of Revision Rev.-Date Rev.-Name
Datum Name Beschreibung Zeichnungs.-Nr.
Date Name Description Drawing-No.

gez.
created 05.05.2015 2323VE GEA Group
D-59302 Oelde
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS 9901-8104-300
Copyright reserved Blatt / Blätter Format
letzte Änderung We reserve all rights on this drawing Sheet / Sheets Size
last modified 26.04.2018 BREG Für diese Zeichnung behalten GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE 5/7 A2
wir uns alle Rechte vor.
 GRAFICAL SYMBOLS - PIPE, PIPE FITTINGS, LABELS, BREAK IDENTIFIERS
GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE - ROHRLEITUNG, LEITUNGSFITTINGE, BESCHRIFTUNG, TRENNSTELLEN

PIPE SYMBOLS PIPE FITTINGS BREAK IDENTIFIERS

ROHRLEITUNGSSYMBOLE LEITUNGSFITTINGE TRENNSTELLEN

PROCESS MAIN PIPE

FLANGE SET CHANGE IN PIPE LINE ID NUMBER
PROZESS HAUPTLEITUNG
FLANSCHPAAR LEITUNGSNUMMERNWECHSEL

SECONDARY PROCESS PIPE / UTILITIES PIPE

PROZESS NEBENLEITUNG TRI CLAMP
... ...
TRI CLAMP CHANGE IN PIPING CLASS
CROSSING OF PIPES ROHRKLASSENÄNDERUNG
LEITUNGSKREUZUNGEN SCREW COUPLING
VERSCHRAUBUNG
CONNECTION OF PIPES
BLIND FLANGE L ...
LEITUNGSANSCHLUSS SCOPE OF SUPPLY
BLINDFLANSCH
LIEFERGRENZE
CONCENTRIC / EXCENTRIC REDUCER
HOSE CONNECTION
KONZENTRISCHE / EXZENTRISCHE REDUZIERUNGEN
SCHLAUCHVERBINDUNG
... ...
INSTRUMENT AIR / COMPRESSED AIR SCOPE OF SUPPLY
INSTRUMENTENLUFT / DRUCKLUFT SLEEVE LIEFERGRENZE
MUFFE
NITROGEN
STICKSTOFF CONNECTOR
L ... L = GEA WS Supplied and controlled
STUTZEN
INSTRUMENTATION SIGNAL GEA WS liefert und steuert
INSTRUMENTIERUNG SIGNAL P = GEA WS supplied, Customer controlled
INJECTION NOZZEL
GEA WS liefert, Kunde steuert
FLOW DIRECTION SPRITZDÜSE
... ...
FLUSSRICHTUNG C = Customer supplied, GEA WS controlled
Kunde liefert, GEA WS steuert
2%
SLOPE INDICATOR
S = Customer supplied and controlled
PHI_INSERTPOINT PHI_INSERTPOINT

GEFÄLLE Kunde liefert und steuert

LIMITS W = --- (freely definable in project)

GRENZEN (im Projekt frei definierbar)

± 0m REFERENCE SYMBOL FOR LEVEL INDICATION

HÖHENANGABE

BOTTOM
BODEN

ISOLATION
ISOLIERUNG

Aktualisierung der Symbole D. Bregenhorn

H Updating the symbols 04.05.2018

Revision Revisionsbeschreibung Rev.-Datum Rev.-Name

Revision Description of Revision Rev.-Date Rev.-Name
Datum Name Beschreibung Zeichnungs.-Nr.
Date Name Description Drawing-No.

gez.
created 05.05.2015 2323VE GEA Group
D-59302 Oelde
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS 9901-8104-300
Copyright reserved Blatt / Blätter Format
letzte Änderung We reserve all rights on this drawing Sheet / Sheets Size
last modified 30.01.2018 BREG Für diese Zeichnung behalten GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE 6/7 A2
wir uns alle Rechte vor.
 GRAFICAL SYMBOLS - MEDIUM CONSUMPTION, CROSS REFERENCE
GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE - MEDIENVERBRAUCH, QUERVERWEIS

MEDIUM CONSUMPTION CONNECTION TABLE

MEDIENVERBRAUCH ANSCHLUSSTABELLE

DRAWING CONNECTOR
MEDIUM ZEICHNUNGSANSCHLUSS
CONNECTION TABLE / ANSCHLUSSTABELLE
MEDIUM
Product feed
Produktzulauf
Pos. Description / Benennung DN / INCH Execution
PRESSURE
DRUCK 3 bar 30 °C 11 11 Product feed 50 SHOULDERED CONNECTOR BUNDSTUTZEN
15 m3/h POSITION Produktzulauf DIN 11864-BS-A-53x1.5-1.4404- H3
FLOW RATE
POSITION 12 Discharge stand. milk 65 SHOULDERED CONNECTOR BUNDSTUTZEN
FÖRDERSTROM
TEMPERATURE Ablauf stand. Milch DIN 11864-BS-A-70x2.0-1.4404- H3
TEMPERATUR CONNECTION POINT FOR TABLE
13 Discharge surplus cream 40 SHOULDERED CONNECTOR BUNDSTUTZEN
ANSCHLUSSPUNKT FÜR TABELLE
Ablauf Überschußrahm DIN 11864-BS-A-41x1.5-1.4404- H3
14 CIP 25 SHOULDERED CONNECTOR BUNDSTUTZEN
CIP DIN 11864-BS-A-29x1.5-1.4404- H3
15 Cream to homogenizer 40 BLIND FERRULE BLIND-BUNDSTUTZEN
DRAWING CONNECTOR Rahm zum Homogenisator DIN 11864-1-A-RA-DN40-1.4435
ZEICHNUNGSANSCHLUSS 16 Cream from homogenizer 50 BLIND FERRULE BLIND-BUNDSTUTZEN
MEDIUM Rahm vom Homogenisator DIN 11864-1-A-RA-DN50-1.4435
MEDIUM
Product feed 17 Raw milk feed 50 SHOULDERED CONNECTOR BUNDSTUTZEN
PRESSURE Produktzulauf 11 Rohmilch Zulauf DIN 11864-BS-A-53x1.5-1.4404- H3
DRUCK 3 bar POSITION 18 Discharge skim milk 50 SHOULDERED CONNECTOR BUNDSTUTZEN
15 m3/h POSITION Ablauf Magermilch DIN 11864-BS-A-53x1.5-1.4404- H3
FLOW RATE 30 °C
19 Discharge cream 25 SHOULDERED CONNECTOR BUNDSTUTZEN
FÖRDERSTROM CONNECTION POINT FOR TABLE Ablauf Rahm DIN 11864-BS-A-29x1.5-1.4404- H3
ANSCHLUSSPUNKT FÜR TABELLE
TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATUR

POSITION MEDIUM NOMINAL DIAMETER TYPE OF CONNECTION

POSITION MEDIUM NENNWEITE ANSCHLUSSESART

CROSS REFERENCE
QUERVERWEIS

MEDIUM
MEDIUM
Product feed
FUNCTION Produktzulauf DRAWING CONNECTOR
FUNKTON Q001 ZEICHNUNGSANSCHLUSS
PID002.A1
P&ID NO. SQUARE
P&ID NR. QUADRAT

MEDIUM
MEDIUM
Product feed DRAWING CONNECTOR
FUNCTION Produktzulauf ZEICHNUNGSANSCHLUSS Aktualisierung der Symbole
H Updating the symbols 04.05.2018 D. Bregenhorn
FUNKTON Q001
PID002.A1 Revision Revisionsbeschreibung Rev.-Datum Rev.-Name
P&ID NO. SQUARE Revision Description of Revision Rev.-Date Rev.-Name
P&ID NR. QUADRAT Datum Name Beschreibung Zeichnungs.-Nr.
Date Name Description Drawing-No.

gez.
created 05.05.2015 2323VE GEA Group
D-59302 Oelde
GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS 9901-8104-300
Copyright reserved Blatt / Blätter Format
letzte Änderung We reserve all rights on this drawing Sheet / Sheets Size
last modified 27.03.2018 BREG Für diese Zeichnung behalten GRAPHISCHE SYMBOLE 7/7 A2
wir uns alle Rechte vor.
GEA Service
Ordering of replacement parts and other consumable items for centrifuge-specific GEA
systems.

For all questions concerning technical support, the ordering of replacement parts or to
request on-site support for your systems please contact your nearest GEA agent.

IF YOU DO NOT HAVE THE CONTACT DETAILS TO HAND, YOU CAN ACCESS
THEM QUICKLY AND CONVENIENTLY AT:

gea.com/Service

If you do not have access to the internet please call our German head office in Oelde and
ask for the contact details for your location:

Tel.:+49 2522 77 – 0

To speed up your request and to ensure that we deliver the right parts please include the
following information:

- For model designation and serial number of the equipment please refer to the nameplate
- Number of parts required
- Part numbers and designations as per parts list
- Your enquiry / order number
- Preferred delivery date (from GEA works)
- Your company address
• Your complete company name or customer number
• Your invoice address (if it differs from the delivery address)
• Your delivery address

THE GEA SERVICE PHILOSOPHY

Our integrated approach to service partnership ensures long-term business success – for our
customers and for GEA.
We work alongside our customers as a partner and support you over the whole life cycle of
your system as well as that of the particular equipment.
From tailored installation and commissioning to professional maintenance that guarantees a
smooth production run, from proactive process improvement to continuing customer service
–we are always on the spot to maximise the safety, performance and reliability of our
customers’ systems.

Fig. 1:GEA Service – Four levels for lasting success

The service products

FIELD SERVICE
Our customers expect that as a service provider, GEA will have the necessary expertise
and experience to carry out all the maintenance measures needed for a specific machine
or process. Service activities have to be supplied globally, regardless of which local
market our customers are active in and where the value-added process takes place.
We are always close at hand and can provide you with advice and practical support
within Germany, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

REPLACEMENT PARTS
Original GEA replacement parts provide reliability and protect your investment.
Our high quality replacement parts will keep your operation running with maximum efficiency.
Original replacement parts are manufactured to the highest quality standards. Moreover, the
advance identification of critical parts, short delivery periods and constant availability will
ensure the safe and reliable operation of your plant.

We can give you the assurance of:

• Tested high standard of processing and delivery quality:
• The development of new machinery and hence the further development of spare
parts
• Maximum operational security for your equipment
• Permanent and partly very long-term availability of parts
• Optimised logistics processes and locations of our logistics centres
• Short delivery periods

REPAIRS – CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

The GEA repair service is always close at hand.
We not only carry out repairs all over the world, but also optimisation measures individually
tailored to your GEA equipment using state-of -the-art technology.
We can guarantee you:
• The same care, precision and responsibility as we exercise in the manufacture of
GEA equipment
• Certification to DIN EN ISO 9001
• Original spare parts
• Attractive upgrade options
• Proven safety, quality and performance

RENTAL AND EXCHANGE COMPONENTS

GEA constantly endeavours to maintain the safety and availability of your systems at the
highest possible level. To do this, we can offer rental bowls and a trade-in and part exchange
service, so that downtimes can be reduced to the absolute minimum. In addition to bowls and
screws, various other exchange components are available for centrifuges.

UPGRADES / MODERNISATION / OPTIMISATION

Our proactive service concept includes ongoing identification and introduction of possible
optimisations of processes and systems.
Do your systems require an upgrade or modernisation as a result of market conditions or
new regulations? We will support you on the path to energy savings, cost reductions,
capacity adjustments and enhanced security. We will provide you with our expertise and
latest innovations in order to implement precisely the optimisations that you require.
Our global consultancy and certification framework is part of the GEA service philosophy and
will be of benefit to you all over the world..
We can guarantee you:
• A longer service life
• Lower capital expenditure compared to purchasing new equipment
• A reduction in production costs
• The maintenance of individual safety standards with qualified information on industrial
safety with corresponding specialist machine safety audits.
• Reliability and optimal benefit-cost ratio

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Our GEA PerformancePlus service concept takes an intelligent and economic approach to
ensuring plant availability and security.
The availability of historic and actual measurement data provides you and also GEA with a
detailed insight into the status of the plant. This enables a forward-looking introduction of
corrective, and in particular, planned measures.
We can guarantee:
• The planning of optimal service intervals
• Concise status information
• Minimum unplanned downtimes
• Enhanced plant security
• Optimised plant availability

PERFORMANCE AGREEMENTS
Even the best plant is worthless without the right service.GEA provides an approach for
preventing expensive cost traps.
Our service packages, individually tailored to your requirements, place particular emphasis
on plant availability, security and cost controls. Let the GEA experts take over the inspection,
maintenance and status control of your plant.
Our service modules can be adapted to changes in production conditions in all life cycle
phases without additional costs.
We can guarantee:
• A high level of plant availability
• A reduction in downtimes
• Optimised plant operation
• Maximum planning security
• Short response times

TRAINING
Our qualified staff will train your employees on site in one of our excellently equipped training
centres.
GEA training modules are tailored to your individual requirements. Our experienced
engineers offer comprehensive practical training, impart process expertise and raise
awareness in your employees of plant status to ensure safe, professional plant operation
from the outset.
We can guarantee:
• Optimal plant efficiency
• High availability and reliability
• Highly qualified personnel
• Awareness of plant status
• Motivation

USED MACHINES – FACTORY-REFURBISHED PLANT

Used GEA systems are efficient, reliable and are rapidly installed in situ where they still have
many years of operation ahead of them.
Because the systems were manufactured by GEA, we have the technical expertise to
guarantee their efficient and safe operation.
We can guarantee:
 • Factory-refurbished systems
• Service for refurbished systems
• Shorter delivery periods than for new systems
• Excellent price-performance ratio
• The expertise of the manufacturer
• Safety, quality, performance and guarantee

SERVICE CONSULTANCY
Service consultancy is an essential stage in the optimisation and adaptation of operating
processes. Even in this area we have set ourselves the goal of fulfilling the requirements of
our clients with a market-leading service through the use of the latest technology – so that
you can provide your customers with superb products. That is why we bring all the necessary
tools and latest technical know-how together with our experience to bear on the problem
analysis, assessments and complex solutions to problems, in order to jointly overcome the
challenges.
Customer: CSSC HUANGPU WENCHONG Project-/Order-No.: 30161612 / 1881979857
SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD
Location: H5617-5622 Project-title: SWD
GEA Westfalia Separator
Equipment List

Order-No.: 1881979857

Project - title: SWD

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date: 03.12.2018 Dept.: 8833

Type: SWD Corr. Drawing: P1881979857-9913-PID000 Belongs to:

Repl for: --- Repl. by: --- Std. checked: ---

Explanations:
Priority(A): Procurement (B): Scope of supply (C):
N = Obligatory M = Must be obtained from Westfalia L = Scope of supply by WS
E = Recommended K = May be obtained from Westfalia S = Supplied by client
P = Possible Z = Supplied by client F = to be removed
U = --- V = --- W = loose supply

Created Date: 08.10.2018 Checked Date: 08.10.2018 Approved Date: Document No.: Revison: Page:

By: CT73 By: CT26 By: P1881979857-9913-DVL000 1/5

Copyright. © All rights reserved

Customer: CSSC HUANGPU WENCHONG Project-/Order-No.: 30161612 / 1881979857
SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD
Location: H5617-5622 Project-title: SWD
GEA Westfalia Separator
Equipment List
ID Quantity Description Size/Type Power Comments Part-No. A B C
Usage Nominal Bore PID Code

06-5-001 1 Pcs Steam injector N M L

DN80/80/50
06-7-001 1 Pcs Safety valve 0018-8360-200 N M L
DN50
06-7-002 1 Pcs Ball cock 0018-7673-630 N M L
1/2"
06-7-003 1 Pcs Manual flap 0018-8359-200 N M L
DN65
06-7-004 1 Pcs Ball cock for pressure gauge 0018-8241-400 N M L
1/4"
06-9-002 1 Pcs Pressure gauge PI 0001-0304-400 N M L

07-7-001 1 Pcs Manual flap 0018-8359-200 N M L

DN65
07-7-002 1 Pcs Ball cock 0018-7673-630 N M L
1/2"
07-9-001 1 Pcs Thermometer TI 0001-0326-400 N M L

10-3-001 1 Pcs Sea water pump NSLH65-215/D02 2022-9983-220 N M W

DN80/65
10-7-001 1 Pcs Feedwater valve 0018-8118-400 N M L
DN25
10-7-002 1 Pcs Ball cock for pressure gauge 0018-8241-400 N M L
1/4"
10-7-003 1 Pcs Orifice 2022-2021-010 N M L
1"

Created Date: 08.10.2018 Checked Date: 08.10.2018 Approved Date: Document No.: Revison: Page:

By: CT73 By: CT26 By: P1881979857-9913-DVL000 2/5

Copyright. © All rights reserved

Customer: CSSC HUANGPU WENCHONG Project-/Order-No.: 30161612 / 1881979857
SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD
Location: H5617-5622 Project-title: SWD
GEA Westfalia Separator
Equipment List
ID Quantity Description Size/Type Power Comments Part-No. A B C
Usage Nominal Bore PID Code

10-7-004 1 Pcs Ball cock for pressure gauge 0018-8241-400 N M W

1/4"
10-7-005 1 Pcs Ball cock for pressure gauge 0018-8241-400 N M W
1/4"
10-9-001 1 Pcs Pressure gauge PI 0001-1433-400 N M L

10-9-003 1 Pcs Pressure gauge PI 0001-1433-400 N M W

10-9-004 1 Pcs Pressure gauge PI 0001-0304-400 N M W

11-3-001 1 Pcs Ejector pump 2022-9200-130 N M L

DN65/65/80
11-7-001 1 Pcs Ball cock for pressure gauge 0018-8241-400 N M L
1/4"
11-7-002 1 Pcs Non return valve 0018-8130-600 N M L
DN65
11-9-001 1 Pcs Pressure gauge PI 0001-0304-400 N M L

11-9-002 1 Pcs Thermometer TI 0001-1647-400 N M L

12-3-001 1 Pcs Distillate pump 2022-2252-020 N M L

1"
12-7-001 1 Pcs 3-way ball cock N M L
1/4"
12-7-002 1 Pcs Ball cock 2022-8977-100 N M L
3/4"

Created Date: 08.10.2018 Checked Date: 08.10.2018 Approved Date: Document No.: Revison: Page:

By: CT73 By: CT26 By: P1881979857-9913-DVL000 3/5

Copyright. © All rights reserved

Customer: CSSC HUANGPU WENCHONG Project-/Order-No.: 30161612 / 1881979857
SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD
Location: H5617-5622 Project-title: SWD
GEA Westfalia Separator
Equipment List
ID Quantity Description Size/Type Power Comments Part-No. A B C
Usage Nominal Bore PID Code

12-7-003 1 Pcs Non return / overflow valve 2022-8977-080 N M L

3/4"
12-7-004 1 Pcs 2/2- way Solenoid valve 2022-8977-110 N M L
1/2"
12-7-005 1 Pcs Non return valve 2022-8977-120 N M L
G1/2"
12-8-001 1 Pcs Distillate suction hose 0018-8001-818 N M L
DN32
12-9-001 1 Pcs Conductivity measuring cell QISA 2022-2912-000 N M L

12-9-002 1 Pcs Pressure gauge PI 0001-1433-600 N M L

12-9-003 1 Pcs Water clock FQ 2022-8977-070 N M L

16-7-001 1 Pcs Steam valve 0018-8361-210 N M L

DN50
17-7-001 1 Pcs Ball cock 0018-7673-630 N M L
1/2"
83-7-001 1 Pcs Non return valve 0018-8125-400 N M L
G1/2"
83-8-001 1 Pcs Hose for non-condensable gases 0018-8002-818 N M L
1/2"
84-2-001 1 Pcs Chemical dosing tank 0003-0750-800 N M L

84-7-001 1 Pcs Ball cock 0018-8241-400 N M L

1/4"

Created Date: 08.10.2018 Checked Date: 08.10.2018 Approved Date: Document No.: Revison: Page:

By: CT73 By: CT26 By: P1881979857-9913-DVL000 4/5

Copyright. © All rights reserved

Customer: CSSC HUANGPU WENCHONG Project-/Order-No.: 30161612 / 1881979857
SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD
Location: H5617-5622 Project-title: SWD
GEA Westfalia Separator
Equipment List
ID Quantity Description Size/Type Power Comments Part-No. A B C
Usage Nominal Bore PID Code

84-7-002 1 Pcs Needle valve 0001-1665-700 N M L

1/4"
84-7-003 1 Pcs Non return valve 0018-6588-300 N M L
G1/4"
84-8-001 1 Pcs Hose for chemical dosing 2022-1176-008 N M L
3/8"
84-9-001 1 Pcs Flow indicator FI 0001-1665-700 N M L

87-1-001 1 Pcs Evaporator housing 2022-1165-010 N M L

87-7-001 1 Pcs Ball cock for pressure gauge 0018-7958-630 N M L

1/4"
87-7-002 1 Pcs Ball cock 4086-0010-074 N M L
1/4"
87-7-003 1 Pcs Non return / overflow valve 0018-8125-600 N M L
1 1/2"
87-9-001 1 Pcs Pressure gauge PI 0001-0529-600 N M L

87-9-002 1 Pcs Thermometer TI 0001-1489-280 N M L

Created Date: 08.10.2018 Checked Date: 08.10.2018 Approved Date: Document No.: Revison: Page:

By: CT73 By: CT26 By: P1881979857-9913-DVL000 5/5

Copyright. © All rights reserved

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH

Process data sheet

Costumer: CSSC HUANGPU WENCHONG SHIPBUILDING CO,LT
WS Order No.: 1881979857/….858/….859/….860/….861/….862
Hull No.: H5617-5622
Drawing No.: P1881979857-9913-PDS000
Sea Water Desalinator: SWD 20-80-jacket water Project No.: 30161612

1 x Distillate capacity : 20 m3/24h

2 x Residual salt content : 4 ppm NaCl
3 x Heat requirement : 610(*) kW (at 32°C seawater)
Heat requirement 662(*) kW (at 10°C seawater)
4 x Heating water flow : 52,4 m3/h
5 x Pressure drop of jacket water : 0,25 - 0,5 bar
6 Heating steam flow : 0,91 t/h (at 32°C seawater)
Heating steam flow : 0,99 t/h (at 10°C seawater)
7 x Heating water temperature in / out : 80 / 68(*) °C
8 Heating steam pressure : 6.0 bar abs
9 x Sea water flow : 50,4 m3/h
10 xx Sea water temperature in / out : 32 / 42 °C
x Pumps
1x Distillate Pump
x Discharge rate : 1,25 m3/h
x Total head : 30 mWC
x Power supply : 3x 440 / 60 V / Hz
x Power installed : 1,1 (**) kW
x Current (in operation / start) : 1,9 / 13,3 A
x Motor type : squirrel, direct on line
x Motor protection class : IP 55
x Insulation class : F, B (45°C)
x Casing : Stainless Steel 1.4401
x Impeller : Stainless Steel 1.4401
x Shaft : Stainless Steel 1.4401
x Seal Type : Mechanical Seal
2x Combined Sea Cooling Water / Ejector Pump (non self priming)
x Discharge rate : 50,4 m3/h
x Total head : 50.0 mWC
x Power supply : 3x 440 / 60 V / Hz
x Power installed : 12,6 (**) kW
x Current (in operation / start) : 20,3/142 A
x Motor type : 160M squirrel, direct on line
x Motor protection class : IP 55
x Insulation class : F, B (45°C)
x Casing : Cast bronze
x Impeller : Cast bronze
x Shaft : Stainless Steel
x Seal Type : Mechanical Seal

(*) at seawater temperature of 32 °C (**) at 45 °C ambient temperature

 CONNECTIONTABLE

CONNECTIONS

Counterflanges
control panel POS. MEDIUM DESCRIPTIONS DN PN ACCORDING TO
06 JACKET WATER INLET x DN65 16 DIN 2501
incl. salinometer 07 JACKET WATER OUTLET x DN65 16 DIN 2501

vacuum breaker
power supply 10 SEA WATER INLET x DN65 16 DIN 2501

PI 11 SEA WATER OUTLET x DN80 16 DIN 2501

87-9-001 12 DISTILLATE OUTLET 3/4" DIN 2999
16 STEAM INLET x DN50 16 DIN 2501
17 CONDENSATE OUTLET 1/2" 16 DIN 2999

87-7-001

87-7-002
1/4"

1/4"
TI 87 OVERFLOW OUTLET 1 1/2" DIN2999
87-9-002

PI TI 10 87 1 1/2"
87-7-003
PI
12-9-002 Note 1

12-7-001
M 1/2"

1/4"
FQ QISA
sample cock NON COND. GASES 83-8-001
12-9-003 3/4" 12-9-001 1"
12-7-002 12-3-001

12-7-003 DN32
12-8-001
12 3/4"

1/2"
12-7-004

DN50

12-7-005
06-7-001

G1/2"
Sinnbilder siehe: DIN ISO 10628-2
(DIN EN 62424)
DN65
FOR SYMBOLS REFER TO: DIN ISO 10628-2
06-7-003 (DIN EN 62424)
06-7-002
1/2"

PI
PI 10-9-001
06-9-002
1/4" FILLING, DRAIN Installationsrichtlinien
06-7-004

10-7-002
1"

1/4"
DN25

Note 1
10-7-001 10-7-003
beachtet werden
DN80/80/50
06-5-001

TI
07-9-001
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
NO. 2022-9601-010 HAVE
DN65
07-7-001
TO BE OBSERVED
87-1-001
07-7-002

17-7-001
1/2"

1/2"

84-7-001
1/4"
DRAIN
17 PI
11-9-001 NOTE 1

83-7-001
G1/2"
16-7-001
DN50

11-7-001

84-7-003
06

G1/4"
1/4"
TI
07 11-9-002 IMPORTANT:
Depending on distance
and piping layout a bigger
16 pipe diameter could be
DN65 3/8"
DN65/65/80
11-7-002 84-8-001
necessary.
11-3-001 PI
Chemical
1/4" CHEMICAL DOSING NOTE 2 max. 5 mm meshsize as pump protection (suction side)
11 84-7-002 Dosing max. 2 mm meshsize as SWD protection
FI Tank Could be placed at pump disharge side alternatively
84-9-001
30 liter

Note 1
Note 1
M
84-2-001
SUBJECT TO TECHNICAL MODIFICATIONS
Main over board
Engine
PI PI
10-9-004 10-9-003

M Alle gestrichelt dargestellten Leitungen sind von der Werft

10-7-004

10-7-005
1/4"

1/4"
zu installieren
Note 1
Sea Chest All pipes shown by dashed lines have to be installed by yard
DN80/65
10-3-001
Note 2

SUBJECT TO TECHNICAL MODIFICATIONS

issued for approval

Revision Description of Revision Rev.-Date Rev.-Name

Client
CSSC HUANGPU WENCHONG SHIPBUILDING CO.,LTD
NB-No. Country
H5617-5622 China
Copyright reserved
Revision proof
is electronically stored
We reserve all rights
on this drawing
CAD-Drawing
Date Name Description Drawing-No.
08.10.2018 CT73
Created
P&ID
Checked 08.10.2018 CT26 GEA Westfalia Separator sea water P1881979857-9913-PID000
Scale Sheet / Sheets Size
30161612
Approved D-59302 Oelde SWD 1:1 1 1 A0
Instruction manual
Fresh water generator
Type: SWD 10,15,20,25,30

No.: 2022-9001-060
Version: 16.08.2019
About this document 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTION MANUAL

Contents subject to modification!

GEA Germany
GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1
59302 Oelde, Germany

Tel +49 2522 77-0 www.gea.com/contact

Fax +49 2522 77-2950 gea.com

2 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 About this document

1 About this document 7

1.1 Scope of application .................................................................................. 8

1.2 Other applicable documents ...................................................................... 8
1.3 Structure of safety notices ......................................................................... 8
1.4 Target groups ............................................................................................ 9
1.4.1 Operator................................................................................................... 10
1.4.2 Skilled worker .......................................................................................... 10
1.4.3 Trained specialist ..................................................................................... 10
1.5 Additional documentation ........................................................................ 10
1.6 Service offers ........................................................................................... 11
1.6.1 Training .................................................................................................... 11

2 Safety precautions 13

2.1 Intended use ............................................................................................ 14

2.2 Reasonably foreseeable misuse ............................................................. 14
2.3 Qualification of the personnel .................................................................. 15
2.4 Responsibility of the plant operator ......................................................... 15
2.5 Hazards from products and operating materials ..................................... 16
2.6 Modifications to the system ..................................................................... 16
2.7 Requirements for spare parts and operating materials ........................... 17

3 Description 19

3.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 20

3.1.1 Safety devices ......................................................................................... 20
3.1.2 Safety markings on the system ............................................................... 21
3.1.3 Personal safety gear ................................................................................ 21
3.1.4 Avoid hazards caused by vibrations or shocks ....................................... 23
3.2 Description of the system ........................................................................ 24
3.2.1 General function of a fresh water generator ............................................ 24
3.3 Overview image of the fresh water generator ......................................... 26
3.4 Controller ................................................................................................. 26
3.4.1 Control cabinet design ............................................................................. 26
3.4.2 Front view of the control cabinet.............................................................. 27
3.4.3 Salinity indicator....................................................................................... 28

4 Technical data 29

4.1 Technical specifications........................................................................... 30

4.1.1 Technical data fresh water generator ...................................................... 30
4.1.2 Technical data salinity indicator............................................................... 30
4.1.3 Technical data conductivity measuring cell ............................................. 30
4.2 Regular temperature and pressure values .............................................. 31
4.2.1 Regular values fresh water generator ..................................................... 31

5 Transport and storage 33

5.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 34

5.1.1 Safety during transport ............................................................................ 34
5.1.2 Hazards from ambient temperatures ....................................................... 34
5.1.3 Using load suspension equipment safely ................................................ 34

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 3

About this document 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

5.2 Using lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts as load handling devices.......... 36
5.3 Transporting the system .......................................................................... 37
5.4 System storage ........................................................................................ 39
5.5 Storing and handling electrical equipment .............................................. 39

6 Assembly and installation 41

6.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 42

6.1.1 Avoiding risks during assembly and installation ...................................... 42
6.1.2 Foundation risks ...................................................................................... 42
6.2 Requirements for the installation location ............................................... 42
6.3 Space requirements for the fresh water generator .................................. 45
6.4 Attach the foundation plate for the installation ........................................ 46
6.5 Connecting the control unit ...................................................................... 47
6.5.1 Electrical installation (land-based operation)........................................... 47
6.5.2 Connecting external voltages .................................................................. 47
6.6 Connect equipotential bonding for pumps ............................................... 48
6.7 Connect equipotential bonding for foundation plate ................................ 48
6.8 Dimensioning and connecting the feed and discharge lines ................... 49
6.8.1 Dimensioning the piping .......................................................................... 49
6.8.2 Connecting hot water pipes ..................................................................... 50
6.8.3 Connecting the seawater pipes ............................................................... 51
6.8.4 Distillate ................................................................................................... 52
6.8.5 Overflow opening ..................................................................................... 52
6.8.6 Dosing tank filling pipe............................................................................. 52
6.9 Installing the seawater pump ................................................................... 52
6.9.1 General .................................................................................................... 52
6.9.2 Pressures................................................................................................. 53
6.10 Assembling the evaporator stack (lower plate stack) .............................. 53
6.11 Assembling the condenser stack (upper plate stack) .............................. 55

7 Settings 59

7.1 Dosing chemicals .................................................................................... 60

8 Commissioning 61

8.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 62

8.2 Safety during commissioning................................................................... 62
8.3 Commissioning the system...................................................................... 62
8.4 Commissioning check list ........................................................................ 63
8.5 Checking the rotational direction of the pumps ....................................... 65
8.6 Carrying out a vacuum test...................................................................... 65
8.7 Refilling the evaporator stack .................................................................. 66
8.7.1 Filling the chemical dosing tank............................................................... 66

9 Operation 69

9.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 70

9.1.1 Preventing hazards before starting up .................................................... 70
9.1.2 Avoiding hazards during operation .......................................................... 70
9.2 Monitoring operation ................................................................................ 70
9.3 Starting up the system ............................................................................. 70
9.3.1 Setting the supply water pressure ........................................................... 71
9.4 Switching on the distillate pump .............................................................. 72
9.5 Determining the distillate flow rate........................................................... 74
9.6 Adjusting the chemical dosage ................................................................ 75

4 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 About this document

9.7 Checking the supply water flow rate ........................................................ 75

9.8 Checking the seawater level.................................................................... 76
9.9 Checking the temperature and pressure values...................................... 76
9.10 Stopping the system ................................................................................ 77
9.11 Water meter bypass (optional) ................................................................ 78
9.12 Using the filling pipe dosing tank (optional) ............................................. 78

10 Trouble shooting 79

10.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 80

10.2 Avoiding hazards during malfunctions ..................................................... 80
10.3 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 81
10.4 Alarms and warnings ............................................................................... 83

11 Maintenance 85

11.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 86

11.2 Preventing hazards through regular maintenance .................................. 86
11.3 Maintenance schedule............................................................................. 88
11.3.1 After/during initial commissioning and daily ............................................ 89
11.3.2 Every 4 months ........................................................................................ 89
11.3.3 Every 6 months ........................................................................................ 89
11.3.4 Annually ................................................................................................... 89
11.3.5 In case of major maintenance work and when required .......................... 90
11.4 Maintenance work SWD .......................................................................... 91
11.4.1 Chemical dosage ..................................................................................... 91
11.4.2 Dosing valve ............................................................................................ 91
11.4.3 Replacing the sacrificial anode ................................................................ 91
11.4.4 Cleaning the wire mesh mist eliminator ................................................... 91
11.4.5 Cleaning the lamellar mist eliminator ...................................................... 92
11.4.6 Cleaning the conductivity measuring cell ................................................ 92
11.4.7 Checking and cleaning the ejector nozzles ............................................. 92
11.4.8 Cleaning the evaporator plates................................................................ 92
11.4.9 Cleaning the condenser plates ................................................................ 93

12 Repair 95

12.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 96

12.1.1 Preventing hazards in the case of repair work ........................................ 96
12.1.2 Hazards from electricity ........................................................................... 96
12.1.3 Hazards from mechanical energy ............................................................ 96

13 Decommissioning 97

13.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 98

13.1.1 Avoiding hazards on disposal .................................................................. 98

14 Spare parts 99

14.1 Original spare parts ............................................................................... 100

14.2 Notes on ordering spare parts ............................................................... 100
14.3 Spare parts ............................................................................................ 102
14.3.1 Evaporator ............................................................................................. 102
14.3.2 Tank ....................................................................................................... 104
14.3.3 Tandem ejector pump general information............................................ 105

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 5

About this document 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3.4 Ejector pump SWD 10 ........................................................................... 106

14.3.5 Ejector pump SWD 15/20 ...................................................................... 107
14.3.6 Ejector pump SWD 30 ........................................................................... 108
14.3.7 Dosing device ........................................................................................ 109
14.3.8 Distillate block ........................................................................................ 110
14.3.9 Condenser stack .................................................................................... 111
14.3.10 Evaporator stack .................................................................................... 112
14.3.11 Heating water unit (optional).................................................................. 113
14.3.12 Steam injection module (optional) ......................................................... 114

6 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 About this document

1 About this document

1.1 Scope of application .................................................................................. 8

1.2 Other applicable documents ...................................................................... 8
1.3 Structure of safety notices ......................................................................... 8
1.4 Target groups ............................................................................................ 9
1.4.1 Operator................................................................................................... 10
1.4.2 Skilled worker .......................................................................................... 10
1.4.3 Trained specialist ..................................................................................... 10
1.5 Additional documentation ........................................................................ 10
1.6 Service offers ........................................................................................... 11
1.6.1 Training .................................................................................................... 11

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 7

About this document 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

1.1 Scope of application

This document applies for all persons who work with or on the compact unit. It applies
to the plant operator as a basis for compiling standard operating procedures (SOP)
for conduct at the compact unit workplace.

1.2 Other applicable documents

The following documents contained in the plant documentation apply in addition to
this instruction manual:
• Safety information for the system
• Project-related documents
• Set of drawings
• Data sheets
• Plans and lists
• P&ID (Piping and Instrumentation Diagram)
• Documentation on the system controller
• Instruction manuals for components of other manufacturers, such as motors, fil-
ters, pumps, valves, and fittings of the measuring technology.

Pertinent standards and regulations:

• DIN 10217 Tubes
• DIN 2576 Flanges
• PN10 Nominal pressure
• NEN Electrical systems
• IP54 Degree of protection
• IMO G8

1.3 Structure of safety notices

The installation has been designed and built so that it functions and can be operated
safely. This manual will refer to further potential risks by using warning notices at the
relevant points.
A differentiation is made between hazards which result in damage to the plants, plant
components and environment and hazards which lead to possible or probable injury
or loss of life.
Signal words and their meaning

DANGER Denotes impending danger. If the preventive measures are not implemented, death
or serious injury will be the consequence.

WARNING Denotes a potentially dangerous situation. If the preventive measures are not im-
plemented, death or serious injury may be the consequence.

CAUTION Denotes a potentially dangerous situation. If the preventive measures are not im-
plemented, minor injury may be the consequence.

8 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 About this document

NOTICE Denotes a potentially damaging situation. If the preventive measures are not imple-
mented, the system or something else in its vicinity can get damaged.

Danger signals

This is the danger signal. It warns of injury risks.

 Comply with all measures marked with the danger signal to avoid injury or
death.

Structuring of the safety references according to the 5-point rule

1. Danger signals as a warning of injury risks.
2. Signal words signal the degree of risk.
3. The type and source of the hazard indicate from where the hazard originates.
4. Explanation of the hazard and consequences in the case of non-compli-
ance describe the threat and the consequences of human error.
5. Measures give instructions to avoid the hazard.

DANGER Type and source of hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

 Measures to avert or minimise the hazard.

WARNING Type and source of hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

 Measures to avert or minimise the hazard.

CAUTION Type and source of hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

 Measures to avert or minimise the hazard.

NOTICE Type and source of hazard

Explanation of the hazard and the consequences in the event of non-compliance.

1.4 Target groups

The target groups for this documentation are all persons involved in installing, as-
sembling, operating, maintaining and repairing the compact unit.
What work may be carried out by what target group depends on the qualification of
the personnel and on the type of work.
In the tables in the chapters Troubleshooting and Maintenance the responsible
target group as well as the operation is specified.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 9

About this document 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

1.4.1 Operator
Abbreviation: Op
The operator is employed by the customer and has been briefed in the following
operations:
• Starting and shutting down the machine.
• Monitoring the machine and process (e.g. by means of indicators).
• Execution of easy re-lubrication and cleaning operations.
When given specific directions, the operator is able to carry out simple modifications
to the process, e.g.:
• Adjusting temperatures, pressures and throughput capacities.
• Dosing additives.

1.4.2 Skilled worker

Abbreviation: Sworker
The skilled worker is normally employed by the customer and has been briefed in
the following areas:
• Performing easy assembly work
• Performing routine maintenance work or servicing
• Limited settings and parametrization on the components and control system
The skilled worker has basic technical knowledge. The basic knowledge corre-
sponds to a technical apprenticeship (mechanical or electrical).
The skilled worker is selected and deployed by the employer (plant operator).
GEA Westfalia Separator will carry out the briefing only in specific technical features
that are part of the supply schedule and will indicate potential hazards.
This briefing is no substitute for an apprenticeship.

1.4.3 Trained specialist

Abbreviation: Tspec
The trained specialist normally belongs to the service team of GEA Westfalia Sepa-
rator Group.
In exceptional cases, skilled workers employed by the customer can obtain a corre-
sponding qualification by attending training courses held by GEA Westfalia Separa-
tor Group.

1.5 Additional documentation

Request further information and technical documentation from the following places:
• Directly from GEA Westfalia Separator in Oelde.
• From the nearest representative of GEA Westfalia Separator.
• Per Internet under: www.gea.com/contact

10 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 About this document

1.6 Service offers

1.6.1 Training
GEA Westfalia Separator regularly holds training courses for customer employees.
Training content is aimed at the customer's operating and service staff who work
with the installation. The operator must know how the installation functions.
Trained operators assure the operating safety of the system.
Many different applications require competent process engineering know-how. Only
adequately trained employees in service ensure a high quality standard. This re-
quires ongoing further training.
The demands on the qualification of the service staff are growing increasingly. GEA
Westfalia Separator consequently offers a qualification model and training concept.
Contact the following addresses for training courses for operating and service staff:
• [email protected]

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 11

About this document 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

12 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Safety precautions

2 Safety precautions

2.1 Intended use ............................................................................................ 14

2.2 Reasonably foreseeable misuse ............................................................. 14
2.3 Qualification of the personnel .................................................................. 15
2.4 Responsibility of the plant operator ......................................................... 15
2.5 Hazards from products and operating materials ..................................... 16
2.6 Modifications to the system ..................................................................... 16
2.7 Requirements for spare parts and operating materials ........................... 17

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 13

Safety precautions 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

2.1 Intended use

The fresh water generator (Sea Water Distiller, SWD) is used to desalinate salt water
or seawater. This takes place through vacuum distillation.
The distillate can be used for washing, personal hygiene, in the kitchen and as tech-
nical water.
The distillate can also be used as drinking water if the missing minerals and vital
ingredients typical of drinking water are supplied to the organism through other
foods. In addition, the drinking water must be sterilized.
The system is intended exclusively for commercial operation. It is technically de-
signed according to the mode of operation contractually agreed upon with the man-
ufacturer.
It is intended for the following use:
• Heat absorption for evaporation through an external heat source, for example,
through the exhaust heat of a diesel engine or the drive motor of a ship.
• Evaporation of the sea water to evaporator plates during vacuum in the housing.
• Separating of the salt water in the mist eliminator.
• Condensation of the vapour in the sea water-cooled condenser.
• Recycling of the concentrated brine into the sea and creation of a vacuum with a
tandem ejector pump.
• Sterilization of the distillate with UV disinfection system if it is also used as drinking
water (optional).
• Hardening filter for the distillate if it is also used as drinking water (optional).
• The fresh water generator may only be operated after proper installation and com-
missioning by an expert. The safety regulations applicable at the local site must
be complied with.
• The water treatment system may only be operated if all components have been
installed correctly. Safety systems must not be removed, bypassed, or rendered
non-functional in any other way. The system may only be used for the applications
indicated above.
• Intended use also includes compliance with the specifications in this instruction
manual and with safety regulations applicable at the particular local site as well
as performance of periodic maintenance work; see section “Maintenance”.

For information on process conditions, operating conditions, and environmental con-

ditions, see:
• System nameplate
• Technical specifications
The following requirements must be met to ensure safe operation of the system at
all times:
• Use only genuine spare parts and genuine operating materials.
• Comply with limits.
• Do not change or expand the system.
• Use the system only for its intended purpose.

2.2 Reasonably foreseeable misuse

The manual contains instructions for the intended use. Any operation of the system
that does not fall under the intended use constitutes unintended use and is consid-
ered to be misuse.

14 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Safety precautions

Reasonably foreseeable misuse includes:

• Use of unsuitable spare parts
• Use of impermissible operating materials
• Exceeding of defined limits
• Modifying or expanding the system
• Changing the process conditions, operating conditions and environmental condi-
tions without the consent of the manufacturer.
• Non-wearing of the prescribed personal protective gear.
Any misuse of the system may cause bodily injury and property damage.
 Use the system only as intended.

2.3 Qualification of the personnel

Special expertise is required for working on and with the system. The qualification of
the personnel with this expertise is an important requirement for the operational re-
liability. The requirements in respect of qualification levels are set out in the chapter
"About this document / Target groups". They depend on the tasks assigned.
Faulty operation, assembly and handling errors can result in danger to life and limb
as well as causing severe damage to property.
The plant operator must implement measures for the qualification of its personnel:
 Assign only reliable individuals to work on the system.
 Allow only authorized personnel to work on the system.
 Give special training and briefings to the personnel for the tasks assigned.
 Clearly define responsibilities.
 Make sure that the authorized persons have read and understood the safety in-
formation before beginning work.
 Make sure that the authorized persons have read and understood all sections of
the instruction manual required for their work before beginning work.
 Give special briefings to persons who cannot read, and monitor their work.
 Persons still undergoing training may only be deployed under supervision.

2.4 Responsibility of the plant operator

The operation of a system is subject to rules and regulations for occupational health
and safety.
The order of the rules and regulations listed below is not a reflection of their priority.
The list lays no claim to completeness:
• Regulations relating to safety and health (accident prevention regulations) based
on Article 118a of the treaty establishing the EEC, e.g., Directive 89/655/EEC and
follow-up versions or corresponding national regulations issued by the country of
operation.
• Regular check of safety devices
• Compliance with the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC or corresponding national
regulations issued by the country of operation when working within the responsi-
bility as manufacturer.
• Compliance with the German Equipment and Product Safety Act or corresponding
national regulations issued by the country of operation when working within the
responsibility of the manufacturer.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 15

Safety precautions 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

Only for systems designed according to ATEX and that are used in potentially ex-
plosive areas:
• Compliance with regulations governing health protection and safety of employees
in hazardous areas, e.g., Directive 1999/92/EC or corresponding national regula-
tions issued by the country of operation.
• Compliance with ATEX Directive 94/9/EC, EMC Directive 89/336/EC, Low-Volt-
age Directive 73/23/EC or corresponding national regulations issued by the coun-
try of operation when working within the responsibility of the manufacturer.

The plant operator is responsible for complying with the rules and regulations for
assigned persons working safely and with awareness of the hazards. These include
the following measures:
 Ensuring that the statutory and other binding regulations on safety, accident pre-
vention and occupational safety are known and complied with.
 Assigning only qualified and authorised staff with technical understanding and fun-
damental technical knowledge and skills to work on the control unit.
 Clearly defining and communicating responsibilities for tasks.
 Operating the system only in perfectly functional condition in line with the intended
use. For the intended use, refer to the section Intended use.
 Checking all safety devices for proper functioning before each startup.
 Having the system checked regularly by qualified persons for its operational reli-
ability. Check the operating condition of the system at least once annually.

2.5 Hazards from products and operating materials

Hazardous materials are all materials that, on physical contact, represent a hazard
for the persons operating in the environment of the system.
Systems that have been purpose-built for operation with hazardous materials are
marked with safety stickers.
Hazards resulting from the following product characteristics and operating materials
are known from product observation:
• Hot products
• Cold products
• Hazardous, chemically critical products
• Hazardous, biologically critical products
• Cleaning agents

2.6 Modifications to the system

Modifications to the system are not permitted. They represent an unintended use
and endanger the operational reliability of the system. This may cause bodily injury
and property damage.
 When modifications to the system are necessary, e.g., due to new operational
sequences, contact GEA Westfalia Separator.
 Clarify the planning and the measures for the modifications to the system with
GEA Westfalia Separator.

16 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Safety precautions

2.7 Requirements for spare parts and operating materials

Spare parts, wear parts, and operating materials can cause bodily injury and prop-
erty damage if they do not meet the requirements.
Genuine spare parts and operating materials from GEA Westfalia Separator meet all
requirements for operational reliability of the system.
 Use only genuine spare parts.
 Use only genuine operating materials.
 Use the spare parts catalogue that was supplied.
 See the chapter "Spare parts" for ordering spare parts and operating materials.
 Comply with limits.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 17

Safety precautions 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

18 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Description

3 Description

3.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 20

3.1.1 Safety devices ......................................................................................... 20
3.1.2 Safety markings on the system ............................................................... 21
3.1.3 Personal safety gear ................................................................................ 21
3.1.4 Avoid hazards caused by vibrations or shocks ....................................... 23
3.2 Description of the system ........................................................................ 24
3.2.1 General function of a fresh water generator ............................................ 24
3.3 Overview image of the fresh water generator ......................................... 26
3.4 Controller ................................................................................................. 26
3.4.1 Control cabinet design ............................................................................. 26
3.4.2 Front view of the control cabinet.............................................................. 27
3.4.3 Salinity indicator....................................................................................... 28

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 19

Description 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

3.1 Safety information

3.1.1 Safety devices

EMERGENCY STOP button
The Emergency Stop shutdown achieves functional safety in the event of an emer-
gency or hazardous situation. It ensures that processes are stopped and all moving
parts are brought to a standstill as quickly as possible.
The system and all auxiliary equipment are not de-energised by the Emergency Stop
shutdown. All components remain functional even when the system is at a standstill.
The voltage must be disconnected manually.
An EMERGENCY STOP shutdown can be initiated manually or occur automatically.

EMERGENCY STOP buttons are located

on the control cabinet. Exact information
on the position of the EMERGENCY
STOP buttons can be found in the electri-
cal documentation.

The control cabinet is installed according

to the specifications of the plant operator.
Therefore the position of the
EMERGENCY STOP button can be
found in the SOP of the plant operator.

Fig. 1

Main switch

Precise information on the position of the

main switch on the cabinet is given in the
electrical documentation.

The control cabinet is installed according

to the specifications of the plant operator.
The position of the cabinet with the main
switch must therefore be obtained from
the instruction manual of the operator.

Fig. 2

Electrical safety and electromagnetic compatibility

Electrical safety of the fresh water generator has been tested during the manufac-
turing process in the factory.
Work on the system may affect the electrical safety and thus necessitates a new
electrical protective measure (ELSI). A specialist can recognize errors caused by the
old and new ELSI at an early stage and thus increase the operational safety.

Maintenance work
Only qualified personnel are permitted to perform maintenance work. The system
must be switched off and disconnected from the mains before work is performed on
it.
NOTE:

20 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Description

It is recommended to install a coaming (sill, border) under the water-bearing parts of

the system with connection to the bilge. This permits controlled draining of dis-
charged water during maintenance and service jobs.

Effects on the environment and public health

According to the risk assessment the installation and operation of the fresh water
generator do not pose any identifiable risks to the ship, the crew or other persons of
concern and/or parties.

3.1.2 Safety markings on the system

The following safety markings can be found on the system:
Safety markings on system

Heavy duty power (400/440 V)

Connection for earthing/equipotential earthing

Warning

Warning of dangerous voltage

System is OFF

System is ON

Fragile

This Side Up

Store in dry place

Inlet and outlet

Action prohibited

Important information
Potential equalization

Correct disposal

Before conducting maintenance work on the system make

sure to read the operating instructions, switch off the main
switch and secure it against restarting.

3.1.3 Personal safety gear

To avoid death or bodily injury, the prescribed personal safety equipment must be
worn when operating the system or performing maintenance work or repairs on the
system.
The personal safety equipment conforms to:
• Locally applicable accident prevention regulations

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 21

Description 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

• Instruction manual of the operator or employer

• Instructions in the safety information in this instruction manual
Anyone who works with or on the system is responsible for ensuring that the personal
safety equipment is worn and that it is in proper condition.
 Replace damaged safety equipment with new equipment.
Clean dirty safety equipment.

Wear hearing protection!

 Wear hearing protection when

working in a loud environment!

The noise level of a system may ex-

ceed 85dB (A).

Fig. 1 S67

Wear protective goggles!

 Wear protective goggles when

working on pipes and fittings.

Possible residues of caustic liquids in

valves and pipes and piping systems
not relieved from pressure.

Fig. 2 S102

22 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Description

Wear protective gloves!

 Wear protective gloves when

working on hot or cold surfaces of
separator and piping.

Possible temperature ranges: -10 to

+80 °C and 14 to 176 °F.

Fig. 3 S103
3.1.4 Avoid hazards caused by vibrations or shocks
In dynamic loads, there is a fundamental distinction between vibrations and shocks.
From a physical standpoint, these two phenomena are similar. However, they are
distinguished because they have different effects.
Vibrations occur at periodic intervals. Many of these phenomena are generally
known, such as vibrations that are caused by motors and ship motions on sea waves.
Shocks are rare - usually one-time - events that result, for example, from an impact
or when an object is dropped or falls over. This includes bumps, blows, and an im-
pact caused by manoeuvring.
During installation of the system, it must be ensured that vibrations or shocks cannot
be transmitted to the system.
For dimensioning of suitable bases and pedestals, the individual operating weights
of the modules specified in the respective dimension drawings must be taken into
account.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 23

Description 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

3.2 Description of the system

General
As a supplier of system technology for the engine room, GEA Westfalia provides
innovative treatment systems for the water on board, including fresh water genera-
tion for converting seawater into fresh water.

3.2.1 General function of a fresh water generator

Fig. 3 General functional diagram of a fresh water generator

1 Heat exchanger
2 Heating water
3 Distillate
4 Housing
4.1 Condenser
4.2 Mist eliminator
4.3 Evaporator
5 Brine
6 Supply water
7 Non-condensable gases
8 Seawater
9 Condensation
10 Steam cleaner
11 Steam
12 Circulation pump
13 Motor cooling water

24 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Description

Function description fresh water generator

The fresh water generator works according to the principle of vacuum distillation.
The waste heat from the main drive motor of the ship functions as a heating medium
for evaporation. Evaporation takes place in the evaporator stack, which is installed
in the bottom part of the housing. Part of the supplied water evaporates due to high
vacuum that prevails in the interior of the housing.
The generated steam passes through a wire mesh mist eliminator, which separates
the salt droplets. Condensation takes place in the condenser stack in the upper part
of the housing. The condenser is sea water cooled. The latent heat of condensation
is discharged into the sea water. The condensation temperature and the evaporation
temperature is dependent on the temperature of the seawater.
A small portion of the heated sea water is used as supply water for the evaporator
stack.
The majority is used as a driving medium for the tandem ejector pump. The tandem
ejector pump has two functions: Extraction of the excess water (the so-called brine)
from the housing and to generate the vacuum by discharging the non-condensable
gases.
The distillate quality (salinity) is monitored by the control cabinet. If the salt content
is above the setpoint (2-10 ppm), the distillate passes through a solenoid valve back
into the evaporator.

The system "SWD" consists of the following components:

• 1 Housing with condenser, evaporator and mist eliminator
• 1 Control cabinet, mounted on the right or left
• Dosing tank for chemicals, installed
• Distillate pump
• Thermometer and pressure gauge set
• Check valve set
• Supply water valve
• Solenoid valve
• Water meter
• Conductivity measuring cell and salinity indicator

In addition, a heating module can be used with a heat exchanger (optional). The heat
can be generated from steam, hot water or thermal oil depending on the local con-
ditions.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 25

Description 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

3.3 Overview image of the fresh water generator

Fig. 4 Overview drawing fresh water generator

Caption 1 Heating water inlet

2 Sea water outlet
3 Distillate outlet (standard) with water meter bypass (optional)
4 Heating water outlet
5 Sea water inlet
6 Distillate pump
7 Dosing tank

3.4 Controller

3.4.1 Control cabinet design

The control cabinet is the same for all fresh water generator types. It can be mounted
on the right or left side of the system.
The salinity indicator is installed in the door of the control cabinet ready for connec-
tion.

26 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Description

3.4.2 Front view of the control cabinet

Fig. 1 Control elements on the control cabinet

Caption 1 Salinity indicator

2 Operating hour meter seawater pump
3 "Alarm" signal light
4 Control buttons distillate pump
5 Main switch
6 Control buttons seawater pump
7 Power supply indicator
8 Seawater pump ammeter

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 27

Description 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

3.4.3 Salinity indicator

The device is in the working level after the power is switched on and is preset at
delivery.

Fig. 2

Caption 1 Actual value display

2 Field for additional text
3 Unit display
4 Parameter button
5 Setting button downward
6 Setting button upward
7 Activated alarm outputs display
Only the current salinity in the unit per ppm is displayed. Two alarm outputs are
activated. "Alarm salinity too high" appears if the upper alarm threshold is exceeded.
"Alarm sensor error" appears if the lower alarm threshold is not reached.

28 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Technical data

4 Technical data

4.1 Technical specifications........................................................................... 30

4.1.1 Technical data fresh water generator ...................................................... 30
4.1.2 Technical data salinity indicator............................................................... 30
4.1.3 Technical data conductivity measuring cell ............................................. 30
4.2 Regular temperature and pressure values .............................................. 31
4.2.1 Regular values fresh water generator ..................................................... 31

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 29

Technical data 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

4.1 Technical specifications

Subject to change!
The order-related process data are indicated on the operating data sheet which is
part of the documentation.

4.1.1 Technical data fresh water generator

Fresh water generator

SWD 10 SWD 15 SWD 20 SWD 25 SWD 30

Capacity [t/d] 10 15 20 25 30
Heating water tem- [°C] 70-90
perature
Connections:
Seawater inflow [DN] 65
Seawater drain [DN] 65 80 80 100 100
Heating water inflow [DN] 65
Heating water drain [DN] 65
Distillate [inch] G¾
Weight
Empty weight [kg (lb)] 600 (1323) 617 (1360) 626 (1380) 642 (1415) 651 (1435)
Working weight [kg (lb)] 640 (1411) 676 (1490) 706 (1556) 742 (1636) 771 (1700)

4.1.2 Technical data salinity indicator

Conductivity measuring device

Type LF 9648
Dimensions DIN 96x48 mm
Power consumption Max. 3.5 VA
Working temperature min. -10 °C max. 55 °C
Measurement range temperature min. -50 °C max. 200 °C

4.1.3 Technical data conductivity measuring cell

Conductivity measuring device

Type LF 2603
Working temperature min. 0 °C max. 60 °C

30 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Technical data

4.2 Regular temperature and pressure values

The following temperature and pressure values indicate a normal operation.

4.2.1 Regular values fresh water generator

Seawater

Supply temperature 0-32 °C

Temperature differential condenser 10-13 °C
Pressure loss condenser max. 0.5 bar

Heating water

Supply temperature 80-90 °C

Temperature difference evaporator 10-15 °C
Pressure loss evaporator max. 0.5 bar
Example: SWD 15-85 means 15 t/d at 85°C heating water

Evaporator

Temperature 40 – 55 °C (seawater 0 – 32 °C)

Pressure -0.9 – -0.85 bar (seawater 0 – 32 °C)

Distillate

Pressure 1.0 – 2.5 bar

Tandem ejector
pump
SWD Ejector pump inlet pressure Ejector pump-backpressure
11-9-001 [bar g] [bar g]

min. max. min. max.

10 3.3 4.1 0.2 0.6
15 3.4 4.2 0.2 0.6
20 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6
25 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6
30 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 31

Technical data 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

32 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Transport and storage

5 Transport and storage

5.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 34

5.1.1 Safety during transport ............................................................................ 34
5.1.2 Hazards from ambient temperatures ....................................................... 34
5.1.3 Using load suspension equipment safely ................................................ 34
5.2 Using lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts as load handling devices.......... 36
5.3 Transporting the system .......................................................................... 37
5.4 System storage ........................................................................................ 39
5.5 Storing and handling electrical equipment .............................................. 39

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 33

Transport and storage 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

5.1 Safety information

5.1.1 Safety during transport

When the system is transported with hoists and fork-lift trucks, hazards can occur.
There is a risk of injury and material damage if unqualified personnel or unsuitable
or damaged load suspension equipment are used.
Therefore, pay attention to the following points during transport:
 Use only qualified personnel to transport the system.
 Use approved and undamaged load suspension equipment for transport.
 Use only suitable load suspension equipment with adequate lifting capacity.

5.1.2 Hazards from ambient temperatures

The system has lines and tanks that are filled with water. The system can be dam-
aged as a result of frost or high temperatures.
 To avoid damage, take measures to prevent frost action during transport and stor-
age.
 Do not install or store the system next to objects with strong heat radiation.

5.1.3 Using load suspension equipment safely

The working load limit of the slings depends on the method of use. They may be
used only in accordance with their intended use. Unintended use may cause the
slings to tear or break. There is a risk of death or bodily injury and material damage.
For the reduction of the working load limit in individual cases, see the manufacturer's
specifications.
GEA Westfalia Separator recommends the use of round slings made of synthetic
fibres.

Observe the following points when using load suspension equipment:

• Inspect the slings for damage before each use.
• Do not use damaged or incomplete load suspension equipment or slings.
• Use slings only in the way approved by the manufacturer.
• Never load the slings beyond their maximum working load limit (WLL). The WLL
specification is located on the sling label.
• Conduct periodic training for the slingers and the individuals who are assigned to
perform transport work.
• Use only the load fastening points specified in the documentation.
• Use only suitable ground conveyors and hoisting equipment with adequate lifting
capacity.
• Pack and secure the load before transport in accordance with the Cargo Transport
Unit transport guidelines.
• Observe all regional regulations and laws governing transport and transport se-
curing.

Load suspension equipment for transport of system

Ground conveyors and hoisting equipment for transporting the system to the instal-
lation site must be provided by the operator.

34 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Transport and storage

Hoisting equipment, e.g., crane, needed to remove or install filters, UV reactors, and
other heavy components must be provided by the operator.

Load suspension equipment for repair of system

Load suspension devices and slings needed for disassembling certain components
of the system are included in the special tools supplied. In accordance with their
intended use, they must not be used for other lifting work. Slings include, for exam-
ple, the chain suspension gear, and the load-suspension devices include the lifting
eye nuts and eyebolts.

Use slings safely; observe the following points for this:

• Use only slings with an identification tag.

The identification tag on the sling

shows the following data:
- CE mark
- Manufacturer
- Year of manufacture
- Part number
- Application
- Maximum load
- Own weight

Fig. 1 Example of an identification tag

• Use slings only as described in this instruction manual.

• Observe the permitted loading limit.
• Check slings for visible damage before each use.
• Use only slings that are in perfect condition.
• Do not carry out repairs to slings.
• Send damaged slings to the manufacturer.
• Always screw in threaded rods as far as they will go.
• Tighten all nuts fully.
• Tighten all screws fully.
• Do not walk under suspended loads.
• Inspect slings regularly, see Maintenance schedule.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 35

Transport and storage 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

5.2 Using lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts as load handling devices
Incorrect use of lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts during transport can lead to serious
accidents, e.g. due to overload.

WARNING Deformed lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts due to overload!

Danger to life and limb through falling loads when lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts
break!
Observe the following points to avoid accidents:
• The pertinent standards and guidelines of the national associations in the country
of origin on the operation of load handling devices in lifting mode
• Only trained specialists are authorized to mount lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts.

 Mount lifting eye bolts or lifting eye nuts

only as illustrated.
 Screw in lifting eye bolts or lifting eye
nuts completely.
 Attach load handling devices as verti-
cally as possible, e.g. chains.
– Pull max. 45° diagonally.
– Modes of assembly other than those
shown are not admissible, e.g. lateral
pull.

Fig. 2

36 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Transport and storage

5.3 Transporting the system

Fig. 3 Example of seaworthy packaging for GEA Westfalia Separator systems.

 Use lifting equipment, e.g., a crane, to

transport the transport packaging.

Fig. 4

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 37

Transport and storage 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

 Sling the transport packaging with ca-

bles and attach to the load hook of the
crane.

CAUTION!
Wind one cable section around the hook
twice to prevent the cables from slipping.

Fig. 5 Proper mounting on the load hook

WARNING Risk of injury from falling loads.

Risk of injury and property damage can occur if unsuitable or damaged hoists,
slings and lifting equipment are used.
 Use only suitable lifting accessories capable of bearing the load. Refer to the
"Technical data" section for the system weights.
 Safely install and use lifting accessories; see "Safe assembly and use of eyebolts
and eye nuts".

 Only transport the unpacked system

on the four lugs which are specified,
see example.
 During transportation, always ensure
that slings are not attached to or run
around the control cabinet, pipes and
mechanical units. This would result in
damage to the components or the lift-
ing gear.
 Make sure that transportation is car-
ried as per the GEA Westfalia Separa-
tor guidelines.

Fig. 6 Transport of fresh water generator

without packaging

38 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Transport and storage

5.4 System storage

Suitable means must be employed to protect the system if it is not put into operation
immediately after installation.
• Do not remove the original packaging or the protective film on the system.
• All parts such as tools and spare parts must be stored in their original packaging
at a suitable location until commissioning.
• To ensure the packaging is not damaged store the system in dry rooms protected
from the weather at 10 to 30° C (50-86° F) and make sure the relative humidity of
less than 70%.
• Do not expose system to aggressive gases, dust, dew and pollution.
• Make sure to consult GEA Westfalia Separator if the system must be stored for
more than 1 month.
• IMPORTANT: Outdoor storage is not permitted!

NOTE: Improper storage will void the manufacturer's warranty.

same storage conditions apply to the hot water unit (if applicable) as for the fresh
water generator.

5.5 Storing and handling electrical equipment

If the installation has to be put into interim storage because the set-up location is not
yet prepared, note the points below.
• Do not remove original packaging and protective film.
• Store the electrical equipment at 5 to 50 °C (41 - 122 °F) in dry, weatherproof
rooms to prevent the packaging from getting damaged. Outdoor storage is not
permitted.
• Cover window coverings and displays on control cabinets with protective film until
commissioning.
• Only set up desk-top monitors or control units and control consoles with IP 54
protection in dry or air-conditioned rooms.
• Do not allow any dust or aggressive atmospheres in the environment of the elec-
trical equipment.
• Connect control cabinet heating (optional) to a third-party power supply and switch
on before commissioning the installation to prevent damage.
• Do not remove cable entry base plates in free-standing cabinets and consoles.
• If dust has got in, blow out the control cabinet with dry air prior to commissioning.
• Remove desiccant bags only after switching on the controller. The desiccant is
effective for about one year.
• The ambient temperature must not exceed 45 °C (113 °F) and relative humidity
must be < 70 %.

Note!
Incorrect storage and handling will lead to loss of warranty.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 39

Transport and storage 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

40 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

6 Assembly and installation

6.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 42

6.1.1 Avoiding risks during assembly and installation ...................................... 42
6.1.2 Foundation risks ...................................................................................... 42
6.2 Requirements for the installation location ............................................... 42
6.3 Space requirements for the fresh water generator .................................. 45
6.4 Attach the foundation plate for the installation ........................................ 46
6.5 Connecting the control unit ...................................................................... 47
6.5.1 Electrical installation (land-based operation)........................................... 47
6.5.2 Connecting external voltages .................................................................. 47
6.6 Connect equipotential bonding for pumps ............................................... 48
6.7 Connect equipotential bonding for foundation plate ................................ 48
6.8 Dimensioning and connecting the feed and discharge lines ................... 49
6.8.1 Dimensioning the piping .......................................................................... 49
6.8.2 Connecting hot water pipes ..................................................................... 50
6.8.3 Connecting the seawater pipes ............................................................... 51
6.8.4 Distillate ................................................................................................... 52
6.8.5 Overflow opening ..................................................................................... 52
6.8.6 Dosing tank filling pipe............................................................................. 52
6.9 Installing the seawater pump ................................................................... 52
6.9.1 General .................................................................................................... 52
6.9.2 Pressures................................................................................................. 53
6.10 Assembling the evaporator stack (lower plate stack) .............................. 53
6.11 Assembling the condenser stack (upper plate stack) .............................. 55

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 41

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

6.1 Safety information

6.1.1 Avoiding risks during assembly and installation

Assembly and installation involve risks if they are not carried out professionally or
not in accordance with these installation diagrams and installation instructions. The
owner/operator is responsible for executing and checking installation work and for
its safety.
Pay attention to the points below during assembly and installation.
• Special regulations issued by classification bodies or other authorised bodies
must be observed.
• Install the installation at the installation site in accordance with the installation di-
agrams.
• Do not install controls more than 2300 mm above the floor.
• Provide an adequate space around the installation from adjacent installations in
order to ensure accessibility for operation, maintenance and repair, see dimen-
sions sheet.
• For rating piping, refer to the specifications in the P&ID (Piping and Instrumenta-
tion Diagram) in the installation diagram and in the datasheets.
• Connect all feed and discharge lines flexibly to the installation by means of U-
shaped conduits or compensators.
• Tensile strain on pipelines is not permitted. All pipe joints are rated without taking
tensile forces into account.
• Support fixed pipelines and fittings securely in order to reduce vibration or move-
ment.
• Arrange contact points/supports so that pipes react flexibly to changing tempera-
tures without creating stresses.
• Pipelines may not be used for supporting distributors or appliances. The exception
are small parts designed for the purpose which have to be fitted on the manufac-
turer's recommendation, e.g. thermometers, pressure gauges, etc.
• For more details, see the mechanical or electrical drawings. Installation, i.e. me-
chanical and electrical connection to the ship's connections, must be performed
by authorized personnel.

Fastening material
Unsuitable fastening material puts structural calculations and the operating safety of
the installation at risk. This can lead to damage to the installation.
 Use the specified fastening material supplied. This is rated for the installation foun-
dation plate and the base.

6.1.2 Foundation risks

The foundation or the steel structure must be able to withstand the stresses caused
by the machine or skid and be suitably rated and tested for such loads.
Otherwise, vibrations occurring during operation can damage the machine or skid or
cause peripheral damage.

6.2 Requirements for the installation location

Requirement for the base and the installation position
• Installation location according to GL for CE/EMC: Zone 2

42 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

• The base must comply with the requirements. See load information and dimen-
sions in the installation diagram, technical specifications, and dimensioned draw-
ing.
• The base must be designed in such a way that no high vibrations are transferred
from the environment to the system.
• Provide sufficient room for maintenance work. See dimensioned drawing and in-
stallation diagram.

Requirements for load suspension equipment

• Use hoisting equipment and ground conveyors having the required lifting capacity.
• Use permissible and adequately dimensioned slings. Compare the specifications
on the slings with those from the dimensioned drawing and data sheet.

Requirement for the environment of the system

• Ensure the ventilation of the system.
• Do not install system components directly in front of steam pipes, condensers,
discharge pipes, or hot air outlets of other machines or in the direct proximity of
corrosive vapours.
• Ambient temperature must be within the range of 5° C to 45° C. The order-specific
permissible ambient temperatures can be found in the “Data sheet” according to
EN 12547 or in section “Technical specifications”.
• The maximum permissible humidity is 50% at 40° C and a 90% at 20° C.

Requirements for protective devices

• Protective devices designed according to DIN EN ISO 13857.
• Access to danger areas prevented through suitable measures.

Requirements for the electrical system

• Operator panel of the conductivity measuring device may not be exposed to direct
sun radiation; overheating must be prevented.
• Supply voltage for the controller must conform to the specifications on the name-
plate in the cabinet.
• Do not install the cabinets near heat sources. Sufficient clearance for free access
of at least 1 m must be provided. In addition, a clearance of at least 0.5 m for
cooling must be provided in front of the air filters of the cabinets.
• Complete opening of the cabinet doors must be possible so that the door inter-
locking can engage.
• Pushbuttons, switches, and control electronics must not be installed or operated
in an environment with excessively high air humidity or with moisture from con-
densate.
• In order for the temperature within the system to be kept constant after commis-
sioning, the system should remain switched on even when it is in idle state.

Requirement for fitting accessories and materials

• All seals between flanges must be made of polymer, preferably EPDM or NBR
(SH70), to protect the stainless steel surface from crevice corrosion. Seals made

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 43

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

of absorbent material, such as Klingersil seals, must be avoided without excep-

tion!

Requirements for personnel:

• Only authorized personnel are permitted to carry out the mechanical and electrical
installation, including connection of the system to the energy supply of the ship.

44 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

6.3 Space requirements for the fresh water generator

Sufficient space must be kept clear around the fresh water generator for operation,
maintenance, and repair.
Observe the following when installing the system:
• Only seawater pipes, hot water pipes, steam pipes, condensate pipes and distil-
late pipes for the fresh water generator may be installed in the operating area
around the system.
Refer to the table below for the clearances between the fresh water generator and
other installed equipment.

Fig. 7 Space requirements for the fresh water generator

Table for defining the operating area around the system

Dimensions in mm
System type A B C D E
SWD 477 600 800 1000 1423

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 45

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

6.4 Attach the foundation plate for the installation

Example for installing an installation on board ship.

If it can be guaranteed that no vibrations

will be transmitted to the installation, the
steel plate can also be welded directly to
the steel structure of the platform or of
the ship.

Z = foundation

Fig. 8

Note the points below when welding on

the steel plate.
• Weld seams should be 100 mm long.
• The distance between weld seams
should be approx. 350 mm.
• If required, the foundation plate can
also be welded all the way round.

Fig. 9

Example for installing an installation on land and on a concrete foundation.

Note the points below when attaching the

steel plate to concrete.
• The foundation plate can be bolted di-
rectly to the foundation provided.
 Use only the fastening material sup-
plied.

Fig. 10

46 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

6.5 Connecting the control unit

IMPORTANT: The installation electrical equipment must be carried out by qualified
personnel.
The controller is already installed on the fresh water generator. All internal electrical
devices (solenoid valve, conductivity measuring cell and distillate pump) are con-
nected to the controller.
The power supply and the seawater pump must be connected to the controller. The
circulation pump for the heating water unit (if present) must also be connected to the
controller.
 Please observe the circuit diagram and the motor specifications sheet.
Terminals for potential-free contacts are installed in the fresh water generator for
monitoring purposes. The contacts must be connected to the ship alarm system de-
pending on the specifications of the shipyard.
 Check mains voltage and frequency.
 Do not install the switch cabinet in an overly humid environment.
 Observe the permissible installation and operation data:

Permissible tolerance of the system's local ambient data

Voltage fluctuations +/- 10 % of the mains voltage

Frequency fluctuations +/-2% of the mains frequency
Ambient temperatures +5 to +45 °C (41 to 113 °F)
Air humidity Max. 50 % at 40 C (104 F)
Max. 90 % at 20 C (68 F)
Transport temperatures -25 to +55° C (-13 to 131 °F)

NOTE: Improper installation will result in loss of warranty.

6.5.1 Electrical installation (land-based operation)

Observe the following for the electrical installation in land-based operation:
• In general, use unarmoured oil-resistant flexible (Ölflex) cables, or mechanically
robust rubber cable ("NSSHÖU") for outside installation
• Use commercially available cable glands.
• The control cable and power cable must be routed separately without exception.
• Cable entries with plastic or metal glands are permissible

6.5.2 Connecting external voltages

The zero-potential contacts of the output modules carry external voltage, even when
the main switch is off.
They are identifiable by the internal orange wiring and can be used in external control
systems up to 250 VAC.
A cross-section of 1.5 mm² Cu is sufficient for all interlock and signalling cables.
 Pay attention to permitted installation data and operating data, see chapter Tech-
nical data.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 47

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

6.6 Connect equipotential bonding for pumps

Equipotential bonding for the pumps on the installation is always effected via the
equipotential bonding connection of the electric motor for the pumps.
Note!
If there is no protective earth incorporated in multi-core cables (e.g. in the armoured
marine cable), the drive motor for the pumps must also be integrated in equipotential
bonding.
The cross-section of the equipotential bonding cable (yellow-and-green insulation)
depends on the largest external cable connected to the consumer in question, see
Table 1 in EN 60 204-1.
GEA Westfalia Separator uses the following cable cross-section for equipotential
bonding:
10 mm²< S < 25 mm² Cu

6.7 Connect equipotential bonding for foundation plate

The foundation plate or foundation trough

must be fitted with a marked connector
bolt for equipotential bonding by the cus-
tomer.

Fig. 11

48 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

6.8 Dimensioning and connecting the feed and discharge lines

IMPORTANT: All piping must be cleaned and connected to the distiller. Only there-
after may other settings be carried out. Otherwise, contamination may occur and
interference caused.

6.8.1 Dimensioning the piping

Fig. 12 Dimensioning diagram for piping

Q Flow

v Flow velocity

DN Nominal diameter of pipe

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 49

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

6.8.2 Connecting hot water pipes

CAUTION Damage to the rubber liner is possible.

Damage to the rubber liner may be caused if too much torque is applied when the
flange is tightened.
 Tighten the flanges on the housing of the system with a max. of 25 Nm of torque.

 Connect the inlet and outlet pipes of the heating water according to the dimension
drawing on fresh water generator.

Regular temperature and pressure values

Temperature max. 95 °C
Pressure max. 4.0 bar

 Install the thermometers and valves close to the inlets and outlets of the fresh
water generator.
 Install the pressure gauge close to the inlets and outlets of the fresh water gener-
ator.
 Do not exceed flow rates of 2.5 m/s to prevent the loss of pressure in the water
circuit pipes.

Minimum required pipe diameter

Flow rate [m³/h] Minimum diameter [mm] at a flow

rate of 2.5 m/s
25 59
30 65
35 70
40 75
45 80
50 84
55 88
60 92
65 96

Flow rates

SWD 80 °C 85 °C 90 °C
Capacity [t/d] Flow rate [m³/h] Flow rate [m³/h] Flow rate [m³/h]
10 26.2 20.2 17.5
15 39.3 30.2 26.2
20 52.4 40.3 34.9
25 62.3 50.4 43.6
30 65.1 60.1 52.1

50 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

NOTE: Depending on the distance and type of piping larger pipe diameters may be
required.

6.8.3 Connecting the seawater pipes

The sea box is constructed to minimize the risk of sand, dirt and other contaminants
in the seawater.
The piping for the seawater are constructed to minimize the loss of pressure.

CAUTION Damage to the rubber liner is possible.

Damage to the rubber liner may be caused if too much torque is applied when the
flange is tightened.
 Tighten the flanges on the housing of the system with a max. of 25 Nm of torque.

 Install the inlet and outlet pipes of the seawater according to the dimension draw-
ing on fresh water generator.

Sea water inlet

Regular temperature and pressure values

Temperature max. 32 °C
Pressure min. 4.0 bar max. 6.0 bar
 Install the thermometers and pressure gauges near the inlet.

Sea water outlet

The brine (slightly concentrated seawater) and the seawater are discharged via the
seawater drain.
 Install the pressure gauge near the outlet.
 Install a straight pipe (500 mm) on the water outlet for the non-condensable gases,
otherwise the capacity of the tandem jet pump will be reduced.
NOTE: A non-return function should be integrated in the outlet valve.

Seawater filter
 Install a seawater filter with a 1.0 - 2.0 mm wide mesh in the seawater supply line
before the fresh water generator.
 Check pressure loss on the seawater filter in order to calculate the seawater pump
head.

Feed pressure
The capacity of tandem ejector pump is reduced if the feed pressure of the seawater
is insufficient. This also leads to inadequate extraction of brine from the distiller.
Flow rates of 2.5 m/s should not be exceeded in order to prevent the loss of pressure
losses in the seawater pipes.
 Check the seawater pipes if there is a loss of pressure.
- Important: In the worst case scenario the fresh water generator will not oper-
ate if the supply pressure to the tandem ejector pump is not sufficient.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 51

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

Minimum pipe diameters

SWD Seawater flow rate [m³/h] Minimum diameter [mm] at a flow

rate of 2.5 m/s
10 25.2 60
15 37.8 73
20 50.4 84
25 62.3 94
30 64.6 96

NOTE: Contact your local GEA Westfalia Separator office for longer pipelines (> 5m)
or differences in height (> 5m).

6.8.4 Distillate
The distillate produced is discharged via the distillate pump.
The distillate is routed back into the evaporator if the conductivity of the distillate is
too high.
Max distillate backpressure: 1.5 bar

6.8.5 Overflow opening

The evaporator housing may become completely filled with water if a malfunction
occurs. The overflow valve opens if the internal pressure of the housing exceeds 0.1
bar g.
Max. seawater temperature: 55 C

6.8.6 Dosing tank filling pipe

The chemical dosing tank must be filled with water and the chemicals to prevent
boiler scaling once a day.
 See Chapter "Using the filling pipe dosing tank (optional)".

6.9 Installing the seawater pump

6.9.1 General
The seawater pump is delivered separately. The motor starter is integrated in the
controller for the fresh water generator.
 Connect the motor for the seawater pump to the controller for the fresh water
generator.

The following points must be observed when installing the seawater pump:
• Observe operating instructions of the manufacturer of the pump.
• The pump must be easy to access for maintenance and repairs.
• The pump is not self-priming.
• Pump is arranged horizontally or vertically.
• Pressure gauges must be installed on the suction and pressure connections.
• A seawater filter must be installed on the outlet side of the pump.

52 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

6.9.2 Pressures
Inlet pressure
The seawater pump is not self-priming. The minimum inlet pressure during operation
is 0.3 bar g. Pressure loss on the inlet side must be minimized.

Outlet pressure
The outlet pressure depends on the pump head (WS standard 50 m).

Pump
The seawater pressure at the inlet of the fresh water generator must be at least 3.8
bar. The calculations are based on the assumption that the height difference with the
fresh water generator is 5 m. A 0.2 bar pressure loss in the pipes is provided for in
the calculation.
IMPORTANT: If the distance is greater or the pressure loss is higher, please contact
your local GEA Westfalia Separator office.

Minimum pipe diameters

SWD Seawater flow rate [m³/h] Minimum diameter [mm] at a flow

rate of 2.5 m/s
10 25.2 60
15 37.8 73
20 50.4 84
25 62.3 94
30 64.6 96

6.10 Assembling the evaporator stack (lower plate stack)

CAUTION The plates may be damaged if overtightened.

Over-tightening of the plate stack will lead to irreversible damage to the plates.
 Make sure the dimension of the plate stack remains below the tolerance limit of -
3% when tightening.

Thickness per plate 3.9 mm

Assembly dimension tole- +-3 %
rance
Thickness of the pressure 20 mm
plate

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 53

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

The evaporator stack consists of a certain number of plates including seals. There
are four different types of plates in the evaporator stack:
• Starting plate including starting seal
• Plate including EC seal (the seal is closed)
• Plate including EO seal (the seal is open on top)
• End plate including ECO seal
The number of plates depends on the type of fresh water generator and can be found
in the following table.

Number of plates depending SWD type

Item Plate design Part No. 10-80 15-80 20-80 25-80 30-80
1 Starting plate, borehole 2022-2467-000 1 1 1 1 1
2 Plate including EO seal 2022-2467-010 16 24 33 41 50
3 Plate including EC seal, borehole 2022-2467-020 16 24 33 41 50
4 End plate including ECO seal 2022-2467-030 1 1 1 1 1

Assembly dimension in mm 133 195 265 328 398

Tolerance +-3% in mm 4 6 8 10 12
Assembly dimension including pressure plate 153 215 285 348 418

Number of plates depending SWD type

Item Plate design Part No. 10-85 15-85 20-85 25-85 30-85
1 Starting plate, borehole 2022-2467-000 1 1 1 1 1
2 Plate including EO seal 2022-2467-010 14 21 29 36 44
3 Plate including EC seal, borehole 2022-2467-020 14 21 29 36 44
4 End plate including ECO seal 2022-2467-030 1 1 1 1 1

Assembly dimension in mm 117 172 234 289 351

Tolerance +-3% in mm 4 5 7 9 11
Assembly dimension including pressure plate 137 192 254 309 371

Number of plates depending SWD type

Item Plate design Part No. 10-90 15-90 20-90 25-90 30-90
1 Starting plate, borehole 2022-2467-000 1 1 1 1 1
2 Plate including EO seal 2022-2467-010 12 19 26 33 39
3 Plate including EC seal, borehole 2022-2467-020 12 19 26 33 39
4 End plate including ECO seal 2022-2467-030 1 1 1 1 1

Assembly dimension in mm 101 156 211 265 312

Tolerance +-3% in mm 3 5 6 8 9
Assembly dimension including pressure plate 121 176 231 285 332

54 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

Fig. 13

 Install the starting plate including starting seal (1).

 Install plate including EO seal (2).
 Install plate including EC seal (3).
 Alternately install plates with an EO seal and an EC seal until the correct number
of plates is reached.
 Install end plate including ECO seal (4).
 Install pressure plate (5).
IMPORTANT:
- First lubricate the threaded rods with GEA assembly grease.
- Tighten the nuts crosswise and evenly so that the plates do not tilt.
IMPORTANT:
• The plates must always be reduced in pairs if their number must be reduced. The
assembly dimension must be reduced by 3.9 mm per plate.

6.11 Assembling the condenser stack (upper plate stack)

CAUTION The plates may be damaged if overtightened.

Over-tightening of the plate stack will lead to irreversible damage to the plates.
 Make sure the dimension of the plate stack remains below the tolerance limit of -
3% when tightening.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 55

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

Thickness per plate 3.9 mm

Tolerance at dimension (A) +-3 %
Thickness of the pressure 20 mm
plate

The condenser stack consists of a certain number of plates including seals. There
are four different types of plates in the condenser stack:
• Starting plate including starting seal
• Plate including CC seal (the seal is closed)
• Plate including CO seal (the seal is open on top)
• End plate including CO seal
The number of plates depends on the type of fresh water generator and can be found
in the following table.

Number of plates depending SWD type

Item Plate design Part No. 10-80 15-80 20-80 25-80 30-80
1 Starting plate including starting 2022-2467-100 1 1 1 1 1
seal
2 Plate including CC seal 2022-2467-110 17 25 34 42 51
3 Plate including CO seal 2022-2467-120 16 24 33 41 50
4 End plate including CO seal 2022-2467-130 1 1 1 1 1

Assembly dimension in mm 137 199 269 332 402

Tolerance +-3% in mm 4 6 8 10 12
Assembly dimension including pressure plate 157 219 289 352 422

Number of plates depending SWD type

Item Plate design Part No. 10-85 15-85 20-85 25-85 30-85
1 Starting plate including starting 2022-2467-100 1 1 1 1 1
seal
2 Plate including CC seal 2022-2467-110 15 22 30 37 45
3 Plate including CO seal 2022-2467-120 14 21 29 36 44
4 End plate including CO seal 2022-2467-130 1 1 1 1 1

Assembly dimension in mm 121 176 238 293 355

Tolerance +-3% in mm 4 5 7 9 11
Assembly dimension including pressure plate 141 196 258 313 375

56 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Assembly and installation

Number of plates depending SWD type

Item Plate design Part No. 10-90 15-90 20-90 25-90 30-90
1 Starting plate including starting 2022-2467-100 1 1 1 1 1
seal
2 Plate including CC seal 2022-2467-110 13 20 27 34 40
3 Plate including CO seal 2022-2467-120 12 19 26 33 39
4 End plate including CO seal 2022-2467-130 1 1 1 1 1

Assembly dimension in mm 105 160 215 269 316

Tolerance +-3% in mm 3 5 6 8 9
Assembly dimension including pressure plate 125 180 235 289 336

Fig. 14

 Install the starting plate including starting seal (1).

 Install plate including CC seal (2).
 Install plate including CO seal (3).
 Alternately install plates with an CC seal and an CO seal until the correct number
of plates is reached.
 Install end plate including CO seal (4).

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 57

Assembly and installation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

 Install pressure plate (5).

IMPORTANT:
- First lubricate the threaded rods with GEA assembly grease.
- Tighten the nuts crosswise and evenly so that the plates do not tilt.
IMPORTANT:
• The plates must always be reduced in pairs if their number must be reduced. The
assembly dimension must be reduced by 3.9 mm per plate.

58 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Settings

7 Settings

7.1 Dosing chemicals .................................................................................... 60

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 59

Settings 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

7.1 Dosing chemicals

A deposit inhibitor is added to the supply water to prevent the formation of boiler
scale on the evaporator plates.
IMPORTANT: Make sure the dose is correct since dosage that is too low will de-
crease the distillation output due to boiler scaling.
The dosing tank must be filled once a day.

CAUTION Danger of irritation to the skin or eyes

Irritation may occur upon contact of chemicals with the skin or eyes.
 Avoid contact of the chemicals with the skin and eyes.
 Wear protective gloves and protective goggles.

 Fill the dosing tank (1) with 0.25 to 0.5

litres of the chemical.
- Follow manufacturer's instructions.
Familiar products are e.g. Vaptreat
or Maxivap Plus.
 Fill the dosing tank with water (approx.
30 litres).
 Set the flow rate of 1.25 l/h on the do-
sing valve (2).

Fig. 15

60 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Commissioning

8 Commissioning

8.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 62

8.2 Safety during commissioning................................................................... 62
8.3 Commissioning the system...................................................................... 62
8.4 Commissioning check list ........................................................................ 63
8.5 Checking the rotational direction of the pumps ....................................... 65
8.6 Carrying out a vacuum test...................................................................... 65
8.7 Refilling the evaporator stack .................................................................. 66
8.7.1 Filling the chemical dosing tank............................................................... 66

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 61

Commissioning 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

8.1 Safety information

8.2 Safety during commissioning

The commissioning of the system after setup and installation may only be performed
by specialists from GEA Westfalia Separator or authorized service partners.
Non-professional execution of commissioning by unsuitable personnel can endanger
personnel and property.
Observe the following points during commissioning:
• Assign only trained and authorized specialist with the task of commissioning.
• The operation of the flaps and valves on the ship related equipment is only allowed
with the permission of the crew.
• Eliminate faults during commissioning immediately, e.g. leaky pipe joints.
• Check the function of all safety and protective devices, identify faults and eliminate
them immediately.
8.3 Commissioning the system
Prior to commissioning, ensure that the SWD is properly installed, secured in place
and connected. In addition, individual components must be checked for proper func-
tioning.
NOTE: The operation of the flaps/valves on the ship related equipment is only allo-
wed with the permission of the crew.

62 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Commissioning

8.4 Commissioning check list

Operator: Trained specialist
• Before initial commissioning the system
• When re-starting after repairs and a long standstill period

Documents
The instruction manual is available.
Data sheet according to EN 12547 is available.
Spare parts list is available.
Operating instructions for optional additional equipment are available.
P&ID is available.
Order-specific dimensioned drawing is available.

Installation
The fresh water generator is installed on the deck (bolted or welded).
The fresh water generator is not installed in an inclined position.
Enough space for service and repair work is available (e.g. for opening the cover or to en-
sure accessibility to controller).
A coaming which is connected to the bilge is installed under the distillation unit.
A chemical deposit inhibitor is available for testing at sea.
Safety stickers are complete, attached properly and are clean and legible.
The thermometers are mounted close to the fresh water generator.
Heating water from the main motor cooling circuit is correct.
Flap (motor cooling water) are installed close to the fresh water generator.
The mesh width of the seawater filter is less than or equal to 2 mm.

Pipe/hose connections
All connections are carried out in accordance with P & ID.
All connections are fixed and screwed down tight according to specifications.
Hoses are intact.
Hose clamps are tightened securely.

Electrical connections
The solenoid valve cable (12-7-004) is not damaged.
The conductivity measuring cell cable (19-9-001) is not damaged.
The distillate pump cable (12-3-001) is not damaged.
The power supply is connected according to specifications.
All incoming cables are attached in the correct terminal and the terminals are tightened
securely.
The seawater pump cable is connected to the control panel.
Electrical connections for fittings are connected according to specifications.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 63

Commissioning 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

Pumps
The seawater pump is properly installed and secured in place.
The distillate pump is properly installed and secured in place.
Pressure gauges are located both on the suction and on the pressure side of the seawater
pump.

Electric motors of the pumps

Transportation locking device has been removed (if fitted).
Connection values on the motor nameplate match the specifications on the system name-
plate and the connection values of the local power supply.
Electrical connection has been executed professionally.
The rotational direction of the pump motors is correct.

64 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Commissioning

8.5 Checking the rotational direction of the pumps

The rotational direction of the seawater pump and the distillate pump must be che-
cked before the pumps are put into operation. The rotational direction is indicated by
arrows on the pump.

CAUTION Damage to the device if allowed to run dry for too long

The seals on the pump may be damaged if the pump is switched on for too long.
 Only run the pump for a short time.

IMPORTANT: The distillate pump has a restart lock. This prevents dry running in the
water pump fails and consequential damage of the seal.
 Make sure that the water pump is already operating before switching on the dis-
tillate pump.

8.6 Carrying out a vacuum test

IMPORTANT: The operation of the flaps and valves on the ship related equipment
is only allowed with the permission of the crew.
 Open all flaps and valves in the seawater piping system (ship-related system) on
the inlet and outlet of the fresh water generator.

 Close the vacuum relief valve on the

pressure gauge (1).
 Switch on the seawater pump at the
switch cabinet.
 Check the ejector pump inlet pressure
on the pressure gauge (2) and ejector
pump backpressure (in the overboard
line) for correct values according to the
following table.

Fig. 16

Pressure specifications for the tandem ejector pump

Ejector pump-backpressure Ejector pump backpressure

[bar g] [bar g]
SWD
Min Max Min Max

10 3.3 4.1 0.2 0.6

15 3.4 4.2 0.2 0.6

20 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6

25 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6

30 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 65

Commissioning 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

CAUTION Erosion hazard due to low ejector pump backpressure

Decrease the ejector pump output if the ejector pump back pressure is less than 0.2
bar. This can lead to overflow of the evaporator housing. Erosion may occur on the
discharge nozzles as a result of cavitation.
 Increase the backpressure if possible by not fully opening the overboard valve or
by installing a diaphragm.
IMPORTANT: Backpressure in the ejector pump outlet line that exceeds more than
0.6 bar can lead to a reduction of ejector output and overflowing of the evaporator.
 Check overboard line and if possible reduce the backpressure by further opening
the overboard valve.

The supply water valve (2) remains

closed and no supply water flows into the
evaporator.
 Switch off the seawater pump after ap-
prox. 2 minutes if the pressure in the
evaporator housing is stable and less
than -0.9 bar.
 Check the pressure increase in the
evaporator housing for an additional 5
minutes.
- The pressure can be read from the
pressure gauge (1).

Fig. 17 If the pressure exceeds 50 mbar then this

increase in pressure indicates a vacuum
leak.
 Localize the error source.
 Correct the error immediately.

8.7 Refilling the evaporator stack

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

IMPORTANT: The operation of the flaps and valves on the ship related equipment
is only allowed with the permission of the crew.
 Open the valves on the pipes of the heating water inlet and the heating water
outlet slowly.
- IMPORTANT: Make sure to open valves slowly. A sudden drop in pressure
could result in the failure of hot water system.
 Open the vent (e.g. on the thermometer or the pressure gauges in the motor-
cooling water pipe system).
 Close the valves after the hot water system (pipes and evaporator stack) is com-
pletely filled.

8.7.1 Filling the chemical dosing tank

 Fill the dosing tank with water and suitable chemicals to prevent the formation of
boiler scale, see Chapter "Settings dosing chemicals).

66 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Commissioning

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 67

Commissioning 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

68 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Operation

9 Operation

9.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 70

9.1.1 Preventing hazards before starting up .................................................... 70
9.1.2 Avoiding hazards during operation .......................................................... 70
9.2 Monitoring operation ................................................................................ 70
9.3 Starting up the system ............................................................................. 70
9.3.1 Setting the supply water pressure ........................................................... 71
9.4 Switching on the distillate pump .............................................................. 72
9.5 Determining the distillate flow rate........................................................... 74
9.6 Adjusting the chemical dosage ................................................................ 75
9.7 Checking the supply water flow rate ........................................................ 75
9.8 Checking the seawater level.................................................................... 76
9.9 Checking the temperature and pressure values...................................... 76
9.10 Stopping the system ................................................................................ 77
9.11 Water meter bypass (optional) ................................................................ 78
9.12 Using the filling pipe dosing tank (optional) ............................................. 78

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 69

Operation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

9.1 Safety information

9.1.1 Preventing hazards before starting up

Only start up the installation if there are no defects which could endanger safe ope-
ration.
The owner/operator is responsible for ensuring that necessary checks are covered
and performed with care.
Cover the points below before starting up the installation each time:
• visual inspection to see whether installation has obvious damage.
• check connections and pipelines for leaks.
• check setting parameters and rating data.
• eliminate any faults found before starting up the installation.

9.1.2 Avoiding hazards during operation

Operating the system can pose risks if the operator does not operate the system in
accordance with its intended use.
The operator is responsible for ensuring that necessary checks are done carefully
and that suitable personnel are deployed.
The following must be observed:
• Comply with the operating instructions.
• Operate the system only when no defects are present that conflict with safe oper-
ation.
• Operate the system only in accordance with its intended use and the agreed-upon
process conditions.
• Operate the system only in accordance with the data specified on the nameplates
and in the datasheet.
• Use only qualified personnel, see "Qualification of personnel".
9.2 Monitoring operation
Observe the following points for operational monitoring and daily inspection round:
• Check the valve positions for the selected mode of operation.
• Listen for unusual noises from pumps.
• Check pressures.
• Check the pipe connections and tubes for leaks.
• Check for vibrations.
• Check the flow rate performance.
• Check personnel-occupied areas of the system for cleanliness.
• Notify service personnel in the event of alarm signals, damage, or anomalies.
9.3 Starting up the system

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

70 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Operation

IMPORTANT: The operation of the flaps/valves on the ship related equipment is only
allowed with the permission of the crew.
 Open valves in the distillate piping upstream of the tank.
- The evaporator may not be operated near the coast. The minimum distance
from the coast is 30 nautical miles.
 Close the vacuum relief valve (1).
 Switch on the seawater pump.

 Wait until the start-up vacuum of -0.9

bar is reached, see pressure gauge on
the vacuum relief valve (1).

Fig. 18

9.3.1 Setting the supply water pressure

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

 Adjust supply water pressure with the

supply water valve (2) according to the
following table.
- The supply water pressure can be
read off on pressure gauge 1.

Fig. 19

SWD Pressure to orifice plate [bar g]

(10-9-001)
10 -0.6
15 -0.1
20 0.6
25 1.4
30 2.4

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 71

Operation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

IMPORTANT:
• Insufficient supply water flow leads to boiler scale formation on the evaporator
plates and reduces the distillation output.
• Excessive supply water flow leads to an overflow on the evaporator housing.

9.4 Switching on the distillate pump

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

IMPORTANT: The operation of the flaps and valves on the ship related equipment
is only allowed with the permission of the crew.

Fig. 20
1 Sight glass
2 Distillate pump
3 Water meter
4 Pressure retention valve setting
5 Transparent distillate hose

 Check seawater level in the evaporator housing through the sight glass (1).
- IMPORTANT: The sight glass may not be completely filled.
 Slowly open the valves in the pipes for the heating water inlet and the heating
water outlet for fresh water generator.
- IMPORTANT: Make sure to open valves slowly. A sudden drop in pressure
could result in the failure of hot water system.
 Switch on the distillate pump (2) if distillate can be seen in the distillate-suction
hose (5).
The distillate conductivity is generally above the alarm setpoint in the first few minu-
tes. The distillate is fed back into the evaporator. The water meter is not running.

72 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Operation

 Adjust the backpressure on pressure retention valve (4) once the water meter is
running and the distillate conductivity is below the alarm setpoint the distillate.
- Distillate backpressure during 50 Hz operation: 1.5 bar
- Distillate backpressure during 60 Hz operation: 2.5 bar
 The level of distillate in the distillate suction hose (5) must be 20 - 50 cm above
the pump inflow level.
- The distillate back pressure must be reduced if the level is more than 50 cm.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 73

Operation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

9.5 Determining the distillate flow rate

 Determine the distillate flow rate over a

1 minute period (l/min) with the water
meter (3).
 Check if the per minute distillate flow
rate that was determined corresponds
with the nominal output indicated in the
table below.

Fig. 21

Distillate flow rate nominal output

SWD Flow rate per minute in litres Flow rate per day in litres
Type
10 6.9 10 000
15 10.4 15 000
20 13.9 20 000
25 17.4 25 000
30 20.8 30 000

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

 Adjust the heating water flow rate as follows if the distillate flow rate deviates from
the nominal output:
- Reduce the heating water flow rate to evaporator housing if the value is grea-
ter than the nominal output. If the distillate flow rate is too high it can lead to
boiler scale formation on the evaporator.
- Increase the heating water flow rate to the evaporator if the value is less than
the nominal output.
 IMPORTANT: Recheck the distillate backpressure after adjusting the heating wa-
ter flow rate, see Chapter "Operation / switching on the distillate pump".

74 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Operation

9.6 Adjusting the chemical dosage

Fig. 22

 Adjust the chemical dosage to 1.25 l/h on the dosing valve (2).
 Open the valve (1) at the injection point.

9.7 Checking the supply water flow rate

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

 Check supply water flow rate on the

pressure gauge (1), see Chapter
"Operation / adjusting the supply water
pressure".
- IMPORTANT: If the supply water
flow rate is too low the risk of
boiler scale formation on the eva-
porator plates increases and dis-
tillation output is reduced.

Fig. 23

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 75

Operation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

9.8 Checking the seawater level

 Check seawater level in the evaporator

housing through the sight glass (1).
- IMPORTANT: The sight glass may
not be completely filled.

Fig. 24

9.9 Checking the temperature and pressure values

The following temperature and pressure values indicate normal operation and must
be checked regularly to ensure safe operation of the system.

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

Seawater

Supply temperature 0 – 32 C

Temperature differential conden- 10 °– 13 °C

ser

Pressure loss condenser Max. 0.5 bar

Heating water

Supply temperature See technical data sheet.

- Example: SWD 15-85 means 15t/d at
85 C

Temperature difference evapora- 10 – 15 °C

tor

Pressure loss condenser Max. 0.5 bar

Evaporator

Pressure -0.9 – -0.85 bar

Temperature 40 – 55 °C

Distillate

Pressure 1.0 – 2.5 bar

76 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Operation

Tandem ejector pump

Ejector pump inlet pressure 11-9- Ejector pump backpressure

001 [bar g] [bar g]
SWD
Min Max Min Max

10 3.3 4.1 0.2 0.6

15 3.4 4.2 0.2 0.6

20 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6

25 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6

30 3.5 4.3 0.2 0.6

9.10 Stopping the system

WARNING Risk of injury from burns.

Hot system components and piping can cause severe burns.

 Do not touch the hot water pipes or the housing with your hands.
 Wear protective gloves.

IMPORTANT: The operation of the flaps and valves on the ship related equipment
is only allowed with the permission of the crew.

 Slowly close the valves in the pipes for

the heating water inlet and the heating
water outlet for the evaporator.
- IMPORTANT: Too rapid closing of
the valves can lead to an increase
in the temperature in the heating
water system and its subsequent
failure.
 Allow the system to cool down (ap-
prox. 1 minute).
 Close the supply water valve (2).

Fig. 25

CAUTION Standstill corrosion in the evaporator housing through liquid residue.

There is a risk of standstill corrosion if the liquid is not completely drained from the
evaporator housing.
 Empty the evaporator housing completely (approx. 1 minute) after closing the
supply water valve (2).

 Switch off the seawater pump.

 Close the valves in the seawater piping system.
 Open the vacuum relief valve on the pressure gauge (1).

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 77

Operation 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

9.11 Water meter bypass (optional)

The fresh water generator can be equipped with a water meter bypass if requested
by the customer.
The water meter bypass consists of a 3-way ball valve (2) and a second connection
for the distillate block.

The shut-off valve (1) must be closed and

the handle of the 3-way ball valve (2)
must be turned 90° in order to bypass the
water meter.

Fig. 26

The shut-off valve (1) prevents the distillate from flowing through the water meter.
The distillate then flows instead through the upper drainage connection (3) on the
distillate block. Turning the ball valve (2) (L-configuration) closes the connection to
the water meter and the connection to the upper drainage connection of the distillate
block is opened.

9.12 Using the filling pipe dosing tank (optional)

The fresh water generator is equipped with a filling pipe for the dosing tank if requ-
ested by the customer. This filling pipe (3) is connected to the back of the distillate
block.

 Turn valve (2) by 90° to fill the dosing

tank.
The pressure gauge (1) is not in opera-
tion during the filling process.

Fig. 27 Distillate block

78 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Trouble shooting

10 Trouble shooting

10.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 80

10.2 Avoiding hazards during malfunctions ..................................................... 80
10.3 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................... 81
10.4 Alarms and warnings ............................................................................... 83

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 79

Trouble shooting 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

10.1 Safety information

10.2 Avoiding hazards during malfunctions

Malfunctions on the installation and its components can lead to reduced production
output or to failure of the installation, impair the operational safety of the ship and
incur additional costs for the owner/operator - for example, additional demurrage
charges for ships. If troubleshooting is not carried out by professionals and is rushed,
there is a considerable risk of mistakes. Errors during troubleshooting can lead to
accidents endangering life as well as to material damage.
Observe the points below when troubleshooting.
• Determine the source of the fault and inform the responsible person on site if ap-
propriate. Carry out troubleshooting and remedy faults with care.
• Troubleshooting work may only be carried out by authorized personnel.
• Ensure that no-one is put at risk by the troubleshooting.
• Observe local standard operating procedures (SOPs) governing repairs to the in-
stallation and wear the specified safety gear.
• Cordon off the working area and hang up a warning sign.
• Remove unauthorized persons from the area of the malfunction.
• Prior to any troubleshooting work, switch off the main switches and secure them
against being switched back on.
• Before starting the installation back up again, ensure that all components have
been fully fitted and all connections are tight.
• Refit all safety devices after carrying out maintenance and repair work on instal-
lations.

80 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Trouble shooting

10.3 Troubleshooting

Fault Possible cause Action Operator

Excessive distillate production  Check the display of the Skilled
(overproduction). water meter to make sure
the value is correct.
The seawater level in the eva-  Check the seawater level Skilled
porator housing is too high. through the sight glass.
- The sight glass may not
be completely filled.
 Check the supply water
pressure to make sure the
value is correct.
 Check the ejector pump
backpressure.
- Max. 0.6 bar.
Salinity in the distillate is Contaminated seawater.  Check the seawater in the Skilled
too high evaporator housing for fo-
aming through the sight
glass.
 Increase the chemical
dosage (if anti-foam com-
pound is included).
The mist eliminator is not in pro-  Check the mist eliminator Skilled
per position. for correct position.
 Correct the position if ne-
cessary.
Rolling motion of the ship.  Reduce the distillate pro- Skilled
duction.
 Reduce the supply of heat
energy.

Defective rubber insert on the  Make sure the rubber in- Skilled
motor-cooling water inlet or mo- sert is seated properly.
tor cooling water outlet. - The rubber insert is held
Defective rubber insert on the in place by the titanium Skilled
seawater inlet or freshwater out- plates from the inside
Water leakage between
let. and by the seating
painted steel plate and
between the flanges
stainless steel housing.
from the outside.
 Replace the rubber insert if
necessary.
 Make sure the rubber in-
sert is applied crease-free.

Op = Operator / Spec = Specialist / Tspec = Trained specialist

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 81

Trouble shooting 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

Heating water temperature is too  Observe the SWD name- Skilled

low. plate.
- For example, SWD 20-
80 means 80° C heating
water.
Heating water flow rate is too  Check the heating water Skilled
low. temperature difference on
the inlet and outlet of the
evaporator (value during
normal operation:
10 – 15 °C).
Evaporator plates are clogged  Check the evaporator pla- Skilled
with boiler scale. tes (lower plate stack).
Solenoid valve (open without  Check the return hose. Skilled
current) is defective, and the dis-  Replace the coil.
tillate is returned the evaporator
housing.
Distillation output too low Distillate backpressure is too  Check the distillate level in Skilled
high. the suction hose to the dis-
tillate pump (filling level
during normal operation:
20 – 50 cm)
 Check the pressure gauge
on the distillate pump.
 Adjust the overflow valve.
 Open the water meter va-
lve all the way.
Temperature in the evaporator  Check distillate level in the Skilled
housing is too high (max. 55 ° C) hose.
and condensation is disrupted.  Reduce the distillate back-
pressure.
 Check evaporator for va-
cuum leaks.
 Carry out a vacuum test,
see Chapter "Commission-
ing / vacuum test".

Ejector pump output not OK.  Check the inlet. Skilled

 Check the ejector pump
backpressure.
Ejector nozzle eroded or clog-  Check the ejector nozzle. Skilled
ged.
Plate seal in the evaporator  Inspect the plate stack with Skilled
Seawater level in the hou- stack defective. the cover open and when
sing too high. the motor coolant is flo-
wing.
Plate seal in the condenser plate  Inspect the plate stack with Skilled
stack defective. the cover open and when
Seawater is flowing.
 Close the supply water va-
lve.

Op = Operator / Spec = Specialist / Tspec = Trained specialist

82 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Trouble shooting

10.4 Alarms and warnings

The following potential free contacts for alarms and operating messages are present
on the SWD switch cabinet.

Alarms and operating

messages
Item Meaning
X1 Seawater pump is running
K1 Seawater pump malfunction
Q3 Distillate pump is running
K2 Distillate pump malfunction
K4 High salinity
K6 Collective alarm
K3 HWU circulation pump malfunction

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 83

Trouble shooting 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

84 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Maintenance

11 Maintenance

11.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 86

11.2 Preventing hazards through regular maintenance .................................. 86
11.3 Maintenance schedule............................................................................. 88
11.3.1 After/during initial commissioning and daily ............................................ 89
11.3.2 Every 4 months ........................................................................................ 89
11.3.3 Every 6 months ........................................................................................ 89
11.3.4 Annually ................................................................................................... 89
11.3.5 In case of major maintenance work and when required .......................... 90
11.4 Maintenance work SWD .......................................................................... 91
11.4.1 Chemical dosage ..................................................................................... 91
11.4.2 Dosing valve ............................................................................................ 91
11.4.3 Replacing the sacrificial anode ................................................................ 91
11.4.4 Cleaning the wire mesh mist eliminator ................................................... 91
11.4.5 Cleaning the lamellar mist eliminator ...................................................... 92
11.4.6 Cleaning the conductivity measuring cell ................................................ 92
11.4.7 Checking and cleaning the ejector nozzles ............................................. 92
11.4.8 Cleaning the evaporator plates................................................................ 92
11.4.9 Cleaning the condenser plates ................................................................ 93

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 85

Maintenance 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

11.1 Safety information

11.2 Preventing hazards through regular maintenance

Regular maintenance of the system is crucial in terms of service life, safety and ope-
rating readiness. Failure to carry out regular maintenance will result in increased
wear, poorer outputs and higher energy consumption. Increased wear reduces the
robustness of the components and the availability of the system and can cause da-
mage to the system. This damage may create hazards for personnel and damage to
property.
Observe the following with regard to maintenance:
• Observe the specified maintenance intervals even if the operating hours have not
been reached.
• For the purpose of keeping to the maintenance intervals specified in the mainte-
nance schedule, read off the total number of operating hours on the operating
hour counter in the control cabinet.
• The maintenance intervals apply to standard applications. In the case of increased
load caused by special operating conditions, shorten the service intervals in ag-
reement with GEA Westfalia Separator Service.
• Check safety-relevant components regularly. See “Maintenance schedule”. Sa-
fety-relevant and highly stressed system components include, for example, the
pumps and filters.
• If a check reveals a fault, correct the fault and put the system back into operation.
• If a check reveals damage, replace the damaged elements immediately with ge-
nuine spare parts from GEA Westfalia Separator.
• Persons with pacemakers may not carry out work on pumps with magnetic system
couplings.
• If problems arise during maintenance work, consult with GEA Westfalia Separator
or make use of our training offers. Refer to “Qualification of personnel” and “Ser-
vice and training” in section “About this document”.
• When servicing plant components, refer to the manuals of the manufacturers of
the components.

86 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Maintenance

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 87

Maintenance 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

11.3 Maintenance schedule

Fig. 28 Positions for maintenance work on fresh water generator

88 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Maintenance

11.3.1 After/during initial commissioning and daily

Machine compo-
Item Action Target group
nent
 Check the system for leaks, loose parts, unusual noise or irre- Skilled
1 System
gularities.

2 Chemical dosage  Refill chemicals. Skilled

Heating water unit  Check heating water unit for leaks and loose or damaged Skilled
3
(optional) parts.

11.3.2 Every 4 months

Machine compo-
Item Action Target group
nent
 Check sacrificial anode. Skilled
4 Sacrificial anode
 Replace the sacrificial anode at 60% consumption.

11.3.3 Every 6 months

Machine compo-
Item Action Target group
nent
 Check the wire mesh mist eliminator. Skilled
Wire mesh mist eli-
5  Clean the wire mesh mist eliminator if the salinity in the distil-
minator
late has increased or scaling is present in the boiler.
 Check the lamellar mist eliminator. Skilled
Lamellar mist elimi-
6  Clean lamellar mist eliminator and rinse with clear water if sa-
nator
linity has increased in the distillate or boiler scaling is present.
 Check the conductivity measuring cell Skilled
Conductivity mea-
7  Clean the conductivity measuring cell with a cloth or soft
suring cell
brush if a layer of deposit has formed on the surface.
Heat exchanger for Skilled
heating water unit  Make sure the mounting is secure.
(optional)

9 Seawater pump  Visual inspection of the slide-ring packing Skilled

Circulation pump Skilled

(only for unit with  Visual inspection of the slide-ring packing
heating water unit)

11.3.4 Annually

Machine compo-
Item Action Target group
nent
Ejector nozzles  Check the ejector nozzles. Skilled
10
 Replace the nozzles if they are damaged due to erosion.
Steam-jet air ejector Skilled
(only on unit with  Check the steam-jet air ejectors.
steam injector mo-  Replace the nozzles if they are damaged due to cavitation.
dule)

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 89

Maintenance 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

Evaporator plates  Check the evaporator plates. Skilled

11  Clean evaporator plates with acid if distillation output has
dropped.
Condenser plates  Check the condenser plates. Skilled
12  Rinse condenser plates with clear water if the pressure conti-
nues to drop.

11.3.5 In case of major maintenance work and when required

Machine compo-
Item Action Target group
nent
13 Control unit  Check the settings on the salinity display: Tspec

The system must be visually inspected daily for leaks or loose parts.
The time intervals stated in the maintenance schedule are only guidelines for a visual
inspection. Maintenance is required if the criteria are already met.

Legend of the target groups:

• Op = Operator
• Skilled = Skilled worker
• Tspec = Trained specialist

For a description of the required knowledge and skills of the respective personnel,
see "Target groups" in section "About this document".

90 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Maintenance

11.4 Maintenance work SWD

11.4.1 Chemical dosage

The dosing tank with the chemical boiler scale inhibitor must be replenished daily,
see Chapter "Operation / adjusting the chemical dosage".

11.4.2 Dosing valve

The dosing valve (needle valve) must be cleaned if the level of liquid in the water
tank does not change within 24 hours.

 Remove the measuring glass (1).

 Remove the doing hose (4) from the
valve.
 Open needle valve (2) and clean the
valve with compressed air.
 After the valve is cleaned, close the
valve, attach the hose and reinstall the
measuring glass.

Fig. 29

11.4.3 Replacing the sacrificial anode

The sacrificial must be replaced by a new one if more than 60% of it is consumed.
Otherwise a portion of the old anode may fall into the brine piping and block the
ejector nozzles.

11.4.4 Cleaning the wire mesh mist eliminator

WARNING Risk of injury through exposure to acid

The wire mesh mist eliminator must be cleaned with acid. The improper use of acid
can cause injuries to the face or hands.
 Wear protective goggles and protective gloves.
 Dispose of the acid in accordance with the local regulations after it is used.
 Store residual acid according to local operating instructions.

 Open the cover.

 Remove the mounting for the wire mesh to remove and take out the wire mesh.
 Place the wire mesh in an acid bath (e.g. SAFACID) to remove salt and lime
crystals, see the instructions of the acid manufacturer.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 91

Maintenance 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

11.4.5 Cleaning the lamellar mist eliminator

 Open the cover.
 Remove the mounting for the wire mesh to remove and take out the wire mesh.
 After removing the steel sheet in the door, the lamella can be pulled out like dra-
wers.
 Rinse the lamella material with clear and warm water until all salt and lime crystals
are removed.

11.4.6 Cleaning the conductivity measuring cell

The conductivity signal may fail if the sensor is not clean.

CAUTION Damage to the measuring cell from using improper tools.

The conductivity measuring cell is very sensitive and can be destroyed if screwed
in with tools.
 Screw the measuring cell in only by hand.
 Replace the measuring cell if damaged.

 Disconnect cable connector.

 Remove the measuring cell.
 Clean the sensor with water and a soft cloth.

11.4.7 Checking and cleaning the ejector nozzles

The ejector pump nozzles wear out during operation depending on the quality of
water and the content of abrasive solids. Nozzles must be visually inspected for ero-
ded areas. If there is a severe erosion the ejector pump cannot remove the brine
from the distillation system. The ejector must be taken out of the distillation system
before the nozzles can be inspected. The first nozzle can be inspected through the
sea water inlet connection. The mixer nozzle can be inspected after the mixing duct
is removed.

 Clean the ejector nozzles with a cloth or brush.

11.4.8 Cleaning the evaporator plates

To formation of boiler scale on the evaporator plates is inevitable during operation.
The sedimentation process can be minimized but not be completely eliminated with
the right dosage of a deposit inhibitor and the correct flow rate of supply water. De-
posits reduce the area of heat transfer on the plates and the distillate output de-
creases accordingly.
 Open the door and remove the pressure plate from the plate stack (the socket
wrench is located on the frame of the fresh water generator).
Important:
- First lubricate the threaded rods with GEA assembly grease.
- Loosen the nuts crosswise and evenly so that the plates do not tilt.

92 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Maintenance

WARNING Risk of injury through exposure to acid

The evaporator plates must be cleaned with acid. The improper use of acid can
cause injuries to the face or hands.
 Wear protective goggles and protective gloves.
 Dispose of the acid in accordance with the local regulations after it is used.
 Neutralize or store residual acid according to local operating instructions.

 Remove the plates and place them into an acid bath until free of all crystals.
 Store the starting plate and the end plate separately.
Important:
 Rinse the plates with clear water after treating them with acid.

Note:
See Chapter "Assembling the evaporator stack" for the assembly and mounting di-
mensions of the plate stack.
The starting plate is the first plate in the stack.
Important: Pay attention to the position of the borehole.

CAUTION Leaks through incorrect installation.

The plate seal must be positioned properly on the plate, otherwise leakage will oc-
cur.
 Make sure that the plate seal is assembled properly.

The plate stack ends with the end plate.

 Insert the pressure plate.
Important:
- Tighten the nuts crosswise and evenly so that the plates do not tilt.

11.4.9 Cleaning the condenser plates

The condenser plate stack acts as a filter. Organic material is held between the pla-
tes. Fouling occurs at high ambient temperatures when the system is not running.
This blocks the transfer of heat and loss of pressure increases.
 Open the door.
 Remove the pressure plate from the plate stack (the socket wrench is located on
the frame of the fresh water generator).
Important:
- First lubricate the threaded rods with GEA assembly grease.
- Loosen the nuts crosswise and evenly so that the plates do not tilt.
 Remove the plates.
 Store the starting plate and the end plate separately.
 Clean the plates with water and a brush until all organic materials are removed.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 93

Maintenance 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

Note:
See Chapter "Assembling the condenser stack" for the assembly and mounting di-
mensions of the plate stack.
The starting plate is the first plate in the stack.

CAUTION Leaks through incorrect installation.

The plate seal must be positioned properly on the plate, otherwise leakage will oc-
cur.
 Make sure that the plate seal is assembled properly.

The plate stack ends with the end plate.

 Insert the pressure plate.
Important:
- Tighten the nuts crosswise and evenly so that the plates do not tilt.

94 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Repair

12 Repair

12.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 96

12.1.1 Preventing hazards in the case of repair work ........................................ 96
12.1.2 Hazards from electricity ........................................................................... 96
12.1.3 Hazards from mechanical energy ............................................................ 96

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 95

Repair 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

12.1 Safety information

12.1.1 Preventing hazards in the case of repair work

Safety and availability of the system are dependent on proper carrying-out of repairs.
Repairs may only be carried out by persons qualified to perform these activities, e.g.,
technicians from GEA Westfalia Separator and personnel trained and authorized
(certified) by GEA Westfalia Separator.

12.1.2 Hazards from electricity

The following must be observed for handling of electricity when performing repairs:
• Observe the values for the power supply specified on the system.
• Perform only repair work that is described in the manual.
• Do not touch electrical components with wet hands!
• Before working on electrical components, switch off the power supply and secure
it to prevent switch-on.
• Defective cables must be replaced by qualified personnel as soon as possible.

12.1.3 Hazards from mechanical energy

Parts of the system may be pressurised. Water discharges or unexpected move-
ments of system components may cause injuries or property damage.
 Regularly check the pressure lines.
 Before performing any repair or maintenance work, depressurise the system com-
pletely.

96 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Decommissioning

13 Decommissioning

13.1 Safety information .................................................................................... 98

13.1.1 Avoiding hazards on disposal .................................................................. 98

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 97

Decommissioning 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

13.1 Safety information

13.1.1 Avoiding hazards on disposal

Dispose of or recycle used parts and lubricants in accordance with the regulations
applicable at the operating site.
If lubricants are subject to special provisions, follow the relevant information on the
packaging. If in any doubt, contact the responsible disposal point or the manufactu-
rer.

98 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

14 Spare parts

14.1 Original spare parts ............................................................................... 100

14.2 Notes on ordering spare parts ............................................................... 100
14.3 Spare parts ............................................................................................ 102
14.3.1 Evaporator ............................................................................................. 102
14.3.2 Tank ....................................................................................................... 104
14.3.3 Tandem ejector pump general information............................................ 105
14.3.4 Ejector pump SWD 10 ........................................................................... 106
14.3.5 Ejector pump SWD 15/20 ...................................................................... 107
14.3.6 Ejector pump SWD 30 ........................................................................... 108
14.3.7 Dosing device ........................................................................................ 109
14.3.8 Distillate block ........................................................................................ 110
14.3.9 Condenser stack .................................................................................... 111
14.3.10 Evaporator stack .................................................................................... 112
14.3.11 Heating water unit (optional).................................................................. 113
14.3.12 Steam injection module (optional) ......................................................... 114

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 99

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.1 Original spare parts

All spare parts, wear parts and operating materials are originally packed by GEA
Westfalia Separator. The original packing is provided with one of the markings
shown.

Markings for original spare parts from

GEA Westfalia Separator with national
and international validity.

Fig. 30

Non-original or non-approved spare parts or operating materials can endanger the

operating safety of the unit, shorten the service life of the components and hence
lead to hazards for man and the environment.
If a safety risk occurs when using non-original spare parts, this may have legal
consequences for the responsible persons. In this case, GEA Westfalia Separator
shall assume no liability or warranty.
 To ensure the operating safety and optimum availability of the compact unit, use
only original spare parts from GEA Westfalia Separator.

14.2 Notes on ordering spare parts

Rapid and correct supply of spare parts can only be guaranteed if your order contains
the following details:
• Type: see nameplate, e.g. compact unit or BallastMaster....
• Serial-No.: see nameplate, e.g. 9000-223
• Year of construction: see nameplate. e.g. 2006
• Designation: see parts list. e.g. set of gaskets for ball valve - DN25
• Order number: see parts list, e.g. 2020-9777-100

This information is only necessary when ordering spare parts for pumps:

• Type and serial number of the pump: see pump nameplate

The information must be complete to avoid incorrect deliveries.

Which spare parts must be ordered when?

The spare parts or spare part kits must be ordered in accordance with the mainte-
nance schedule of the unit, see chapter "Maintenance", section "Maintenance
schedule".
The maintenance schedule forms the systematic planning basis for the user to be
able to operate the unit safely and economically. The maintenance schedule makes

100 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

it possible for the plant operator to integrate the maintenance work required in the
deployment plans for the service personnel.
In addition, the plant operator can order and store the right number and quality of
spare parts in good time for necessary maintenance work to ensure the availability
of the spare parts and spare part kits as well as the operating safety of the unit.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 101

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3 Spare parts

To assure proper functionality and the immediate replacement of the most important
components of the fresh water generator, we urgently recommend storing the fol-
lowing spare parts in the recommended number on site, particularly on board.

14.3.1 Evaporator

Fig. 31

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Evaporator SWD 10/15/20/25/30
60 Pressure gauge 1 0001-0529-600
80 Pipeline 1 2022-2197-010
100 Check valve 1 0018-8125-600
120 Machine thermometer 1 0001-1489-280
130 Rubber insert 4 2022-2831-000
170 Spiral hose transparent NW 32mm 1 0018-8001-818
190 Pipeline complete 1 2022-2171-030
200 Orifice plate 1 2022-2021-010
220 Gate valve 1 0018-8118-400
230 Machine thermometer 1 0001-1647-400
260 Pressure gauge 1 0001-0304-400
270 Sight glass 1 0001-1663-800

102 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

280 Pressure gauge 1 0001-1433-400

330 Centrifugal pump CHI 2-40 1 2022-9200-000
330 Centrifugal pump CM1-4 1 2022-2252-020
450 Socket wrench 1 2022-9894-000
540 Measuring device according to job 1 2022-xxxx-xxx
600 Distillate pump CM 1-4 1 2022-2252-020
600 Repair set distillate pump (seals) 1 2022-9902-190
600 Repair set distillate pump (split ring) 1 2022-9902-200
600 Repair set distillate pump (motor bearing) 1 2022-9902-210
600 Spare part set distillate pump CHI 2-40 (old pump up to beginning of 2011) 1 2022-9902-000

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 103

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3.2 Tank

Fig. 32

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Tank SWD 10/15/20/25/30
40 Sealing disk 1 2022-3933-000
110 Locknut 1 2022-8977-060
120 Sacrificial anode 1 2022-1791-000
140 Foam rubber 1 2022-8977-140
160 Mist eliminator 1 2022-1970-000
170 Wire mesh 1 2022-1725-000
210 Gasket 1 2022-1277-000
210 Gasket 1 2022-1277-010

104 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

14.3.3 Tandem ejector pump general information

Fig. 33

SWD Tandem ejector pump Spare part set Mixing section Diffuser
complete (Item 2) (Item 3)
10 2022-9200-010 2022-9902-010 2022-9471-000 2022-9471-030
15 2022-9200-020 2022-9902-020 2022-9471-010 2022-9471-040
20 2022-9200-130 2022-9902-040 2022-9471-060 2022-9471-070
25 2022-9200-030 2022-9902-030 2022-9471-020 2022-9471-050
30 2022-9200-140 2022-9902-050 2022-9471-080 2022-9471-090

The spare part set consists of:

• Nozzle (Item 4)
• Mixer nozzle (Item 5)
• O ring set (Item 9)
• Socket wrench (Item 10), special tool for item 4

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 105

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3.4 Ejector pump SWD 10

Fig. 34

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Ejector pump SWD 10
40 Nonreturn valve 1 0018-8125-400
60 Nonreturn valve 1 0018-8131-600
70 Pipeline, welded 1 2022-2170-000
80 Spiral hose transparent 1 0018-8002-818
100 Intermediate piece, welded 1 2022-2140-000

106 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

14.3.5 Ejector pump SWD 15/20

Fig. 35

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Ejector pump SWD 15/20
40 Nonreturn valve 1 0018-8125-400
60 Nonreturn valve 1 0018-8130-600
70 Pipeline, welded 1 2022-2170-010
80 Spiral hose transparent 1 0018-8002-818

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 107

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3.6 Ejector pump SWD 30

Fig. 36

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Ejector pump SWD 30
40 Nonreturn valve 1 0018-8125-400
60 Nonreturn valve 1 0018-8132-600
70 Pipeline, welded 1 2022-2170-020
80 Spiral hose transparent 1 0018-8002-818
100 Intermediate piece, welded 1 2022-2140-010

108 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

14.3.7 Dosing device

Fig. 37

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Dosing device SWD 10/15/20/30
10 Canister 1 0003-0750-800
30 Pipe 1 2022-1176-008
60 Dosing valve 1 0001-1665-700
80 Nonreturn valve 1 0018-6588-400
170 Spiral hose transparent 1 0018-8002-818

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 109

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3.8 Distillate block

Fig. 38

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Distillate block SWD 10/15/20/30
Distillate block incomplete 2022-8870-070
10 Water meter 1 2022-8977-070
20 Upper part of valve 1 2022-8977-080
30 Nonreturn valve 1 2022-8977-120
40 Solenoid core 1 2022-8977-130
50 Housing 1 2022-8977-090
60 Upper part of valve 1 2022-8977-100
70 2/2-way solenoid valve 1 2022-8977-110
80 Hose outlet 1 0018-1858-900
90 Pressure gauge 1 0001-1433-600
100 Electrode complete 1 2022-2912-000
110 Seal 1 0007-2983-750
120 Seal 2 0007-1974-820
130 Connecting cable 1 0005-1824-000

110 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

14.3.9 Condenser stack

Fig. 39

Item Designation Quan- Part-No.

tity
Condenser stack old plates SWD 10/15/20/30
10 Starting plate including starting seal 1 2022-2467-100
20 Standard plate including CC seal 1 2022-2467-110
30 Standard plate including CO seal 1 2022-2467-120
40 End plate (no opening) 1 2022-2467-130
50 Seal (uncut), not available in 5-packs 1 2022-2479-000
60 Seal (CC), 2022-2479-010 only available in a 5-packs 1 2022-9125-000
70 Seal (CC), 2022-2479-020 only available in a 5-packs 1 2022-9125-010
Condenser stack new plates SWD 10/15/20/30
(For machines as of July 2015)
10 Starting plate including seal (start) 1 2022-2467-300
20 Standard plate including CC seal 1 2022-2467-310
30 Standard plate including CO seal 1 2022-2467-320
40 End plate (no opening) 1 2022-2467-330
50 Seal (uncut), 2022-2479-100, only available in a set of 5 1 2022-9125-080
60 Seal (CC), 2022-2479-110, only available in a set of 5 1 2022-9125-070
70 Seal (CO), 2022-2479-120 only available in a set of 5 1 2022-2479-060

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 111

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3.10 Evaporator stack

Fig. 40

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Evaporator stack old plates SWD 10/15/20/30
10 Starting plate including starting seal 1 2022-2467-000
20 Standard plate including EO seal 1 2022-2467-010
30 Standard plate including EC seal 1 2022-2467-020
40 End plate (no openings) including EO seal 1 2022-2467-030
50 Seal (start) (not available in 5-packs) 1 2022-2479-030
60 Seal (EO), 2022-2479-040, only available in 5-packs 1 2022-9125-020
70 Seal (EC), 2022-2479-050, only available in a 5-packs 1 2022-9125-030
Evaporator stack new plates SWD 10/15/20/30
(For machines as of July 2015)
10 Starting plate with borehole including starting seal 1 2022-2467-200
20 Standard plate including EO seal 1 2022-2467-210
30 Standard plate with borehole including EC seal 1 2022-2467-220
40 End plate (no opening) 1 2022-2467-230
50 Seal (start), (not available in 5-packs) 1 2022-2479-130
60 Seal (EO), 2022-2479-140, only available in a 5-packs 1 2022-9125-050
70 Seal (EC), 2022-2479-150, only available in a 5-packs 1 2022-9125-040

112 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

14.3.11 Heating water unit (optional)

Fig. 41

I- Designation Quan- Part-No.

tem tity
Heating water unit
1 Seal set pump 1 2022-9902-180
2 Pressure gauge 1 0001-0292-600
3 Thermometer 1 0001-0329-400
4 Thermostat including capillary tube 1 0001-0679-050
5 Manual adjustment / delimiter 1 0018-8384-000
6 DN50 control valve 1 0018-8384-230
6 DN65 control valve 1 0018-8320-230
6 DN50 control valve complete – item 4+5+6 1 2022-8977-160
6 DN65 control valve complete – item 4+5+6 1 2022-8977-150
7 Condenser (only with hot water units with steam operation) 1 0018-8717-200

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 113

Spare parts 2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19

14.3.12 Steam injection module (optional)

Fig. 42

Item Designation Quan- Part-No.

tity
Steam injection module
010 Machine thermometer 2 0001-1489-280
030 Shut-off valve 2 0018-8359-200
050 Steam heater SWD 20 + SWD 25 1 2022-8870-080
050 Steam heater SWD 30 1 2022-8870-280
050 Steam heater SWD 15 1 2022-8870-290
050 Steam heater SWD 10 1 2022-8870-300
070 Spring safety valve 1 0018-8360-200
090 Straight-way valve 1 0018-8361-210
120 Ball valve 3 0018-7673-630
130 Ball valve 1 0018-7671-630
140 Pressure gauge 1 0001-0304-400
200 Plugs 2 0018-0990-260

114 GEA Westfalia Separator Group

2022-9001-060 / 16.08.19 Spare parts

GEA Westfalia Separator Group 115

We live our values.
Excellence • Passion • Integrity • Responsibility • GEA-versity

GEA Group is a global engineering company with multi-billion euro sales and operations in more than 50 countries.
Founded in 1881, the company is one of the largest providers of innovative equipment and process technology.
GEA Group is listed in the STOXX® Europe 600 index.

GEA Germany
GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH
Werner-Habig-Str. 1 Tel +49 2522 77-0 www.gea.com/contact
59302 Oelde, Germany Fax +49 2522 77-2950 gea.com
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

GEA Westfalia Separator

Werner-Habig-Str. 1 - 59302 Oelde ( Germany ) - Phone +49 2522 77-0

Customer : -

Designation of plant : -

Drawing no. : 8560-4000-010

Internal order no. : -

Manufacturer (company) : GEA Westfalia Separator

Name of project : -

Type : SWD 10-15-20-25-30

Language
: EN

Technical data : 400-440V AC 50 Hz / 60 Hz +/-5%

Prepared 09.03.2015 Processed 05.09.2018 Applied standards : IEC 61346

IEC 61355
IEC 60617

Date 13.02.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Title- / cover sheet +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 1
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EAA 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Table of contents

Document type Page Page description Plant Mounting place Date Editor

&EAA 1 Title- / cover sheet 13.02.2015

&EAB 2 Table of contents 05.09.2018

&EAB 3 Table of contents 05.09.2018

&EBH 4 Revision 20.08.2018

&EDB 5 Structure identifier overview 05.09.2018

&EDB 6 Information sheet 24.03.2015

&EDB 7 Information sheet 27.04.2015

&EFS 8 Incoming 20.08.2018

&EFS 9 Control Voltage AC 05.09.2018

&EFS 10 Sea water pump 20.08.2018

&EFS 11 Stand still heater sea water pump 24.03.2015

&EFS 12 Distillate pump 20.08.2018

&EFS 13 Gauge head 20.08.2018

&EFS 14 Messages 24.03.2015

&EFS 15 Signal exchange 24.03.2015

&ELU 16 Arrangement drawing 20.08.2018

&ELU 17 Operating elements 05.09.2018

&ELU 18 Arrangement drawing 25.03.2015

&ELU 19 Control-section pumps 24.03.2015

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Table of contents +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 2
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EAB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Table of contents

Document type Page Page description Plant Mounting place Date Editor

&EMA 20 Terminal diagram =+-PE 05.09.2018

&EMA 21 Terminal diagram =+-PE 05.09.2018

&EMA 22 Terminal diagram =+-X1 05.09.2018

&EMA 23 Terminal diagram =+-X1 05.09.2018

&EMA 24 Terminal diagram =+-XQ1 18.07.2017

&EMB 25 Cable layout 05.09.2018

&EMB 26 Instructions for installation 27.04.2015

&EPB 27 Parts list 05.09.2018

&EPB 28 Parts list 05.09.2018

&EPB 29 Parts list 05.09.2018

&EPB 30 Parts list 05.09.2018

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Table of contents +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 3
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EAB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Revision overview

Revision name Rev.02

Index Device Date Author Revision description Revision on the basis of change

1 18.12.2013 BAT Rev.00

2 10.12.2014 BAT Rev.01

3 2018.8.20 BAT Rev.02

Date 20.08.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Revision +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 4
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EBH 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Structure indicator

Complete name Labelling Structure descprition Complete name Labelling Structure descprition

&EAA Document type Cover sheet

&EAB Document type Table of contents

&EBH Document type Revision overview

&EDB Document type Structure indentification overview/instructions

&EFS Document type Circuit diagram

&ELU Document type Arrangement drawing

&EMA Document type Terminal connection diagram

&EMB Document type Cable layout

&EPB Document type Parts list

=Customer Higher-level function Customer

=Additions Higher-level function Addition

=Options Higher-level function Optional

+L Mounting location Local

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Structure identifier overview +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 5
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EDB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Instruction / specification

Control cabinet : Version:

Denomination control cabinet CC Core indentification YES

Protective rating IP54 Potential designation NO

Ambient temperature ~45 °C Halogen free wiring / channels NO

Cable marking plates YES

Classification
NO

Labels PLASTIC SILVER, LETTERS BLACK

Language labels en

Interface:

Bus connection to customer PLC NO

Incoming:

Main- / connection voltage

400-440V AC

Main frequency 50 Hz / 60 Hz

Rotary field CLOCKWISE ROTATION

Voltage tolerance +/-5%

Cable inlet BOTTOM

Incoming redundant NO

Control voltages:

Control voltage 1 230V AC

Control voltage 2 24V DC

Date 24.03.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Information sheet +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 6
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EDB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Wiring

Electrical circuits Conductor Colour Cross-section Electrical circuits Conductor Colour Cross-section

Main circuits L1 Black ≥ 1,5mm² Control voltage L Red ≥ 0,75mm²

230V AC
400-440V AC

L2 Red/white
Black " N "

L3 Black "

N Light blue ≥ 1,5mm²

PE Green / yellow ≥ 2,5mm²

Control voltage L+ Dark blue ≥ 0,75mm²

24V DC

M Blue / white
"

Analog screened + white ≥ 0,75mm²

- Brown
"

Measuring circuit white ≥ 0,75mm²

Current transformer lines Black ≥ 2,5mm²

Conductors with external voltage (AC/DC) Orange ≥ 1,00mm²

Date 27.04.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Information sheet +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 7
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EDB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

400-440V AC
L1 / 10.0
L2 / 9.0
L3 / 9.0

230V AC
L / 11.0
N / 11.0

1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 1 3

-Q1 -F3
44...63A C2A 2 4/

I> I> I>

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
2 4 6

Data incoming:

PE
NB / 9.9 PE PE PE
Min. Cross-section : 16mm²
LB / 9.9
-PE

-PE

-PE

-PE
Pre-fuse : -

Max ambient temperature ~45 °C

-WD001 GNYE PE PE PE

.-J Max. Cable length: 50 m

4G16 mm² 1M 1T 1G
U: 400-440V AC

Earthing mounting plate 1

f: 50 Hz / 60 Hz
L1 L2 L3 PE P: ~16 kW

Earthing Cabinet 1
=Customer Icn: 36/25 kA
+L-X Earthing Door 1
Kunde
Full load current: ~28 A

Incoming Incoming Standstill heating

Date 20.08.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Incoming +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 8
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

400-440V AC 400-440V AC
8.9 / L2 L2 / 10.0
8.9 / L3 L3 / 10.0

Primary voltage Connection (X1, X2) Setting MOP

380VAC 380-0 1,16A
400VAC 400-0 1,10A
1 3 5
420VAC 420-0 1,05A
-F1 440VAC 440-0 1,00A
0,90-1,25A
setting: see table 460VAC 460-0 0,96A
I> I> I> 480VAC 480-0 0,92A
2 4 6

-T2 x1 x2
400VA

GND
230V 0
230V AC

PE

1
-F2 N.A / 10.3
C6A 2 N.X / 10.3
N.T / 10.3
NB / 8.4

LB / 8.4

230V AC
L.A / 10.3
230V AC
L.T / 13.0

33
-Q2
/10.2 34
L.A.1 / 12.3

-X1 21 23 23L 22 24 24N

-PE

L N
-PE
M
-M1
19/18W 1~
PE

Control Voltage AC

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Control Voltage AC +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 9
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

400-440V AC 230V AC 230V AC

8.9 / L1 L1 / 12.0 9.9 / L.A L.A / 13.0
9.9 / L2 L2 / 12.0
9.9 / L3 L3 / 12.0

17 13 13 97
-Q2 -Q2 -SP1 -Q2
-Q2 1 3 5 /10.2 /10.2 /10.4 /10.2
18 14 14 98
LUB32 L1 L2 L3
A1 13 21

A2 14 22 21
/10.6 /11.1
-SP1
/10.6 /10.6 22
/10.6
8-32A
AC 230V
110-220V DC/AC
LUCA32FU Steuereinheit

LUFN20 33 43

34 44
/9.8 /15.1

LUA1C20 17 97

18 98
/10.4 /10.8

T1 T2 T3
2 4 6

x1
s1
-B1
40/5A
-B2 A
s2
x2
x1

A1 x1 -B3 A1
-Q2 -SP1
h -K1
Rated current [kW]
SWD Power [kW] /10.2 A2 /10.4 x2 x2 A2
full load/start
9.9 / N.A N.A / 12.3
400V / 50Hz
9.9 / N.T N.T / 12.3
9.9 / N.X N.X / 12.3
PE 10 7,5 13,6 / 95,2 PE
remove bridge for
15 11 20 / 140 remote start/stop!
-PE

-PE
-X1 1 2 3 -X1 7 8 10 9 11 12

20 15 20,5 / 188,3

-WD002 -WG001
.-J 25 15 20,5 / 188,3 .-J
4G6 mm² 7G1,5 mm²
U1 V1 W1 PE 13 14 /10.6 14
30 15 27 / 189 11 /14.4
-BPSP 21 13 x1 21 22 /11.1 12
M Optional! PE 33 34 /9.8 24
21 /15.2
-M2 440V / 60Hz -S1 -S2 -H1 43 44 /15.1 22
400V/50Hz/7,5-15kW/13,6-27,0A 3 22 14 x2 17 18 /10.4
440V/60Hz/8,6-17,3kW/14,0-27,5A
10 8,6 14 / 98 97 98 /10.8

15 12,6 20,3 / 142,1

binary contacts for
remote start/stop
20 12,6 20,3 / 142,1
Sea water pump Sea water pump Sea water pump Sea water pump Sea water pump
stop external start external operation external failure
25 17,3 27,5 / 220

30 17,3 27,5 / 193,9

Date 20.08.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Sea water pump +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 10
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

230V AC
8.9 / L

21
-Q2
/10.2 22

x1
-H4
GREEN x2

8.9 / N PE
-PE

-X1 13 14

-WG002
.-J
3G1,5 mm²
L
PE
-E1
N

Stand still heater

sea water pump

Date 24.03.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Stand still heater sea water pump +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 11
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

400-440V AC 230V AC
10.2 / L1 9.9 / L.A.1
10.2 / L2
10.2 / L3

17 13 13 97
-Q3 -Q3 -SP2 -Q3
-Q3 1 3 5 /12.2 /12.2 /12.4 /12.2
18 14 14 98
LUB12 L1 L2 L3
A1 13 21

A2 14 22 21
/12.6
-SP2
/12.6 /12.6 22
/12.6
1,25-5A
AC 230V
110-220V DC/AC
LUCA05FU Steuereinheit
In:...A

LUFN20 33 43

34 44
/13.5 /15.3

LUA1C20 17 97

18 98
/12.4 /12.8

T1 T2 T3
2 4 6

x1

A1 x1 -B7 A1
-Q3 -SP2
h -K2
Rated current [kW]
SWD Power [kW] /12.2 A2 /12.4 x2 x2 A2
full load/start
10.9 / N.A N.A / 13.0
400V / 50Hz
10.9 / N.T N.T / 13.0
10.9 / N.X N.X / 13.0
PE 10 0,7 0,7 / 12 PE
remove bridge for
15 0,7 0,7 / 12 remote start/stop!
-PE

-PE
-X1 4 5 6 -X1 15 16 18 17 19 20

20 0,7 0,7 / 12

-WD003 -WG003
.-J 25 0,7 0,7 / 12 .-J
4G2,5 mm² 7G1,5 mm²
U1 V1 W1 PE 13 14 /12.6 14
30 0,7 0,7 / 12 11 /14.5
-BPDP 21 13 x1 21 22 12
M Optional! PE 33 34 /13.5 24
21 /15.4
-M3 440V / 60Hz -S1 -S2 -H1 43 44 /15.3 22
400V/50Hz/0,7kW/0,7A 3 22 14 x2 17 18 /12.4
440V/60Hz/1,1kW/1,9A
10 1,1 1,9 / 13,3 97 98 /12.8

15 1,1 1,9 / 13,3

binary contacts for
remote start/stop
20 1,1 1,9 / 13,3
Distillate pump Distillate pump Distillate pump Distillate pump Distillate pump
stop external start external operation external failure
25 1,1 1,9 / 13,3

30 1,1 1,9 / 13,3

Date 20.08.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Distillate pump +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 12
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

230V AC 230V AC
10.9 / L.A L.A / 14.0
9.9 / L.T L.T / 14.0

33
-Q3
/12.2 34

D19

-U1 LF9648-3-2R-00-0-20-PPM
B8 B9 B11 B12
B7 B10
-U1 -U1
B7 B10 /13.2 B8 B9 /13.2 B11 B12

/13.5

/13.7
D20

A1

A2

A3

A4

A5

A6
21
-K5
/13.7 22 24

A1 A1
-K4 -K5
A2 A2
12.9 / N.A N.A / 14.0
12.9 / N.T N.T / 14.0
12.9 / N.X
PE -PE

-X1 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

-WG005 -WG006
SKM4E .-J
6x0,25 3G1,5 mm²
PE
1

14 14
11 /14.2 11 /14.3
-B6 +
12 12
PE 24 24
21 /15.5 21 /13.6
PT1000 -Y1 22 22
-

Gauge head Valve Salt content high Sensor failure

Date 20.08.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Gauge head +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 13
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

230V AC
13.9 / L.A
13.9 / L.T

11 11 11 11
-K4 -K5 -K1 -K2
/13.6 12 14 /13.7 12 14 /10.8 12 14 /12.8 12 14
Salt content high Sensor fault Sea water pump Distillate pump
failure failure

A1 x1 x1
-K6 -H2 -H3
A2 RED x2 WHITE x2
13.9 / N.A
13.9 / N.T

14
11 /15.6
12

Common alarm

Date 24.03.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Messages +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 14
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

43 22 24 43 22 24 22 24 12 14
-Q2 -K1 -Q3 -K2 -K4 -K6
/10.2 44 /10.8 21 /12.2 44 /12.8 21 /13.6 21 /14.2 11

PE PE PE PE PE PE
-PE

-PE

-PE

-PE

-PE

-PE
-X1 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44

-WG007 GNYE -WG008 GNYE -WG009 -WG010 GNYE -WG011 GNYE -WG012 GNYE

.-J .-J .-J .-J .-J .-J

3G1,5 mm² 3G1,5 mm² 3G1,5 mm² 3G1,5 mm² 3G1,5 mm² 3G1,5 mm²

=Customer
+L-X PE PE PE PE PE PE
Kunde
-X -X -X -X -X -X

Sea water pump Sea water pump Distillate pump Distillate pump Salt content high Common alarm
operation failure operation failure

Date 24.03.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Signal exchange +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 15
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EFS 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

380 mm

340 mm 210 mm

Cabinet m
ø8m

-U1

ppm
A 1 2 3 4

-B2 -B3
A
0000000 h

-H2 -H4 -H3

-SP1 -SP2
560 mm
600 mm

-Q1
ON
I

0
O FF

Scale: 1:3,5 mm

Date 20.08.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Arrangement drawing +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 16
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & ELU 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Bedienelemente / Operating elements

Device tag Function Name

-U1 Salinometer CONDUCTIVITY PANELMETER

-B2 Ammeter sea water pump Ammeter 0-40A / 5A 48x48mm

-B3 Working hours sea water pump BÖHM.632A.2/943 230VAC

-H2 Common alarm Pilot light complete, LED red 230VAC

-H3 Control voltage on Pilot light complete, LED white 230VAC

-H4 Stand still heater sea water pump Pilot light complete, LED green 230VAC

-SP1 Sea water pump 0-I / operation Double push botton complete, spring return, green/red

-SP2 Distillate pump 0-I / operation Double push botton complete, spring return, green/red

-Q1 Isolator Extended red-yellow rotary handle NSX100-250 circuit breaker accessory

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Operating elements +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 17
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & ELU 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Mountingplate

-T2

-Q2

-Q3

-F1

-F2
-B1
-K1
-K2
-K4
-K5
-K6
-F3
-Q1
Glands Yard Cable Size WS part-no.
9x M16 4,5-10,0 mm 53111010
1x M20 7,0-13,0 mm 53111020

-XE

-X1
1x M25 9,0-17,0 mm 53111030
1x M40 19,0-28,0 mm 53111050
2x M20 spare 52006121
9x M16 lock nut 53119010
3x M20 lock nut 53119020
1x M25 lock nut 53119030
1x M40 lock nut 53119050

Date 25.03.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Arrangement drawing +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 18
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & ELU 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Control-section pumps
order specific loose part!

Top view Side view Rear view

85 mm 60 mm 71 mm

=Options-BP
BLACK

pump
operation

123 mm
154 mm

pump
stop

pump
start
m
m
2
4.
ø

Cable glands Yard Cable Size WS part-no.

1x M20 7,0-13,0 mm 53111020
1x M20 lock nut 53119020

Date 24.03.2015 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Control-section pumps +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 19
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & ELU 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Terminal strip designation

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 7G1,5 mm²

.-J 4G2,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 7G1,5 mm²

.-J 4G16 mm²

.-J 4G6 mm²

Cable type

Cable type
=+-PE

Connection

Connection
Terminal
Cable name

Cable name
WD003

WD002

WD001
WG009

WG008

WG007

WG006

WG003

WG002

WG001

Link
Function text Target designation Target designation Page / column

Incoming GNYE PE -PE &EFS/8.1

Earthing mounting plate 1 -1M PE -PE &EFS/8.5

Earthing Door 1 -1T PE -PE &EFS/8.6

Earthing Cabinet 1 -1G PE -PE &EFS/8.6

Control Voltage AC -PE -T2 &EFS/9.2

= -PE -X1 24 &EFS/9.3

= -PE -M1 PE &EFS/9.3

Sea water pump GNYE -M2 PE -PE &EFS/10.1

Sea water pump operation external GNYE -BPSP-H1 PE -PE &EFS/10.5

Stand still heater sea water pump GNYE -E1 PE -PE &EFS/11.1

Distillate pump GNYE -M3 PE -PE &EFS/12.1

Distillate pump operation external GNYE -BPDP-H1 PE -PE &EFS/12.5

Valve GNYE -Y1 PE -PE &EFS/13.4

Sea water pump operation GNYE =Customer+L-X PE -PE &EFS/15.1

Sea water pump failure GNYE =Customer+L-X PE -PE &EFS/15.2

Distillate pump operation GNYE =Customer+L-X PE -PE &EFS/15.3

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Terminal diagram =+-PE +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 20
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EMA 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Terminal strip designation

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

Cable type

Cable type
=+-PE

Connection

Connection
Terminal
Cable name

Cable name
WG012

WG011

WG010

Link
Function text Target designation Target designation Page / column

Distillate pump failure GNYE =Customer+L-X PE -PE &EFS/15.4

Salt content high GNYE =Customer+L-X PE -PE &EFS/15.5

Common alarm GNYE =Customer+L-X PE -PE &EFS/15.6

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Terminal diagram =+-PE +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 21
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EMA 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Terminal strip designation

.-J 7G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 7G1,5 mm²

.-J 4G2,5 mm²

.-J 4G6 mm²

Cable type

Cable type
=+-X1

Connection

Connection
Terminal
Cable name

Cable name
WD003

WD002
WG003

WG002

WG001

Link
Function text Target designation Target designation Page / column

Sea water pump 1 -M2 U1 1 -Q2 2 &EFS/10.1

= 2 -M2 V1 2 -Q2 4 &EFS/10.1

= 3 -M2 W1 3 -Q2 6 &EFS/10.1

Distillate pump 1 -M3 U1 4 -Q3 2 &EFS/12.1

= 2 -M3 V1 5 -Q3 4 &EFS/12.1

= 3 -M3 W1 6 -Q3 6 &EFS/12.1

Sea water pump stop external 1 -BPSP-S1 21 7 -SP1 22 &EFS/10.4

= 2 -BPSP-S1 22 8 &EFS/10.4

Sea water pump start external 3 -BPSP-S2 14 9 -Q2 A1 &EFS/10.4

= 4 -BPSP-S2 13 10 -Q2 13 &EFS/10.4

Sea water pump operation external 5 -BPSP-H1 x1 11 &EFS/10.5

= 6 -BPSP-H1 x2 12 &EFS/10.5

Stand still heater sea water pump 1 -E1 L 13 -Q2 22 &EFS/11.1

= 2 -E1 N 14 -F3 3 &EFS/11.1

-H4 x2

Distillate pump stop external 1 -BPDP-S1 21 15 -SP2 22 &EFS/12.4

= 2 -BPDP-S1 22 16 &EFS/12.4

Distillate pump start external 3 -BPDP-S2 14 17 -Q3 A1 &EFS/12.4

= 4 -BPDP-S2 13 18 -Q3 13 &EFS/12.4

Distillate pump operation external 5 -BPDP-H1 x1 19 &EFS/12.5

= 6 -BPDP-H1 x2 20 &EFS/12.5

21 -F2 2 &EFS/9.2

Control Voltage AC -M1 N 22 -T2 0 &EFS/9.2

= -M1 L 23 -U1 D19 &EFS/9.2

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Terminal diagram =+-X1 +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 22
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EMA 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Terminal strip designation

SKM4E 6x0,25 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

.-J 3G1,5 mm²

Cable type

Cable type
=+-X1

Connection

Connection
Terminal
Cable name

Cable name
WG012

WG011

WG010

WG009

WG008

WG007

WG006

WG005

Link
Function text Target designation Target designation Page / column

Control Voltage AC 23L -F3 2 &EFS/9.2

= -PE PE 24 -SP1 x2 &EFS/9.3

= 24N -F3 4/ &EFS/9.3

Gauge head 1 -B6 1 25 -U1 A1 &EFS/13.2

= 2 -B6 1 26 -U1 A2 &EFS/13.2

= 3 -B6 PE 27 -U1 A3 &EFS/13.2

= 4 -B6 3 28 -U1 A4 &EFS/13.2

= 5 -B6 2 29 -U1 A5 &EFS/13.2

= 6 -B6 2 30 -U1 A6 &EFS/13.2

Valve 1 -Y1 + 31 -U1 B8 &EFS/13.4

= 2 -Y1 - 32 &EFS/13.4

Sea water pump operation 1 =Customer+L-X 33 -Q2 44 &EFS/15.1

= 2 =Customer+L-X 34 -Q2 43 &EFS/15.1

Sea water pump failure 1 =Customer+L-X 35 -K1 21 &EFS/15.2

= 2 =Customer+L-X 36 -K1 22 &EFS/15.2

Distillate pump operation 1 =Customer+L-X 37 -Q3 44 &EFS/15.3

= 2 =Customer+L-X 38 -Q3 43 &EFS/15.3

Distillate pump failure 1 =Customer+L-X 39 -K2 21 &EFS/15.4

= 2 =Customer+L-X 40 -K2 22 &EFS/15.4

Salt content high 1 =Customer+L-X 41 -K4 21 &EFS/15.5

= 2 =Customer+L-X 42 -K4 24 &EFS/15.5

Common alarm 1 =Customer+L-X 43 -K6 11 &EFS/15.6

= 2 =Customer+L-X 44 -K6 14 &EFS/15.6

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Terminal diagram =+-X1 +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 23
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EMA 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Terminal strip designation

.-J 4G16 mm²

Cable type

Cable type
=+-XQ1

Connection

Connection
Terminal
Cable name

Cable name
WD001

Link
Function text Target designation Target designation Page / column

Incoming 1 =Customer+L-X L1 2 -Q1 2/T1 &EFS/8.1

= 2 =Customer+L-X L2 4 -Q1 4/T2 &EFS/8.1

= 3 =Customer+L-X L3 6 -Q1 6/T3 &EFS/8.1

Date 18.07.2017 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Terminal diagram =+-XQ1 +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 24
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EMA 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Cable layout

Cable name Page / path Source (from) Target (to) Cable type Wires total Conductors used Cross-section Length Cable gland Remark

-WD001 &EFS/8.1 -PE;-XQ1 PE;=Customer+L-X .-J 4G 4 16 mm² M40 19-28mm

-WD002 &EFS/10.1 -PE;-X1 -M2 .-J 4G 4 6 mm² M25 9-17 mm

-WD003 &EFS/12.1 -PE;-X1 -M3 .-J 4G 4 2,5 mm² M20 7-13 mm provided by WSST

-BPSP-H1;-BPSP-S1;
-WG001 &EFS/10.3 -PE;-X1 .-J 7G 7 1,5 mm² M20 7-13 mm
-BPSP-S2

-WG002 &EFS/11.1 -PE;-X1 -E1 .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm

-BPDP-H1;-BPDP-S1;
-WG003 &EFS/12.3 -PE;-X1 .-J 7G 7 1,5 mm² M20 7-13 mm
-BPDP-S2

-WG005 &EFS/13.3 -X1 -B6 SKM4E 6x 6 0,25 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm provided by WSST

-WG006 &EFS/13.4 -PE;-X1 -Y1 .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm provided by WSST

-WG007 &EFS/15.1 -PE;-X1 =Customer+L-X .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm

-WG008 &EFS/15.2 -PE;-X1 =Customer+L-X .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm

-WG009 &EFS/15.3 -PE;-X1 =Customer+L-X .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm

-WG010 &EFS/15.4 -PE;-X1 =Customer+L-X .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm

-WG011 &EFS/15.5 -PE;-X1 =Customer+L-X .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm

-WG012 &EFS/15.6 -PE;-X1 =Customer+L-X .-J 3G 3 1,5 mm² M16 4.5-10 mm

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Cable layout +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 25
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EMB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Hinweise zur Installation von Kabeln und Leitungen

Directions for installation from cables and conductors

* Schutzmaßnahmen nach Bestimmungen des VDE bzw. zuständigen EVU ausführen

All protective measures are to be taken in accordance with electric codes, rules and regulations
* Generell sind die Vorgaben des lokalen Energieversorgers zwingend einzuhalten
In general the the rules and regulations of the lokal power authorities has to be followed

* Kabel und Leitungen sind so auszuwählen und zu verlegen, dass eine Gefährdung von Personen und der Umgebung ausgeschlossen ist.
Die angegebenen Kabelquerschnitte sind bezogen auf eine Kabellänge von 50m, Kupfer als Leitematerial, Verlegeart "C" und
eine maximale Umgebungstemperatur von 30°C. Siehe hierzu DIN VDE 0298-4 (Verwendung von Kabeln und isolierten Leitungen für Starkstromanlagen - Teil 4:
Empfohlene Werte für die Strombelastbarkeit von Kabeln und Leitungen für feste Verlegung in und an Gebäuden und von flexiblen Leitungen).
Neben der Strombelastung sind bei der Errichtung von Kabel- und Leitungsanlagen weitere Faktoren zu berücksichtigen.
Siehe hierzu IEC 60364-5-52 (Errichten von Niederspannungsanlagen - Teil 5: Auswahl und Errichtung elektrischer Betriebsmittel - Kapitel 52: Kabel- und Leitungsanlagen)

Cables and lines must be selected and laid in a way to eliminate any risk to persons and the environment.
The cable cross-sections specified in these drawings are based on a max. length of 50m, copper as conducting material,laying version "C" and a maximum ambient temperature of 30°C.
Refer also to DIN VDE 0298-4 (Usage of cables and cords in power installations - Part 4:
Recommended current-carrying capacity for sheathed and nonsheathed cables for fixed wirings in and around buildings and for flexible cables and cords).
Besides the current load are in the erection of wiring systems additional parameters to take into account.
Refer also to IEC 60364-5-52 (Erection of low voltage installations - Part 5: Selection and erection of electrical equipment - Chapter 52: Wiring systems)

* Messleitungen sind grundsätzlich abgeschirmt zu verlegen

Measuring lines must always be laid shielded
WD-Kabel getrennt vom WF-/WG-Kabeln verlegen
*
WD-cables to be installed separate from WF-/WG-cable

* Alle Kabel müssen eine Abnahme der relevante Abnahmegesellschaft haben. Isolierungsfestigkeit: 0.6/1KV * GEA WSPN Standard: Nexans MPRX 0.6/1kV.
All cables must have an approval of the relevant classification society. Insulating strength: 0.6/1KV

WD-Kabel Energiekabel < 1kV WE-Kabel Erdungs-/Potentialausgleichsleiterleiter

WD-cable = Energy cable < 1kV WE-cable = Earth-/ Equipotential bonding conductor

WF-Kabel Datenbus WG-Kabel Steuer-/ Messkabel WH-Kabel Lichtwellenleiter

WF-cable = Data bus WG-cable = Control-/measuring cable WH-cable = Optical fibre

*
Legende Kabeltypen (Kabelliste)
Legend cable typ (list of cables)

Kabel / Leitung mit Schutzleiter Motorkabel FU mit konzentrischem Außenleiter (PE)

-J = Cable / conductor with protective conductor FC.CY = Motor cable FC with concentric outer (PE)
Kabel / Leitung ohne Schutzleiter Potentialausgleichsleiter
-O = Cable / conductor without protective conductor PL = Equipotential bonding conductor
Kabel / Leitung mit Schutzleiter geschirmt Steuerleitung blau für eigensichere Stromkreise
CY-J = Cable / conductor with protective conductor screened Ex-CY = Control line blue for intrinsically safecircuits
Kabel / Leitung ohne Schutzleiter geschirmt Datenleitung paarverseilt
CY-O = Cable / conductor without protective conductor screened CY-TP = Data line twisted pair
Motorkabel FU geschirmt mit Schutzleiter
FC.CY-J = Motor cable FC screened with protective conductor

Date Customer: =
客户 : GEA Westfalia Seperator EPLAN Software & Service Description/描述:
Editor George.wang - +
Project: Instructions for installation
Tested 项目 : - Language: Drawing No./图号: DCC Bl./Sh. 26
en_US
语言 :
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved.
-
8560-4000-010 & EMB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Article parts list

Function sign Page / path WS part - no Manufacturer order no. Name Manufacturer

-F3 &EFS/8.2 IC65H2PC2A IC65H2PC2A Miniature Circuit Breaker, iC65H, C2A, 2 Pole, Icn: 10KA SCHNEIDER

-Q1 &EFS/8.1 0005-1837-050 LV429632 3P3D TM63D trip unit for NSX100 circuit breaker SCHNEIDER

-Q1 &EFS/8.1 0005-1837-190 LV429340 Extended red-yellow rotary handle NSX100-250 circuit breaker accessory SCHNEIDER

-Q1 &EFS/8.1 0005-1837-160 LV429515 Cover of terminals for NSX100-250 circuit breaker SCHNEIDER

-F1 &EFS/9.2 0005-1872-670 3RV24110KA10 CIRCUIT-BREAKER SZ S00, FOR TRANSFORMER PROT. A-RELEASE 0.9...1.25A SIEMENS

-F2 &EFS/9.2 0005-1551-120 IC65H1PC6A Miniature Circuit Breaker, iC65H, C6A, 1 Pole, Icn: 10KA SCHNEIDER

-M1 &EFS/9.2 0005-1805-030 3238100 Control cabinet filter fan SK3238.100 RIT

-M1 &EFS/9.2 0005-1805-320 3238200 Control cabinet discharge filter SK3238.200 RIT

-T2 &EFS/9.2 866864 866864 Transformer, 400VA,MET 0400-380-420-440-460-480/230 MURR

-X1 &EFS/9.2;&EFS/10.4;&EF 1021500000 1021500000 Feed-through terminal, WDK 2.5 Weidmüller

S/10.5;&EFS/11.1;&EFS/

-B1 &EFS/10.1 ASK21.340/5A//1VA ASK21.340/5A//1VA Current transformer, 40/5A MBS

-B2 &EFS/10.2 CP-T48A 0-40A/5A CP-T48A 0-40A/5A Ammeter 0-40A / 5A 48x48mm COMPLEE

-B3 &EFS/10.7 BÖHM.632A.2/943 230VAC

BÖHM.632A.2/943 230VAC BÖHM.632A.2/943 230VAC BÖHM

-K1 &EFS/10.8 1123540000 TRS 230VUC 2CO Relay module, 2 CO contact, 230 V UC, Screw connection Weidmüller

-Q2 &EFS/10.0 0005-1730-010 LUB32 Tesys model U motor feeder up to 32A LUB 32 SCHNEIDER

-Q2 &EFS/10.0 0005-1730-150 LUCA32FU standard control unit LUCA - class 10 SCHNEIDER

-Q2 &EFS/10.0 0005-1730-310 LUA1C20 add-on contacts block LUA SCHNEIDER

-Q2 &EFS/10.0 LUFN20 LUFN20 auxiliary contacts block LUF SCHNEIDER

-SP1 &EFS/10.4 0005-0082-190 3SB3100-8AC21 Double push botton complete, spring return, green/red SIEMENS

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Parts list +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 27
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EPB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Article parts list

Function sign Page / path WS part - no Manufacturer order no. Name Manufacturer

-SP1 &EFS/10.4 0005-0076-060 3SB34000B 3SB3 switch element 1NO normal mounting SIEMENS

-SP1 &EFS/10.4 0005-0076-050 3SB34000C 3SB3 switch element 1NC-contact normal mounting SIEMENS

-SP1 &EFS/10.4 3SB3400-1RE 3SB34001RE ACTUATOR-/INDICATOR COMPONENT WITH INTEGRATED LED 230V AC SIEMENS

-SP1 &EFS/10.4 3SB3922-0AY 3SB3922-0AY 3SB3 signplate holder SIEMENS

-X1 &EFS/10.1 0005-3506-890 1020200000 Feed-through terminal, WDU 6 Weidmüller

-H4 &EFS/11.2 0005-1424-000 AD17-22/220VAC G Pilot light complete, LED green 230VAC TAYEE

-H4 &EFS/11.2 SCHILD 17,5X28-2 SCHILD 17,5X28-2 Label blanco SCHILD 17,5X28-2 BLUMENBECKER

-B7 &EFS/12.7 BÖHM.632A.2/943 230VAC

BÖHM.632A.2/943 230VAC BÖHM.632A.2/943 230VAC BÖHM

-K2 &EFS/12.8 1123540000 TRS 230VUC 2CO Relay module, 2 CO contact, 230 V UC, Screw connection Weidmüller

-Q3 &EFS/12.0 0005-1730-000 LUB12 Tesys model U motor feeder up to 12A LUB 12 SCHNEIDER

-Q3 &EFS/12.0 0005-1730-120 LUCA05FU standard control unit LUCA - class 10 SCHNEIDER

-Q3 &EFS/12.0 LUFN20 LUFN20 auxiliary contacts block LUF SCHNEIDER

-Q3 &EFS/12.0 0005-1730-310 LUA1C20 add-on contacts block LUA SCHNEIDER

-SP2 &EFS/12.4 0005-0082-190 3SB3100-8AC21 Double push botton complete, spring return, green/red SIEMENS

-SP2 &EFS/12.4 0005-0076-060 3SB34000B 3SB3 switch element 1NO normal mounting SIEMENS

-SP2 &EFS/12.4 0005-0076-050 3SB34000C 3SB3 switch element 1NC-contact normal mounting SIEMENS

-SP2 &EFS/12.4 3SB3400-1RE 3SB34001RE ACTUATOR-/INDICATOR COMPONENT WITH INTEGRATED LED 230V AC SIEMENS

-SP2 &EFS/12.4 3SB3922-0AY 3SB3922-0AY 3SB3 signplate holder SIEMENS

-X1 &EFS/12.1 0005-3503-890 1020000000 Feed-through terminal, WDU 2.5 Weidmüller

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Parts list +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 28
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EPB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Article parts list

Function sign Page / path WS part - no Manufacturer order no. Name Manufacturer

-B6 &EFS/13.2 LF2603-C0.5-G1/2A-2-00

LF2603-C0.5-G1/2A-2-00 2-ELECTRODE CONDUCTIVITY PROBE MARTENS

-K4 &EFS/13.6 1123540000 TRS 230VUC 2CO Relay module, 2 CO contact, 230 V UC, Screw connection Weidmüller

-K5 &EFS/13.7 1123540000 TRS 230VUC 2CO Relay module, 2 CO contact, 230 V UC, Screw connection Weidmüller

-U1 &EFS/13.1 LF9648-3-2R-00-0-20-PPM

LF9648-3-2R-00-0-20-PPM CONDUCTIVITY PANELMETER MARTENS

-H2 &EFS/14.3 AD17-22/220VAC G AD17-22/220VAC R Pilot light complete, LED red 230VAC TAYEE

-H2 &EFS/14.3 SCHILD 17,5X28-2 SCHILD 17,5X28-2 Label blanco SCHILD 17,5X28-2 BLUMENBECKER

-H3 &EFS/14.7 AD17-22/220VAC W AD17-22/220VAC W Pilot light complete, LED white 230VAC TAYEE

-H3 &EFS/14.7 SCHILD 17,5X28-2 SCHILD 17,5X28-2 Label blanco SCHILD 17,5X28-2 BLUMENBECKER

-K6 &EFS/14.2 1122820000 TRS 230VUC 1CO Relay module, 1 CO contact, 230 V UC, Screw connection Weidmüller

-Cabinet &ELU/16.2 1038500 AE 1038.500 Compact enclosure AE, sheet steel WHD 380 x 600 x 210 mm RITTAL

-Cabinet &ELU/16.2 0005-1412-000 SZ.2519000 Door stay for the AE range RIT

-Cabinet &ELU/16.2 0005-1805-320 3238200 Control cabinet discharge filter SK3238.200 RIT

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 1010 5311 1010 Cable gland M16 4,5-10,0mm, RAL7001 LAPP

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 1020 5311 1020 Cable gland M20 7,0-13,0mm, RAL7001 LAPP

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 1030 5311 1030 Cable gland M25 9,0-17,0mm, RAL7001 LAPP

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 1050 5311 1050 Cable gland M40 19,0-28,0mm, RAL7001 LAPP

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5200 6121 5200 6121 Sealing screw polyamide M20, RAL7001 LAPP

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 9010 5311 9010 Screw-nut RAL 7001 M16 LAPP

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 9020 5311 9020 Screw-nut RAL 7001 M20 LAPP

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Parts list +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 29
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EPB 30 Bl./Sh.
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Article parts list

Function sign Page / path WS part - no Manufacturer order no. Name Manufacturer

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 9030 5311 9030 Screw-nut RAL 7001 M25 LAPP

-Ground_plate &ELU/18.1 5311 9050 5311 9050 Screw-nut RAL 7001 M40 LAPP

-XE &ELU/18.7 0005-3503-890 1020000000 Feed-through terminal, WDU 2.5 Weidmüller

=Additions &ELU/18.8 0005-1554-000 1860120000 Label blanco 60mm SFX 11/60 white Weidmüller

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 0005-1444-000 3SB3803-0AA3 EMPTY HOUSING 3 COMMAND POINTS SIEMENS

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 0005-0121-070 3SB30016AA40 3SB3 pilot-lamp front lens green SIEMENS

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 0005-1552-070 3SB34001RC ACTUATOR-/INDICATOR COMPONENT WITH INTEGRATED LED 230V AC, GREEN SIEMENS

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 0005-0082-121 3SB30000AA21 22MM PLASTIC ROUND ACTUATOR: PUSHBUTTON WITH FLAT BUTTON WITH SIEMENS

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 0005-0076-050 3SB34000C 3SB3 switch element 1NC-contact normal mounting SIEMENS

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 0005-0082-120 3SB30000AA11 22MM PLASTIC ROUND ACTUATOR: PUSHBUTTON WITH FLAT BUTTON WITH SIEMENS

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 0005-0076-060 3SB34000B 3SB3 switch element 1NO normal mounting SIEMENS

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 5311 1020 5311 1020 Cable gland M20 7,0-13,0mm, RAL7001 LAPP

=Options-BP &ELU/19.0 5311 9020 5311 9020 Screw-nut RAL 7001 M20 LAPP

Date 05.09.2018 Customer: - Description: =

GEA Westfalia - Rev.02
Editor George.wang Parts list +
Project: - Separator
Tested DCC Bl./Sh. 30
Language: En Drawing No.:
Changes Date Name © This document is COPYRIGHTED by GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH. All rights being reserved. 8560-4000-010 & EPB 30 Bl./Sh.
 GRUNDFOS INSTRUCTIONS

CM
Installation and operating instructions
2
CM

Table of contents
English (GB)
Installation and operating instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Български (BG)
Упътване за монтаж и експлоатация. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Čeština (CZ)
Montážní a provozní návod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Deutsch (DE)
Montage- und Betriebsanleitung . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Dansk (DK)
Monterings- og driftsinstruktion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Eesti (EE)
Paigaldus- ja kasutusjuhend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Español (ES)
Instrucciones de instalación y funcionamiento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Suomi (FI)
Asennus- ja käyttöohjeet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Français (FR)
Notice d'installation et de fonctionnement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Ελληνικά (GR)
Οδηγίες εγκατάστασης και λειτουργίας . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Hrvatski (HR)
Montažne i pogonske upute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Magyar (HU)
Telepítési és üzemeltetési utasítás. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Italiano (IT)
Istruzioni di installazione e funzionamento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Lietuviškai (LT)
Įrengimo ir naudojimo instrukcija . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Latviešu (LV)
Uzstādīšanas un ekspluatācijas instrukcija. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Nederlands (NL)
Installatie- en bedieningsinstructies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Polski (PL)
Instrukcja montażu i eksploatacji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Português (PT)
Instruções de instalação e funcionamento . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226

3
 CM
Table of contents

Română (RO)
Instrucţiuni de instalare şi utilizare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Srpski (RS)
Uputstvo za instalaciju i rad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Svenska (SE)
Monterings- och driftsinstruktion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Slovensko (SI)
Navodila za montažo in obratovanje. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Slovenčina (SK)
Návod na montáž a prevádzku . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Türkçe (TR)
Montaj ve kullanım kılavuzu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Українська (UA)
Інструкції з монтажу та експлуатації . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
中文 (CN)
安装和使用说明书 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
日本語 (JP)
取扱説明書 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342
한국어 (KO)
설치 및 작동 지침 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354
Bahasa Indonesia (ID)
Petunjuk pengoperasian dan pemasangan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
‫( العربي ة‬AR)
‫ب و التش غيل‬ ‫ات التركي‬ ‫ تعليم‬. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Appendix 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Appendix 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Declaration of conformity 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398

4
English (GB) Installation and operating instructions

English (GB)
Original installation and operating instructions.
Warning
CONTENTS Prior to installation, read these
installation and operating instructions.
Page Installation and operation must comply
1. Symbols used in this document 5 with local regulations and accepted
codes of good practice.
2. Introduction 6
3. Delivery and handling 6 Warning
4. Applications 6 The use of this product requires
experience with and knowledge of the
5. Identification 6
product.
5.1 Nameplates for pump 6 Persons with reduced physical,
5.2 Nameplate for motor 7 sensory or mental capabilities must not
6. Mechanical installation 8 use this product, unless they are under
6.1 Installation of pump 8 supervision or have been instructed in
the use of the product by a person
6.2 Pipework 8
responsible for their safety.
6.3 Alternative connection positions 9 Children must not use or play with this
6.4 Terminal box positions 9 product.
7. Electrical installation 10
7.1 Power supply cable 10 1. Symbols used in this document
7.2 Motor protection 10
7.3 Electrical connection 10 Warning
7.4 Frequency converter operation 10 If these safety instructions are not
8. Startup observed, it may result in personal
11
injury.
8.1 Non-self-priming pumps 11
8.2 Self-priming pumps 11 Warning
8.3 Checking the direction of rotation 12
If these instructions are not observed,
9. Maintenance 12 it may lead to electric shock with
9.1 Frost protection 12 consequent risk of serious personal
9.2 Draining the motor 13 injury or death.
9.3 Cleaning 13
Warning
10. Service 13
The surface of the product may be so
11. Technical data 13 hot that it may cause burns or personal
11.1 Enclosure class 13 injury.
11.2 Sound pressure level 13
11.3 Ambient temperature 13 If these safety instructions are not
11.4 Maximum system pressure and Caution observed, it may result in malfunction
permissible liquid temperature 14 or damage to the equipment.
11.5 Minimum inlet pressure 14
11.6 Maximum inlet pressure 14 Note
Notes or instructions that make the job
easier and ensure safe operation.
12. Fault finding 15
13. Further product information 16
13.1 Service documentation 16
14. Disposal 16

5
 2. Introduction 5. Identification
English (GB)

This manual describes the installation and operation

of Grundfos CM pumps. 5.1 Nameplates for pump
The pump name plates are positioned on the motor
3. Delivery and handling fan cover or terminal box.
The pumps are delivered from factory in a packaging 5.1.1 Nameplate with pump data
specially designed for manual transport or transport The data and information on the pump nameplate
by forklift truck or a similar vehicle. are described in the table below. See the nameplate
in fig. 1 on page 392.
In order to ensure safe transport, we
Note recommend that you transport the
pumps with suitable lifting tools. Pos. Description

1 Pump type
4. Applications 2 Pump model
The pumps are horizontal, multistage centrifugal
3 Maximum ambient temperature
pumps designed for pumping of clean, thin and
non-flammable liquids, not containing solid particles 4 Temperature class
or fibres that may attack the pump mechanically or
5 Minimum efficiency index
chemically.
6 Maximum system pressure
Warning
7 Maximum liquid temperature
The pump must not be used for the
transfer of flammable or toxic liquids. 8 Hydraulic efficiency at best efficiency point
9 Insulation class
10 Motor protection
11 Rated flow
12 Head at rated flow
13 Maximum head

5.1.2 Nameplate with approval marks

The data and information on the pump nameplate
are described in the table below. See the nameplate
in fig. 2 on page 392.

Pos. Description

1 CE mark
2 EAC mark
3 PSE mark
4 cULus mark
5 UL mark
6 cURus mark
7 Company name and address
8 Country of manufacture

6
5.2 Nameplate for motor

English (GB)
The motor name plate is positioned on the motor
cooling fins.
The data and information on the motor nameplate
are described in the table below. See the nameplate
in fig. 3 on page 392.

Pos. Description

1 Capacitor size and voltage

2 50 Hz motor efficiency at rated work point
3 50 Hz power factor
4 50 Hz output power in kW
5 Frequency
6 Number of phases
7 50 Hz output power in hp
8 50 Hz maximum current
9 50 Hz full-load current
10 50 Hz rated voltage
11 Motor type
12 50 Hz rated speed
13 Frequency
14 60 Hz output power in kW
15 NEMA enclosure class
16 60 Hz output power in hp
17 60 Hz power factor
18 60 Hz motor efficiency at rated work point
19 Part number
20 Factory code
21 Production date (year and week)
22 Country of origin
23 60 Hz rated voltage
24 60 Hz full-load current
25 60 Hz maximum current
26 60 Hz rated speed
27 IEC duty cycle
28 Number of poles
29 IEC enclosure class
30 Insulation class
31 NEMA enclosure type
32 Motor duty class
33 Maximum ambient temperature
34 NEMA locked-rotor code
35 NEMA design class
37 CC122B mark
38 CE mark
39 cURus mark

7
 6. Mechanical installation 6.2 Pipework
English (GB)

Before installing the pump, check that the pump type We recommend that you fit isolating valves on either
and parts are as ordered. side of the pump. It is thus not necessary to drain the
system if the pump needs service.
Warning If the pump is installed above the liquid level, a
When pumping hot or cold liquids, non-return valve must be fitted in the suction pipe
make sure that persons cannot below the liquid level. See fig. 4.
accidentally come into contact with hot
or cold surfaces. Self-priming pumps:
We recommend an opening pressure
6.1 Installation of pump Note of the non-return valve which is lower
Install the pump on a plane surface using the than 0.05 bar. Otherwise the additional
mounting holes in the motor base plate and a resistance will reduce the suction
minimum of four bolts. Tighten each of the four bolts capability of the pump.
to a torque of 10 Nm. If the pump is to be used for pumping rainwater or
Install the pump so that air locks are avoided in the well water, we recommend that you fit a filter to the
pump housing and pipework. inlet of the suction pipe.
Figure 1 and the table below show the permissible The pump must not be stressed by the pipework.
pump positions. Install the pipes according to the design
requirements given in EN ISO 13480-3:2012.
Up Tolerances must comply with EN ISO 13920:1996,
class C.
The pipework must be correctly sized taking due
account of the pump inlet pressure.
Install the pipes so that air locks are avoided,
especially on the suction side of the pump. See fig.
2.

TM04 0338 0608

TM05 6389 4712

Floor
Fig. 2 Pipework

6.2.1 Pipe connection (non-self-priming pumps)

Fig. 1 Pump positions
Take care not to damage the pump
when connecting the suction and
Pump Non-self-priming Self-priming Caution discharge pipes.
position pumps pumps
Torque: 50-60 Nm. The stated torque
1 - - must not be exceeded.
2 ● -
Discharge port
3 ● -
4 ● ●
5 - -
TM04 0358 1008

6 ● ●
Suction port
● Mounting in this position is allowed.
Install the pump so that inspection, maintenance and
service can easily be performed.
Install the pump in a well-ventilated location. Fig. 3 Suction and discharge ports

8
6.2.2 Pipe connection (self-priming pumps)
The pump must be installed correctly to ensure that it Suction lift Minimum height

English (GB)
can self-prime. (H2) (H1)
[m] [m]
Take the following precautions:
See fig. 4. 4 0.2
• The minimum height from the centre of the 5 0.35
suction port to the first tapping point (H1) must be
observed. 6 0.5
If a pressure manager is installed in the system, 7 0.6
H1 is the height from the centre of the pump
suction port to the pressure manager. 8 0.7
Minimum heights appear from the table below.
• The suction pipe must be at least 0.5 metres 6.3 Alternative connection positions
below the liquid level (H3). The pump is available with various connection
positions on special request. See fig. 5.
For optimum suction capability, the
pump must be located near the well or
Note
tank to ensure that the suction pipe is
as short as possible. This will reduce

TM03 8709 1008

the self-priming time, especially in the
case of a high suction lift.

We recommend that you install a filling plug in the

discharge pipe. This facilitates liquid filling before
startup. See fig. 4, pos. A.
Fig. 5 Alternative connection positions

Self-priming pumps:
These pumps are only available with
Note the discharge port pointing upwards,
A i.e. in the same direction as the filling
hole.
H1
H1 6.4 Terminal box positions
The pump is available with various terminal box
positions on special request. See fig. 6.

H2

TM04 0357 1008

TM05 8415 2313

H3 Fig. 6 Terminal box positions

Fig. 4 Recommended pipework for a

self-priming pump

9
 7. Electrical installation Three-phase motors of 3 kW and up
These motors have built-in thermistors (PTC)*. The
English (GB)

Carry out the electrical connection according to local

regulations. thermistors are designed according to DIN 44082.
The motor protection is of the TP 211 type which
Check that the supply voltage and frequency reacts to both slow- and quick-rising temperatures.
correspond to the values stated on the nameplate.
* Applies only to motors for the following supply
Warning voltages:
The electrical connection must be • 3 x 200 V / 346 V, 50 Hz
carried out in accordance with local • 3 x 200-220 V / 346-380 V, 60 Hz
regulations.
• 3 x 220-240 V / 380-415 V, 50 Hz.
Before starting work on the pump,
Motors for other supply voltages must be connected
switch off the power supply. Make sure
to a motor-protective circuit breaker as described for
that the power supply cannot be
three-phase motors up to 3 kW.
accidentally switched on.
The pump must be connected to an 7.3 Electrical connection
external all-pole mains switch
according to local regulations. Carry out the electrical connection as shown in the
diagram inside the terminal box cover.
The product must be earthed and
protected against indirect contact in
accordance with local regulations.
Wires connected to supply terminals,
must be separated from each other and

TM03 8781 1008

from the supply by reinforced
insulation.

7.1 Power supply cable

In order to comply with the EN 60335-1 standard, the
power supply cable must as minimum be rated for an
operating temperature of 105 °C (221 °F). Fig. 7 Wiring diagram

7.2 Motor protection 7.4 Frequency converter operation

You can connect three-phase motors to a frequency
Single-phase motors, 1 x 115 / 230 V, 60 Hz
converter.
These motors do not incorporate motor protection
Depending on the frequency converter type, this may
and must be connected to a motor-protective circuit
cause increased acoustic noise from the motor.
breaker which can be manually reset.
Furthermore, it may cause the motor to be exposed
Set the motor-protective circuit breaker to maximum to detrimental voltage peaks.
1.15 x I1/1.
Other single-phase motors MG 71- and MG 80-based motors have
no phase insulation* and must
These motors have built-in current- and Caution therefore be protected against voltage
temperature-dependent motor protection in peaks higher than 650 V (peak value)
accordance with IEC 60034-11 and require no further between the supply terminals.
motor protection. The motor protection is of the TP
211 type which reacts to both slow- and quick-rising * MG 71- and MG 80-based motors with phase
temperatures. The motor protection is automatically insulation are available on request.
reset. The above disturbances, i.e. both increased acoustic
Three-phase motors up to 3 kW noise and detrimental voltage peaks, can be
These motors must be connected to a eliminated by fitting an LC filter between the
motor-protective circuit breaker which can be frequency converter and the motor.
manually reset. For further information, please contact the frequency
Set the motor-protective circuit breaker according to converter supplier or Grundfos.
the rated current of the motor (I1/1). See the
Self-priming pumps only:
nameplate.
If the pump is connected to a frequency
Note converter, operation at low speed may
cause the internal recirculation valve to
open. This will result in a drop in
pressure and flow.

10
8. Startup 8.2.1 Liquid filling

English (GB)
Warning
8.1 Non-self-priming pumps
Pay attention to the direction of the
Do not start the pump until it has been vent hole, and make sure that the
Caution escaping hot or cold liquid does not
filled with liquid.
cause injury to persons or damage to
8.1.1 Liquid filling the equipment.

Warning 1. Make sure that the discharge pipe is empty and

that the height from the centre of the suction port
Pay attention to the direction of the to the first tapping point (H1) meets the
vent hole, and make sure that the requirements. See section 6.2.2 Pipe connection
escaping hot or cold liquid does not (self-priming pumps).
cause injury to persons or damage to
the equipment. 2. Open the isolating valves in the suction and
discharge pipes.
1. Close the isolating valve on the discharge side of 3. Open a tap close to the pump so that air can
the pump. escape.
2. Open the isolating valve in the suction pipe 4. Remove the filling plug in the pump. See fig. 9.
completely before starting the pump.
5. If a filling plug has been installed in the discharge
3. Remove the filling plug. See fig. 8. pipe, remove this plug and use this hole for filling.
4. Fill the pump housing and the suction pipe Otherwise use the filling hole in the pump.
completely with liquid until a steady stream of 6. Fill the pump housing and the suction pipe
liquid runs out of the filling hole. completely with liquid until a steady stream of
5. Fit and tighten the filling plug. liquid runs out of the filling hole.
6. Start the pump and slowly open the discharge 7. Fit and tighten the filling plug(s).
isolating valve while the pump is running. This 8. Start the pump and wait until liquid is pumped. If
ensures venting and pressure build-up during you have used the filling hole in the pump, it may
startup. be necessary to repeat steps 1 to 8 to ensure that
the pump is completely filled with liquid.
The discharge isolating valve must be
opened immediately after startup of the If connected to a frequency converter,
Caution
pump. Otherwise the temperature of Note the pump must run at maximum speed
the pumped liquid may become too (3450 min-1) during startup.
high and cause damage to the
equipment. 9. If the pump does not operate properly after
several start attempts, see section 12. Fault
Filling hole finding.

Filling hole

Filling hole
TM03 8774 1008

TM05 8169 2013

Drain hole

Fig. 8 Position of filling hole and drain hole

Drain hole
If it is difficult for the pump to build up Fig. 9 Position of filling holes and drain hole
Note pressure, it may be necessary to
repeat steps 1 to 6.
The pump is allowed to run for 5
minutes to attempt to suck liquid. If the
8.2 Self-priming pumps Note
pump does not build up pressure and
flow, repeat steps 1 to 8.
Caution
Do not start the pump until it has been
filled with liquid.

11
 8.3 Checking the direction of rotation 9. Maintenance
English (GB)

Note
The description below applies to Warning
three-phase motors only. Before starting work on the pump,
The motor fan cover has an installation indicator. switch off the power supply. Make sure
See fig. 10. Based on the motor cooling air, it that the power supply cannot be
indicates the direction of rotation of the motor. accidentally switched on.
Before the motor is started for the first time or if the
position of the indicator has been changed, the Warning
indicator function should be checked, for instance by Make sure that the escaping water
moving the indicator field with a finger. does not cause injury to persons or
To determine whether the direction of rotation is damage to the equipment.
correct or wrong, compare the indication with the The internal pump parts are maintenance-free. You
table below. must keep the motor clean in order to ensure
adequate cooling of the motor. If the pump is
Indicator field Direction of rotation installed in dusty environments, clean and check the
pump regularly. Take the enclosure class of the
Black Correct motor into account when cleaning.
White/reflecting Wrong* The motor has maintenance-free, greased-for-life
bearings.
* To reverse the direction of rotation, switch off the
power supply and interchange any two of the 9.1 Frost protection
incoming supply wires.
Pumps which are not being used during periods of
frost must be drained to avoid damage.
Indicator field
Remove the filling and drain plugs from the pump.
See fig. 8.
Do not refit the plugs until the pump is taken into
operation again.

Before startup after a period of

TM04 0360 1008

Caution
inactivity, the pump and the suction
pipe must be completely filled with
liquid. See section 8. Startup.

Fig. 10 Installation indicator

You can place the indicator in various positions on

the motor, but do not place it between the cooling
fins close to the screws that hold the fan cover.
The correct direction of rotation is also shown by
arrows on the motor fan cover.

12
9.2 Draining the motor 11. Technical data

English (GB)
Draining of condensed water must be 11.1 Enclosure class
done every 6 months.
Note • IP55 (standard)
Stop the motor before starting the
draining of water. • IPx5 (with motor drain plug removed)

1. Place the pump on a plane surface with the motor 11.2 Sound pressure level
drain plug pointing downwards. See fig. 11.
The sound pressure level of the pumps is lower than
70 dB(A).

11.3 Ambient temperature

Self-priming pumps:

TM06 3860 1015

Caution The liquid temperature must not
exceed 60 °C (140 °F).

Maximum ambient
Motor drain plug Liquid temperature
temperature
Fig. 11 Motor drain plug 55 °C (131 °F) 2) 90 °C (194 °F) 1) + 2)
2. Place a suitable container (approx. 1 litre) under 50 °C (122 °F) 2) 100 °C (212 °F)1) + 2)
the drain plug. 45 °C (113 °F) 110 °C (230 °F) 1)
3. Remove drain plug.
40 °C (104 °F) 120 °C (248 °F) 1)
4. Drain water into container.
5. Refit drain plug. 1) Only the stainless-steel variant (EN 1.4301 / AISI
304) is suitable for pumping liquids with
9.3 Cleaning temperatures above 90 °C (194 °F).
Prior to a long period of inactivity, flush the pump 2)
Does not apply for pumps with PSE approval
with clean water to prevent corrosion and deposits in (pumps approved for use in Japan).
the pump.
If the ambient temperature exceeds 55 °C (45 °C for
Use acetic acid to remove possible lime deposits pumps with PSE approval), do not fully load the
from the pump. motor due to the risk of overheating. In such cases,
you may need to derate the motor output or use an
10. Service oversize motor with a higher rated output. You can
derate the CM pumps in relation to the ambient
If used for a liquid which is injurious to temperature without any consequence. Contact
Caution health or toxic, the pump will be Grundfos for further information. See fig. 12.
classified as contaminated.
P2
Before the pump is returned to Grundfos for service, [%]
the safety declaration at the end of these instructions 100
must be filled in by authorised personnel and 90
attached to the pump in a visible position.
80
If Grundfos is requested to service the pump, it must
TM05 7630 1313

70
be cleaned before it is returned.
If proper cleaning is not possible, all relevant 60
information about the pumped liquid must be 50
provided. 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
If the above is not fulfilled, Grundfos can refuse to t [°C]

accept the pump for service. Fig. 12 Derating in relation to the ambient
Possible costs of returning the pump are to be paid temperature
by the customer.
The safety declaration can be found at the end of these
instructions (only in English).

13
 11.4 Maximum system pressure and permissible liquid temperature
English (GB)

Maximum system
Material variant Shaft seal Permissible liquid temperature*
pressure

-20 to 40 °C (-4 to 104 °F) 10 bar (145 psi)

Cast iron AVBx
41 to 90 °C (105.8 to 194 °F) 6 bar (87 psi)
(EN-GJL-200)
AQQx -20 to 90 °C (-4 to 194 °F) 10 bar (145 psi)
-20 to 40 °C (-4 to 104 °F) 10 bar (145 psi)
AVBx
Stainless steel 41 to 90 °C (105.8 to 194 °F) 6 bar (87 psi)
(EN 1.4301 / AISI 304) -20*** to 90 °C (-4 to 194 °F) 16 bar (232 psi)
AQQx
91 to 120 °C** (195.8 to 248 °F) 10 bar (145 psi)
-20 to 40 °C (-4 to 104 °F) 10 bar (145 psi)
AVBx
Stainless steel 41 to 90 °C (105.8 to 194 °F) 6 bar (87 psi)
(EN 1.4401 / AISI 316) -20*** to 90 °C (-4 to 194 °F) 16 bar (232 psi)
AQQx
91 to 120 °C** (195.8 to 248 °F) 10 bar (145 psi)

* At liquid temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), higher motor outputs may be needed due to increased viscosity,
for instance if you have added glycol to the water.
** 120 °C applies only if the pump has an AQQE shaft seal.
*** CM pumps for pumping liquids at temperatures below -20 °C are available on request. Please contact
Grundfos.

11.5 Minimum inlet pressure Example

You can calculate the minimum inlet pressure "H" in pb = 1 bar.
metres head required during operation to avoid Pump type: CM 3, 50 Hz.
cavitation in the pump from the following formula: Flow rate: 4 m3/h.
H = pb x 10.2 - NPSH - Hf - Hv - Hs NPSH (from fig. 5, page 393): 3.3 metres head.
Hf = 3.0 metres head.
pb = Barometric pressure in bar.
Liquid temperature: 90 °C.
The barometric pressure can be set to 1
bar. Hv (from fig. 9, page 396): 7.2 metres head.
In closed systems, pb indicates the H = pb x 10.2 - NPSH - Hf - Hv - Hs [metres head].
system pressure in bar. H = 1 x 10.2 - 3.0 - 3.3 - 7.2 - 0.5 = -3.8 metres head.
NPSH = Net Positive Suction Head in metres This means that a suction head of 3.8 metres is
head. To be read from the NPSH curves required during operation.
on pages 393 to 395 at the highest flow Pressure calculated in bar: 3.8 x 0.0981 = 0.37 bar.
the pump will be delivering. Pressure calculated in kPa: 3.8 x 9.81 = 37.3 kPa.
Hf = Friction loss in suction pipe in metres
head. 11.6 Maximum inlet pressure
Hv = Vapour pressure in metres head. The actual inlet pressure plus the pressure when the
See fig. 9, page 396. pump is operating against a closed valve must
always be lower than the maximum system pressure.
tm = liquid temperature.
Hs = Safety margin = min. 0.5 metres head.

If the calculated value of "H" is positive, the pump

can operate with a maximum suction lift of "H"
metres.
If the calculated value of "H" is negative, a minimum
suction head of "H" metres is required during
operation to avoid cavitation.

14
12. Fault finding

English (GB)
Warning Warning
Before removing the terminal box The pumped liquid may be scalding hot
cover, switch off the power supply. and under high pressure. Before any
Make sure that the power supply removal or dismantling of the pump,
cannot be accidentally switched on. the system must therefore be drained,
or the isolating valves on either side of
the pump must be closed.

Fault Cause Remedy

1. The pump does not run. a) Supply failure. Switch on the switch.
Check cables and cable connections
for defects and loose connections.
b) Motor protection tripped. See 2. a), b), c), d), e).
c) Control-current circuit Repair or replace the control-current
defective. circuit.
2. Motor-protective circuit a) Contacts of the Replace the contacts of the
breaker has tripped (trips motor-protective circuit motor-protective circuit breaker, the
immediately when power breaker or magnet coil magnet coil or the entire
supply is switched on). defective. motor-protective circuit breaker.
b) Cable connection is loose or Check cables and cable connections
faulty. for defects, and replace the fuses.
c) Motor winding is defective. Repair or replace the motor.
d) The pump is mechanically Switch off the power supply, and
blocked. clean or repair the pump.
e) The setting of the Set the motor-protective circuit
motor-protective circuit breaker according to the rated
breaker is too low. current of the motor (I1/1).
See nameplate.
3. The motor-protective circuit a) The setting of the
breaker trips occasionally. motor-protective circuit See 2. e).
breaker is too low.
b) Periodic supply fault. See 2. b).
c) Periodically low voltage. Check cables and cable connections
for defects and loose connections.
Check that the power supply cable of
the pump is correctly sized.
4. The motor-protective circuit a) See 1. a), b), c) and 2. d).
breaker has not tripped, but
the pump is inadvertently
out of operation.
5. The pump performance is a) Pump inlet pressure too low. Check the inlet conditions of the
unstable. pump.
b) Suction pipe is partly blocked
Remove and clean the suction pipe.
by impurities.
c) Leakage in suction pipe. Remove and repair the suction pipe.
d) Air in suction pipe or pump. Vent the suction pipe or pump.
Check the inlet conditions of the
pump.
6. The pump performance is Self-priming pumps only:
unstable, and the pump is
noisy. a) The differential pressure Close the tap gradually until the
across the pump is too low. discharge pressure is stable and the
noise has ceased.

15
 Fault Cause Remedy
English (GB)

7. The pump runs, but gives a) Pump inlet pressure too low. See 5. a).
no water.
b) The suction pipe is partly
See 5. b).
clogged by impurities.
c) The foot or non-return valve is Remove and clean, repair or replace
stuck in its closed position. the valve.
d) Leakage in suction pipe. See 5. c).
e) Air in suction pipe or pump. See 5. d).
8. When startup is attempted, Self-priming pumps only:
the pump will start, but
delivers no pressure or flow. a) Liquid column above Empty the discharge pipe. Make
non-return valve in discharge sure that the non-return valve does
pipe prevents the pump from not hold back liquid in the discharge
self-priming. pipe. Repeat the startup procedure
in section 6.2.2 Pipe connection
(self-priming pumps).
b) Suction pipe draws in air. Make sure that the suction pipe is
airtight from pump to liquid level.
Repeat the startup procedure in
section 6.2.2 Pipe connection
(self-priming pumps).
9. The pump runs, but does Self-priming pumps only:
not deliver the rated flow.
a) The internal valve did not Close the tap gradually until a
close. sudden rise in pressure or flow can
be seen. Then open the tap
gradually until the required flow is
reached.
10. The pump runs backwards a) Leakage in suction pipe. See 5. c).
when switched off.
b) Foot or non-return valve
See 7. c).
defective.
c) The foot valve is stuck in
completely or partly open See 7. c).
position.
11. The pump runs with a) Wrong direction of rotation. Three-phase pumps only:
reduced performance. Switch off the power supply with the
external circuit breaker, and
interchange two phases in the pump
terminal box. See also section
8.3 Checking the direction of
rotation.

b) See 5. a), b), c), d).

13. Further product information 14. Disposal

This product or parts of it must be disposed of in an
13.1 Service documentation environmentally sound way:
Service documentation is available in Grundfos 1. Use the public or private waste collection service.
Product Center 2. If this is not possible, contact the nearest
(http://product-selection.grundfos.com/). Grundfos company or service workshop.
If you have any questions, please contact the
nearest Grundfos company or service workshop.
Subject to alterations.

16
 Appendix 1
Appendix

Type 1 Tliq,max 7 o
C 7 F
o

Model 2 PMax 6 bar 6 PSI 6 MPa

o o
TAmb 3 C 3 F TF 4 0(,• 5 ȘP(%) 8 Insulation class 9 10

TM05 6388 4712

60 Hz
50 Hz

11 3 11 11 3 11
Q nom m /h GPM Q nom m /h GPM
H nom 12 m 12 PSI H nom 12 m 12 PSI
H max 13 m 13 PSI H max 13 m 13 PSI

Fig. 1 Pump nameplate with data

1 2 3 4 5 6

PS

ॢঝথॻইज़५এথউઙૄভ঺ Water Circulating Pump Water Circulating Pump

1Z28 1Z28

TM06 3835 4715

DK-8850 BJERRINGBRO DENMARK Made in Hungary

7 8
Fig. 2 Pump nameplate with approval marks

22
Country of origin
6 ~ MOT Type： 11 Env 15 Model： 19 - 20 - 21

TM06 3826 1015

IEC 60034
5 Hz U 10 V 13 Hz U 23 V
P2 4 kW 7 hp I 1/1 9 A P2 14 kW 16 hp I 1/1 24 A 37 39
FRVĭ 3 I max 8 A PF 17 I max 25 A
Eff. n -1 Eff. n -1
2 12 min 18 26 min 38
1 Des: 35 Code: 34 AMB 33 C 32 31 Th.Cl. 30 IP 29 28 Pole / 27

Fig. 3 Nameplate for motor

392
 Appendix
NPSH
[m]
7 CM 1

6 60 Hz

5
50 Hz
4

TM04 0458 0309

1

0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Q [m³/h]
Fig. 4 NPSH curve for CM 1

NPSH
[m]
8 CM 3
7
60 Hz
6

5 50 Hz
4
3
2

TM04 0459 0309

1
0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]
Fig. 5 NPSH curves for CM 3

393
Appendix

NPSH
[m]
9 CM 5
8
60 Hz
7
6
50 Hz
5
4
3
2

TM04 0460 0309

1
0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 Q [m³/h]

NPSH
[m]
16 CM 10
14 60 Hz
12

10 50 Hz

8
6

TM04 0461 0309

2

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Q [m³/h]
Fig. 6 NPSH curves for CM 10

394
 Appendix
NPSH
[m]
14 CM 15

12 60 Hz
10
50 Hz
8

TM04 0462 0309

2

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Q [m³/h]
Fig. 7 NPSH curves for CM 15

NPSH
[m]
20 CM 25
18
16 60 Hz
14
12 50 Hz
10
8
6
4

TM04 0463 0309

2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Q [m³/h]
Fig. 8 NPSH curves for CM 25

395
Appendix

tm Hv
(°C) (m)

150 45
40
140 35
30
130
25

120 20

110 15
12
100 10
8,0
90
6,0
80 5,0
4,0
70 3,0

60 2,0
1,5
50
1,0
40 0,8
0,6
30 0,4
0,3
20

TM00 3037 0800

0,2
10
0,1
0
Fig. 9 Vapour pressure

396
Appendix 1

Appendix
Safety declaration
Please copy, fill in and sign this sheet and attach it to the pump returned for service.

Media and application

Which media has the pump been used for: ______________________

In which application has the pump been used: ____________________

Fault description
If possible please make a circle around the faulty part.
(In case of an electrical fault, please mark the terminal box.)

TM04 0359 1008

Please give a short description of the fault:

We hereby declare that this product is free from hazardous chemicals,

biological and radioactive substances.

_________________________ _________________________
Date and signature Company stamp

397
 Declaration of conformity 2
Declaration of conformity

GB: EC/EU declaration of conformity BG: Декларация за съответствие на ЕС/EO

We, Grundfos, declare under our sole responsibility that the product Ние, фирма Grundfos, заявяваме с пълна отговорност, че
CM, to which the declaration below relates, is in conformity with the продуктът CM, за който се отнася настоящата декларация,
Council Directives listed below on the approximation of the laws of the отговаря на следните директиви на Съвета за уеднаквяване на
EC/EU member states. правните разпоредби на държавите-членки на ЕС/EO.
Note: There are two sets of Council Directives and standards listed Забележка: По-долу има изброени две групи директиви и
below. One set applies until and including 19th April 2016. The other стандарти на Съвета. Едната група е в сила до 19 април 2016 г.
set applies from 20th April 2016 and onwards. включително. Другата група е в сила от 20 април 2016 г.

CZ: Prohlášení o shodě EU DE: EG-/EU-Konformitätserklärung

My firma Grundfos prohlašujeme na svou plnou odpovědnost, že Wir, Grundfos, erklären in alleiniger Verantwortung, dass das Produkt
výrobek CM, na který se toto prohlášení vztahuje, je v souladu s níže CM, auf das sich diese Erklärung bezieht, mit den folgenden
uvedenými ustanoveními směrnice Rady pro sblížení právních Richtlinien des Rates zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften der
předpisů členských států Evropského společenství. EG-/EU-Mitgliedsstaaten übereinstimmt.
Poznámka: Níže jsou uvedeny dvě sady směrnic Rady a standardů. Hinweis: Nachfolgend sind zwei Gruppen aus Richtlinien des Rates
První sada je platná do 19. dubna 2016 (včetně). Druhá sada platí od und Standards aufgeführt. Eine Gruppe gilt bis einschließlich 19. April
20. dubna 2016. 2016. Die andere Gruppe gilt ab dem 20. April 2016.

DK: EF/EU-overensstemmelseserklæring EE: EÜ / ELi vastavusdeklaratsioon

Vi, Grundfos, erklærer under ansvar at produktet CM som Meie, Grundfos, kinnitame ja kanname ainuisikulist vastutust selle
erklæringen nedenfor omhandler, er i overensstemmelse med Rådets eest, et toode CM, mille kohta all olev deklaratsioon käib, on
direktiver der er nævnt nedenfor, om indbyrdes tilnærmelse til kooskõlas Nõukogu Direktiividega, mis on nimetatud all pool vastavalt
EF/EU-medlemsstaternes lovgivning. vastuvõetud õigusaktidele ühtlustamise kohta EÜ / EL liikmesriikides.
Bemærk: Der er angivet to sæt af Rådets direktiver og standarder Märkus: Allpool onloetletud kaks nõukogu direktiive ja standardeid.
nedenfor. Det ene sæt gælder til og med 19. april 2016. Det andet sæt Ühed kehtivad kuni 19. aprill 2016 (kaasa arvatud). Teised kehtivad
gælder fra og med 20. april 2016. alates 20.04.2016 ja edasi.

ES: Declaración de conformidad de la CE/UE FI: EY/EU-vaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus

Grundfos declara, bajo su exclusiva responsabilidad, que el producto Grundfos vakuuttaa omalla vastuullaan, että tuote CM, jota tämä
CM al que hace referencia la siguiente declaración cumple lo vakuutus koskee, on EY/EU:n jäsenvaltioiden lainsäädännön
establecido por las siguientes Directivas del Consejo sobre la lähentämiseen tähtäävien Euroopan neuvoston direktiivien
aproximación de las legislaciones de los Estados miembros de la vaatimusten mukainen seuraavasti.
CE/UE. Huomautus: Seuraavassa on lueteltu kaksi erilaista neuvoston
Nota: A continuación se recogen dos conjuntos de normas y direktiivien ja standardien sarjaa. Yhden sarjan viimeinen
Directivas del Consejo. Uno de ellos es válido hasta el 19 de abril de voimassaolopäivä on 19. huhtikuuta 2016. Toinen sarja on voimassa
2016. El otro es válido a partir del 20 de abril de 2016. 20. huhtikuuta 2016 alkaen.

FR: Déclaration de conformité CE/UE GR: ∆ήλωση συμμόρφωσης ΕΚ/ΕΕ

Nous, Grundfos, déclarons sous notre seule responsabilité, que le Εμείς, η Grundfos, δηλώνουμε με αποκλειστικά δική μας ευθύνη ότι το
produit CM, auquel se réfère cette déclaration, est conforme aux προϊόν CM, στο οποίο αναφέρεται η παρακάτω δήλωση,
Directives du Conseil concernant le rapprochement des législations συμμορφώνεται με τις παρακάτω Οδηγίες του Συμβουλίου περί
des États membres CE/UE relatives aux normes énoncées προσέγγισης των νομοθεσιών των κρατών μελών της ΕΚ/ΕΕ.
ci-dessous. Σημείωση: Υπάρχουν δύο σετ Οδηγιών Συμβουλίου και προτύπων
Remarque : Deux groupes de Directives du Conseil et normes sont που παρατίθενται παρακάτω. Το ένα σετ ισχύει μέχρι και την 19η
énoncés ci-dessous. Un groupe s'applique jusqu'au 19 avril 2016 Απριλίου 2016. Το άλλο σετ ισχύει από την 20η Απριλίου 2016 και
inclus. L'autre groupe entrera en vigueur le 20 avril 2016. μετέπειτα.

HR: EC/EU deklaracija sukladnosti HU: EC/EU megfelelőségi nyilatkozat

Mi, Grundfos, izjavljujemo s punom odgovornošću da je proizvod CM, Mi, a Grundfos vállalat, teljes felelősséggel kijelentjük, hogy a(z) CM
na koja se izjava odnosi u nastavku, u skladu s direktivama Vijeća termék, amelyre az alábbi nyilatkozat vonatkozik, megfelel az Európai
dolje navedenih o usklađivanju zakona država članica EZ-a / EU-a. Közösség/Európai Unió tagállamainak jogi irányelveit összehangoló
Napomena: Postoje dva seta direktiva vijeća i standarda navedenih tanács alábbi előírásainak.
dolje. Jedan set se odnosi do, i uključujući 19 Travanja 2016. Drugi Megjegyzés: Az alábbiakban a Tanács irányelvei és szabványai
set se odnosi na datume od 20 travnja 2016 i naprijed. közül két csomagot ismertetünk. Az egyik csomag 2016. április
19-ével bezárólag érvényes. A másik csomag 2016. április 20-tól
érvényes.

IT: Dichiarazione di conformità CE/UE LT: EB/ES atitikties deklaracija

Grundfos dichiara sotto la sua esclusiva responsabilità che il prodotto Mes, Grundfos, su visa atsakomybe pareiškiame, kad produktas CM,
CM, al quale si riferisce questa dichiarazione, è conforme alle kuriam skirta ši deklaracija, atitinka žemiau nurodytas Tarybos
seguenti direttive del Consiglio riguardanti il riavvicinamento delle Direktyvas dėl EB/ES šalių narių įstatymų suderinimo.
legislazioni degli Stati membri CE/UE. Pastaba. Žemiau nurodytos dvi Tarybos Direktyvų ir standartų
Nota: Di seguito sono elencate due serie di direttive del Consiglio e grupės. Viena grupė galioja iki 2016 m. balandžio 19 d. imtinai. Kita
norme. Una serie si applca fino al19 aprile 2016 (incluso). La seconda grupė galioja nuo 2016 m. balandžio 20 d.
serie si applica a partire dal 20 aprile 2016.

LV: EK/ES atbilstības deklarācija NL: EG/EU-conformiteitsverklaring

Sabiedrība Grundfos ar pilnu atbildību paziņo, ka produkts CM, uz Wij, Grundfos, verklaren geheel onder eigen verantwoordelijkheid dat
kuru attiecas tālāk redzamā deklarācija, atbilst tālāk norādītajām product CM, waarop de onderstaande verklaring betrekking heeft, in
Padomes direktīvām par EK/ES dalībvalstu normatīvo aktu overeenstemming is met de onderstaande Richtlijnen van de Raad
tuvināšanu. inzake de onderlinge aanpassing van de wetgeving van de
Piezīme: Tālāk norādīti divi Padomes direktīvu un standartu krājumi. EG-/EU-lidstaten.
Viens krājums ir piemērojams līdz 2016. gada 19. aprīlim (ieskaitot). Opmerking: Hieronder worden twee reeksen Richtlijnen van de Raad
Otrs krājums ir piemērojams no 2016. gada 20. aprīļa. en normen weergegeven. De ene set geldt tot en met 19 april 2016.
De andere set is vanaf 20 april 2016 van kracht.

398
 Declaration of conformity
PL: Deklaracja zgodności WE/UE PT: Declaração de conformidade CE/UE
My, Grundfos, oświadczamy z pełną odpowiedzialnością, że nasz A Grundfos declara sob sua única responsabilidade que o produto
produkt CM, którego deklaracja niniejsza dotyczy, jest zgodny CM, ao qual diz respeito a declaração abaixo, está em conformidade
z następującymi dyrektywami Rady w sprawie zbliżenia przepisów com as Directivas do Conselho sobre a aproximação das legislações
prawnych państw członkowskich. dos Estados Membros da CE/UE.
Uwaga: Poniżej podano dwa zestawy dyrektyw i norm. Pierwszy Nota: Abaixo estão listados dois grupos de Directivas do Conselho e
zestaw obowiązuje do 19 kwietna 2016 r. włącznie. Drugi zacznie normas. Um dos grupos é aplicável até 19 de Abril de 2016, inclusive.
obowiązywać 20 kwietnia 2016 r. O outro grupo é aplicável a partir de 20 de Abril de 2016, inclusive.

RO: Declaraţia de conformitate CE/UE RS: Deklaracija o usklađenosti EC/EU

Noi Grundfos declarăm pe propria răspundere că produsul CM, la Mi, kompanija Grundfos, izjavljujemo pod punom vlastitom
care se referă această declaraţie, este în conformitate cu Directivele odgovornošću da je proizvod CM, na koji se odnosi deklaracija ispod,
de Consiliu specificate mai jos privind armonizarea legilor statelor u skladu sa dole prikazanim direktivama Saveta za usklađivanje
membre CE/UE. zakona država članica EC/EU.
Notă: Există două seturi de directive și standarde ale Consiliului Napomena: Ispod su navedena dva seta direktiva Saveta. Jedan set
specificate mai jos. Un set se aplică până la, și inclusiv în 19 aprilie se odnosi na vreme do i uključuje 19. april 2016. Drugi set se odnosi
2016. Celălalt set se aplică de la 20 aprilie 2016 și în continuare. na vreme od 20. aprila 2016. pa nadalje.

SE: EG/EU-försäkran om överensstämmelse SI: Izjava o skladnosti ES/EU

Vi, Grundfos, försäkrar under ansvar att produkten CM, som omfattas V Grundfosu s polno odgovornostjo izjavljamo, da je izdelek CM,na
av nedanstående försäkran, är i överensstämmelse med de katerega se spodnja izjava nanaša, v skladu s spodnjimi direktivami
rådsdirektiv om inbördes närmande till EG/EU-medlemsstaternas Sveta o približevanju zakonodaje za izenačevanje pravnih predpisov
lagstiftning som listas nedan. držav članic ES/EU.
Obs! Det finns två uppsättningar rådsdirektiv och standarder listade Opomba: Spodaj sta navedeni dve skupini direktiv Sveta o
nedan. En uppsättning gäller till och med den 19 april 2016. Den približevanju zakonodaje. Ena skupina se nanaša na obdobje do in
andra uppsättningen gäller från den 20 april 2016 och tills vidare. vključno z 19. aprilom 2016. Druga skupina se nanaša na obdobje od
20. aprila 2016 naprej.

SK: Prehlásenie o zhode s EC/EU TR: EC/AB uygunluk bildirgesi

My, spoločnosť Grundfos, vyhlasujeme na svoju plnú zodpovednosť, Grundfos olarak, aşağıdaki bildirim konusu olan CM ürünlerinin,
že produkt CM, na ktorý sa vyhlásenie uvedené nižšie vzťahuje, je v EC/AB üye ülkelerinin direktiflerinin yakınlaştırılmasıyla ilgili durumun
súlade s ustanoveniami nižšie uvedených smerníc Rady pre zblíženie aşağıdaki Konsey Direktifleriyle uyumlu olduğunu ve bununla ilgili
právnych predpisov členských štátov Európskeho spoločenstva/EÚ. olarak tüm sorumluluğun bize ait olduğunu beyan ederiz.
Poznámka: Existujú dva súbory smerníc a noriem Rady uvedené Not: Aşağıda belirtilen iki küme Konsey Direktifleri ve Standartları
nižšie. Jeden súbor platí do a vrátane 19.4.2016. Druhý súbor platí od bulunmaktadır. Bir küme 19 Nisan 2016 dahil bu tarihe kadar
20.4.2016 ďalej. geçerlidir. Diğer küme 20 Nisan 2016 sonrası için geçerlidir.

UA: Декларація відповідності директивам CN: 欧共体 / 欧盟符合性声明

EC/EU 我们，格兰富，在我们的全权责任下声明，产品 CM，即该合格证所指
Ми, компанія Grundfos, під нашу одноосібну відповідальність 之产品，符合欧共体 / 欧盟使其成员国法律趋于一致的以下理事会指
заявляємо, що виріб CM, до якого відноситься нижченаведена 令。
декларація, відповідає директивам EC/EU, переліченим нижче, 注意： 有两套理事会指令和标准，如下所示。 一套将于 2016 年 4 月
щодо тотожності законів країн-членів ЄС. 19 日失效。 另一套将自 2016 年 4 月 20 日起生效。
Примітка: Існує два комплекти директив та стандартів EC/EU,
перелічених нижче. Один комплект застосовується до 19 квітня
2016 р. Другий комплект застосовується з 20 квітня 2016 р.

JP: EC/EU 適合宣言 KO: EC/EU 적합성 선언

Grundfos は、 その責任の下に、 CM 製品が EC/EU 加盟諸国の法規に Grundfos 는 아래의 선언과 관련된 CM 제품이 EC/EU 회원국 법률에
関連す る 、 以下の評議会指令に適合 し て い る こ と を宣言 し ま す。 기반하여 아래의 이사회 지침을 준수함을 단독 책임 하에 선언합니다 .
注 ： 以下に、2 組の評議会指令お よ び標準が示 さ れま す。 一方は 2016 주의 : 아래에 두 종류의 이사회 지침과 표준이 나와 있습니다 . 한 종
年 4 月 19 日以前に適用 さ れま す。 も う 一方は、 2016 年 4 月 20 日以 류는 2016 년 4 월 19 일까지 적용됩니다 . 나머지 한 종류는 2016 년
降に適用 さ れま す。 4 월 20 일부터 적용됩니다 .

ID: Deklarasi kesesuaian Komunitas Eropa/Uni ‫ إق رار مطابق ة‬EC/EU

Eropa ‫ بمقتض ى مس ؤوليتنا الفردي ة ب أن المنتجي ن‬،‫ جرون دفوس‬،‫ نق ر نح ن‬CM،
Kami, Grundfos, menyatakan dengan tanggung jawab kami sendiri ‫ يكون ان مط ابقين لتوجيھ ات المجل س‬،‫الل ذين يخت ص بھم ا اإلق رار أدن اه‬
bahwa produk CM, yang berkaitan dengan pernyataan ini, sesuai ‫الم ذكورة أدن اه بش أن التقري ب بي ن ق وانين ال دول أعض اء المجموع ة‬
dengan Petunjuk Dewan serta sedapat mungkin sesuai dengan ‫االتحاد األوروب ي‬/‫ ( األوروبي ة‬EC/EU).
hukum negara-negara anggota Komunitas Eropa/Uni Eropa. ‫ مجموع ة تنطب ق‬.‫ يوج د أدن اه مجموعت ان م ن توجيھ ات ومع ايير المجل س‬:‫ملحوظ ة‬
Catatan: Berikut ini adalah dua paket Petunjuk Dewan dan standar. 2016 ‫ إبري ل‬20 ‫ وتنطب ق المجموع ة األخ رى م ن‬.2016 ‫ إبري ل‬19 ‫ح تى وتش مل‬
Satu paket berlaku hingga dan termasuk tanggal 19 April 2016. Satu ‫فص اعدا‬.
paket lagi berlaku mulai tanggal 20 April 2016 dan seterusnya.

399
Declaration of conformity

These Directives and standards apply until and including 19th April These Directives and standards apply from 20th April 2016 and
2016: onwards:
– Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC). – Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC).
Standard used: Standard used:
EN 809:1998 + A1:2009. EN 809:1998 + A1:2009
– Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC). – Low Voltage Directive (2014/35/EU).
Applicable when the rated power is lower than 2.2 kW. Standards used:
Standards used: EN 60335-1:2002
EN 60335-1:2002 EN 60335-2-51:2003
EN 60335-2-51:2003. – EMC Directive (2014/30/EU).
– EMC Directive (2004/108/EC).
– Ecodesign Directive (2009/125/EC). – Ecodesign Directive (2009/125/EC).
Electric motors: Electric motors:
Commission Regulation No 640/2009. Commission Regulation No 640/2009.
Applies only to three-phase Grundfos motors marked IE2 or IE3. Applies only to three-phase Grundfos motors marked IE2 or IE3.
See motor nameplate. See motor nameplate.
Standard used EN 60034-30:2009. Standard used EN 60034-30:2009.
– Ecodesign Directive (2009/125/EC). – Ecodesign Directive (2009/125/EC).
Water pumps: Water pumps:
Commission Regulation No 547/2012. Commission Regulation No 547/2012.
Applies only to water pumps marked with the minimum efficiency Applies only to water pumps marked with the minimum efficiency
index MEI. See pump nameplate. index MEI. See pump nameplate.
This EC/EU declaration of conformity is only valid when published as
part of the Grundfos installation and operating instructions
(publication number 95121197 0116).

Székesfehérvár, 27 November 2015

Róbert Kis
Engineering Manager
GRUNDFOS Manufacturing Ltd.
Sóstó Ipari Park, Holland Fasor 15.
8000 Szekesfehervar, Hungary

Person authorised to compile the technical file and

empowered to sign the EC/EU declaration of conformity.

400
401
 Argentina China Hong Kong
Grundfos companies

Bombas GRUNDFOS de Argentina S.A. GRUNDFOS Pumps (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. GRUNDFOS Pumps (Hong Kong) Ltd.
Ruta Panamericana km. 37.500 Centro 10F The Hub, No. 33 Suhong Road Unit 1, Ground floor
Industrial Garin Minhang District Siu Wai Industrial Centre
1619 Garín Pcia. de B.A. Shanghai 201106 29-33 Wing Hong Street &
Phone: +54-3327 414 444 PRC 68 King Lam Street, Cheung Sha Wan
Telefax: +54-3327 45 3190 Phone: +86 21 612 252 22 Kowloon
Telefax: +86 21 612 253 33 Phone: +852-27861706 / 27861741
Australia Telefax: +852-27858664
GRUNDFOS Pumps Pty. Ltd. Croatia
P.O. Box 2040 GRUNDFOS CROATIA d.o.o. Hungary
Regency Park Buzinski prilaz 38, Buzin GRUNDFOS Hungária Kft.
South Australia 5942 HR-10010 Zagreb Park u. 8
Phone: +61-8-8461-4611 Phone: +385 1 6595 400 H-2045 Törökbálint,
Telefax: +61-8-8340 0155 Telefax: +385 1 6595 499 Phone: +36-23 511 110
www.hr.grundfos.com Telefax: +36-23 511 111
Austria
GRUNDFOS Pumpen Vertrieb Czech Republic India
Ges.m.b.H. GRUNDFOS s.r.o. GRUNDFOS Pumps India Private
Grundfosstraße 2 Čajkovského 21 Limited
A-5082 Grödig/Salzburg 779 00 Olomouc 118 Old Mahabalipuram Road
Tel.: +43-6246-883-0 Phone: +420-585-716 111 Thoraipakkam
Telefax: +43-6246-883-30 Telefax: +420-585-716 299 Chennai 600 096
Phone: +91-44 2496 6800
Belgium Denmark
N.V. GRUNDFOS Bellux S.A. GRUNDFOS DK A/S Indonesia
Boomsesteenweg 81-83 Martin Bachs Vej 3 PT. GRUNDFOS POMPA
B-2630 Aartselaar DK-8850 Bjerringbro Graha Intirub Lt. 2 & 3
Tél.: +32-3-870 7300 Tlf.: +45-87 50 50 50 Jln. Cililitan Besar No.454. Makasar,
Télécopie: +32-3-870 7301 Telefax: +45-87 50 51 51 Jakarta Timur
E-mail: [email protected] ID-Jakarta 13650
Belarus www.grundfos.com/DK Phone: +62 21-469-51900
Представительство ГРУНДФОС в Telefax: +62 21-460 6910 / 460 6901
Минске Estonia
220125, Минск GRUNDFOS Pumps Eesti OÜ Ireland
ул. Шафарнянская, 11, оф. 56, БЦ Peterburi tee 92G GRUNDFOS (Ireland) Ltd.
«Порт» 11415 Tallinn Unit A, Merrywell Business Park
Тел.: +7 (375 17) 286 39 72/73 Tel: + 372 606 1690 Ballymount Road Lower
Факс: +7 (375 17) 286 39 71 Fax: + 372 606 1691 Dublin 12
E-mail: [email protected] Phone: +353-1-4089 800
Finland Telefax: +353-1-4089 830
Bosna and Herzegovina OY GRUNDFOS Pumput AB
GRUNDFOS Sarajevo Trukkikuja 1 Italy
Zmaja od Bosne 7-7A, FI-01360 Vantaa GRUNDFOS Pompe Italia S.r.l.
BH-71000 Sarajevo Phone: +358-(0) 207 889 500 Via Gran Sasso 4
Phone: +387 33 592 480 Telefax: +358-(0) 207 889 550 I-20060 Truccazzano (Milano)
Telefax: +387 33 590 465 Tel.: +39-02-95838112
www.ba.grundfos.com France Telefax: +39-02-95309290 / 95838461
e-mail: [email protected] Pompes GRUNDFOS Distribution S.A.
Parc d’Activités de Chesnes Japan
Brazil 57, rue de Malacombe GRUNDFOS Pumps K.K.
BOMBAS GRUNDFOS DO BRASIL F-38290 St. Quentin Fallavier (Lyon) Gotanda Metalion Bldg., 5F,
Av. Humberto de Alencar Castelo Tél.: +33-4 74 82 15 15 5-21-15, Higashi-gotanda
Branco, 630 Télécopie: +33-4 74 94 10 51 Shiagawa-ku, Tokyo
CEP 09850 - 300 141-0022 Japan
São Bernardo do Campo - SP Germany Phone: +81 35 448 1391
Phone: +55-11 4393 5533 GRUNDFOS GMBH Telefax: +81 35 448 9619
Telefax: +55-11 4343 5015 Schlüterstr. 33
40699 Erkrath Korea
Bulgaria Tel.: +49-(0) 211 929 69-0 GRUNDFOS Pumps Korea Ltd.
Grundfos Bulgaria EOOD Telefax: +49-(0) 211 929 69-3799 6th Floor, Aju Building 679-5
Slatina District e-mail: [email protected] Yeoksam-dong, Kangnam-ku, 135-916
Iztochna Tangenta street no. 100 Service in Deutschland: Seoul, Korea
BG - 1592 Sofia e-mail: [email protected] Phone: +82-2-5317 600
Tel. +359 2 49 22 200 Telefax: +82-2-5633 725
Fax. +359 2 49 22 201 Greece
email: [email protected] GRUNDFOS Hellas A.E.B.E. Latvia
20th km. Athinon-Markopoulou Av. SIA GRUNDFOS Pumps Latvia
Canada P.O. Box 71 Deglava biznesa centrs
GRUNDFOS Canada Inc. GR-19002 Peania Augusta Deglava ielā 60, LV-1035, Rīga,
2941 Brighton Road Phone: +0030-210-66 83 400 Tālr.: + 371 714 9640, 7 149 641
Oakville, Ontario Telefax: +0030-210-66 46 273 Fakss: + 371 914 9646
L6H 6C9
Phone: +1-905 829 9533 Lithuania
Telefax: +1-905 829 9512 GRUNDFOS Pumps UAB
Smolensko g. 6
LT-03201 Vilnius
Tel: + 370 52 395 430
Fax: + 370 52 395 431
Malaysia Serbia Turkey

Grundfos companies
GRUNDFOS Pumps Sdn. Bhd. Grundfos Srbija d.o.o. GRUNDFOS POMPA San. ve Tic. Ltd.
7 Jalan Peguam U1/25 Omladinskih brigada 90b Sti.
Glenmarie Industrial Park 11070 Novi Beograd Gebze Organize Sanayi Bölgesi
40150 Shah Alam Phone: +381 11 2258 740 Ihsan dede Caddesi,
Selangor Telefax: +381 11 2281 769 2. yol 200. Sokak No. 204
Phone: +60-3-5569 2922 www.rs.grundfos.com 41490 Gebze/ Kocaeli
Telefax: +60-3-5569 2866 Phone: +90 - 262-679 7979
Singapore Telefax: +90 - 262-679 7905
Mexico GRUNDFOS (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. E-mail: [email protected]
Bombas GRUNDFOS de México S.A. de 25 Jalan Tukang
C.V. Singapore 619264 Ukraine
Boulevard TLC No. 15 Phone: +65-6681 9688 Бізнес Центр Європа
Parque Industrial Stiva Aeropuerto Telefax: +65-6681 9689 Столичне шосе, 103
Apodaca, N.L. 66600 м. Київ, 03131, Україна
Phone: +52-81-8144 4000 Slovakia Телефон: (+38 044) 237 04 00
Telefax: +52-81-8144 4010 GRUNDFOS s.r.o. Факс.: (+38 044) 237 04 01
Prievozská 4D E-mail: [email protected]
Netherlands 821 09 BRATISLAVA
GRUNDFOS Netherlands Phona: +421 2 5020 1426 United Arab Emirates
Veluwezoom 35 sk.grundfos.com GRUNDFOS Gulf Distribution
1326 AE Almere P.O. Box 16768
Postbus 22015 Slovenia Jebel Ali Free Zone
1302 CA ALMERE GRUNDFOS d.o.o. Dubai
Tel.: +31-88-478 6336 Šlandrova 8b, SI-1231 Ljubljana-Črnuče Phone: +971 4 8815 166
Telefax: +31-88-478 6332 Phone: +386 31 718 808 Telefax: +971 4 8815 136
E-mail: [email protected] Telefax: +386 (0)1 5680 619
E-mail: [email protected] United Kingdom
New Zealand GRUNDFOS Pumps Ltd.
GRUNDFOS Pumps NZ Ltd. South Africa Grovebury Road
17 Beatrice Tinsley Crescent GRUNDFOS (PTY) LTD Leighton Buzzard/Beds. LU7 4TL
North Harbour Industrial Estate Corner Mountjoy and George Allen Phone: +44-1525-850000
Albany, Auckland Roads Telefax: +44-1525-850011
Phone: +64-9-415 3240 Wilbart Ext. 2
Telefax: +64-9-415 3250 Bedfordview 2008 U.S.A.
Phone: (+27) 11 579 4800 GRUNDFOS Pumps Corporation
Norway Fax: (+27) 11 455 6066 17100 West 118th Terrace
GRUNDFOS Pumper A/S E-mail: [email protected] Olathe, Kansas 66061
Strømsveien 344 Phone: +1-913-227-3400
Postboks 235, Leirdal Spain Telefax: +1-913-227-3500
N-1011 Oslo Bombas GRUNDFOS España S.A.
Tlf.: +47-22 90 47 00 Camino de la Fuentecilla, s/n Uzbekistan
Telefax: +47-22 32 21 50 E-28110 Algete (Madrid) Grundfos Tashkent, Uzbekistan The Rep-
Tel.: +34-91-848 8800 resentative Office of Grundfos Kazakhstan
Poland Telefax: +34-91-628 0465 in Uzbekistan
GRUNDFOS Pompy Sp. z o.o. 38a, Oybek street, Tashkent
ul. Klonowa 23 Sweden Телефон: (+998) 71 150 3290 / 71 150
Baranowo k. Poznania GRUNDFOS AB 3291
PL-62-081 Przeźmierowo Box 333 (Lunnagårdsgatan 6) Факс: (+998) 71 150 3292
Tel: (+48-61) 650 13 00 431 24 Mölndal
Fax: (+48-61) 650 13 50 Tel.: +46 31 332 23 000 Addresses Revised 29.09.2015
Telefax: +46 31 331 94 60
Portugal
Bombas GRUNDFOS Portugal, S.A. Switzerland
Rua Calvet de Magalhães, 241 GRUNDFOS Pumpen AG
Apartado 1079 Bruggacherstrasse 10
P-2770-153 Paço de Arcos CH-8117 Fällanden/ZH
Tel.: +351-21-440 76 00 Tel.: +41-44-806 8111
Telefax: +351-21-440 76 90 Telefax: +41-44-806 8115

Romania Taiwan
GRUNDFOS Pompe România SRL GRUNDFOS Pumps (Taiwan) Ltd.
Bd. Biruintei, nr 103 7 Floor, 219 Min-Chuan Road
Pantelimon county Ilfov Taichung, Taiwan, R.O.C.
Phone: +40 21 200 4100 Phone: +886-4-2305 0868
Telefax: +40 21 200 4101 Telefax: +886-4-2305 0878
E-mail: [email protected] Thailand
Russia GRUNDFOS (Thailand) Ltd.
ООО Грундфос Россия 92 Chaloem Phrakiat Rama 9 Road,
109544, г. Москва, ул. Школьная, Dokmai, Pravej, Bangkok 10250
39-41, стр. 1 Phone: +66-2-725 8999
Тел. (+7) 495 564-88-00 (495) Telefax: +66-2-725 8998
737-30-00
Факс (+7) 495 564 88 11
E-mail [email protected]
 ECM: 1175092
95121197 0116

www.grundfos.com
The name Grundfos, the Grundfos logo, and be think innovate are registered trademarks
owned by Grundfos Holding A/S or Grundfos A/S, Denmark. All rights reserved worldwide. © Copyright Grundfos Holding A/S
 GRUNDFOS DATA BOOKLET

CM, CME
Horizontal, multistage centrifugal pumps
50/60 Hz
 CM, CME

1. General description 4 18. Performance curves, CM 60 Hz 44

Contents

Introduction 4 CM 1 44
CM 3 45
2. Overview 6 CM 5 46
CM 10 47
3. Applications 7 CM 15 48
CM 25 49
4. Features and benefits 9
19. Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz 50
5. Identification 10 CME 1 50
Type key 10 CME 3 51
CME 5 52
6. Product range 11 CME 10 53
CME 15 54
7. Performance range 13 CME 25 55
CM, 50 Hz 13
CM, 60 Hz 13 20. Dimensions, CM 50 Hz 56
CME, 50/60 Hz 14 CM 1-A 56
CM 1-I and CM 1-G 57
8. Operating conditions 15 CM 3-A 58
Environmental rating 16 CM 3-I and CM 3-G 59
CM 5-A 60
9. Pumped liquids 18 CM 5-I and CM 5-G 61
List of pumped liquids 18 CM 10-A 62
CM 10-I and CM 10-G 63
10. Construction 21 CM 15-A 64
Pump 21 CM 15-I and CM 15-G 65
Motor 21 CM 25-A 66
Frequency converter operation 22 CM 25-I and CM 25-G 67
Shaft seal 22
Material specification 25 21. Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz 68
CM 1-A 68
11. CME pumps 26 CM 1-I and CM 1-G 69
Communication with CME pumps 26 CM 3-A 70
Speed control of CME pumps 27 CM 3-I and CM 3-G 71
CM 5-A 72
12. Grundfos CUE 28 CM 5-I and CM 5-G 73
CM pumps connected to Grundfos CUE, external CM 10-A 74
frequency converters 28 CM 10-I and CM 10-G 75
CM 15-A 76
13. Approvals and markings 29 CM 15-I and CM 15-G 77
Approvals 29 CM 25-A 78
Markings 29 CM 25-I and CM 25-G 79

14. Certificates 30 22. Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz 80

CME 1-A 80
15. Selection and sizing 34 CME 1-I and CME 1-G 81
Selection of pumps 34 CME 3-A 82
Selection of CME pumps 36 CME 3-I and CME 3-G 83
CME 5-A 84
16. How to read the curve charts 37 CME 5-I and CME 5-G 85
Guidelines to performance curves 37 CME 10-A 86
CME 10-I and CME 10-G 87
17. Performance curves, CM 50 Hz 38 CME 15-A 88
CM 1 38 CME 15-I and CME 15-G 89
CM 3 39 CME 25-A 90
CM 5 40 CME 25-I and CME 25-G 91
CM 10 41
CM 15 42
CM 25 43

2
CM, CME

23. Weights and shipping volume 92

Contents
24. Motor data 103
Mains-operated motors, 50 Hz 103
Mains-operated motors, 60 Hz 103
Mains-operated motors, 50/60 Hz 104
Speed-controlled motors 106
Additional data for speed-controlled motors 107

25. Customisation 108

Motors 108
Pumps 112

26. Accessories 114

Pipework connections 114
Potentiometer for CME 119
CIU communication interface units for CME 119
R100 remote control 119
Sensors for CME 120
MP 204 motor protector 121
Cover for CM motor 121
Angled cable gland 121

27. Further product documentation 122

WebCAPS 122
WinCAPS 123
123

3
 CM, CME
1

1. General description
General description

Introduction CM

The Grundfos CM and CME pumps are

non-self-priming, horizontal, multistage, end-suction
centrifugal pumps. The pumps are of the close-coupled
type. CM pumps are fitted with mains-operated motors

TM05 1128 2211 - TM05 1129 2211

whereas the motor for CME pumps has an integrated
frequency converter. Both CM and CME pumps have
mechanical shaft seals. Cast-iron version

The CM and CME pumps are available in these three

material versions:
• cast iron (EN-GJL-200)*
• stainless steel (EN 1.4301/AISI 304) Stainless-steel version

• stainless steel (EN 1.4401/AISI 316). Fig. 1 Grundfos CM pumps

* The impeller, chamber and filling plugs are made of stainless steel The CM pumps are unique products that have been
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304).
The pump shaft is made of stainless steel (EN 1.4057/AISI 431). developed in order to fulfil a wide variety of customer
demands. The development of the pumps has resulted
in no less than five patent applications.
The CM pumps are available in various sizes and
numbers of stages to provide the flow and pressure
required.
The CM pumps consist of two main components:
the motor and the pump unit.
The motor is a Grundfos motor designed to
EN standards.
The pump unit incorporates optimised hydraulics and
offers various types of connections.
The pumps offer many advantages, some of which are
listed below and described in detail in 4. Features and
benefits on page 9:
• compact design
• worldwide usage
• high reliability
• service-friendly
• wide performance range
• low noise
• customised solutions.

4
CM, CME
1
CME Selecting a CME pump

General description
Select a CME pump if the following features are
required:
• controlled operation, i.e. consumption fluctuates
• constant pressure
• communication with the pump.
Adaptation of performance through
frequency-controlled speed offers obvious benefits

TM05 1126 2211 - TM05 1122 2211

such as:
Cast-iron version
• energy savings
• increased comfort
• control and monitoring of the application and pump
performance.
For further information about CME pumps, see
Stainless-steel version 11. CME pumps on page 26.
Fig. 2 Grundfos CME pumps
The CME pumps are built on the basis of CM pumps.
CME pumps belong to the so-called E-pump family.
The difference between the CM and the CME pump
ranges is the motor.
The CME pump motor is a Grundfos MGE motor
designed to EN standards. The motor incorporates a
frequency converter.
Frequency control enables continuously variable
control of the motor speed, which makes it possible to
set the pump to operation at any duty point. The aim of
continuously variable control of the motor speed is to
adjust the performance to a given requirement.
It is possible to connect a pressure sensor to the built-in
frequency converter on CME pumps. For further
information, see Sensors for CME on page 120.
The pump materials are identical to those of the
CM pump range.

5
 CM, CME
2

2. Overview
Overview

Applications Identification

Pages 7 and 8 Page 10

Operating
Product range conditions

Pages 11 and 12 Pages 15 to 17

Certificates Selection and Pipe Performance

Construction and approvals sizing connections curves
p H
[kPa] [m]
Certificate of compliance w -8 CM 10
EN 10204 2.1
Hf 130
50 Hz
1200
120 ISO 9906 Annex A
-7
110

H NPSH
Customer name
Customer order no. pb 1000
100 -6
Customer Tag no.
GRUNDFOS order no.
HV
90
Product type

800 -5
We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the mate 80
above mentioned product were manufactured, tested, inspected
quirements of the appropriate catalogues, drawings and/or spe
70
4

Pages 21 to 25 Pages 30 and 31 Pages 34 to 36 Pages 35 and 113 Pages 38 to 55

Further
product
Dimensions Motor data Accessories Customisation information

Pages 56 to 91 Pages 103 to 107 Pages 114 to 121 Page 108 Pages 122 and 123

6
CM, CME
3

3. Applications

Applications
The CM and CME pumps are designed to cover a wide Water treatment
variety of applications, ranging from small domestic
installations to large industrial systems. The pumps are
therefore suitable for a wide diversity of pumping
systems where the performance and material of the
pump must meet specific demands.
Some of the most typical applications are mentioned
below:
• washing and cleaning
• water treatment
• temperature control
• pressure boosting.

Gr7052
Washing and cleaning
Fig. 4 Water treatment
In water treatment plants, the water undergoes a
process which makes it more suited for its end-use.
In this process, the CM and CME pumps can be utilised
either as feed pumps or as booster pumps.
Reference applications
Typical water treatment applications:
• nano-, micro- and ultra-filtration systems
• softening, ionising, demineralising systems
• desalination systems
• distillation systems
• separators
Gr3572

• swimming baths.
Fig. 3 Washing and cleaning
Temperature control
CM and CME pumps can be used in washing and
cleaning applications, which usually involve pumping of
water containing soap or other cleaning agents.
Reference applications
Typical washing and cleaning applications:
• degreasing and washing of production equipment in
industrial environments such as the food and
beverage industry
• washing machines
• vehicle-washing tunnels
• mobile-washing units
• units for CIP (Cleaning In Place).
GrA6288

Fig. 5 Temperature control

Temperature control involves applications where the

CM and CME pumps circulate a liquid in a closed loop
consisting of a heating or cooling element for optimising
a process by means of temperature.
Temperature control is also chilling of equipment or
food and beverage in the food production industry.

7
 CM, CME
3
Reference applications Pressure boosting
Applications

The CM and CME pumps can for example be used in

temperature control systems such as:
• electronic data processing
• laser equipment
• medical equipment
• industrial refrigeration
• heating and cooling in industrial processes
• moisturising and humidifying.
To ensure safe and reliable operation in applications

Gr0526
involving temperature control, we offer CM and CME
pumps designed to meet your needs!
Fig. 6 Pressure boosting
We provide solutions for applications involving pumping
In pressure-boosting applications, the pumped liquid
of these liquids:
must be delivered at a desired pressure on demand.
• liquids at temperatures down to -20 °C The main priorities in pressure-boosting applications
• high-temperature liquids are to ensure maximum reliability and user comfort.
• high-viscous liquids, etc. Therefore, the CM and CME pumps are also ideal for
such applications.
Pumping of liquids at temperatures down to -20 °C*
When pumping liquids at temperatures down to -20 °C, Reference applications
it is crucial that the pump parts are made of the right Typical pressure-boosting applications:
materials and have the right dimensions. • pressure boosting and transfer of drinking water
At such low temperatures, the selection of wrong
• process-water systems.
materials and dimensions may cause deformation
because of thermal expansion, and eventually Other applications
stoppage of operation. Besides the applications mentioned above, the CM and
* CM and CME pumps for pumping liquids at temperatures below -20 °C CME pumps can be used in many other applications.
are available on request. Please contact Grundfos.
Examples:
Pumping of high-temperature liquids
The pumping of hot liquids such as water-based liquids • distilling systems
up to +120 °C demands much of the pump parts, such • dosing/mixing
as shaft seals and rubber parts. • evaporation

Pumping of high-viscous liquids • comprised machinery

In applications where high-viscous liquids are pumped, • chemical industry
the motor of the pump can be overloaded, and the • pharmaceutical industry.
pump performance will be reduced.
The viscosity of a pumped liquid depends strongly on
the pumped liquid and its temperature.
To meet the above-mentioned requirements, we offer
CM and CME pumps with oversize motors.

8
CM, CME
4

4. Features and benefits

Features and benefits

Service-friendly

TM04 3509 4508 - TM04 3511 4508

• Service was in mind during the development.
• No special service tools required.
• Spare parts in stock for quick delivery.
• All parts available as kits, single parts or bulks.
• Service instructions and video make it simple to
disassemble and assemble the pump.
• Service kit instructions available where estimated
necessary.
Fig. 7 CM and CME pumps
Wide performance range
CM and CME pumps present the following features and
• Can be used in a wide range of applications:
benefits:
– washing and cleaning
Compact design – water treatment
Pump and motor are integrated in a compact and – temperature control
user-friendly design. The pump is fitted to a low-profile – pressure boosting
base plate, making it ideal for installation in systems
– chemical industry
where compactness is important.
– pharmaceutical industry
Modular construction/customised solutions – etc.
The modular construction of the CM and CME pumps • Product range in WinCAPS and WebCAPS.
makes it easy to create many different variants based See 27. Further product documentation on
on standard factory parts. This means that it is possible page 122.
to create pump variants that are customised for the Low noise level
application in question.
The CM and CME pumps offer very silent operation.
Worldwide usage
High-performance hydraulics
• With different voltage and frequency combinations,
Pump efficiency is maximised by the optimised
the CM and CME product ranges cover markets
hydraulics and carefully crafted production technology.
worldwide.
• Various certificates covering worldwide usage are Electrocoated cast-iron parts
available. See 14. Certificates on page 30. • Optimised corrosion resistance
High reliability • Better efficiency because of smooth surfaces.
• New state-of-the-art shaft seal design and materials Customised solutions
offering these benefits:
It is possible to create many different variants of the CM
– high wear resistance and long operating life and CME pumps.
– improved sticking and dry-running capabilities. For further information, see 25. Customisation on
• The pumps are less sensitive to impurities in the page 108.
pumped liquid than similar pumps of the
• Motor adaptation
canned-rotor type.
• Pump body modifications.
Easy installation and commissioning
Grundfos motor
• A Quick Guide is supplied with each CM pump,
which enables easy installation and commissioning. Grundfos motors are remarkably silent and highly
Detailed multilingual installation and operating efficient.
instructions are supplied with each pump. Grundfos motors are available with integrated
• An installation indicator is fitted on three-phase frequency converter designed for speed-controlled
pumps, which makes it easy to see if the electrical operation.
connection of the motor is correct. Based on the
motor cooling air, it indicates the direction of rotation Data and literature about the CM and CME pumps
of the motor. All literature and technical data related to CM and CME
pumps are available on line in Grundfos WebCAPS.
TM05 0870 1811

Fig. 8 Installation indicator

9
 CM, CME
5

5. Identification
Identification

Type key
Example CME 10 - 8 A - R - A - E - A V B E X - X - X - X
Type range Sensor
CM: Centrifugal Modular Sensor designation
CME: Centrifugal Modular with integrated
frequency converter
Mains plug
Rated flow rate A: Prepared for cable glands
Rated flow rate at 50 Hz [m3/h] B: Harting plug
C: With cable
Number of impellers D: Cable gland included

Pump version Motor information

A: Basic version A: Standard motor (IP55)
B: Phase-insulated motor for use with
B: Oversize motor (one flange size larger)
frequency converter
E: Pumps with certificates/approvals C: Condensing environments
N: CME pump with pressure sensor D: Pt100 in stator
P: Undersize motor (one flange size smaller) E: Angular contact bearing
T: Oversize motor (two flange sizes larger) F: Motor heater
G: Three-phase motor with overload
BE: Oversize motor with certificates/approvals
protection
H: Single-phase motor with no
BN: Oversize motor with pressure sensor
protection
EN: Pumps with certificates/approvals and pressure sensor J: Low-noise motor
EP: Pumps with certificates/approvals and undersize motor
ET: Pumps with certificates/approvals and double-oversize motor Supply voltage
EX: Pumps with certificates/approvals and two other variants
A: 1 x 220 V, 60 Hz
selected
NP: Undersize motor with pressure sensor B: 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz
NT: Double-oversize motor with pressure sensor B1: 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz, with terminal board
X: Special pump C: 1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz
D: 1 x 127 V, 60 Hz
E: 3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz
E1: 3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz, with terminal
Pipe connection
board
C: Tri-Clamp ® F: 3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
G: 3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 200-220/346-380 V,
F: DIN/ANSI/JIS flange
60 Hz
P: Victaulic® coupling H: 3 x 575 V, 60 Hz
R: Whitworth thread Rp (ISO 7/1) I: 3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
S: Internal NPT thread J: 3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 440-480 V, 60 Hz
K: 1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
L: 3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
M: 1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
Materials in contact with pump media N: 3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (E-motor)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
Suction and discharge parts EN-GJL-200 O:
3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz
A:
Pump shaft EN 1.4301/AISI 304 Q: 3 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
Impellers/chambers EN 1.4301/AISI 304 R: 3 x 200-230 V, 50/60 Hz (E-motor)
Sleeve EN 1.4401/AISI 316
G: Pump shaft EN 1.4401/AISI 316
Impellers/chambers EN 1.4401/AISI 316 Material of secondary seal
Sleeve EN 1.4301/AISI 304 E: EPDM (ethylene propylene)
I: Pump shaft EN 1.4301/AISI 304 K: FFKM (perflour)
Impellers/chambers EN 1.4301/AISI 304 V: FKM (flour)
X: Special version
Material of stationary seal face
B: Carbon, resin-impregnated
Rubber parts in pump (excluding neck ring and shaft seal) Q: Silicon carbide (SIC)
E: EPDM (ethylene propylene)
K: FFKM (perflour) Material of rotating seal face
V: FKM (flour) Q: Silicon carbide (SIC)
Note: Gaskets between chambers for cast-iron versions are always made of V: Aluminium oxide (AI203)
Tesnit® BA-U.
Shaft seal type designation
A: O-ring seal with fixed driver
Note: The type key cannot be used for ordering as not all combinations are possible.

10
CM, CME
6

6. Product range

Product range
Shaft seal Mains-operated motor
Electronically
50 Hz 60 Hz
speed-controlled motor
50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage

Material Material
[V] [V] [V] [V]

3 x 200-220/346-380 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage G)

3 x 220-255/380-440 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage O)
3 x 208-230/440-480 V (supply voltage E/E1) 4)

1 x 208-230 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage M)

1 x 200-240 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage K)
3 x 380-480 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage L)
Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

3 x 220-240/380-415 V (supply voltage F)

3 x 440-480 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage J)

3 x 460-480 V (60 Hz) (supply voltage N)

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)

3 x 400 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage I)

1 x 115/230 V (supply voltage B/B1) 4)
Pump type

1 x 220-240 V (supply voltage C)

3 x 220-240/380-415 V, (50 Hz)/

3 x 575 V (supply voltage H)4)
1 x 127 V (supply voltage D)1)
Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A)

Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A)

1 x 220 V (supply voltage A)

3 x 200 V/346 V, (50 Hz);

3 x 380-415 V, (50 Hz)/
AQQE, AQBE
AQQV, AQBV

AQQK
AVBE
AVBV

CM 1-2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-8 ● ● ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-9 ● ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 1-10 ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ●
CM 1-11 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 1-12 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 1-13 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 1-14 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 3-2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-8 ● ● ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-9 ● ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 3-10 ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ●
CM 3-11 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 3-12 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 3-13 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 3-14 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
1)
On request.
2) Neither suitable for 60 Hz mains-operated pumps, nor for CME pumps running at 100 % speed.
3)
Not suitable for pumping liquids at temperatures above +90 °C.
4)
Pumps with supply voltages B and E are supplied for wire connection without terminal board inside the terminal box (flying wires).
Pumps with supply voltages B1 and E1 are supplied with terminal board inside the terminal box.

11
 CM, CME
6
Product range

Shaft seal Mains-operated motor

Electronically
50 Hz 60 Hz
speed-controlled motor
50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage

Material Material
[V] [V] [V] [V]

3 x 220-255/380-440 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage O)

3 x 200-220/346-380 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage G)

3 x 208-230/440-480 V (supply voltage E/E1) 4)

1 x 208-230 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage M)

1 x 200-240 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage K)
3 x 380-480 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage L)
Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

Stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316 (CM-G)

3 x 220-240/380-415 V (supply voltage F)

3 x 440-480 V, (60 Hz) (supply voltage J)

3 x 460-480 V (60 Hz) (supply voltage N)

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)

Stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304 (CM-I)

3 x 400 V (50/60 Hz) (supply voltage I)

1 x 115/230 V (supply voltage B/B1) 4)
Pump type

1 x 220-240 V (supply voltage C)

3 x 220-240/380-415 V, (50 Hz)/

3 x 575 V (supply voltage H)4)
1 x 127 V (supply voltage D)1)
Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A)

Cast iron EN-GJL-200 (CM-A)

1 x 220 V (supply voltage A)

3 x 200 V/346 V, (50 Hz);

3 x 380-415 V, (50 Hz)/
AQQE, AQBE
AQQV, AQBV

AQQK
AVBE
AVBV

CM 5-2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 5-3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 5-4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 5-5 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 5-6 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 5-7 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 5-8 ● ● ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 5-9 ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ●
CM 5-10 ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ●
CM 5-11 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ● ●
CM 5-12 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ●
CM 5-13 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ●
CM 10-1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 10-2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 10-3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 10-4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 10-5 ● ● ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 10-6 ● ● ● 2) ● ● ●
CM 10-7 ● ● ● 3) ● 3) ●
3)
CM 10-8 ● ● ● ● 3) ●
CM 15-1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 15-2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 15-3 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 15-4 ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ●
CM 25-1 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 25-2 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 25-3 ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ●
CM 25-4 ● ● ● ● 2) ● ● ●
1) On request.
2)
Neither suitable for 60 Hz mains-operated pumps, nor for CME pumps running at 100 % speed.
3) Not suitable for pumping liquids at temperatures above +90 °C.
4)
Pumps with supply voltages B and E are supplied for wire connection without terminal board inside the terminal box (flying wires).
Pumps with supply voltages B1 and E1 are supplied with terminal board inside the terminal box.

12
CM, CME
7

7. Performance range

Performance range
CM, 50 Hz
p H
[kPa] [m]
130 CM
1200
120
2900 rpm
50 Hz
110 ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100

90

800 80

70

600 60

50

400 40

30
CM 1 CM 3 CM 5 CM 10 CM 15 CM 25
200 20

10

0 0

TM04 3340 0110

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Q [m³/h]

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Q [l/s]

CM-A
CM-I/G

CM, 60 Hz
p H
[kPa] [m]
1200
120 CM
3480 rpm
110
60 Hz
1000 ISO 9906 Annex A
100

90

800 80

70

600 60

50

400 40

30
CM 1 CM 3 CM 5 CM 10 CM 15 CM 25
200 20

10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Q [m³/h]
TM04 3369 0110

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q [l/s]

CM-A
CM-I/G

13
 CM, CME
7
CME, 50/60 Hz
Performance range

p H
[kPa] [m]
1200
120 CME
3480 rpm
110
50/60 Hz
1000 ISO 9906 Annex A
100

90

800 80

70

600 60

50

400 40

30
CM 1 CM 3 CM 5 CM 10 CM 15 CM 25
200 20

10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Q [m³/h]

TM04 3568 0110

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q [l/s]

CME-A
CME-I/G
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

14
CM, CME
8

8. Operating conditions

Operating conditions
Ambient temperature Installation of pump
The pump must be installed on a plane surface and
Maximum ambient temperature in relation to liquid
temperature fixed so that it cannot be displaced during startup and
operation.
The maximum ambient temperature depends on the
liquid temperature as shown in the table below. The pump must be installed so that air locks are
avoided in the pump housing and pipework.
Maximum ambient temperature Liquid temperature Figure 10 shows the permissible pump positions.
+55 °C 1) +90 °C
+50 °C 1) +100 °C 2) Up
+45 °C 1) +110 °C 2)
+40 °C +120 °C 2)
1)
The maximum ambient temperature for CME pumps is +40 °C,
irrespective of the liquid temperature.
2)
Note that the maximum permissible liquid temperature for CM-A and
CME-A is +90 °C.

Derating of motor output (P2) in relation to ambient

temperature and altitude above sea level
If the ambient temperature exceeds +40 °C for CME
pumps or +55 °C for CM pumps, or if the motor is

TM03 8773 2810

installed more than 1000 metres above sea level, the
motor output (P2) must be reduced due to the low Floor
density and consequently low cooling effect of the air.
In such cases, it may be necessary to use an oversize
Fig. 10 Pump positions
motor with higher rated output. Figure 9 shows the
relationship between motor output (P2) and ambient The pump should be installed with easy access for
temperature or motor output (P2) and altitude. inspection, maintenance and service.

The x-axis showing the temperature corresponds to an The pump should be installed in a well-ventilated
altitude of 1000 metres above sea level. The x-axis location.
showing the altitude corresponds to an ambient Maximum operating pressure and permissible
temperature of +40 °C. liquid temperature
The maximum operating pressure and the permissible
P2 liquid temperature depend on the pump material, the
[%]
type of shaft seal and the pumped liquid.
100 CM

90 Maximum
CME Shaft Permissible liquid
80 Material variant
seal temperature 1)
operating
pressure
70
-20 °C to +40 °C 10 bar
60 AVBx
Cast iron +41 °C to +90 °C 6 bar
TM04 3792 5008

50 (EN-GJL-200) AQQx/
-20 °C to +90 °C 10 bar
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 AQBx
t [°C ] -20 °C to +40 °C 10 bar
AVBx
Stainless steel +41 °C to +90 °C 6 bar
1000 2250 3500 4750 m
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304) AQQx/ -20 °C3) to +90 °C 16 bar
Fig. 9 Relationship between motor output (P2) and AQBx +91 °C to +120 °C 2) 10 bar
temperature or motor output (P2) and altitude -20 °C to +40 °C 10 bar
AVBx
Stainless steel +41 °C to +90 °C 6 bar
Storage and transport temperature (EN 1.4401/AISI 316) AQQx/ -20 °C3) to +90 °C 16 bar
CM: -50 °C to +70 °C. AQBx +91 °C to +120 °C 2) 10 bar

CME: -30 °C to +60 °C. 1) At liquid temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F), higher motor outputs may be
needed due to increased viscosity, for instance if glycol has been
added to the water.
2)
120 °C applies only if the pump has an AQQE/AQBE shaft seal.
3)
CM-I, -G and CME-I, -G pumps for liquid temperatures below -20 °C
are available on request. Please contact Grundfos.

15
 CM, CME
8
Liquid temperature range Operating range of the shaft seal
Operating conditions

The operating range of the shaft seal depends on

Permissible liquid
O-ring material / liquid
temperature
operating pressure, type of shaft seal and liquid
temperature.
EPDM -20 °C to +120 °C
FFKM 0 °C to +120 °C The curve in fig. 12 shows which shaft seals are
FKM / liquids containing water -20 °C to +90 °C suitable at a given temperature and a given pressure.
FKM / oil without water -20 °C to +120 °C
The curve applies to clean water.
Frequency of starts and stops
Maximum 100 per hour. p [bar]

16
Operation in condensing environments AQQE
If the liquid temperature becomes lower than the AQBE AQQE
AQQV AQBE
ambient temperature, condensation may form in the AQBV AQQV
10 AQBV
motor during inactivity. In such cases, a motor suited for AVBE AVBE AQQK
** AQQE
condensing environments must be used. AVBV AVBV AQBE
6 AQQE AQQE AQQV***
AQBE AQBE
When installing CM and CME pumps outdoors, provide AQQV AQQV
AVBE AQQV AQBV

TM04 3596 4708

AVBV AQBV AQQK
them with a suitable cover to protect them from build-up 2
AQBV AQBV AQQE AQQK
AQQK AQBE
of condensed water. See fig. 11.
-30* -20* 0* +40 +90 +120
t [°C]

Fig. 12 Curve for the selection of shaft seals

* Antifreeze should be added at liquid temperatures below 0 °C.
TM04 5799 4009

** CM and CME pumps for liquid temperatures below -20 °C are

available on request. Please contact Grundfos.
*** AQQV/AQBV above +90 °C only in media not containing water.

Shaft seal run-in

The seal faces are lubricated by the pumped liquid,
Fig. 11 CME pump with protective cover
meaning that there may be a certain amount of
Motors in outdoor installations radiate heat to and leakage from the shaft seal.
absorb heat from their surroundings. By day, a stopped When the pump is started up for the first time, or when
motor will absorb more heat than it radiates; by night, a new shaft seal is installed, a certain run-in period is
especially clear nights, radiation from a stopped motor required before the leakage is reduced to an
may be so high that the surface temperature falls a few acceptable level. The time required for this depends on
degrees below the air temperature. This may cause the the operating conditions, i.e. every time the operating
formation of condensation. Condensation on the inner conditions change, a new run-in period will be started.
surfaces may result in moisture on the electronic Under normal conditions, the leaking liquid will
components, including the printed-circuit boards, which evaporate. As a result, no leakage will be detected.
means a risk of failure or even destruction of the motor However, liquids such as kerosene will not evaporate.
and electronics. The leakage may therefore be seen as a shaft seal
failure.
Furthermore, the cover protects the motor against
direct sunlight. Viscosity
The pumping of liquids with densities or kinematic
Environmental rating viscosities higher than those of water will cause a
Three-phase CME motors hold a UL NEMA 3R considerable pressure drop, a drop in the hydraulic
environmental rating. performance and a rise in the power consumption.

Single-phase CME motors have not been tested For instance at liquid temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F),
against the UL NEMA environmental rating. higher motor outputs may be needed due to increased
viscosity if glycol has been added to the water.
All motors are IP55.
In such situations, the pump should be fitted with a
larger motor. If in doubt, contact Grundfos or visit
WebCAPS. See page 122.

16
CM, CME
8
Sound pressure level Minimum inlet pressure, NPSH

Operating conditions
The sound pressure values in the table below apply for Calculation of the inlet pressure "H" is recommended in
CM pumps. If the motor output (P2) for a given these situations:
CM pump is not found in the table, use the nearest
• The liquid temperature is high.
rounded-up value. The values for sound pressure
• The flow is significantly higher than the rated flow.
include a tolerance of 3 dB(A) according to
EN ISO 4871. • Water is drawn from depths.
• Water is drawn through long pipes.
50 Hz 60 Hz • Inlet conditions are poor.
P2
[kW] LpA LpA To avoid cavitation, make sure that there is a minimum
[dB(A)] [dB(A)] pressure on the suction side of the pump.
0.37 50 55 The maximum suction lift "H" in metres head can be
0.55 50 53 calculated as follows:
0.75 50 54 H = pb x 10.2 - NPSH - Hf - Hv - Hs
1.1 52 57
1.5 54 59 Barometric pressure in bar.
(Barometric pressure can be set to 1 bar).
2.2 54 59 pb =
In closed systems, pb indicates the system
3.0 55 60 pressure in bar.
4.0 62 66 Net Positive Suction Head in metres head.
5.5 60 65 NPSH = (To be read from the NPSH curve at the
7.5 60 65 highest flow the pump will be delivering).
11.0 60 65 Friction loss in suction pipe in metres head.
Hf = (At the highest flow the pump will be
The audible noise from CM pumps is primarily noise delivering).
from the motor fan. The selection of CME pumps will Vapour pressure in metres head.
reduce the noise at partial load, as the motor, and (To be read from the vapour pressure scale,
Hv =
consequently, the motor fan runs at a lower speed. "Hv" depends on the liquid temperature
Possible flow noise from control valves is also reduced "Tm").
at partial load in the case of the CME pump. Hs = Safety margin = minimum 0.5 metres head.

If the "H" calculated is positive, the pump can operate

at a suction lift of maximum "H" metres head.
If the "H" calculated is negative, an inlet pressure of
minimum "H" metres head is required.

Hf

NPSH
H
TM04 3487 4508

pb

Hv

Fig. 13 Minimum inlet pressure (NPSH)

Note: To avoid cavitation, never select a pump with a
duty point too far to the right on the NPSH curve.
Always check the NPSH value of the pump at the
highest possible flow.

17
 CM, CME
9

9. Pumped liquids
Pumped liquids

Thin, non-explosive liquids, not containing solid List of pumped liquids

particles or fibres. The liquid must not chemically attack
A number of typical liquids are listed below.
the pump materials.
Other pump versions may be applicable, but those
When pumping liquids with a density and/or viscosity
stated in the list are considered to be the best choices.
higher than those of water, oversized motors must be
used, if required. The table is intended as a general guide only and
cannot replace actual testing of the pumped liquids and
Whether a pump is suitable for a particular liquid
pump materials under specific working conditions.
depends on a number of factors of which the most
important are the chloride content, pH value, The list should, however, be applied with some caution
temperature and content of chemicals and oils. as factors such as concentration of the pumped liquid,
liquid temperature or pressure may affect the chemical
Please note that aggressive liquids (for instance
resistance of a specific pump version.
seawater and some acids) may attack or dissolve the
protective oxide film of the stainless steel and thus Safety precautions must be taken when pumping
cause corrosion. dangerous liquids.

Notes
To minimise the risk of corrosion the pump must be running
a
continuously, i.e. standstills must not exceed 6-8 hours.
May contain additives or impurities which can cause shaft seal
b
problems.
The density and viscosity may differ from those of water.
c
Consider this when calculating motor and pump performance.
d In order to avoid corrosion, the liquid must be free of oxygen.
Flammable or combustible liquid.
Safety precautions must be considered to ensure safe handling
e of flammable liquids. Handling the liquid above the flash point
and/or boiling point will require the greatest restrictions.
A seal-less pump may be required. Contact Grundfos.
f Risk of crystallisation/precipitation on the shaft seal.
g If oil residues are present, EPDM cannot be used.
As no protective deposits are formed in demineralised water, a
slight increase in the corrosion rate must be expected.
If impurities (e.g. contamination with metal ions) in the pumped
h
liquid are unacceptable, cast iron or copper containing metals
should not be used.
If the CO2 content is high, cast iron is unsuitable for use.
Special conditions related to the properties of demineralised
water with a conductivity less than 2 microS/cm makes a
i
SiC/SiC shaft seal unsuitable for use. Use the SiC/carbon shaft
seal combination instead.

18
CM, CME
9

Pumped liquids
Chemical Cast iron Stainless steel Stainless steel
Pumped liquids Notes Additional information
formula (EN-GJL-200) (EN 1.4301/AISI 304) (EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Water
Boiler feed water AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Brackish water a 30 °C, 2000 ppm chloride AVBE/AQQE
Condensate AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Cooling and cutting
b AQQV AQQV AQQV
lubricant
Groundwater < 300 ppm chloride AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Demineralised water h > 2 microS/cm AQQE AQQE AQQE
Demineralised water h, i < 2 microS/cm AQBE AQBE AQBE
District heating water AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Oil-containing water AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV
Softened water AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Swimming pool water, 40 °C, 150 ppm chloride,
AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
chlorinated < 2 ppm free chlorine
Coolants
Calcium chloride CaCl2 b, c, d, f < 0 °C, 30 % AQQE AQQE
Ethylene glycol C2H4(OH)2 b, c AQQE AQQE AQQE
Glycerine (glycerol) C3H5(OH)3 b, c AQQE AQQE AQQE
Hydrocarbon-based
c, e AQQV AQQV AQQV
coolant
Potassium acetate
CH3COOK b, c, d, f AQQE AQQE AQQE
(inhibited)
Potassium formate
HCOOK b, c, d, f AQQE AQQE AQQE
(inhibited)
Propylene glycol CH3CHOHCH2OH b, c AQQE AQQE AQQE
Sodium chloride NaCl b, c, d, f < 0 °C, 30 % AQQE AQQE
Fuels
Diesel oil e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV
Jet fuel e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV
Kerosene e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV
Naphtha e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV
Petrol e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV
Biodiesel e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV
Mineral oils

Crude oil b, c, e < 20 °C AQQV AQQV AQQV

Mineral lubricating oil c, e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Mineral motor oil c, e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Synthetic oils

Synthetic lubricating oil c, e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Synthetic motor oil c, e AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Silicone oil c AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Vegetable oils

Corn oil b, c AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Olive oil b, c AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Peanut oil b, c AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Rapeseed oil b, c AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Soy oil b, c AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV AVBV/AQQV

Cleaning
Alkaline degreasing
b, g AQQE AQQE AQQE
agent
Soap (salts of fatty
b < 80 °C AQQV AQQV AQQV
acids)
Organic solvents
Acetone C3H6O e AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Ethyl alcohol (ethanol) C2H6O e AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Isopropyl alcohol C3H7OH e AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
Methyl alcohol
CH3OH e AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE AVBE/AQQE
(methanol)
Oxidants
Hydrogen peroxide H2O2 c 20 °C, 25 % AQQE AQQE

19
 CM, CME
9
Pumped liquids

Chemical Cast iron Stainless steel Stainless steel

Pumped liquids Notes Additional information
formula (EN-GJL-200) (EN 1.4301/AISI 304) (EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Salts
20 °C, 15 % AQQE
Ammonium bicarbonate NH4HCO3 b, c
60 °C, 30 % AQQE AQQE
Copper sulphate CuSO4 b, c, f 60 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
Ferric sulphate Fe2(SO4)3 b, c, f 20 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
20 °C, 20 % AQQE/AQQV
Potassium bicarbonate KHCO3 b, c
60 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
20 °C, 20 % AQQE
Sodium carbonate Na2CO3 b, c, f
60 °C, 30 % AQQE AQQE
Potassium
KMnO4 b, c 60 °C, 10 % AQQE AQQE
permanganate
20 °C, 5% AQQE/AQQV
Sodium nitrate NaNO3 b, c
60 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
20 °C, 20 % AQQE/AQQV
Sodium nitrite NaNO2 b, c
60 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
Sodium phosphate
NaH2PO4 b, c, f 60 °C, 20 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
(mono)
30 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV
Sodium phosphate (di) Na2HPO4 b, c, f
60 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
20 °C, 10 % AQQE/AQQV
Sodium phosphate (tri) Na3PO4 b, c, f
70 °C, 20 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
Sodium sulphate Na2SO4 b, c, f 60 °C, 30 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
20 °C, 1% AQQE/AQQV
Sodium sulphite Na2SO3 b, c, f
60 °C, 20 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
Acids
20 °C, 15 % AQQE AQQE
Acetic acid C2H4O2
60 °C, 50 % AQQK AQQK
Citric acid C6H8O7 c, f 40 °C, 50 % AQQE AQQE
20 °C, 30 % AQQE AQQE
Formic acid CH2O2 c
40 °C, 30 % AQQK
25 °C, 40 % AQQE AQQE
Nitric acid HNO3 c
40 °C, 40 % AQQK AQQK
20 °C, 10 % AQQE AQQE
Oxalic acid f
50 °C, 10 % AQQK AQQK
Phosphoric acid H3PO4 b, c, f 70 °C, 40 % AQQE/AQQV AQQE/AQQV
20 °C, 1% AQQE/AQQV
Sulphuric acid H2SO4 b
20 °C, 5% AQQE/AQQV
20 °C, 10 % AQQE AQQE
Sulphurous acid
50 °C, 10 % AQQK AQQK
Alkalies
Ammonium hydroxide NH4OH 30 °C, 30 % AQQE AQQE AQQE
Calcium hydroxide Ca(OH)2 b 30 °C, 5% AQQE AQQE AQQE
20 °C, 20 % AQQE
Potassium hydroxide KOH c, f
60 °C, 20 % AQQE AQQE
20 °C, 20 % AQQE
Sodium hydroxide NaOH c, f
80 °C, 20 % AQQE AQQE

20
CM, CME
10

10. Construction

Construction
Pump Motor
The CM and CME pumps are non-self-priming, CM and CME pumps are fitted with totally enclosed,
horizontal, multistage centrifugal pumps. The pumps fan-cooled, 2-pole motors with principal dimensions to
have axial suction port and radial discharge port and EN 50347. The motors have been developed especially
are mounted on a base plate. for CM and CME pumps.
All movable parts are made of stainless steel. Electrical tolerances comply with EN 60034.
The pumps are available with mains-operated motors CME pumps up to and including 1.1 kW are fitted with
(CM pumps) and electronically speed-controlled motors single-phase motors as standard. CME pumps from 1.1
(CME pumps). to 7.5 kW are available with three-phase motors.
All pumps incorporate a maintenance-free mechanical
Efficiency
O-ring shaft seal with fixed driver.
Motors for CM and CME pumps comply with different
energy-efficiency requirements throughout the world.
E.g. Korean MEPS (Minimum Energy Performance
Standards) and the European Ecodesign directive.
TM05 1130 2211

Generally, this means that all three-phase motors of

0.75 kW and up are equipped with IE2-compliant
motors as standard.
Fig. 14 CM and CME pump hydraulics IE3-compliant motors are available on request.

Electrical data
Insulation class F

Enclosure class IP55*

CM
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz
1 x 127 V, 60 Hz
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz
Supply voltages 3 x 575 V, 60 Hz
(tolerance ± 10 %) 3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 440-480 V, 60 Hz
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz
3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz
CME
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz

* IP55 is not recommended for operation in condensing environments.

For operation in such environments, see Operation in condensing
environments on page 16.

21
 CM, CME
10
Motor protection Shaft seal
Construction

Mains-operated motors (CM) The shaft seal for the CM and CME pumps is of the
Single-phase motors, 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz, do not O-ring type, which makes it very flexible when different
incorporate motor protection and must be connected to types of O-rings and seal-face materials are needed.
a motor-protective circuit breaker which can be The shaft seal has a fixed seal driver which ensures a
manually reset. Set the motor-protective circuit breaker reliable rotation of all parts – even under the most
according to the rated current of the motor (I1/1). extreme operating conditions.
See nameplate. Due to the special design of the shaft seal and the
Other single-phase motors have built-in current- and interfaces to the rest of the pump construction, the
temperature-dependent motor protection in accordance dry-running capabilities are improved significantly
with IEC 60034-11 and require no further motor compared to most other similar shaft seals and pump
protection. The motor protection reacts to both slow- types. Furthermore, improvements have been made to
and quick-rising temperatures. The motor protection is reduce the risk and effect of sticking. The shaft seal
automatically reset. types available can be found in Selection of shaft seal
on page 36 where the key parameters of selecting a
Three-phase motors up to 3 kW must be connected to
shaft seal are also described.
a motor-protective circuit breaker which can be
manually reset. Set the motor-protective circuit breaker
according to the rated current of the motor (I1/1).
See nameplate. Motors with power ratings of 3 kW and
up have built-in thermistors (PTC)*. The thermistors are
designed according to DIN 44082. The motor protection
reacts to both slow- and quick-rising temperatures.
* Applies only to supply voltages F, G and O. Motors for
other supply voltages must be connected to a

TM05 1131 2211

motor-protective circuit breaker as described for
three-phase motors up to 3 kW.

Electronically speed-controlled motors (CME)

CME pumps require no external motor protection. Fig. 15 Exploded view of shaft seal
The MGE motor incorporates thermal protection
against steady overload and stalled condition Note: The available shaft seals for CM and CME pumps
(IEC 34-11). are very robust and durable, but dry running must
always be avoided.
Frequency converter operation Details regarding operating conditions for the shaft seal
All three-phase motors can be connected to a can be found in Operating range of the shaft seal on
frequency converter. Depending on the frequency page 16.
converter type, this may cause increased acoustic Further information about the shaft seal can be found in
noise from the motor. Furthermore, it may cause the the separate data booklet covering shaft seals which
motor to be exposed to detrimental voltage peaks. can be downloaded from WebCAPS.
As standard MG 71- and MG 80-based motors have no See 27. Further product documentation on page 122.
phase insulation and must therefore be protected
against voltage peaks higher than 650 V (peak value) Title Publication number

between the supply terminals. Shaft seals 96519875

Note: MG 71- and MG 80-based motors with phase

insulation are available on request.
The above disturbances, i.e. both increased acoustic
noise and detrimental voltage peaks, can be eliminated
by fitting an LC filter between the frequency converter
and the motor.
For further information, please contact the frequency
converter supplier or Grundfos.

22
CM, CME
10
CM(E) 1-A

Construction
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Sectional drawing

TM04 3723 3809

Fig. 16 CM(E) 1-3 with MG(E) 71 motor

Components

Pos. Component Pos. Component Pos. Component

2 Discharge part 64c Clamp 153 Ball bearing
4 Chamber 66 Washer (NORD-LOCK®) 155 Bearing cover plate
6 Inlet part 67 Nut 156 Fan
11 O-ring 79 Diverting disc 158 Corrugated spring
25 Plug 105 Shaft seal 158a O-ring
49 Impeller 139b Gasket 159 O-ring
51 Pump shaft 150 Stator housing 164b, 164e Terminal box
64 Spacing pipe 151 Fan cover 191 Base plate

23
 CM, CME
10
CM(E) 1-I and CM(E) 1-G
Construction

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Sectional drawing

TM04 3722 3809

Fig. 17 CM(E) 1-3 with MG(E) 71 motor

Components

Pos. Component Pos. Component Pos. Component

4 Chamber 64c Clamp 155 Bearing cover plate
6 Flange 66 Washer (NORD-LOCK®) 156 Fan
16 Sleeve 67 Nut 157a Gasket
25 Plug 79 Diverting disc 158 Corrugated spring
31 O-ring 105 Shaft seal 158a O-ring
49 Impeller 150 Stator housing 159 O-ring
51 Pump shaft 151 Fan cover 164b, 164e Terminal box
64 Spacing pipe 153 Ball bearing 191 Base plate

24
CM, CME
10
Material specification

Construction
Pump material version

Cast iron Stainless steel Stainless steel

Pos. Description Material
(EN-GJL-200) (EN 1.4301/AISI 304) (EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

DIN W.-Nr. ISO/AISI/ASTM DIN W.-Nr. ISO/AISI/ASTM DIN W.-Nr. ISO/AISI/ASTM

Motor parts
156b Motor flange Cast iron
150 Stator housing Silumin (Alu)
151 Fan cover Composite PBT/PC
153 Ball bearing
Composite PA 66 30 %
156 Fan
GF
158 Corrugated spring Steel
164b Terminal box, MG Composite PC/ASA or
164e Terminal box, MGE silumin (Alu)
Steel, electro-coated 1.0330.3 1.0330.3
191 Base plate Steel, powder-coated,
1.0330.3
60 to 120 μ, NCS 7005
79 Diverting disc Silicone fluid (LSR)
155 Bearing cover plate PPS
Pump parts
1.4301/ AISI 304/ 1.4301/ AISI 304/
Shaft seal, steel parts Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
105 1.44011) AISI 316 1) 1.44011) AISI 316 1)
Shaft seal, seal faces Al2O3/carbon or SiC
1.4301/ AISI 304/
51 Pump shaft Stainless steel 1.4301 AISI 304 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011) AISI 316 1)
11
31 3) O-rings EPDM, FKM or FFKM
158a
159
157a 3) Gasket Paper
139b 4) Gasket Aramide fibres (nbr)
2 4) Discharge part Cast iron
4) Inlet part Cast iron
6
1.4301/ AISI 304/ 1.4301/ AISI 304/
4 Chamber Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011) AISI 316 1) 1.44011) AISI 316 1)
25 Plug Stainless steel 1.4404 AISI 316L 1.4404 AISI 316L 1.4404 AISI 316L
1.4301/ AISI 304/ 1.4301/ AISI 304/
49 Impeller Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011) AISI 316 1) 1.44011) AISI 316 1)
64 Spacing pipe Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316 1.4401 AISI 316 1.4401 AISI 316
64c Clamp Stainless steel STX2000 5) STX2000 5) STX2000 3)
6 3) Flange Cast iron
1.4301/ AISI 304/
16 Sleeve Stainless steel 1.4401 AISI 316
1.44011)+2) AISI 316 1)
67 Nut Stainless steel A4
Washer
66 Steel 1.4547 1.4547 1.4547
(NORD-LOCK®)
1) On request.
2) As standard, the pumps listed below are fitted with sleeves made of stainless steel 1.4401:
CM(E) 1-9 up to and including CM(E) 1-14
CM(E) 3-9 up to and including CM(E) 3-14
CM(E) 5-9 up to and including CM(E) 5-13
CM(E) 10-6 up to and including CM(E) 10-8
3) Only in CM(E)-I/G pumps.
4) Only in CM(E)-A pumps.
5) STX2000 ~ CrNiMO 22 19 4.

25
 CM, CME
11

11. CME pumps

CME pumps

Communication with CME pumps Remote control

The Grundfos R100 remote control is available as an
Communication with CME pumps is possible by means
accessory. See page 119.
of
The operator can communicate with the CME pump by
• a central building management system
pointing the IR-signal transmitter at the control panel of
• a remote control (Grundfos R100)
the terminal box.
• a control panel.

Central building management system

The operator can communicate with a CME pump at a
distance. Communication can take place via a central
building management system allowing the operator to
monitor and change control modes and setpoint

TM03 0141 4104

settings.

Fig. 18 R100 remote control

The operator can monitor and change control modes
and settings of the CME pump with the R100.

Control panel
The operator can change the setpoint settings manually
on the control panel of the CME pump terminal box.
LON, PROFIBUS, Modbus, GSM, GRM or
BACnet network

TM00 7600 0404

Fig. 19 Control panel of a CME pump
CIU 100: LON
CIU 150: Profibus DP
CIU 200: Modbus RTU
CIU 250: GSM
CIU 270: GRM
CIU 300: BACnet MS/TP
TM04 6090 4909

CME pump

26
CM, CME
11
Speed control of CME pumps

CME pumps
H
Affinity equations Q n
n n
--------  ------
Normally, CME pumps are used in applications Q n
x x
Hn
characterised by a variable flow. Consequently, it is not
possible to select a pump that is constantly operating at H  n n 2
Hx nn n
its optimum efficiency. -------   ------
H  n x
nx x
In order to achieve optimum operating economy, the
duty point should be close to the optimum efficiency
(eta) for most operating hours. Q
Eta
Qx Qn
Between the min. and max. performance curves, CME 
n
pumps have an infinite number of performance curves, -------  1

x
each representing a specific speed. It may therefore not
be possible to select a duty point close to the max.
nx nn
curve.

H
[m] Q
Max. curve Qx Qn
P
P  n n 3
------n-   ------
nn P  n x
Pn x

TM00 8720 3496

Px nx

Min. curve

Q
TM01 4916 4803

Fig. 21 Affinity equations

0 Legend
0 Q [m³/h]
Fig. 20 Min. and max. performance curves Hn Rated head in metres
Hx Current head in metres
In situations where it is not possible to select a duty Qn Rated flow rate in m3/h
point close to the max. curve, use the affinity equations Qx Current flow rate in m3/h
below. The head (H), the flow rate (Q) and the input nn Rated motor speed in min -1
power (P) are the appropriate variables for calculating nx Current motor speed in min-1
the motor speed (n). ηn Rated efficiency in %
Note: The approximated formulas apply on condition ηx Current efficiency in %
that the system characteristic remains unchanged for WinCAPS and WebCAPS
nn and nx and that it is based on the formula H = k x Q2
WinCAPS and WebCAPS are selection programs
where k is a constant.
offered by Grundfos.
The power equation implies that the pump efficiency is
The two programs make it possible to calculate the
unchanged at the two speeds. In practice, this is not
specific duty point and energy consumption of a CME
quite correct.
pump.
Finally, it is worth noting that the efficiency of the
When you enter the dimensions of the pump, WinCAPS
frequency converter and the motor must be taken into
and WebCAPS can calculate the exact duty point and
account if a precise calculation of the power saving
energy consumption.
resulting from a reduction of the pump speed is wanted.
For further information, see page 122.

27
 CM, CME
12

12. Grundfos CUE

Grundfos CUE

CM pumps connected to Grundfos Functions

CUE, external frequency Intuitive startup guide
converters The startup guide enables easy installation and
commissioning as well as plug-and-pump convenience.
Few settings need to be made by the installer as the
rest is done automatically or preset from the factory.

Smart user interface

TM04 3283 4108

GrA4404

Fig. 22 Grundfos CUE product range

Grundfos CUE is a complete range of frequency
Fig. 23 Grundfos CUE control panel
converters for pump control in a wide range of
applications. Grundfos CUE is designed for wall Grundfos CUE features a unique user-friendly control
mounting. panel with graphic display and easy-to-use buttons.
Panel layout resembles the well-known Grundfos R100
Grundfos CUE provides a variety of benefits to the remote control, which is used with Grundfos CME
end-user. pumps.
The benefits include
Controlling the value you choose
• Grundfos CME pump functionality and user Grundfos CUE has a built-in PI controller offering
interface closed-loop control of a desired value.
• application- and pump family-related functions
The values include
• increased comfort compared to mains-operated
pump solutions • constant differential pressure
• simple installation and commissioning compared to • proportional pressure
standard frequency converters. • constant temperature
• constant flow.

Wide product range

The CUE product range is quite comprehensive,
covering five different voltage ranges, enclosure
classes IP20/21 (NEMA 1) and IP54/55 (NEMA 12),
and a wide range of output powers.
The table below provides a general overview.

Input voltage Output voltage Motor

[V] [V] [kW]
1 x 200-240 3 x 200-240 1.1 - 7.5
3 x 200-240 3 x 200-240 0.75 - 45
3 x 380-500 3 x 380-500 0.55 - 250
3 x 525-600 3 x 525-600 0.75 - 7.5

28
CM, CME
13

13. Approvals and markings

Approvals and markings

Approvals EC declaration of conformity
Machinery Directive (2006/42/EC).
CB certificate, IEC countries.
• Standards used:
C-tick mark, New Zealand and Australian EMC.
EN 809: 2008 and EN 60204-1: 2006.
cULus Low Voltage Directive (2006/95/EC).
The cULus approval covers the following supply Applicable when the rated power is lower than 2.2 kW.
voltages: • Standards used:
EN 60335-1: 2002 and EN 60335-2-51: 2003.
• 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B) EMC Directive (2004/108/EC).
• 3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) Ecodesign Directive (2009/125/EC).
• 3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H). • Electric motors:
Commission Regulation No. 640/2009.
UL Applies only to three-phase Grundfos motors
The UL approval covers the following supply voltages: marked IE2 or IE3. See motor nameplate.
Standard used: EN 60034-30: 2009.
• 1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B1)
• 3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E1) Other approvals and compliance with
• 3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I) directives
• 3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz/3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz • GOST (Russia)
(supply voltage J). • Compliance with RoHS, directive 2002/96/EC
Note: The above voltages are planned to be • PSE
cULus-approved during 2012.
• Kemco.
Pumps
UL778 and C22.2 No 108-01 Drinking water approvals
• WRAS
NEMA 250 (IP code).
• ACS
Overheating protection • NSF61.
UL2111 and C22.2 No 77-95.
Markings
cURus motors
CME motors comply with UL508C and C22.2 No 14.
The cURus approval covers the following supply C-tick

voltages:
• 3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)
CE
• 3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
• 1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)
• 3 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage Q).
cULus

cURus

UL

29
 CM, CME
14

14. Certificates
Certificates

Certificate Description
According to EN 10204, 2.1. Grundfos document certifying that the pump supplied is in
Certificate of compliance with the order
compliance with the order specifications.
According to EN 10204, 2.2. Certificate with inspection and test results of a non-specific
Test certificate. Non-specific inspection and testing
pump.
Grundfos document certifying that the pump supplied is in compliance with the order
Inspection certificate 3.1
specifications. Inspection and test results are mentioned in the certificate.
Grundfos document certifying that the pump supplied is in compliance with the order
specifications. Inspection and test results are mentioned in the certificate. Certificate from the
surveyor is included.
We offer the following inspection certificates:
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
Inspection certificate • Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
• Registro Italiano Navale Agenture (RINA)
• China Classification Society (CCS)
• Russian maritime register of Shipping (RS)
• Biro Klassifikasio Indonesia (BKI)
• United States Coast Guard (USCG)
• Nippon Kaiji Koykai (NKK)
Certifies that the main components of the specific pump are manufactured by Grundfos, and
Standard test report that the pump has been QH-tested, inspected and conforms to the full requirements of the
appropriate catalogues, drawings and specifications.
Material specification report Certifies the material used for the main components of the specific pump.
Material specification report with certificate from raw Certifies the material used for the main components of the specific pump. A material
material supplier certificate, EN 10204, 3.1, will be supplied for each main component.
Certifies a test point specified by the customer. Issued according to ISO 9906 concerning
Duty-point verification report
"Duty point verification".
Shows the measured roughness of the cast pump base of the specific pump. The report
Surface-roughness
indicates the values measured at the base inlet and outlet according to ISO 1302.
Vibration report indicating the values measured during the performance test of the specific
Vibration report
pump according to ISO 10816.
Shows the performance test of the specific motor, including power output, current,
Motor test report
temperature, stator windings resistance and insulation test.
Cleaned and dried pump Confirms that the specific pump has been cleaned and dried, and how it was done.
Confirms that the specific pump has been electro-polished. The maximum surface roughness
Electro-polished pump
is specified in the report.

Examples of the certificates are shown on pages 31 to 33.

Note: Other certificates are available on request.

30
CM, CME
14
Examples of certificates

Certificates
Certificate of compliance with the order Test certificate

Certificate of compliance with the order Test certificate

EN 10204 2.1
Non-specific inspection and testing
EN 10204 2.2

Customer name
Customer name Customer order no.
Customer order no. Customer TAG no.
Customer Tag no. GRUNDFOS order no.
GRUNDFOS order no.
Product type
Pump
Pump type Part number
We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the materials and/or parts for the Motor make Part number
above mentioned product were manufactured, tested, inspected, and conform to the full re- Flow m3/h
quirements of the appropriate catalogues, drawings and/or specifications relative thereto. Head m
Power P2 kW
Voltage V
Frequency Hz
Full load current A
Motor speed min -1

We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the materials and/or parts for the
above mentioned product were manufactured, tested, inspected, and conform to the full
requirements of the appropriate catalogues, drawings and / or specifications relative thereto.

TM03 4165 1706

TM03 4163 1706

GRUNDFOS GRUNDFOS
Date: Date:

Signature: Signature:
Name: Name:
Dept.: Dept.:

Part no. 96 50 78 95/1001002 Part no 96 50 78 96/1001002

Inspection certificate 3.1 Inspection certificate

Inspection certificate. Inspection certificate.

EN 10204 3.1 Russian Maritime Register of Shipping

Manufactured by
GRUNDFOS order no. Manufactured by
GRUNDFOS DUT id. GRUNDFOS order no.
Customer order no. GRUNDFOS DUT id.
Customer name Customer order no.
and address Customer name
Shipyard / factory and address
Ship / new building Shipyard / factory
Customer TAG no. Ship / new building
Classifying society GRUNDFOS authorized department Customer TAG no.
Classifying society Russian Maritime Register of Shipping ( RS )
Pump Motor
Pump type Make Pump Motor
Part number Part number Pump type Make
Serial no. Serial No. Part number Part number
Flow rate (m3/h) P2 (kW) Serial no. Serial No.
Head (m) Voltage (V) Flow rate (m3/h) P2 (kW)
Max. ope. P/t (bar / °C) Current (A) Head (m) Voltage (V)
Din / W. - No. n(min-1) Max. ope. P/t (bar / °C) Current (A)
Base/Pump head cover Frequency (Hz) Service n(min-1)
Impeller/guidevanes Insulation class Medium Frequency (Hz)
Shaft/sleeve Power factor Din / W. - No. Insulation class
Base/Pump head cover Power factor
Customer’s requirements Impeller/guidevanes
Flow rate (m3/h) Head (m) Shaft/sleeve

Test result ref. requirements Customer’s requirements

Q(m3/h) H(m) n(min-1) I(A) P1(kW) Flow rate (m3/h) Head (m)

Hydrostatic test Bar – no leaks or deformation observed Test result ref. requirements
Q(m3/h) H(m) n(min-1) I(A) P1(kW)

Hydrostatic test Bar – no leaks or deformation observed

The pump has been marked

TM03 4162 3607

TM03 4156 3607

GRUNDFOS Surveyor signature: GRUNDFOS

Date: Tested date: Date:

Signature: Signature:
Name: Name:
Dept.: Dept.:

Part no. 96 50 78 97/1014142 Part no. 96 50 79 25/1014142

31
 CM, CME
14
Certificates

Standard test report Material specification report

Standard test report Material specification report.

Customer name
Customer name Customer order no.
Customer order no. Customer TAG no.
Customer Tag no. GRUNDFOS order no.
GRUNDFOS order no. Pump type
Product type GRUNDFOS DUT id.
GRUNDFOS DUT id. Part number
Part number Production code
We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the materials and/or parts for the
above mentioned product were manufactured by GRUNDFOS, tested, inspected, and con- Pump Materials DIN W.-Nr. AISI / ASTM
form to the full requirements of the appropriate catalogues, drawings and/or specifications
Pump head
relative thereto.
Pump head cover
The attached test result is from the above mentioned pump.
Shaft
Impeller
Chamber
Outer sleeve
Base

We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the materials and/or parts for the
above mentioned product were manufactured, tested, inspected, and conform to the full re-
quirements of the appropriate catalogues, drawings and/or specifications relative thereto.

TM03 4143 1706

TM03 4150 1706

GRUNDFOS GRUNDFOS
Date: Date:

Signature: Signature:
Name: Name:
Dept.: Dept.:

Part no. 96 50 79 30 P01 /A72775 Part no 96 50 79 28/A72775

Material specification report with certificate from raw material

Duty-point verification report
supplier

Material specification report

with EN10204 3.1 Duty point verification report
material certificate from raw
material supplier

Customer name
Customer order no.
Customer Tag no.
GRUNDFOS order no.
Customer name Product type
Customer order no. GRUNDFOS DUT id.
Customer TAG no. Part number
GRUNDFOS order no.
Pump type We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the materials and/or parts for the
GRUNDFOS DUT id. above mentioned product were manufactured by GRUNDFOS, tested, inspected, and con-
Part number form to the full requirements of the appropriate catalogues, drawings and/or specifications
Production code relative thereto.

Pump Raw materiel no. Supplier certificate no.

Pump head
Pump head cover
Shaft
Impeller
Chamber
Outer sleeve
Base

We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the materials and/or parts for the
above mentioned product were manufactured, tested, inspected, and conform to the full re-
quirements of the appropriate catalogues, drawings and/or specifications relative thereto.
TM03 4149 3607

TM03 4148 1706

GRUNDFOS GRUNDFOS
Date: Date:

Signature: Signature:
Name: Name:
Dept.: Dept.:

Part no 96 50 79 29/A72775 Part no. 96 53 96 99 /A72775

32
CM, CME
14

Certificates
Motor test report Clean and dried pump

Motor test report Cleaned and dried pump

Customer name
Customer order no. Customer name
Customer Tag no. Customer order no.
GRUNDFOS order no. Customer TAG no.
GRUNDFOS DUT id. GRUNDFOS order no.
Part number Pump type
Motor no. GRUNDFOS DUT id.
Motor serie no. Part number
Production code
We the undersigned hereby guarantee and certify that the above motor has been tested.
The performance of the motor can be seen in the motor test report on the next page.
GRUNDFOS hereby confirms that the pump mentioned above is manufactured according the
specifications mentioned in the “CR, CRI, CRN Custom-built pumps” data booklet. This means
that prior to assembly, pump components are washed in pure, hot soap water, rinsed in de-
ionized water and dried.

The pump is wrapped in a plastic bag before being packed.

The pump has not been performance-tested.

TM03 4146 1706

TM03 4145 1706

GRUNDFOS
GRUNDFOS Date:
Date:
Signature:
Signature: Name:
Name:
Dept.:
Dept.:

Part no. 96 50 79 33 /A72775 Part no 96 50 79 34/A72775

Electro-polished pump

Electro-polished pump

Customer name
Customer order no.
Customer TAG no.
GRUNDFOS order no.
Pump type
GRUNDFOS DUT id.
Part number
Production code

Grundfos hereby conforms that the pump mentioned above is manufactured according to the
specifications mention in the ”CR, CRI, CRN Custom-built pumps” data booklet. This means
that prior to asembly, pump components are electro-polished in a mixture of sulphuric acid
and phosphoric acid. Finally the components are passivated in nitric acid.

The CRN1s, 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, and 20 casted parts are all mechanically polished before being
electropolished.

The pump will then optain following surface roughness;

________________________________________________________________________

Pump type Stainless steel

Stainless steel Surface
casted parts
plate and other roughness
non casted parts ( µm )
________________________________________________________________________

CRN1s, 1, 3, 5 * * equal to or below 0,8

_______________________________________________________________________

CRN10, 15, 20 * * equal to or below 0,8

________________________________________________________________________

CRN32, 45, 64, 90 * between 10 – 15

* equal to or below 0,8
TM03 4144 1706

GRUNDFOS
Date:

Signature:
Name:
Dept.:

Part no 96 50 79 35/A72775

33
 CM, CME
15

15. Selection and sizing

Selection and sizing

Selection of pumps Dimensional data

When sizing a pump, take the following factors into
Selection of pumps should be based on these
account:
elements:
• Required flow and pressure at the draw-off point.
• the duty point of the pump (see below)
• Pressure loss as a result of height differences
• dimensional data such as pressure loss as a result
(Hgeo).
of height differences, friction loss in the pipework,
pump efficiency, etc. (see below) • Friction loss in the pipework (Hf).
It may be necessary to account for pressure loss in
• pump materials (see page 35)
connection with long pipes, bends or valves, etc.
• pump connections (see page 35)
• Best efficiency at the estimated duty point.*
• shaft seal (see page 36).
• NPSH value.
Duty point of the pump For calculation of the NPSH value, see Minimum
From a duty point it is possible to select a pump on the inlet pressure, NPSH on page 17.
basis of the curve charts starting on page 38. * See Selection of CME pumps on page 36 for further information about
sizing CME pumps.

p H
Required flow and
[kPa] [m] pressure
CM 10
130
-8 50 Hz
1200
120 ISO 9906 Annex A Hf
110 -7

1000 100
-6
90
800 80 -5 Hgeo NPSH

TM04 3486 4508

70
-4
600 60

50 -3

400 40
-2
30

200 20 -1 Fig. 25 Dimensional data

10

0 0 Pump efficiency
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h]
When sizing the pump, the efficiency (eta) should be
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
5 -8
considered so that the pump will operate at or near its
4
3
-7

-6

-5
maximum efficiency, for instance on the right-hand side
in the curve example in fig. 26.
-4
2 -3

1 -2

-1

p NPSH
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h] Eta
[kPa] [m] Eta [%] Eta
TM04 6404 0210

10 50
80 8 40

TM00 9190 1303

60 6 30
40 4 20
20 2 NPSH 10
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h]

Fig. 24 Example of a curve chart

Q [ m3 /h ]
Fig. 26 Best efficiency
Before determining the best efficiency point, the
operation pattern of the pump needs to be identified.
If the pump is expected to operate at the same duty
point, then select a CM pump which is operating at a
duty point corresponding with the best efficiency of the
pump. The example in fig. 27 shows how to check the
pump efficiency when selecting a CM pump.

34
CM, CME
15
Pump connections

Selection and sizing

p H
[kPa] [m]
CM 10
130
-8 50 Hz
1200 ISO 9906 Annex A
120

110 -7

1000 100
-6
90
Duty
800 -5
point
80
®
70
-4
Tri-Clamp
600 60

50 -3

400 40
-2
30

200 20 -1 DIN, JIS, ANSI flange

TM04 3937 0409

10

0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h]
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW] Victaulic® coupling
5 -8

4
-7

3
-6

-5

-4
Best Fig. 28 Examples of pump connections
2
1
-3
efficiency
Selection of pump connection depends on the rated
-2

-1

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h] Eta
p NPSH
[kPa] [m] Eta [%] TM04 6404 0210 pressure and pipework. To meet any requirement, the
10 50
80 8 40 CM and CME pumps offer a wide range of flexible
60 6 30
40
20
4
2 NPSH
20
10
connections such as:
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h] • Tri-Clamp®
Fig. 27 Example of a CM pump’s duty point • DIN flange
• ANSI flange
Pump materials
• JIS flange
Select the material variant on the basis of the liquid to
be pumped. The table below gives a general • Victaulic® coupling
recommendation regarding selection of pump material. • Whitworth thread Rp
• internal NPT thread.
Material in contact
Liquid to be pumped Pump type
with pump media
Clean, non-aggressive liquids Cast iron*
CM(E)-A
such as potable water and oils (EN-GJL-200)
Stainless steel
CM(E)-I
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304)
Industrial liquids and acids
Stainless steel
CM(E)-G
(EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

* The impeller, chamber and filling plugs are made of stainless steel
(EN 1.4301/AISI 304).
The pump shaft is made of stainless steel (EN 1.4057/AISI 431).

For more specific selection based on the pumped liquid,

see List of pumped liquids on page 18, or contact
Grundfos.

35
 CM, CME
15
Selection of shaft seal
Selection and sizing

As standard, the CM and CME pumps are fitted with a

Grundfos O-ring type shaft seal with fixed driver
suitable for the most common applications.

TM04 3934 0409

Fig. 29 Shaft seal (O-ring type with fixed driver)
The table below shows the available shaft seal types for
CM and CME pumps.

Pump type Shaft seal type Material Rubber parts

AQQE
AQQV
AQQK EPDM (E)
CM, CME AQBE Stainless steel FKM (V)
AQBV FFKM
AVBE
AVBV

These key parameters must be taken into account

when selecting the shaft seal:
• type of pumped liquid
• liquid temperature
• maximum pressure.
Use the curve in fig. 12 on page 16 to select a suitable
shaft seal. If the pumped liquid differs from water, a
suitable shaft seal can be found in List of pumped
liquids on page 18.
Note: The list should be applied with some caution, as
factors such as concentration of the pumped liquid,
liquid temperature or pressure may affect the chemical
resistance of a specific pump version.

Selection of CME pumps

CME pumps are normally used in applications
characterised by a variable flow. Consequently, it is not
possible to select a pump that is constantly operating at
its optimum efficiency. In order to achieve optimum
operating economy, the duty point should therefore be
close to the optimum efficiency (eta) for most operating
hours.
For further information, see 11. CME pumps on
page 26.
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 %
speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.
See CME performance curves on pages 50 to 55.

36
CM, CME
16

16. How to read the curve charts

How to read the curve charts

p H Pump type, speed, frequency and ISO standard.
[kPa] [m]
130
CM 5
-13 2900 rpm
1200
120 50 Hz
-12 ISO 9906 Annex A
110

1000
-11 QH curve for the individual pump.
100
-10
The bold curves indicate the
90 recommended duty range for best
-9 efficiency.
800 80
-8

70
-7
600
Number of stages. 60
-6

50 -5

400 40 -4

30 -3

200 20 -2

10

0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 Q [m³/h]
The eta curve shows the efficiency of
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Q [l/s] the pump. The eta curve is an average
P2
[kW] curve of all available stages and pump
The power curves indicate 2.5
-13
-12
-11
material variants shown in the chart.
2.0
the pump input power (P2) -10
-9
-8
1.5
based on the number of 1.0
-7
-6
-5
stages and related to the 0.5
-4
-3

actual flow. 0.0

-2

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 Q [m³/h] The NPSH curve is an average
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%] curve for all the variants shown.
10
Eta
50
When sizing the pumps, add a
80 8 40
safety margin of at least 0.5 m.

TM04 3336 0210

60 6 30
40 4 NPSH 20
20 2 10
0 0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 Q [m³/h]

Fig. 30 How to read the curve charts

Guidelines to performance curves

The guidelines below apply to the curves shown on the • Due to the risk of overheating, the pumps should not
following pages: be used at a flow below the minimum flow rate.
The curve in fig. 31 shows the minimum flow rate as
• Tolerances to ISO 9906, Annex A, if indicated. a percentage of the rated flow rate in relation to the
• Measurements have been made with airless water liquid temperature.
at a temperature of +20 °C.
• The curves apply to the following kinematic Qmin
viscosity: μ = 1 mm2/s (1 cSt). [%]
• The QH curves apply to fixed speeds of 2900 min-1 30
(50 Hz) and 3480 min-1 (60 Hz). 20
Note: Please refer to WebCAPS for pump curves
which include the characteristic of the selected 10
TM04 3791 5005

motor. In WebCAPS, it is also possible to adjust the

curves depending on the density and viscosity. 0

• The conversion between head H (m) and 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 t [°C ]
pressure p (kPa) applies to a water density of
ρ = 1000 kg/m3. Fig. 31 Minimum flow rate

37
17
CM 1
50 Hz
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz

17. Performance curves, CM 50 Hz

CM 1
p H
[kPa] [m]
130
CM 1
-14
2900 rpm
1200
120 -13 50 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
110 -12

1000 -11
100

-10
90

800 -9
80
-8
70
-7
600 60
-6
50
-5
400 40
-4

30 -3

200 20 -2

10

0 0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 Q [l/s]

P2
[kW] -14
1.0 -13
-12
0.8 -11
-10
-9
0.6 -8
-7
0.4 -6
-5
0.2 -4
-3
-2
0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
160 16 40
Eta
120 12 30

80 8 20
TM04 3334 0210

40 4 10
NPSH
0 0 0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

38
 17
CM 3
50 Hz

Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
CM 3

p H
[kPa] [m]
130
-14 CM 3
2900 rpm
1200 -13
120 50 Hz
-12 ISO 9906 Annex A
110
-11
1000
100
-10
90
-9
800 80
-8
70
-7
600 60
-6

50
-5

400 40 -4

30 -3

200 20 -2

10

0 0
0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.0 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 Q [l/s]

P2
[kW] -14
1.6 -13
-12
-11
1.2 -10
-9
-8
0.8 -7
-6
-5
0.4 -4
-3
-2
0.0
0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.0 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
80 8 Eta 1 40

60 6 30

40 4 20
TM04 3335 0210

20 2 NPSH 10

0 0 0
0.0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.0 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

39
17
CM 5
50 Hz
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz

CM 5

p H
[kPa] [m]
130
CM 5
-13 2900 rpm
1200
120 50 Hz
-12 ISO 9906 Annex A
110
-11
1000
100
-10
90
-9
800 80
-8

70
-7
600 60
-6

50 -5

400 40 -4

30 -3

200 20 -2

10

0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
-13
2.5 -12
-11
2.0 -10
-9
1.5 -8
-7
-6
1.0 -5
-4
0.5 -3
-2
0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
10 50
Eta
80 8 40
60 6 30
40 4 NPSH 20
TM04 3336 0210

20 2 10
0 0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

40
 17
CM 10
50 Hz

Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
CM 10

p H
[kPa] [m]
130
CM 10
-8
2900 rpm
1200
120 50 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
110 -7

1000
100
-6
90

800 80 -5

70
-4
600 60

50 -3

400 40
-2
30

200 20 -1

10

0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
5 -8
-7
4 -6
3 -5
-4
2 -3
-2
1
-1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] Eta [%]
10 50
80 8 40
60 6 30
40 4 20
TM04 3337 0210

20 2 NPSH 10
0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

41
17
CM 15
50 Hz
Performance curves, CM 50 Hz

CM 15

p H
[kPa] [m]
70
CM 15
-4
2900 rpm
65
50 Hz
600 ISO 9906 Annex A
60

55
-3
500
50

45

400 40

35 -2

300 30

25

200 20
-1

15

100 10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Q [m³/h]

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
5
-4
4
-3
3
-2
2
1 -1

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
120 12 Eta 60

80 8 40

40 4 20
TM04 3338 0210

NPSH

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

42
 17
CM 25
50 Hz

Performance curves, CM 50 Hz
CM 25

p H
[kPa] [m]
75 CM 25
700 2900 rpm
70 -4
50 Hz
65 ISO 9906 Annex A

600
60

55
-3
500
50

45

400 40

-2
35

300 30

25

200 20 -1

15

100 10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Q [m³/h]

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
8
-4
6
-3
4
-2

2 -1

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
120 Eta
12 60

80 8 40
NPSH
40 4 20
TM04 3339 0210

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

43
18
CM 1
60 Hz
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz

18. Performance curves, CM 60 Hz

CM 1
p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 CM 1
120 -9
3480 rpm
110 60 Hz
-8 ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100

-7
90

800
80 -6

70
-5
600 60

-4
50

400 40 -3

30
-2

200 20

10

0 0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
1.2
-9
1.0 -8
-7
0.8 -6
0.6 -5
-4
0.4 -3
-2
0.2
0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
160 16 40
Eta
120 12 30

80 8 20
TM04 3370 0210

40 4 10
NPSH
0 0 0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

44
 18
CM 3
60 Hz

Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
CM 3
p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 -9 CM 3
120
3480 rpm
110 60 Hz
-8
ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100
-7
90

800 -6
80

70
-5

600 60
-4
50

400 40 -3

30
-2

200 20

10

0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Q [l/s]

P2
[kW]
2.0
-9
1.6 -8
-7
1.2 -6
-5
0.8 -4
-3
0.4 -2

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
10 Eta 50
80 8 40
60 6 30
40 4 20
NPSH
TM04 3371 0210

20 2 10
0 0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

45
18
CM 5
60 Hz
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz

CM 5
p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 CM 5
120
3480 rpm
110 -8 60 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100
-7
90

800 -6
80

70 -5

600 60
-4
50

400 -3
40

30 -2

200 20

10

0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
3.0
-8
2.5 -7
2.0 -6
-5
1.5 -4
1.0 -3
-2
0.5
0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] Eta [%]
10 50
80 8 40
60 6 30
NPSH
40 4 20
TM04 3372 0210

20 2 10
0 0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

46
 18
CM 10
60 Hz

Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
CM 10

p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 CM 10
120
-5
3480 rpm
110 60 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100

-4
90

800
80

70 -3

600 60

50
-2

400 40

30
-1
200 20

10

0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
6
-5
-4
4
-3

2 -2
-1

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
120 12 Eta 60

80 8 40

40 4 20
TM04 3373 0210

NPSH

0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

47
18
CM 15
60 Hz
Performance curves, CM 60 Hz

CM 15

p H
[kPa] [m]
75 -3 CM 15
700 3480 rpm
70
60 Hz
65 ISO 9906 Annex A

600
60

55

500 -2
50

45

400 40

35

300 30
-1
25

200 20

15

100 10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [m³/h]

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
6 -3

4 -2

2 -1

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
120 Eta
12 60

80 8 40
NPSH
40 4 20
TM04 3374 0210

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

48
 18
CM 25
60 Hz

Performance curves, CM 60 Hz
CM 25

p H
[kPa] [m]
65
CM 25
3480 rpm
600
60 60 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
55

500 -2
50

45

400 40

35

300 30
-1
25

200 20

15

100 10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Q [m³/h]

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
6 -2

4
-1
2

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
160 Eta
15 60
120
10 40
80
NPSH
5 20
TM04 3375 0210

40

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 Q [m³/h]

CM-A
CM-I/G

49
19
CME 1
50/60 Hz
Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

19. Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 1
p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 CME 1
120 -9
3480 rpm
110 50/60 Hz
-8 ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100

-7
90

800
80 -6

70
-5
600 60

-4
50

400 40 -3

30
-2

200 20

10

0 0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
1.2
-9
1.0 -8
-7
0.8 -6
0.6 -5
-4
0.4 -3
-2
0.2
0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
160 16 40
Eta
120 12 30

80 8 20
TM04 3569 0210

40 4 10
NPSH
0 0 0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 Q [m³/h]

CME-A
CME-I/G
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

50
 19
CME 3
50/60 Hz

Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 3

p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 -9 CME 3
120
3480 rpm
110 50/60 Hz
-8
ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100
-7
90

800 -6
80

70
-5

600 60
-4
50

400 40 -3

30
-2

200 20

10

0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 Q [l/s]

P2
[kW]
2.0
-9
1.6 -8
-7
1.2 -6
-5
0.8 -4
-3
0.4 -2

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
10 Eta 50
80 8 40
60 6 30
40 4 20
TM04 3570 0210

NPSH
20 2 10
0 0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 Q [m³/h]

CME-A
CME-I/G
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

51
19
CME 5
50/60 Hz
Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 5

p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 CME 5
120
3480 rpm
110 -8 50/60 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100
-7
90

800 -6
80

70 -5

600 60
-4
50

400 -3
40

30 -2

200 20

10

0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
3.0
-8
2.5 -7
2.0 -6
-5
1.5 -4
1.0 -3
-2
0.5
0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] Eta [%]
10 50
80 8 40
60 6 30
NPSH
40 4 20
TM04 3571 0210

20 2 10
0 0 0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 Q [m³/h]

CME-A
CME-I/G
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

52
 19
CME 10
50/60 Hz

Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 10

p H
[kPa] [m]
1200 CME 10
120
-5
3480 rpm
110 50/60 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
1000
100

-4
90

800
80

70 -3

600 60

50
-2

400 40

30
-1
200 20

10

0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Q [m³/h]

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
6
-5
-4
4
-3

2 -2
-1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
120 12 Eta 60

80 8 40

40 4 20
TM04 3572 0210

NPSH

0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Q [m³/h]

CME-A
CME-I/G
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

53
19
CME 15
50/60 Hz
Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 15

p H
[kPa] [m]
75 -3 CME 15
700 3480 rpm
70
50/60 Hz
65 ISO 9906 Annex A

600
60

55

500 -2
50

45

400 40

35

300 30
-1
25

200 20

15

100 10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [m³/h]

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
6 -3

4 -2

2 -1

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
120 Eta
12 60

80 8 40
NPSH
40 4 20
TM04 3573 0210

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Q [m³/h]

CME-A
CME-I/G
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

54
 19
CME 25
50/60 Hz

Performance curves, CME 50/60 Hz

CME 25

p H
[kPa] [m]
65
CME 25
3480 rpm
600
60 50/60 Hz
ISO 9906 Annex A
55

500 -2
50

45

400 40

35

300 30
-1
25

200 20

15

100 10

0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Q [m³/h]

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q [l/s]
P2
[kW]
6 -2

4
-1
2

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Q [m³/h]
p NPSH Eta
[kPa] [m] [%]
160 Eta
15 60
120
10 40
80
NPSH
5 20
TM04 3574 0210

40

0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 Q [m³/h]

CME-A
CME-I/G
Note: Irrespective of the input frequency, the 100 % speed of CME pumps is approximately 3400 min-1.

55
20
CM 1-A
50 Hz
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

20. Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2248 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-3 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-4 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-5 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 342 168 143 140 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-6 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 360 186 161 158 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-7 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 378 204 179 176 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-8 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 396 222 197 194 96 137 28 174 202
All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-3 71 0.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-4 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-5 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 342 168 143 140 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-6 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 360 186 161 158 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-7 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 378 204 179 176 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-8 80 0.67 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 436 222 197 194 96 137 28 214 242
All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

56
 20
CM 1-I and CM-G
50 Hz

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 1-I and CM 1-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-3 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-4 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-5 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 341 167 143 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-6 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-7 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-8 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 413 239 215 180 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-9 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 413 239 215 180 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-10 80 0.85 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 489 275 251 216 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-11 80 0.85 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 489 275 251 216 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-12 80 0.85 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 543 329 305 270 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-13 80 1.2 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 563 329 305 270 96 137 60 234 294
CM1-14 80 1.2 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 563 329 305 270 96 137 60 234 294

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-3 71 0.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-4 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-5 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 341 167 143 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-6 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-7 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-8 80 0.67 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-9 80 0.67 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-10 80 0.67 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 489 275 251 216 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-11 80 0.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 489 275 251 216 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-12 80 0.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 543 329 305 270 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-13 80 0.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 543 329 305 270 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-14 90 1.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 593 369 354 270 125 155 99 224 323
All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

57
20
CM 3-A
50 Hz
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2248 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-3 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-4 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-5 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 342 168 143 140 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-6 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 360 186 161 158 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-7 80 0.85 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 418 204 179 176 96 137 28 214 242
CM3-8 80 1.2 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 456 222 197 194 96 137 28 234 262
All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-3 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-4 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-5 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 342 168 143 140 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-6 80 0.67 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 400 186 161 158 96 137 28 214 242
CM3-7 80 0.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 418 204 179 176 96 137 28 214 242
CM3-8 80 0.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 436 222 197 194 96 137 28 214 242

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

58
 20
CM 3-I and CM3-G
50 Hz

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 3-I and CM 3-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-3 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-4 71 0.46 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-5 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 341 167 143 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-6 71 0.65 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-7 80 0.85 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 417 203 179 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-8 80 1.2 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 473 239 215 180 96 137 60 234 294
CM3-9 80 1.2 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 473 239 215 180 96 137 60 234 294
CM3-10 80 1.2 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 509 275 251 216 96 137 60 234 294
CM3-11 90 1.58 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 539 315 300 216 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-12 90 1.58 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 593 369 354 270 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-13 90 1.58 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 593 369 354 270 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-14 90 2.2 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 633 369 354 270 125 155 99 264 363

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-3 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-4 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-5 71 0.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 341 167 143 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-6 80 0.67 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 417 203 179 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-7 80 0.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 417 203 179 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-8 80 0.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-9 90 1.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-10 90 1.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 539 315 300 216 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-11 90 1.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 539 315 300 216 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-12 90 1.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 593 369 354 270 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-13 90 1.3 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 593 369 354 270 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-14 90 1.9 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 593 369 354 270 125 155 99 224 323

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

59
20
CM 5-A
50 Hz
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 5-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2248 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.46 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM5-3 71 0.65 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM5-4 80 0.85 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 364 150 125 122 96 137 28 214 242
CM5-5 80 1.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 402 168 143 140 96 137 28 234 262
CM5-6 80 1.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 420 186 161 158 96 137 28 234 262
CM5-7 90 1.58 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 201 468 244 229 162 125 155 82 224 306
CM5-8 90 1.58 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 201 486 262 247 180 125 155 82 224 306

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM5-3 71 0.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM5-4 80 0.67 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 364 150 125 122 96 137 28 214 242
CM5-5 80 0.9 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 382 168 143 140 96 137 28 214 242
CM5-6 90 1.3 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 201 450 226 211 144 125 155 82 224 306
CM5-7 90 1.3 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 201 468 244 229 162 125 155 82 224 306
CM5-8 90 1.3 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 201 486 262 247 180 125 155 82 224 306

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

60
 20
CM 5-I and CM 5-G
50 Hz

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 5-I and CM 5-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.46 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM5-3 71 0.65 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM5-4 80 0.85 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 363 149 125 90 96 137 60 214 274
CM5-5 80 1.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 401 167 143 108 96 137 60 234 294
CM5-6 80 1.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 437 203 179 144 96 137 60 234 294
CM5-7 90 1.58 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-8 90 1.58 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-9 90 2.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-10 90 2.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 579 315 300 216 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-11 90 2.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 579 315 300 216 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-12 100 3.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 12 198 199 160 220 100 190 651 379 364 270 140 170 109 272 381
CM5-13 100 3.2 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 12 198 199 160 220 100 190 651 379 364 270 140 170 109 272 381

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM5-3 71 0.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM5-4 80 0.67 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 363 149 125 90 96 137 60 214 274
CM5-5 80 0.9 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 381 167 143 108 96 137 60 214 274
CM5-6 90 1.3 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-7 90 1.3 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-8 90 1.3 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-9 90 1.9 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-10 90 1.9 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 539 315 300 216 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-11 90 1.9 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 539 315 300 216 125 155 99 224 323

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

61
20
CM 10-A
50 Hz
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 6111 4909

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 71 0.65 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 158 125 209 100 245 329 155 131 97 96 137 58 174 232
CM10-2 80 1.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 158 125 209 100 245 389 155 131 97 96 137 58 234 292
CM10-3 90 2.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 210 100 245 491 220 205 127 140 170 93 272 364
CM10-4 100 3.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 537 265 250 157 140 170 108 272 380
CM10-5 100 3.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 567 295 280 187 140 170 108 272 380

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 0.67 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 158 125 233 100 245 369 155 131 97 96 137 58 214 272
CM10-2 90 1.3 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 239 100 245 421 190 175 97 140 170 93 232 324
CM10-3 90 1.9 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 239 100 245 451 220 205 127 140 170 93 232 324

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

62
 20
CM 10-I and CM 10-G
50 Hz

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 10-I and CM 10-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 71 0.65 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 158 125 209 100 218 359 185 161 105 96 137 80 174 254
CM10-2 80 1.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 158 125 209 100 218 419 185 161 105 96 137 80 234 314
CM10-3 90 2.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 210 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CM10-4 100 3.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 537 265 250 135 140 170 130 272 402
CM10-5 100 3.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 597 325 310 195 140 170 130 272 402
CM10-6 100 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 597 325 310 195 140 170 130 272 402
CM10-7 132 5.8 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 709 407 391 255 140 172 152 302 454
CM10-8 132 5.8 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 709 407 391 255 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

Please note that the dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 10-1, CM 10-2 and CM 10-3.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 0.67 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 158 125 233 100 218 399 185 161 105 96 137 80 214 294
CM10-2 90 1.3 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 239 100 218 450 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 345
CM10-3 90 1.9 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 239 100 218 450 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 345

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

63
20
CM 15-A
50 Hz
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 15-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 6111 4909

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 80 1.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 158 125 209 100 245 389 155 131 97 96 137 58 234 292
CM15-2 90 2.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 210 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CM15-3 100 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 507 235 220 127 140 170 108 272 380
CM15-4 132 5.8 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 257 590 288 272 157 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 90 1.3 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 239 100 245 421 190 175 97 140 170 93 232 324
CM15-2 90 1.9 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 239 100 245 421 190 175 97 140 170 93 232 324

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

64
 20
CM 15-I and CM 15-G
50 Hz

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 15-I and CM 15-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 80 1.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 158 125 209 100 218 419 185 161 105 96 137 80 234 314
CM15-2 90 2.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 210 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CM15-3 100 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM15-4 132 5.8 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 589 287 271 135 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

Please note that the dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 15-1 and CM 15-2.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 90 1.3 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 239 100 218 450 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 345
CM15-2 90 1.9 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 239 100 218 450 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 345

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

65
20
CM 25-A
50 Hz
Dimensions, CM 50 Hz

CM 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 6111 4909

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 90 2.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 210 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CM25-2 100 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 477 205 190 97 140 170 108 272 380
CM25-3 132 5.8 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 257 560 258 242 127 140 172 131 302 433
CM25-4 132 7.4 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 257 590 288 272 157 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 90 1.9 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 239 100 245 421 190 175 97 140 170 93 232 324

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

66
 20
CM 25-I and CM 25-G
50 Hz

Dimensions, CM 50 Hz
CM 25-I and CM 25-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 90 2.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 210 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CM25-2 100 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM25-3 132 5.8 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454
CM25-4 132 7.4 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 589 287 271 135 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

Please note that the dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 25-1.

1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 90 1.9 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 239 100 218 450 219 204 105 140 170 114 232 345

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

67
21
CM 1-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

21. Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2248 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.25**/0.43 0.43/0.74* 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-3 71 0.25**/0.43 0.43/0.74* 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-4 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-5 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 342 168 143 140 96 137 28 174 202
All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.
* Applies to supply voltage O.
** Applies to supply voltage J.
*** Applies to supply voltage I.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-3 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-4 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-5 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 342 168 143 140 96 137 28 174 202

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.25 0.43 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-3 71 0.25 0.43 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-4 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM1-5 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 342 168 143 140 96 137 28 174 202

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

68
 21
CM 1-I and CM 1-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 1-I and CM 1-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.25**/0.43 0.43/0.74* 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-3 71 0.25**/0.43 0.43/0.74* 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-4 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-5 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 341 167 143 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-6 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-7 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-8 80 0.6/1.04*** 1.04 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-9 80 0.74/1.28*** 1.28 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 473 239 215 180 96 137 60 234 294

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage O.
** Applies to supply voltage J.
*** Applies to supply voltage I.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B); 1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions
Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-3 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-4 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-5 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 341 167 143 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-6 80 0.84*/0.78 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 417 203 179 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-7 80 1.14*/1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 205 158 125 208 75 165 417 203 179 144 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-8 80 1.14*/1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 205 158 125 208 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-9 80 1.14*/1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 205 158 125 208 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM1-2 71 0.25 0.43 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-3 71 0.25 0.43 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-4 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-5 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 341 167 143 108 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-6 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-7 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 377 203 179 144 96 137 60 174 234
CM1-8 80 0.6 1.04 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274
CM1-9 80 0.74 1.28 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 473 239 215 180 96 137 60 234 294

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

69
21
CM 3-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2248 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.25**/0.43 0.43/0.74* 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-3 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-4 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-5 80 0.60/1.04*** 1.04 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 382 168 143 140 96 137 28 214 242

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage O.
** Applies to supply voltage J.
*** Applies to supply voltage I.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions
Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-3 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-4 80 0.84*/0.78 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 364 150 125 122 96 137 28 214 242
CM3-5 80 1.14*/1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 205 158 125 208 75 149 382 168 143 140 96 137 28 214 242

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.25 0.43 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-3 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-4 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CM3-5 80 0.6 1.04 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 382 168 143 140 96 137 28 214 242

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

70
 21
CM 3-I and CM 3-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 3-I and CM 3-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E); 3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I); 3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.25**/0.43 0.43/0.74* 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-3 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-4 71 0.43/0.74*** 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-5 80 0.6*/1.04***/1.45** 1.04/2.5** 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 381 167 143 108 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-6 80 0.74/1.28*** 1.28 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 437 203 179 144 96 137 60 234 294
CM3-7 90 1.0/1.7*** 1.7 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-8 90 1.45/2.5*** 2.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363
CM3-9 90 1.45/2.5*** 2.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage O.
** Applies to supply voltage J.
*** Applies to supply voltage I.
CM 3-7, CM 3-8 and CM 3-9 are not available with supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B); 1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions
Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-3 71 0.60 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-4 80 0.84*/0.78 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 363 149 125 90 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-5 80 1.14*/1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 205 158 125 208 75 165 381 167 143 108 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-6 90 1.54*/1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-7 90 1.54*/1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-8 90 1.54*/1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM3-2 71 0.25 0.43 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-3 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-4 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CM3-5 80 0.6 1.04 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 381 167 143 108 96 137 60 214 274
CM3-6 80 0.74 1.28 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 437 203 179 144 96 137 60 234 294
CM3-7 90 1 1.7 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CM3-8 90 1.4 2.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363
CM3-9 90 1.4 2.5 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

71
21
CM 5-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 5-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2248 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.43/0.74* 0.74 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM5-3 80 0.60/1.04* 1.04 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 149 346 132 107 104 96 137 28 214 242
CM5-4 90 1.0**/1.7* 1.7 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 201 414 190 175 108 125 155 82 224 306
CM5-5 90 1.45**/2.5* 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 201 472 208 193 126 125 155 82 264 346

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.
** Applies to supply voltage J.
CM 5-4 and CM 5-5 are not available with supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions
Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 80 0.84*/0.78 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 149 328 114 89 86 96 137 28 214 242
CM5-3 80 1.14*/1.10 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 205 158 125 208 75 149 346 132 107 104 96 137 28 214 242
CM5-4 90 1.54*/1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 201 414 190 175 108 125 155 82 224 306
CM5-5 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 201 432 208 193 126 125 155 82 224 306

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage A.
Note: CM 5-5 is not available with supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CM5-3 80 0.6 1.04 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 149 346 132 107 104 96 137 28 214 242
CM5-4 90 1 1.7 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 201 414 190 175 108 125 155 82 224 306
CM5-5 90 1.4 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 201 472 208 193 126 125 155 82 264 346

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

72
 21
CM 5-I and CM 5-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 5-I and CM 5-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.43/0.74* 0.74 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM5-3 80 0.6/1.04* 1.04 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 191 75 165 345 131 107 72 96 137 60 214 274
CM5-4 90 1.0/1.7* 1.7 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 413 189 174 90 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-5 90 1.45/2.5* 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 471 207 192 108 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-6 90 1.45/2.5* 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 507 243 228 144 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-7 90 1.45/2.5* 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 507 243 228 144 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-8 100 2.36/4.0* 4 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 12 198 199 160 220 100 190 561 289 274 180 140 170 109 272 381

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.
Note: CM 5-4, CM 5-5, CM 5-6, CM 5-7 and CM 5-8 are not available with supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions
Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 80 0.84*/0.78 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 208 75 165 345 131 107 72 96 137 60 214 274
CM5-3 80 1.14*/1.10 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 205 158 125 208 75 165 345 131 107 72 96 137 60 214 274
CM5-4 90 1.54*/1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 413 189 174 90 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-5 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 229 90 180 431 207 192 108 125 155 99 224 323

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage A.
Note: CM 5-5 is not available with supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM5-2 71 0.43 0.74 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CM5-3 80 0.6 1.04 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 142 158 125 184 75 165 345 131 107 72 96 137 60 214 274
CM5-4 90 1 1.7 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 413 189 174 90 125 155 99 224 323
CM5-5 90 1.4 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 471 207 192 108 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-6 90 1.4 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 507 243 228 144 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-7 90 1.4 2.5 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 178 178 140 200 90 180 507 243 228 144 125 155 99 264 363
CM5-8 100 2.3 4.0 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 12 198 199 160 220 100 190 561 289 274 180 140 170 109 272 381

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

73
21
CM 10-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 6111 4909

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 0.74/1.28* 1.28 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 158 125 216 100 245 389 155 131 97 96 137 58 234 292
CM10-2 90 1.45/2.5* 2.5 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 210 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CM10-3 100 2.36/4.0* 4 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 507 235 220 127 140 170 108 272 380

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions
Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 1.14*/1.10 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 205 158 125 233 100 245 369 155 131 97 96 137 58 214 272

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 0.74 1.28 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 158 125 209 100 245 389 155 131 97 96 137 58 234 292
CM10-2 90 1.4 2.5 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 210 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CM10-3 100 2.3 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 507 235 220 127 140 170 108 272 380

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

74
 21
CM 10-I and CM 10-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 10-I and CM 10-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 0.74/1.28* 1.28 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 158 125 216 100 218 399 185 161 105 96 137 80 214 294
CM10-2 90 1.45/2.5* 2.5 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 210 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CM10-3 100 2.36/4.0* 4 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM10-4 132 4.2/6.2* 6.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 589 287 271 135 140 172 152 302 454
CM10-5 132 4.2/6.2* 6.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 649 347 331 195 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.
Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 10-1 and CM 10-2.
Note: CM 10-2, CM 10-3, CM 10-4 and CM 10-5 are not available with supply voltage O.

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame Dimensions
Pump type P2 [kW]
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 1.14*/1.10 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 205 158 125 233 100 218 399 185 161 105 96 137 80 214 294

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage A.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM10-1 80 0.74 1.28 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 158 125 209 100 218 419 185 161 105 96 137 80 234 314
CM10-2 90 1.4 2.5 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 210 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CM10-3 100 2.3 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM10-4 112 3.5 6.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 589 287 271 135 140 172 152 302 454
CM10-5 112 3.5 6.2 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 649 347 331 195 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 10-1 and CM 10-2.

75
21
CM 15-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 15-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 6111 4909

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 90 1.45/2.5* 2.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 210 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CM15-2 100 2.36/4.0* 4 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 477 205 190 97 140 170 108 272 380
CM15-3 132 4.2/6.2* 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 257 560 258 242 127 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.
Note: CM 15-2 and CM 15-3 are not available with supply voltage O.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 90 1.4 2.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 190 199 160 210 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CM15-2 100 2.3 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 477 205 190 97 140 170 108 272 380
CM15-3 112 3.5 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 257 560 258 242 127 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

76
 21
CM 15-I and CM 15-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 15-I and CM 15-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 90 1.45/2.5* 2.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 210 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CM15-2 100 2.36/4.0* 4 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM15-3 132 4.2/6.2* 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.
Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 15-1.
CM 15-1, CM 15-2 and CM 15-3 are not available with supply voltage O.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM15-1 90 1.4 2.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 180 199 160 210 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CM15-2 100 2.3 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM15-3 112 3.5 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 15-1.

77
21
CM 25-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 6111 4909

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 100 2.36/4.0* 4 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 477 205 190 97 140 170 108 272 380
CM25-2 132 4.2/6.2* 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 257 530 228 212 97 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.
Note: CM 25-1 and CM 25-2 are not available with supply voltage O.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 100 2.3 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 245 477 205 190 97 140 170 108 272 380
CM25-2 112 3.5 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 257 530 228 212 97 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

78
 21
CM 25-I and CM 25-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CM 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CM 25-I and CM 25-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2246 2208

Dimensions
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 100 2.36/4.0* 4 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM25-2 132 4.2/6.2* 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

* Applies to supply voltage I.
Note: CM 25-1 and CM 25-2 are not available with supply voltage O.

3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Frame P2 [kW] Dimensions

Pump type
size 50 Hz 60 Hz A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CM25-1 100 2.3 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 198 199 160 220 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CM25-2 112 3.5 6.2 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 220 228 190 246 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

79
22
CME 1-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

22. Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2249 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME1-2 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CME1-3 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 306 132 107 104 96 137 28 174 202
CME1-4 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 324 150 125 122 96 137 28 174 202
CME1-5 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 382 168 143 140 96 137 28 214 242

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

80
 22
CME 1-I and CME 1-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 1-I and CME 1-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2247 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME1-2 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CME1-3 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CME1-4 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 323 149 125 90 96 137 60 174 234
CME1-5 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 381 167 143 108 96 137 60 214 274
CME1-6 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 417 203 179 144 96 137 60 214 274
CME1-7 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 417 203 179 144 96 137 60 214 274
CME1-8 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 453 239 215 180 96 137 60 214 274

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME1-9 90 1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME1-9 90 1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

81
22
CME 3-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2249 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME3-2 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 288 114 89 86 96 137 28 174 202
CME3-3 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 346 132 107 104 96 137 28 214 242
CME3-4 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 364 150 125 122 96 137 28 214 242
CME3-5 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 382 168 143 140 96 137 28 214 242

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

82
 22
CME 3-I and CME 3-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 3-I and CME 3-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2247 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME3-2 71 0.55 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 305 131 107 72 96 137 60 174 234
CME3-3 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 345 131 107 72 96 137 60 214 274
CME3-4 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 363 149 125 90 96 137 60 214 274
CME3-5 80 1.10 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 381 167 143 108 96 137 60 214 274

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME3-6 90 1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CME3-7 90 1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CME3-8 90 2.20 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363
CME3-9 90 2.20 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME3-6 90 1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CME3-7 90 1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 467 243 228 144 125 155 99 224 323
CME3-8 90 1.50 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 503 279 264 180 125 155 99 224 323
CME3-9 90 2.20 1'' 1'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 543 279 264 180 125 155 99 264 363

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

83
22
CME 5-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 5-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2249 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME5-2 80 1.10 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 328 114 89 86 96 137 28 214 242
CME5-3 80 1.10 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 149 346 132 107 104 96 137 28 214 242

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME5-4 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 201 414 190 175 108 125 155 82 224 306
CME5-5 90 2.20 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 201 472 208 193 126 125 155 82 264 346

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME5-4 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 201 414 190 175 108 125 155 82 224 306
CME5-5 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 201 432 208 193 126 125 155 82 224 306

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

84
 22
CME 5-I and CME 5-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 5-I and CME 5-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2247 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME5-2 80 1.10 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 345 131 107 72 96 137 60 214 274
CME5-3 80 1.10 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 210 158 125 215 75 165 345 131 107 72 96 137 60 214 274

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME5-4 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 413 189 174 90 125 155 99 224 323
CME5-5 90 2.20 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 471 207 192 108 125 155 99 264 363
CME5-6 90 2.20 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 507 243 228 144 125 155 99 264 363
CME5-7 100 3.0 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 12 264 199 160 277 100 190 525 253 238 144 140 170 109 272 381
CME5-8 100 3.0 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 12 264 199 160 277 100 190 561 289 274 180 140 170 109 272 381

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME5-4 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 413 189 174 90 125 155 99 224 323
CME5-5 90 1.50 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 431 207 192 108 125 155 99 224 323
CME5-6 90 2.20 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 507 243 228 144 125 155 99 264 363
CME5-7 90 2.20 1'' 1 1/4'' 3/8'' 10 264 178 140 257 90 180 507 243 228 144 125 155 99 264 363

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

85
22
CME 10-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 6110 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME10-1 80 1.10 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 210 158 125 240 100 245 369 155 131 97 96 137 58 214 272

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

Note: The dimension H is smaller than H2 for CM 10-1.

3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME10-2 90 2.20 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CME10-3 112 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 560 258 242 127 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME10-2 90 2.20 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CME10-3 112 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 560 258 242 127 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

86
 22
CME 10-I and CME 10-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 10-I and CME 10-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2247 2208

Dimensions
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME10-1 80 1.10 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 210 158 125 240 100 218 399 185 161 105 96 137 80 214 294

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME10-2 90 2.20 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CME10-3 112 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454
CME10-4 132 5.5 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 589 287 271 135 140 172 152 302 454
CME10-5 132 5.5 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 649 347 331 195 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME10-2 90 2.20 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CME10-3 112 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454
CME10-4 112 4.0 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 589 287 271 135 140 172 152 302 454
CME10-5 132 5.5 1 1/2'' 1 1/2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 649 347 331 195 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

87
22
CME 15-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 15-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2249 2208

Dimensions
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME15-1 90 2.20 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CME15-2 112 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 530 228 212 97 140 172 131 302 433
CME15-3 132 7.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 560 258 242 127 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME15-1 90 2.20 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 245 461 190 175 97 140 170 93 272 364
CME15-2 112 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 530 228 212 97 140 172 131 302 433
CME15-3 132 5.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 560 258 242 127 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

88
 22
CME 15-I and CME 15-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 15-I and CME 15-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2247 2208

Dimensions
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME15-1 90 2.20 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CME15-2 112 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454
CME15-3 132 7.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME15-1 90 2.20 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 10.2 264 199 160 267 100 218 490 219 204 105 140 170 114 272 385
CME15-2 112 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454
CME15-3 132 5.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

89
22
CME 25-A
60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

TM04 2249 2208

Dimensions
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME25-1 100 3.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 264 199 160 277 100 245 477 205 190 97 140 170 108 272 380
CME25-2 132 7.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 530 228 212 97 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME25-1 112 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 530 228 212 97 140 172 131 302 433
CME25-2 132 5.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 257 530 228 212 97 140 172 131 302 433

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

90
 22
CME 25-I and CME 25-G
60 Hz
50/60 Hz

Dimensions, CME 60 Hz and 50/60 Hz

CME 25-I and CME 25-G
(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

TM04 2247 2208

Dimensions
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME25-1 100 3.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 264 199 160 277 100 218 507 235 220 105 140 170 130 272 402
CME25-2 132 7.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

Frame P [kW] Dimensions

Pump type 2
size A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 H H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9
CME25-1 112 4.0 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454
CME25-2 132 5.5 2'' 2'' 3/8'' 12.0 290 228 190 300 112 230 559 257 241 105 140 172 152 302 454

All dimensions are in mm unless otherwise stated.

91
 CM, CME
23

23. Weights and shipping volume

Weights and shipping volume

All weights and volumes refer to CM(E) pumps with standard pipe connections.3

CM 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 1-2 11.0 13.5 0.02
CM 1-3 11.3 13.8 0.02
CM 1-4 12.2 14.7 0.02
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 1-5 12.5 15.0 0.02
CM 1-6 12.8 15.3 0.03
CM 1-7 13.0 15.5 0.03
CM 1-8 14.7 17.2 0.03
CM 1-2 11.7 14.2 0.02
CM 1-3 12.0 14.5 0.02
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)
CM 1-4 12.2 14.7 0.02
CM 1-5 12.5 15.0 0.02
CM 1-2 11.0 13.5 0.02
CM 1-3 11.3 13.8 0.02
CM 1-4 11.5 14.0 0.02
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 1-5 11.8 14.3 0.02
CM 1-6 12.1 14.6 0.03
CM 1-7 13.0 15.5 0.03
CM 1-8 13.3 15.8 0.03
CM 1-2 11.0 13.5 0.02
CM 1-3 11.3 13.8 0.02
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 1-4 12.2 14.7 0.02
CM 1-5 12.5 15.0 0.02
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 1-2 11.0 13.5 0.02
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 1-3 11.3 13.8 0.02
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
CM 1-4 12.2 14.7 0.02
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 1-5 12.5 15.0 0.02

CM 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 3-2 11.0 13.5 0.0200
CM 3-3 12.0 14.5 0.0200
CM 3-4 12.2 14.7 0.0200
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 3-5 12.5 15.0 0.0200
CM 3-6 14.2 16.7 0.0300
CM 3-7 15.5 18.0 0.0300
CM 3-8 15.8 18.3 0.0300
CM 3-2 11.7 14.2 0.0200
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B) CM 3-3 12.0 14.5 0.0200
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A) CM 3-4 13.6 16.1 0.0300
CM 3-5 15.0 17.5 0.0400
CM 3-2 11.0 13.5 0.0200
CM 3-3 11.3 13.8 0.0200
CM 3-4 11.5 14.0 0.0200
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 3-5 12.5 15.0 0.0200
CM 3-6 12.8 15.3 0.0300
CM 3-7 15.8 18.3 0.0300
CM 3-8 16.8 19.3 0.0400
CM 3-2 11.0 13.5 0.0200
CM 3-3 12.0 14.5 0.0200
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 3-4 12.2 14.7 0.0200
CM 3-5 15.3 17.8 0.0300
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 3-2 11.0 13.5 0.0200
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 3-3 12.0 14.5 0.0200
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
CM 3-4 12.2 14.7 0.0200
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 3-5 13.9 16.4 0.0370

92
CM, CME
23
CM 5-A

Weights and shipping volume

(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 5-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 5-3 11.9 14.4 0.0200
CM 5-4 13.5 16.0 0.0300
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 5-5 14.9 17.4 0.0300
CM 5-6 22.7 25.2 0.0400
CM 5-7 23.0 25.5 0.0400
CM 5-8 23.2 25.7 0.0400
CM 5-2 13.0 15.5 0.0200
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)
CM 5-3 14.4 16.9 0.0400
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)
CM 5-4 24.3 26.8 0.0400
CM 5-2 10.9 13.4 0.0200
CM 5-3 11.9 14.4 0.0200
CM 5-4 14.9 17.4 0.0300
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 5-5 15.9 18.4 0.0300
CM 5-6 16.2 18.7 0.0300
CM 5-7 25.8 28.3 0.0400
CM 5-8 26.0 28.5 0.0400
CM 5-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 5-3 14.7 17.2 0.0300
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 5-4 24.3 26.8 0.0300
CM 5-5 29.7 32.2 0.0400
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 5-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 5-3 14.7 17.2 0.0300
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
CM 5-4 24.3 26.8 0.0300
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 5-5 29.7 32.2 0.0400

CM 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 10-1 22.2 24.7 0.0400
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 10-2 29.8 32.3 0.0400
CM 10-3 32.6 35.1 0.0400
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)
CM 10-1 23.4 25.9 0.0400
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)
CM 10-1 20.9 23.4 0.0400
CM 10-2 25.0 27.5 0.0400
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 10-3 35.8 38.3 0.0400
CM 10-4 38.6 41.1 0.0500
CM 10-5 39.3 41.8 0.0500
CM 10-11 24.4 26.9 0.0400
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G) CM 10-12 37.1 39.6 0.0400
CM 10-13 40.8 43.3 0.0400
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 10-1 24.3 26.8 0.0400
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I) CM 10-2 37.1 39.6 0.0400
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 10-3 40.8 43.3 0.0400

93
 CM, CME
23
CM 15-A
Weights and shipping volume

(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 15-1 28.5 31.0 0.0400
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)
CM 15-2 31.3 33.8 0.0400
CM 15-1 23.7 26.2 0.0400
CM 15-2 34.5 37.0 0.0400
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)
CM 15-3 40.2 42.7 0.0400
CM 15-4 56.0 58.5 0.0800
CM 15-1 35.8 38.3 0.0400
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G) CM 15-2 39.5 42.0 0.0400
CM 15-3 52.0 54.5 0.0800
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 15-1 35.8 38.3 0.0400
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
CM 15-2 39.5 42.0 0.0400
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 15-3 52.0 54.5 0.0800

CM 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 25-1 30.6 33.1 0.0400
CM 25-1 33.8 36.3 0.0400
CM 25-2 39.5 42.0 0.0400
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)
CM 25-3 55.3 57.8 0.0800
CM 25-4 56.4 58.9 0.0800
CM 25-1 38.8 41.3 0.0400
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 25-2 51.3 53.8 0.0800
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 25-1 38.8 41.3 0.0400
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 25-2 51.3 53.8 0.0800

94
CM, CME
23
CM 1-I and CM 1-G

Weights and shipping volume

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 1-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 1-3 11.7 14.2 0.0200
CM 1-4 12.7 15.2 0.0200
CM 1-5 13.1 15.6 0.0200
CM 1-6 13.7 16.2 0.0300
CM 1-7 13.8 16.3 0.0300
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 1-8 15.7 18.3 0.0400
CM 1-9 15.8 18.3 0.0400
CM 1-10 16.4 18.9 0.0400
CM 1-11 17.6 20.1 0.0400
CM 1-12 18.5 21.0 0.0500
CM 1-13 18.6 21.1 0.0500
CM 1-14 24.3 26.8 0.0800
CM 1-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 1-3 11.7 14.2 0.0200
CM 1-4 12.0 14.5 0.0200
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B) CM 1-5 12.4 14.9 0.0200
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A) CM 1-6 13.0 15.5 0.0300
CM 1-7 13.8 16.3 0.0300
CM 1-8 14.4 16.8 0.0300
CM 1-9 14.4 16.9 0.0300
CM 1-2 17.8 20.3 0.0400
CM 1-3 17.9 20.4 0.0400
CM 1-4 18.8 21.3 0.0500
CM 1-5 19.6 22.1 0.0500
CM 1-6 19.6 22.1 0.0500
CM 1-7 12.3 14.8 0.0200
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 1-8 12.4 14.9 0.0200
CM 1-9 12.7 15.2 0.0200
CM 1-10 13.1 15.6 0.0200
CM 1-11 15.1 17.6 0.0300
CM 1-12 16.3 18.8 0.0400
CM 1-13 16.8 19.3 0.0400
CM 1-14 16.9 19.4 0.0400
CM 1-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 1-3 11.7 14.2 0.0200
CM 1-4 12.7 15.2 0.0200
CM 1-5 13.1 15.6 0.0200
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 1-6 13.7 16.2 0.0300
CM 1-7 13.8 16.3 0.0300
CM 1-8 17.2 19.7 0.0400
CM 1-9 17.9 20.4 0.0400
CM 1-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 1-3 11.7 14.2 0.0200
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 1-4 12.7 15.2 0.0200
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 1-5 13.1 15.6 0.0200
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 1-6 13.7 16.2 0.0300
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 1-7 13.8 16.3 0.0300
CM 1-8 17.2 19.7 0.0400
CM 1-9 17.9 20.4 0.0400

95
 CM, CME
23
CM 3-I and CM 3-G
Weights and shipping volume

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 3-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 3-3 12.4 14.9 0.0200
CM 3-4 12.7 15.2 0.0200
CM 3-5 13.1 15.6 0.0200
CM 3-6 15.1 17.6 0.0300
CM 3-7 16.3 18.8 0.0300
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 3-8 16.8 19.3 0.0400
CM 3-9 22.6 25.1 0.0400
CM 3-10 23.2 25.7 0.0500
CM 3-11 23.3 25.8 0.0500
CM 3-12 24.2 26.7 0.0800
CM 3-13 24.2 26.7 0.0800
CM 3-14 26.4 28.9 0.0800
CM 3-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 3-3 11.7 14.2 0.0200
CM 3-4 12.0 14.5 0.0200
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)
CM 3-5 13.1 15.6 0.0200
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)
CM 3-6 13.7 16.2 0.0300
CM 3-7 16.6 19.1 0.0300
CM 3-8 17.8 20.3 0.0400
CM 3-2 17.9 20.4 0.0400
CM 3-3 18.5 21.0 0.0400
CM 3-4 26.1 28.6 0.0500
CM 3-5 27.0 29.5 0.0800
CM 3-6 27.0 29.5 0.0800
CM 3-7 30.0 32.5 0.0800
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 3-8 12.3 14.8 0.0200
CM 3-9 12.4 14.9 0.0200
CM 3-10 14.1 16.6 0.0300
CM 3-11 15.6 18.1 0.0400
CM 3-12 24.0 26.5 0.0400
CM 3-13 24.0 26.5 0.0400
CM 3-14 24.6 27.1 0.0400
CM 3-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 3-3 12.4 14.9 0.0200
CM 3-4 12.7 15.2 0.0200
CM 3-5 15.9 18.4 0.0300
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 3-6 17.2 19.7 0.0300
CM 3-7 24.0 26.5 0.0400
CM 3-8 29.8 32.3 0.0500
CM 3-9 29.9 32.4 0.0500
CM 3-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
CM 3-3 12.4 14.9 0.0200
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 3-4 12.7 15.2 0.0200
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 3-5 15.9 18.4 0.0300
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 3-6 17.2 19.7 0.0300
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O) CM 3-7 24.0 26.5 0.0400
CM 3-8 29.8 32.3 0.0500
CM 3-9 29.9 32.4 0.0500

96
CM, CME
23
CM 5-I and CM 5-G

Weights and shipping volume

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 5-2 12.3 14.8 0.0200
CM 5-3 12.4 14.9 0.0200
CM 5-4 14.1 16.6 0.0300
CM 5-5 15.5 18.0 0.0300
CM 5-6 21.8 24.3 0.0400
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)
CM 5-7 21.9 24.4 0.0400
CM 5-8 22.5 25.0 0.0400
CM 5-9 24.7 27.2 0.0400
CM 5-10 25.3 27.8 0.0500
CM 5-11 25.4 27.9 0.0500
CM 5-2 11.6 14.1 0.0200
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)
CM 5-3 12.4 14.9 0.0200
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)
CM 5-4 15.5 18.0 0.0300
CM 5-2 16.5 19.0 0.0300
CM 5-3 17.1 19.6 0.0300
CM 5-4 24.7 27.2 0.0400
CM 5-5 25.3 27.8 0.0400
CM 5-6 28.3 30.8 0.0500
CM 5-7 28.9 31.4 0.0500
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)
CM 5-8 29.0 31.5 0.0500
CM 5-9 31.5 34.0 0.0800
CM 5-10 31.6 34.1 0.0800
CM 5-11 13.7 16.2 0.0200
CM 5-12 14.9 17.4 0.0400
CM 5-13 23.0 25.5 0.0400
CM 5-2 12.3 14.8 0.0200
CM 5-3 15.2 17.7 0.0200
CM 5-4 23.0 25.5 0.0300
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G) CM 5-5 28.5 31.0 0.0400
CM 5-6 29.1 31.6 0.0400
CM 5-7 29.2 31.7 0.0400
CM 5-8 32.8 35.3 0.0500
CM 5-2 12.3 14.8 0.0200
CM 5-3 15.2 17.7 0.0200
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 5-4 23.0 25.5 0.0300
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I) CM 5-5 28.5 31.0 0.0400
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 5-6 29.1 31.6 0.0400
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)
CM 5-7 29.2 31.7 0.0400
CM 5-8 32.8 35.3 0.0500

97
 CM, CME
23
CM 10-I and CM 10-G
Weights and shipping volume

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 10-1 17.6 20.1 0.0400
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 10-2 24.8 27.3 0.0400
CM 10-3 27.1 29.6 0.0400
CM 10-1 16.3 18.8 0.0400
CM 10-2 19.0 21.5 0.0400
CM 10-3 30.3 32.8 0.0400
1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B) CM 10-4 33.2 35.7 0.0500
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F) CM 10-5 34.6 37.1 0.0800
CM 10-6 37.7 40.2 0.0800
CM 10-7 54.3 56.8 0.0800
CM 10-8 54.5 57.0 0.0800
CM 10-1 18.8 21.3 0.0400
CM 10-2 32.1 34.6 0.0400
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G) CM 10-3 35.3 37.8 0.0400
CM 10-4 48.0 50.5 0.0500
CM 10-5 49.4 51.9 0.0800
CM 10-1 18.8 21.3 0.0400
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H) CM 10-2 32.1 34.6 0.0400
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I) CM 10-3 35.3 37.8 0.0400
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 10-4 48.0 50.5 0.0500
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)
CM 10-5 49.4 51.9 0.0800

CM 15-I and CM 15-G

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CM 15-1 24.5 27.0 0.0400
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)
CM 15-2 26.8 29.3 0.0400
CM 15-1 18.7 21.2 0.0400
CM 15-2 30.0 32.5 0.0400
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)
CM 15-3 35.2 37.7 0.0400
CM 15-4 51.2 53.7 0.0500
CM 15-1 31.8 34.3 0.0400
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G) CM 15-2 35.0 37.5 0.0400
CM 15-3 47.0 49.5 0.0500
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 15-1 31.8 34.3 0.0400
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
CM 15-2 35.0 37.5 0.0400
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J) CM 15-3 47.0 49.5 0.0500

98
CM, CME
23
CM 25-I and CM 25-G

Weights and shipping volume

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C) CM 25-1 26.6 29.1 0.0400
CM 25-1 29.8 32.3 0.0400
CM 25-2 35.0 37.5 0.0400
3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)
CM 25-3 50.3 52.8 0.0500
CM 25-4 51.6 54.1 0.0500
CM 25-1 34.8 37.3 0.0400
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)
CM 25-2 46.8 49.3 0.0500
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E) CM 25-1 34.8 37.3 0.0400
3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)
3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I) CM 25-3 46.8 49.3 0.0500
3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)

CME 1-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 1-2 14.4 17.9 0.0300
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K) CME 1-3 14.7 18.2 0.0300
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M) CME 1-4 14.9 18.4 0.0400
CME 1-5 17.6 21.1 0.0400

CME 3-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 3-2 14.4 17.9 0.0300
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K) CME 3-3 17.1 20.6 0.0400
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M) CME 3-4 17.3 20.8 0.0400
CME 3-5 17.6 21.1 0.0400

CME 5-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K) CME 5-2 16.7 20.2 0.040
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M) CME 5-3 17.0 20.5 0.040
CME 5-4 30.0 33.5 0.080
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)
CME 5-5 34.2 37.7 0.080
CME 5-4 31.3 34.8 0.080
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
CME 5-5 31.5 35.0 0.080

CME 10-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
CME 10-1 25.9 29.4 0.040
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)
CME 10-2 41.6 45.1 0.080
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)
CME 10-3 63.5 67.0 0.080
CME 10-2 41.7 45.2 0.080
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
CME 10-3 60.2 63.7 0.080

99
 CM, CME
23
CME 15-A
Weights and shipping volume

(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 15-1 40.3 43.8 0.080
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L) CME 15-2 62.1 65.6 0.080
CME 15-3 67.0 70.5 0.080
CME 15-1 40.4 43.9 0.080
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N) CME 15-2 58.8 62.3 0.080
CME 15-3 63.2 66.7 0.080

CME 25-A
(A = cast iron EN-GJL-200)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 25-1 43.5 47.0 0.080
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)
CME 25-2 66.3 69.8 0.080
CME 25-1 58.2 61.7 0.080
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
CME 25-2 62.5 66.0 0.080

100
CM, CME
23
CME 1-I and CME 1-G

Weights and shipping volume

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 1-2 15.0 18.5 0.0300
CME 1-3 15.1 18.6 0.0300
CME 1-4 15.4 18.9 0.0400
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
CME 1-5 18.2 21.7 0.0400
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)
CME 1-6 18.8 22.3 0.0400
CME 1-7 18.9 22.4 0.0400
CME 1-8 19.5 23.0 0.0400
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L) CME 1-9 30.4 33.9 0.0800
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N) CME 1-9 31.7 35.2 0.0800

CME 3-I and CME 3-G

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 3-2 15.0 18.5 0.0300
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K) CME 3-3 17.5 21.0 0.0400
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M) CME 3-4 17.8 21.3 0.0400
CME 3-5 18.2 21.7 0.0400
CME 3-6 29.7 33.2 0.0800
CME 3-7 29.7 33.2 0.0800
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)
CME 3-8 34.3 37.8 0.0800
CME 3-9 34.4 37.9 0.0800
CME 3-6 31.0 34.5 0.0800
CME 3-7 31.0 34.5 0.0800
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
CME 3-8 31.6 35.1 0.0800
CME 3-9 34.6 38.1 0.0800

CME 5-I and CME 5-G

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K) CME 5-2 17.4 20.9 0.0400
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M) CME 5-3 17.5 21.0 0.0400
CME 5-4 28.7 32.2 0.0800
CME 5-5 33.0 36.5 0.0800
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L) CME 5-6 33.6 37.1 0.0800
CME 5-7 36.9 40.4 0.0800
CME 5-8 37.5 41.0 0.0800
CME 5-4 30.0 33.5 0.0800
CME 5-5 30.3 33.8 0.0800
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
CME 5-6 33.8 37.3 0.0800
CME 5-7 33.9 37.4 0.0800

CME 10-I and CME 10-G

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)
CME 10-1 21.3 24.8 0.0400
1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)
CME 10-2 36.6 40.1 0.0800
CME 10-3 57.9 61.4 0.0800
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)
CME 10-4 58.8 62.3 0.0800
CME 10-5 60.2 63.7 0.0800
CME 10-2 36.7 40.2 0.0800
CME 10-3 54.6 58.1 0.0800
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
CME 10-4 55.5 59.0 0.0800
CME 10-5 60.6 64.1 0.0800

101
 CM, CME
23
CME 15-I and CME 15-G
Weights and shipping volume

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 15-1 36.3 39.8 0.0800
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L) CME 15-2 57.6 61.1 0.0800
CME 15-3 62.0 65.5 0.0800
CME 15-1 36.4 39.9 0.0800
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N) CME 15-2 54.3 57.8 0.0800
CME 15-3 58.2 61.7 0.0800

CME 25-I and CME 25-G

(I = EN 1.4301/AISI 304 and G = EN 1.4401/AISI 316)

Net weight Gross weight Shipping volume

Supply voltage Pump type
[kg] [kg] [m3]
CME 25-1 39.5 43.0 0.0800
3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)
CME 25-2 61.8 65.3 0.0800
CME 25-1 54.1 57.6 0.0800
3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)
CME 25-2 58.0 61.5 0.0800

102
CM, CME
24

24. Motor data

Motor data
Mains-operated motors, 50 Hz
1 x 220-240 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage C)

P2 I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed

Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
71A 0.3 1.8 - 2.4 0.95 - 0.86 67.4 - 61.4 6.1 - 8.2 2.800 - 2.830
71B 0.5 3.1 - 2.8 0.97 - 0.99 74 - 70 16.4 - 14.8 2.730 - 2.740
80A 0.67 4.4 - 4.0 0.99 - 0.99 71.8 - 73 17.2 - 15.6 2.720 - 2.800
80B 0.9 5.4 - 5.0 0.98 - 0.98 76 - 74 23.2 - 21.5 2.750 - 2.790
90SA 1.3 8.4 - 8.0 0.98 - 0.98 71 - 71 28.6 - 27.2 2.710 - 2.710
90SB 1.9 11.0 - 10.0 0.99 - 0.98 75 - 76 40.7 - 37.0 2.755 - 2.770

3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz (supply voltage F)

P2 I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
71A 0.46 2.0 - 2.2 / 1.0 - 1.2 0.83 - 0.75 73.4 - 73.6 9.8 - 11.7 / 4.9 - 6.4 2.770 - 2.820
71B 0.65 2.8 - 3.1 / 1.6 - 1.8 0.82 - 0.72 73.9 - 72.9 16.2 - 19.2 / 9.3 - 11.2 2.770 - 2.820
80BA 0.85 3.5 - 3.8 / 2 - 2.22 0.77 - 0.68 79.7 - 79.3 21.0 - 24.3 / 12.0 - 14.2 2.840 - 2.870
80C 1.2 4.8 - 5.2 / 2.8 - 3 0.79 - 0.7 83 - 80.9 37.0 - 41.6 / 21.6 - 24.0 2.820 - 2.860
90SB 1.58 5.55 - 5.38 / 3.25 - 3 0.88 - 0.84 83.4 - 84.3 38.9 - 44.1 / 22.8 - 24.6 2.880 - 2.910
90SC 2.2 8.05 - 7.5 / 4.7 - 4.35 0.83 - 0.75 84.8 - 83.8 71.6 - 76.5 / 41.8 - 44.4 2.890 - 2.920
100LA 3.2 11.8 - 11.0 / 6.75 - 6.40 0.87 - 0.79 85.2 - 85.5 94.4 - 96.8 / 54.0 - 56.3 2.900 - 2.920
100LB 4.0 14.0 - 13.2 / 8.20 - 7.80 0.87 - 0.84 87.1 - 87.9 119.0 - 125.4 / 69.7 - 74.1 2.900 - 2.920
132SB 5.8 20.4 - 19.0 / 11.8 - 11.0 0.89 - 0.84 87.5 - 88.0 181.6 - 184.3 / 105.0 - 106.7 2.900 - 2.980
132SC 7.4 25.5 - 26.5 / 14.8 - 15.4 0.86 - 0.77 88.4 - 88.7 232.1 - 254.4 / 134.7 - 147.8 2.910 - 2.930

Mains-operated motors, 60 Hz
1 x 220 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage A)

Frame P2 Service I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed

Service factor current Cos φ1/1
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
71B 0.60 0.80 1 4.1 4.1 0.98 71 16.8 3.300
80A 0.84 1.1 1 5.8 5.8 0.98 69.8 18.6 3.150
80B 1.14 1.5 1 7.35 7.35 0.99 73.5 19.8 3.270
90SB 1.54 2.0 1 9.8 9.8 0.98 74.8 37.2 3.330

1 x 115/230 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage B)

Frame P2 Service I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed

Service factor current Cos φ1/1
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
71BA 0.60 0.8 1 7.6 / 3.9 7.6 / 3.9 0.76 69 - 66 19.8 / 10.1 3.240
80AA 0.78 1.06 1 10.6 / 5.4 10.6 / 5.4 0.65 69 - 68 31.8 / 16.2 3.240
80BA 1.10 1.50 1 14.0 / 7.0 14.0 / 7.0 0.94 71 - 69 44.8 / 22.4 3.320
90CC 1.50 2.03 1 19.5 / 9.8 19.5 / 9.8 0.97 72.9 - 69 78.0 / 39.2 3.360

103
 CM, CME
24
3 x 208-230/440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage E)
Motor data

Frame P2 Service I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed

Service factor current Cos φ1/1
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
71AA 0.43 0.58 1 1.9 - 1.7 / 1.0 - 0.8 1.9 - 1.7 / 1.0 - 0.8 0.85 - 0.81/0.85 - 0.81 76.0 - 78.6 11.2 - 11.1 / 5.9 - 5.2 3.360 - 3.420
71BA 0.74 1.0 1 3.4 - 3.6 / 1.7 - 1.8 3.4 - 3.6 / 1.7 - 1.8 0.89 - 0.83/0.89 - 0.83 76.0 - 78.4 20.1 - 23.4 / 10.0 - 11.7 3.220 - 3.370
80BA 1.04 1.4 1 4.1 - 3.95 / 2 - 2 4.1 - 3.95 / 2 - 2 0.8 - 0.71/0.8 - 0.71 83.6 - 83 26.7 - 31.6 / 13.0 - 16.0 3.430 - 3.460
80CB 1.28 1.7 1 5.1 - 4.9 / 2.48 - 2.46 5.1 - 4.9 / 2.48 - 2.46 0.82 - 0.75/0.82 - 0.79 83.5 - 83.8 34.7 - 37.7 / 16.9 - 18.9 3.420 - 3.460
90CC 1.7 2.3 1 6.25 - 5.85 / 2.98 - 2.85 6.25 - 5.85 / 2.98 - 2.85 0.83 - 0.84/0.83 - 0.84 85.9 - 85.8 53.1 - 55.0 / 25.3 - 26.8 3.440 - 3.520
90FA 2.5 3.4 1 8.95 - 8.5 / 4.3 - 4 8.95 - 8.5 / 4.3 - 4 0.9 - 0.81/0.9 - 0.81 86.1 - 86.9 81.4 - 89.3 / 39.1 - 42.0 3.490 - 3.520
100BB 4.0 5.4 1 14.8 - 14.2 / 7.2 - 7.0 14.8 - 14.2 / 7.2 - 7.0 0.86 - 0.80/0.86 - 0.80 88.5 - 89.2 177.6 - 123.5 / 86.4 - 60.9 3.520 - 3.530
132CA 6 8.4 1 21 - 20.4 / 10.5 - 10.2 21 - 20.4 / 10.5 - 10.2 0.88 - 0.82/0.88 - 0.82 89.4 - 89 189.0 - 234.6 / 94.5 - 117.3 3.520 - 3.540

3 x 575 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage H)

Frame P2 Service I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed

Service factor current Cos φ1/1
size [kW] [hp] factor [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
71AA 0.43 0.58 1 0.7 0.7 0.84 76.0 4.6 3.340
71BA 0.74 1.0 1 1.3 1.3 0.84 76 8.5 3.340
80BA 1.04 1.4 1 1.55 1.55 0.8 85.2 11.8 3.450
80CB 1.28 1.7 1 1.84 1.84 0.82 85.7 15.3 3.440
90CC 1.7 2.0 1 2.89 2.89 0.83 85.9 27.7 3.440
90FA 2.5 3.4 1 3.5 3.5 0.9 85.9 20.7 3.490
100BB 4.0 5.4 1 5.7 5.7 0.88 88.5 49.6 3.500
132CA 6 8 1 8.2 8.2 0.86 89.2 106.6 3.520

Mains-operated motors, 50/60 Hz

3 x 220-240/380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 220-255/380-440 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage O)
P2 Frequency I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [Hz] [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
0.43 50 3.4 - 2.5 / 1.3 - 1.5 0.72 - 0.60 78 - 76 17.0 - 15.0 / 6.5 - 9.0 2.870 - 2.890
71B
0.74 60 3.4 - 2.9 / 1.6 - 1.7 0.87 - 0.84 75 - 77 17.0 - 17.4 / 8.0 - 10.2 3.280 - 3.350
0.6 50 3 - 3.65 / 1.72 - 2.1 0.63 - 0.5 84 - 80.1 28.8 - 31.4 / 16.5 - 18.1 2.920 - 2.930
80BA
1.04 60 3.9 - 3.65 / 2.25 - 2.1 0.83 - 0.8 84.1 - 85.5 25.4 - 28.1 / 14.6 - 16.2 3.410 - 3.450
0.74 50 3.65 - 4.5 / 2.1 - 2.5 0.64 - 0.5 84.6 - 81.3 35.0 - 40.5 / 20.2 - 22.5 2.920 - 2.930
80C
1.28 60 4.76 - 4.42 / 2.75 - 2.55 0.84 - 0.8 84.3 - 85.7 31.4 - 34.5 / 18.2 - 19.9 3.400 - 3.440

3 x 380-415 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 440-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage J)

P2 Frequency I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [Hz] [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
0.25 50 0.55 - 0.65 0.77 - 0.71 77 - 76 4.0 - 5.1 2.870 - 2.890
71AA
0.43 60 0.95 - 0.80 0.85 - 0.82 76.0 - 78.6 5.6 - 5.2 3.360 - 3.420
0.43 50 1.4 - 1.5 0.76 - 0.66 77 - 76 7.7 - 9.0 2.860 - 2.890
71BA
0.74 60 1.7 - 1.8 0.89 - 0.83 76.0 - 78.4 10.0 - 11.7 3.220 - 3.380
0.6 50 1.55 - 1.75 0.68 - 0.62 83.5 - 82 13.8 - 14.7 2.900 - 2.910
80BA
1.04 60 2 - 2.1 0.85 - 0.75 82.5 - 82.9 14.6 - 16.8 3.420 - 3.460
0.74 50 1.95 - 2.1 0.72 - 0.62 85.2 - 84.1 18.1 - 20.4 2.900 - 2.920
80CB
1.28 60 2.55 - 2.45 0.82 - 0.76 85.3 - 85.8 19.1 - 21.3 3.440 - 3.470
1 50 2.25 - 2.3 0.8 - 0.74 83.9 - 82.9 25.2 - 27.8 2.930 - 2.950
90CC
1.7 60 2.98 - 2.85 0.88 - 0.84 86.1 - 86.9 25.3 - 26.8 3.490 - 3.510
1.45 50 3 - 3.2 0.83 - 0.81 86.8 - 87 36.0 - 41.6 2.920 - 2.950
90FA
2.5 60 4.3 - 4 0.9 - 0.87 86.1 - 86.9 38.7 - 44.0 3.490 - 3.520
2.36 50 6.0 - 6.5 0.76 - 0.65 88 - 87 72.0 - 87.8 2.950 - 2.960
100BB
4.0 60 7.3 - 7.5 0.86 - 0.80 88.5 - 89.2 87.6 - 65.3 3.520 - 3.530
3.5 50 7.9 - 8.7 0.76 - 0.64 88.5 - 87 122.5 - 133.5 2.950 - 2.960
132CA
6 60 10.2 - 10.2 0.86 - 0.79 89.3 - 89.1 123.4 - 136.7 3.520 - 3.530

104
CM, CME
24
3 x 200/346 V, 50 Hz; 3 x 200-220/346-380 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage G)

Motor data
P2 Frequency I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [Hz] [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
0.25 50 1.6 / 1.0 0.65 77 - 76 11.7 / 7.3 2.900
71AA
0.43 60 2.0 - 1.8 / 1.15 - 1.05 0.85 - 0.8 76.0 - 78.6 11.8 - 11.7 / 6.8 - 6.8 3.370 - 3.424
0.43 50 3.6 / 2.0 0.53 77 - 76 19.8 / 11.0 2.904
71B
0.74 60 3.3 - 3.5 / 2.0 - 2.2 0.83 - 0.76 76 - 78.4 19.5 - 22.8 / 11.8 - 14.3 3.380 - 3.429
0.6 50 3.8 / 2.2 0.56 82.4 - 82.4 35.3 / 20.5 2.930
80BA
1.04 60 4.3 - 4.2 / 2.5 - 2.4 0.8 - 0.72 85 - 85 31.0 - 35.3 / 18.0 - 20.2 3.440 - 3.470
0.74 50 4.25 / 2.44 0.61 84 - 84 36.1 / 20.7 2.910
80C
1.28 60 5.7 - 5.2 / 3.3 - 3 0.77 - 0.77 83.8 - 84.1 37.1 - 31.7 / 21.5 - 18.3 3.450 - 3.450
1 50 5.2 / 3 0.65 83 - 83 65.0 / 37.5 2.950
90SB
1.7 60 6.6 - 6.3 / 3.8 - 3.6 0.83 - 0.84 85.9 - 85.8 56.1 - 63.0 / 32.3 - 36.0 3.440 - 3.520
1.45 50 6.5 / 3.8 0.75 86.6 - 86.6 88.4 / 51.7 2.950
90LC
2.5 60 9.6 - 8.8 / 5.5 - 5.1 0.9 - 0.88 83.1 - 86.9 74.9 - 84.5 / 42.9 - 49.0 3.480 - 3.500
2.3 50 15.4 / 8.8 0.51 89 - 87 184.8 / 105.6 2.960
100LB
4.0 60 15.8 - 15.4 / 9.4 - 8.7 0.86 - 0.79 88.5 - 89.2 189.6 - 134.0 / 112.8 - 75.7 3.510 - 3.530
3.5 50 19 / 11 0.62 88.2 - 88.2 285.0 / 165.0 2.960
112MC
6.00 60 22.2 - 21.2 / 12.8 - 12.2 0.86 - 0.79 89.3 - 89 244.2 - 260.8 / 140.8 - 150.1 3.520 - 3.540

3 x 400 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage I)

P2 Frequency I1/1 ƞ Istart Speed
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [Hz] [A] [%] [A] [min-1]
0.25 50 0.72 0.67 75.0 4.7 2.900
71AA
0.43 60 1.0 0.86 74.9 6.5 3.350
0.6 50 1.9 0.59 81.6 13.5 2.910
80BA
1.04 60 2.18 0.83 83 13.5 3.400
0.74 50 2.28 0.57 82.4 13.9 2.920
80CB
1.28 60 2.65 0.84 83.9 13.8 3.400
90CC 1.7 60 3.2 0.87 81.3 23.7 3.510
1.45 50 3.0 0.83 86.8 36.0 2.920
90FA
2.5 60 4.65 0.91 85.4 41.9 3.500
2.32 50 5.5 0.7 87 63.3 2.960
100BB
4 60 7.35 0.89 87.6 63.2 3.500
3.5 50 8.8 0.65 88.2 145.2 2.960
132CA
6 60 11.2 0.87 90 172.9 3.520

105
 CM, CME
24
Speed-controlled motors
Motor data

1 x 208-230 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage M)

P2 Service I1/1 Service factor
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [hp] factor [A] current
71BA 0.55 0.75 1 3.9 - 3.5 3.9 - 3.5 0.97
80BA 1.10 1.50 1 7.5 - 6.8 7.5 - 6.8 0.97

1 x 200-240 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage K)

P2 I1/1
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [A]
71B 0.55 4.30 - 3.6 0.97
80B 1.10 8.20 - 6.80 0.97

3 x 460-480 V, 60 Hz (supply voltage N)

P2 Service I1/1 Service factor
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [hp] factor [A] current
90CC 1.50 2.00 1.15 3.1 - 3.1 3.565 - 3.565 0.87
90FA 2.20 3.00 1.15 3.7 - 3.7 4.255 - 4.255 0.91
112CA 4.0 5.5 1.15 6.1 - 6.1 7.015 - 7.015 0.92
132DA 5.5 7.5 1.15 8.9 - 8.9 10.235 - 10.235 0.94

3 x 380-480 V, 50/60 Hz (supply voltage L)

P2 Frequency
Frame size Cos φ1/1
[kW] [Hz]
90SB 1.50 3.3 - 2.7 0.91 - 0.87
90LC 2.20 4.6 - 3.8 0.92 - 0.9
100LC 3.0 6.2 - 5 0.94 - 0.92
112MC 4.0 8.1 - 6.6 0.94 - 0.92
132SC 5.5 11 - 8.8 0.94 - 0.93
132SD 7.5 15 - 12 0.94 - 0.93

106
CM, CME
24
Additional data for speed-controlled motors

Motor data
Single-phase Three-phase

Electricity supply to pump 1 x 200-240 V - 10 %/+ 10 %, 50/60 Hz, PE. 3 x 380-480 V - 10 %/+ 10 %, 50/60 Hz, PE.
Motor sizes of 1.5 to 5.5 kW: Max. 16 A.
Motor sizes of 0.55 to 1.1 kW: Max. 10 A.
Motor size 7.5 kW: Max. 32 A.
Back-up fuse Standard as well as quick-blow or slow-blow fuses may be
Standard as well as quick-blow or slow-blow fuses may be
used.
used.
External potential-free contact.
External start/stop input Maximum contact load: Voltage 5 VDC, current < 5 mA.
Screened cable.*
External potential-free contact.
Digital input Maximum contact load: Voltage 5 VDC, current < 5 mA.
Screened cable.*
• Potentiometer • Potentiometer
0-10 VDC, 10 kΩ (via internal voltage supply). 0-10 VDC, 10 kΩ (via internal voltage supply).
Screened cable.* Screened cable.*
Maximum cable length: 100 m. Maximum cable length: 100 m.
• Voltage signal • Voltage signal
0-10 VDC, Ri > 50 kΩ. 0-10 VDC, Ri > 50 kΩ.
Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum voltage signal. Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum voltage signal.
Setpoint signals
Screened cable.* Screened cable.*
Maximum cable length: 500 m. Maximum cable length: 500 m.
• Current signal • Current signal
DC 0-20 mA/4-20 mA, Ri = 175 Ω. DC 0-20 mA/4-20 mA, Ri = 250 Ω.
Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum current signal. Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum current signal.
Screened cable.* Screened cable.*
Maximum cable length: 500 m. Maximum cable length: 500 m.
The sensors are supplied with electricity via the motor The sensors are supplied with electricity via the motor
Electricity supply to terminal box. terminal box.
sensors • 24 VDC ± 10 %. • 24 VDC ± 10 %.
Maximum load: 40 mA. Maximum load: 40 mA.
• Voltage signal • Voltage signal
0-10 VDC, Ri > 50 kΩ. 0-10 VDC, Ri > 50 kΩ.
Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum voltage signal. Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum voltage signal.
Screened cable.* Screened cable.*
Maximum cable length: 500 m. Maximum cable length: 500 m.
Sensor signals
• Current signal • Current signal
DC 0-20 mA/4-20 mA, Ri = 175 Ω. DC 0-20 mA/4-20 mA, Ri = 250 Ω.
Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum current signal. Tolerance: + 0 %/- 3 % at maximum current signal.
Screened cable.* Screened cable.*
Maximum cable length: 500 m. Maximum cable length: 500 m.
Potential-free changeover contact.
Maximum contact load: 250 VAC, 2 A.
Signal output Minimum contact load: 5 VDC, 10 mA.
Screened cable: 0.5 - 2.5 mm2.
Maximum cable length: 500 m.
Grundfos bus protocol, GENIbus protocol, RS-485.
Bus input 0.5 - 1.5 mm2 screened 2-core cable.
Maximum cable length: 500 m.
EN 61800-3
Note: When pumps fitted with 7.5 kW motors are installed in first environment (residential areas), an additional EMC
filter is required to obtain class B, group 1 status.

Motors of 0.55 to 5.5 kW:

Electromagnetic disturbance – first environment (residential areas) – unrestricted distribution, corresponding to
EMC
CISPR 11, class B, group 1.

Motors of 7.5 kW:

Electromagnetic disturbance – first environment (residential areas) – restricted distribution.
Immunity to electromagnetic disturbance – second environment (industrial areas) – unrestricted distribution,
corresponding to CISPR 11, class A, group 1.
Enclosure class IP55 (IEC 34-5).

Insulation class F (IEC 85).

During operation: -20 °C to +40 °C.
Ambient temperature
During storage/transport: -40 °C to +60 °C.
Relative air humidity Maximum 95 %.

* Cross section min. 0.5 mm2 and max. 1.5 mm2.

107
 CM, CME
25

25. Customisation
Customisation

Although the Grundfos CM and CME product range Dimensions

offers a number of pumps for different applications,
customers require specific pump solutions to satisfy
their needs. Below are the options available for
customising the CM and CME pumps.

TM04 5847 4609

Contact Grundfos for further information or for requests
other than the ones mentioned below.

Motors
Pump type Frame size h1 h2
71 206 237
Motor with multiplug connection CM 1 80 206 237
Mains-operated motors fitted with a Harting® 10-pin
CM 3
CM 5 90 263 294
multiplug connection, HAN 10 ES, enable easy 100 283 314
71 231 262
connection to the mains.
80 231 262
Note: For CME pumps we offer the solutions shown on CM 10 90 273 304
page 109. CM 15
CM 25 100 283 314
112 309 340
The purpose of a multiplug connection is to facilitate the
132 309 340
electrical installation and service of the pump.
The multiplug functions as a plug-and-pump device. Plug connections

Figure 32 shows the position of the multiplug on the

mains-operated motor. 6 7 8 9 10

TM01 8702 0700

W2 U2 V2

U1 V1 W1
1 2 3 4 5
TM04 5846 4109

Fig. 34 Plug connection from motor

L1 L2 L3
Fig. 32 Motor with multiplug connection
1 2 3 4 5

TM01 8703 0700

6 7 8 9 10

Fig. 35 Plug connection for star connection

TM02 0470 0700

L1 L2 L3
1 2 3 4 5
Fig. 33 Multiplug logo
TM01 8704 0700

6 7 8 9 10

Fig. 36 Plug connection for delta connection

Note: Wire bridges for connections are located in the
plug.

108
CM, CME
25
Plug-and-pump solutions for CME pumps High humidity may cause condensation in the motor.

Customisation
To facilitate electrical installation and service of our Slow condensation occurs as a result of a decreasing
three-phase CME pumps, all motor terminal boxes are ambient temperature; rapid condensation occurs as a
equipped with a detachable cable entry bar. result of shock cooling caused by direct sunlight
followed by rain.
When the cable entry bar is removed, it is possible to
In areas with ambient temperatures below 0 °C, it is
disconnect all electrical connections.
advisable always to use motors with anti-condensation
Figure 37 shows the location of the detachable cable heater.
entry bar on the motor terminal box as well as plugs for Note: Rapid condensation is not to be confused with
mains connection, sensor and communication. the phenomenon which occurs when the pressure
inside the motor is lower than the atmospheric
pressure. In such cases, moisture is sucked from the
atmosphere into the motor through bearings, housings,
etc.
In applications with constant humidity levels above
85 %, the drain holes in the drive-end flange must be
open. This changes the enclosure class to IP34.
If IP55 protection is required due to operation in dusty
environments, it is advisable to install a motor with
anti-condensation heater.
Figure 39 shows a typical circuit of a three-phase motor
with anti-condensation heater.
TM03 1964 3405 - TM03 1962 3405

TM03 4058 1406

Fig. 37 Location of the detachable cable entry bar

Motor with anti-condensation heater Fig. 39 Three-phase motor with anti-condensation heater

Legend

Symbol Designation
TM03 2440 4305

K Contactor
M Motor

Note: Connect the anti-condensation heater to the

power supply so that it is on when the motor is switched
Fig. 38 Mains-operated motor with anti-condensation off.
heater
The following motor sizes are available with
In applications where condensation in the motor may
anti-condensation heater:
occur, we recommend to install a motor with an
anti-condensation heater on the stator coil ends. Power of heating unit
Motors, 50/60 Hz
The heater keeps the motor temperature higher than [W]
the ambient temperature and prevents condensation. Frame size 1 x 24 V 1 x 190-250 V
71/80 23
90 38 31
100 38
112/132 2 x 38 2 x 38

109
 CM, CME
25
Motors with PTC sensors Legend
Customisation

Symbol Designation
S1 On/off switch
K1 Contactor
+T PTC sensor (thermistor) in motor

TM02 7038 2403

M Motor
3UN2 100-0 C Tripping unit with automatic resetting
N Amplifier
K Output relay
Fig. 40 PTC sensor incorporated in windings H1 LED ‘Ready’
H2 LED ‘Tripped’
Built-in PTC sensors (thermistors) protect the motor A1, A2 Connection for control voltage
against overheating. Single-phase motors are T1, T2 Connection for PTC sensor loop
protected against slow and rapid overheating.
Three-phase motors are protected against slow Motors with thermal switches (PTO)
overheating.
We offer built-in PTC sensors to protect the motor.
Three-phase mains-operated motors with supply
voltages F, G and O of 3 kW and up have PTC sensors

TM02 7042 2403

as standard (UL-approved motors have no internal
protection).
Note: PTC sensors must be connected to an external
tripping unit connected to the control circuit. Fig. 42 Thermal switch incorporated in windings
Protection according to IEC 60034-11: Built-in thermal switches protect the motor against
• slow and rapid overheating. overheating. Single-phase motors are protected
against slow and rapid overheating. Three-phase
PTC sensors comply with DIN 44082. Maximum voltage
motors are protected against slow overheating.
at the terminals, Umax = 2.5 VDC. All tripping units
available for DIN 44082 PTC sensors meet this We offer mains-operated motors with bimetallic thermal
requirement. switches in the motor windings.
Figure 41 shows a typical circuit of a three-phase motor Three-phase mains-operated motors with supply
with PTC sensors. voltages F, G and O are available with built-in thermal
switches.
L1 L2 L3 N
Note: Thermal switches must be connected to an
3UN2 100-0 C
external control circuit to protect the motor against slow
A1 95 overheating. The thermal switches require no tripping
H1
unit.
H2
N K
Protection according to IEC 60034-11:
T1 T2 A2 96 98

• slow and rapid overheating.

S1 As protection against seizure, the motor must be
connected to a motor-protective circuit breaker.
K1
Thermal switches tolerate the following maximum
K1 loads:

Umax 250 VAC

TM00 3965 1494

IN 1.5 A
M
3 Imax 5.0 A (locked-rotor and breaking current)

Fig. 41 Three-phase motor with PTC sensors

110
CM, CME
25
Figure 43 shows a typical circuit of a three-phase motor We especially recommend oversize motors in these

Customisation
with built-in bimetallic thermal switches. cases:
• The pump is installed at an altitude of more than
1000 metres above sea level.
• The viscosity or density of the pumped liquid is
higher than that of water.
• The ambient temperature exceeds +40 °C (CME).
• The ambient temperature exceeds +55 °C (CM).
It is advisable to use an undersize motor if the operating
conditions do not at all reach the standard conditions.
We especially recommend undersize motors in these
cases:
• The viscosity or density of the pumped liquid is
lower than that of water.
• The duty point of the pump is constant, and the flow
rate is significantly lower than the recommended
maximum flow rate.
TM00 3964 1494

Terminal box positions

As standard the terminal box is mounted in 12 o’clock
position as shown in fig. 44.
CM pumps with motor frame sizes of 71 and 80 are
Fig. 43 Three-phase motor with thermal switches available with other terminal box positions on special
request.
Legend
12 o’clock (standard)
Symbol Designation
S1 On/off switch
K1 Contactor
t° Thermal switch in motor

TM04 0357 1008

9 o’clock 3 o’clock
M Motor (on request) (on request)
MV Motor-protective circuit breaker

Undersize and oversize motors

Fig. 44 Terminal box positions of frame sizes 71 and 80
The available motor sizes are shown in section
24. Motor data on pages 103 to 106.
Undersize and oversize motors are defined as the next
kW size below or above the fitted standard motor.
Note: The CM 1, 3 and 5 cannot be combined with
frame sizes 112 and 132.
It is advisable to use an oversize motor if the operating
conditions fall outside the standard conditions.

111
 CM, CME
25
Options for CME pumps Electropolished stainless-steel pumps
Customisation

CME pumps offer a number of advantages, depending Electropolished pumps are often used in the
on hardware combinations and software configuration pharmaceutical industry and in the food and beverage
of the motor. Amongst others, there are various industry where materials and surface quality must meet
functional modules available as described below: strict requirements to hygiene or corrosion resistance.
• Standard module: Simple control of one parameter Electropolishing removes burrs as well as metallic and
(for instance pressure, differential pressure, non-metallic inclusions, providing a smooth, clean and
temperature, differential temperature or flow rate). corrosion-resistant stainless-steel surface.
• Advanced module: Same as standard module, but
First, all components are pickled in a mixture of nitric
with additional digital inputs for further control
and hydrofluoric acid. Subsequently, the components
options.
are electropolished in a mixture of sulphuric and
• Multipump module: The module enables parallel
phosphoric acid. Finally, the components are
operation of two, three or four identical pumps
passivated in nitric acid.
without the need for a separate control system.
Only one pressure transmitter is necessary. To meet the strict hygienic requirements to material and
All other functions are similar to those of the surface quality, we offer electropolished stainless-steel
standard module. pumps with the following surface quality:

Pumps Surface quality: Ra ≤ 0.8 μm.

Alternative colouring
Pumping of liquids down to -30 °C We offer custom-built pumps in any NCS- or
We offer custom-built pumps for the pumping of liquids RAL-specified colour to suit your requirements!
down to -30 °C. The pumps have an oversize neck ring
ensuring that impellers do not seize up as a result of The used paint is water-based. Painted parts
thermal expansion. correspond to corrosion class III.

We offer the above solution for CM and CME in I and G All pump types and sizes are available with alternative
versions (stainless steel). colouring.

Surface treatment Customised nameplate

We offer additional customised nameplates attached to
Cleaned and dried pumps the pump:
Cleaned and dried pumps are recommended for use in
applications involving strict demands on cleanliness • A nameplate supplied by you.
and surface quality, such as low content of silicone. • A Grundfos nameplate customised in terms of a
Prior to assembly, all pump parts are cleaned in 60 to specific duty point.
70 °C water with a cleaning agent. All pump parts are • A Grundfos nameplate with a tag number.
then thoroughly rinsed in de-ionised water and dried. Note: The Grundfos standard nameplate is always
The pump is assembled without any use of silicone fitted to the pump.
lubricants.
Cleaned and dried pumps are not performance-tested.

112
CM, CME
25
Shaft seal arrangements

Customisation
The shaft seal is developed with customisation in mind.
Depending on media, you may combine the seal faces
in any way.
Available stationary seal faces: Q, B.
Available rotating seal faces: Q, V.
Rubber: E, V and K.
Note: For further details about seal face material
codes, see Type key on page 10.

Alternative connection positions

The pump is available with various connection
positions on special request. See fig. 45.

Standard

TM03 8709 1008

On request On request

Fig. 45 Alternative connection positions

Alternative pipe connections

A wide range of pipe connections are available for the
CM and CME pumps:
• Tri-Clamp®
• DIN, JIS, ANSI flange (combi flange)
• Victaulic® coupling
• Whitworth thread Rp
• internal NPT thread.
The available pipe connections are shown in fig. 46.

Tri-Clamp®

DIN, JIS, ANSI flange

TM04 3937 0409

Victaulic® coupling

Fig. 46 Examples of pipe connections

113
 CM, CME
26

26. Accessories
Accessories

Pipework connections
Various sets of flanges and couplings are available for pipework connection.

Distance piece
The distance piece is intended for mounting on the discharge port in order to improve the accessibility when connecting
the pump to the piping system.
The distance piece is made of brass.

Pipework Pump
Distance piece Pump type Product number
connection thread

CM 1
CM 3 1" R 96587201
CM 5
TM04 5800 4009

Flange sets for CM(E) (DIN/ANSI/JIS)

All materials in contact with the pumped liquids are made of stainless steel EN 1.4408/AISI 316.

L*
Pipework Pump [mm] Product
Flange Pump type
connection thread number
Flange mounted Flange mounted on
on pump inlet pump outlet

Rp 96904693
CM 1
CM 3
NPT 96904705
TM04 3867 0309

DN 32 49.0 78.0
Rp 96904696
CM 5
NPT 96904708

Rp 96904699
TM04 3869 0309

CM 10 DN 40 44.0 68.0

NPT 96904711

Rp 96904702
TM04 3868 0309

CM 15
DN 50 48.0 68.0
CM 25

NPT 96904714

* Length from outer edge of flange to pump suction or discharge port.

Note: Please pay attention to the compatibility between pump and flange before ordering. See tables below.

CM pumps compatible with DIN/ANSI/JIS flanges

Pump type Material version MG71/80 1-ph MG71/80 3-ph MG 90 1-ph MG 90 3-ph MG 100 MG 112
Cast iron ● ● ●
CM 1, 3, 5
Stainless steel ● ● ● ●
Cast iron ● ● ● ● ● ●
CM 10, 15, 25
Stainless steel ● ● ● ● ● ●

114
CM, CME
26
CME pumps compatible with DIN/ANSI/JIS flanges

Accessories
Pump type Material version MGE 71/80 MGE 90S MGE 90L MGE 100 MGE 112/132
Cast iron ● 2) ● ●
CME 1, 3, 5
Stainless steel ● 1) ● ●
Cast iron ● ● ● ●
CME 10, 15, 25
Stainless steel ● ● ● ●
1)
Only 10 mm clearance between flange and terminal box.
2)
Only 9 mm clearance between flange and terminal box.

Counterflanges for CM(E)-A

Counterflanges for CM(E)-A pumps are made of cast iron EN-GJL-200.
A counterflange set consists of one counterflange, one gasket, bolts and nuts.

Pipework
Counterflange Pump type Description Rated pressure Product number
connection
ø19

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/4 00419901

TM03 0400 3705

CM(E) 1-A
CM(E) 3-A
ø78 CM(E) 5-A
ø100 For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 32 mm, nominal 00419902
ø140

ø19
Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/2 00429902
TM03 0401 3705

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 00429904

CM(E) 10-A
ø88
For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 40 mm, nominal 00429901
ø110
ø150 For welding 40 bar, special flange 50 mm, nominal 00429903
ø19

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 00339903

TM03 0402 3705

ø102
ø125 Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 00339904
ø165

19.5
ø127

TM02 7203 2803

CM(E) 15-A
Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 96509578
18.5

CM(E) 25-A
ø102
ø125
ø165

ø19

For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 50 mm, nominal 00339901

TM03 0402 3705

ø102
ø125 For welding 40 bar, special flange 65 mm, nominal 00339902
ø165

115
 CM, CME
26
Counterflanges for CM(E)-I/G
Accessories

Counterflanges for CM(E)-I/G pumps are made of stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316.
A counterflange set consists of one counterflange, one gasket, bolts and nuts.

Pipework
Counterflange Pump type Description Rated pressure Product number
connection
ø19

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/4 00415304

TM03 0400 3705

CM(E) 1-I/G
CM(E) 3-I/G
ø78 CM(E) 5-I/G
ø100 For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 32 mm, nominal 00415305
ø140

ø19
TM03 0401 3705

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 1 1/2 00425245

ø88
ø110
ø150

21
ø115

TM02 7202 2803

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 96509570

18.5

ø89
ø110
ø150

CM(E) 10-I/G
ø19
TM03 0401 3705

For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 40 mm, nominal 00425246

ø88
ø110
ø150

21
ø115

TM02 7202 2803

For welding 25 bar, special flange 50 mm, nominal 96509571

18.5

ø89
ø110
ø150

ø19
TM00 0402 3705

Threaded 16 bar, EN 1092-2 Rp 2 00335254

ø102
ø125
ø165

19.5

Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 96509575

ø127

TM02 7203 2803

18.5

ø102
ø125 Threaded 16 bar, special flange Rp 2 1/2 96509579
ø165
CM(E) 15-I/G
ø19 CM(E) 25-I/G
TM03 0402 3705

For welding 25 bar, EN 1092-2 50 mm, nominal 00335255

ø102
ø125
ø165

19.5
ø127

TM00 7203 2803

For welding 25 bar, special flange 65 mm, nominal 96509573

18.5

ø102
ø125
ø165

116
CM, CME
26
Victaulic® connections for CM(E)

Accessories
Pump D L* Product
Victaulic® connection Pump type
thread [mm] [mm] number
CM 1 Rp 96904694
33.7 48.5
CM 3 NPT 96904706
Rp 96904697
CM 5 33.7/42.4 48.5
NPT 96904709

TM04 3865 0309

Rp 96904700
CM 10 48.3 48.5
NPT 96904712
CM 15 Rp 96904703
60.3 50.1
CM 25 NPT 96904715

* Length from outer edge of connection to pump suction or discharge port.

Coupling, pipe stub and gasket for Victaulic® connections

Parts in contact with the pumped liquid are made of stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316, and rubber.
A Victaulic® coupling set consists of two coupling halves (Victaulic, type 77), one gasket, one pipe stub (for welding or
threaded), bolts and nuts.

Number of
Pipework Product
Coupling and pipe stub Pump type Pipe stub Rubber parts coupling sets
connection number
required

EPDM 2 97575245
Threaded R1
CM(E) 1 FKM 2 97575246
CM(E) 3
CM(E) 5* EPDM 2 97575247
For welding DN 25
FKM 2 97575248

EPDM 1 00419911
Threaded R 1 1/4
FKM 1 00419905
CM(E) 5**
EPDM 1 00419912
For welding DN 32
FKM 1 00419904

EPDM 2 97575249
Threaded R 1 1/2
FKM 2 97575250
CM(E) 10
EPDM 2 97575251
For welding DN 40
FKM 2 97575252

EPDM 2 00339911
Threaded R2
TM00 3808 1094

FKM 2 00339918
CM(E) 15
CM(E) 25
EPDM 2 00339910
For welding DN 50
FKM 2 00339917

* For discharge port. Note: Only one coupling set is required for the discharge port.
** For suction port.

117
 CM, CME
26
Tri-Clamp® connections for CM(E)
Accessories

D L* Product
Tri-Clamp® Pump type Pump thread
[mm] [mm] number
CM 1 Rp 96904695
50.4 40.3
CM 3 NPT 96904707
Rp 96904698
CM 5 50.4 35.3
NPT 96904710

TM04 3866 0309

Rp 96904701
CM 10 50.4 37.4
NPT 96904713
CM 15 Rp 96904704
63.9 37.4
CM 25 NPT 96904716

* Length from outer edge of Tri-Clamp® connection to pump suction or discharge port.

Clamping ring, pipe stub and gasket for Tri-Clamp® connections

Clamping ring Pipe stub Gasket

TM03 4645 2406

TM03 4646 2406

TM03 4647 2406

Nominal diameter A B A B C D A B
Pump type
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
CM(E) 1, 3, 5, 10 38.0 92.0 59.5 21.5 50.5 35.6 38.6 35.3 50.5
CM(E) 15, 25 51.0 104.4 74.0 21.5 64.0 48.6 51.6 48.0 64.0

The clamping ring is made of stainless steel EN 1.4301/AISI 304.

The pipe stub is made of stainless steel EN 1.4401/AISI 316.
The gasket is made of PTFE or EPDM.

Number of
Pipework Pressure Product
Pump type Connection material Gasket coupling sets
connection [bar] number
required
EPDM 2 96515374
CM(E) 1, 3, 5, 10 DN 32
PTFE 2 96515375
Stainless steel 16
EPDM 2 96515376
CM(E) 15, 25 DN 50
PTFE 2 96515377

118
CM, CME
26
Potentiometer for CME R100 remote control

Accessories
The potentiometer is for setpoint setting and start/stop
of the CME pump.

Product Product number

External potentiometer with cabinet for wall
625468
mounting

CIU communication interface units

for CME

GrA5953
Fig. 48 R100 remote control
Use the R100 for wireless communication with the CME
pump. The communication takes place by means of
infrared light.
GrA6118

Product Product number

R100 625333
Fig. 47 Grundfos CIU communication interface unit
The CIU units enable communication of operating data,
such as measured values and setpoints, between CME
pumps and a building management system. The CIU
unit incorporates a 24-240 VAC/VDC power supply
module and a CIM module. It can either be mounted on
a DIN rail or on a wall.
We offer the following CIU units:

CIU 100
For communication via LON.

CIU 150
For communication via Profibus DP.

CIU 200
For communication via Modbus RTU.

CIU 250
For communication via GSM.

CIU 270
For communication via Grundfos Remote Management
(GRM).

CIU 300
For communication via BACnet MS/TP.

Unit type Fieldbus protocol Product number

CIU 100 LON 96753735
CIU 150 Profibus DP 96753081
CIU 200 Modbus RTU 96753082
CIU 250 GSM 96787106
CIU 270 GRM Contact Grundfos
CIU 300 BACnet MS/TP 96893769

For further information about data communication via

CIU units and fieldbus protocols, see the CIU
documentation available in WebCAPS.

119
 CM, CME
26
Sensors for CME
Accessories

The sensors must be fitted to the pipework with suitable fittings.

Accessory Type Supplier Measuring range Product number

Flowmeter
SITRANS FM MAGFLO
Siemens 1-5 m3 ID8285
MAG 5100 W (DN 25)

Flowmeter
SITRANS FM MAGFLO
Siemens 3-10 m3 ID8286
MAG 5100 W (DN 40)

Flowmeter
SITRANS FM MAGFLO
Siemens 6-30 m3 ID8287
MAG 5100 W (DN 65)

Flowmeter
SITRANS FM MAGFLO
Siemens 20-75 m3 ID8288
MAG 5100 W (DN 100)
Temperature sensor TTA (0) 25 Carlo Gavazzi 0 °C to +25 °C 96432591
Temperature sensor TTA (-25) 25 Carlo Gavazzi -25 °C to +25 °C 96430194
Temperature sensor TTA (50) 100 Carlo Gavazzi +50 °C to +100 °C 96432592
Temperature sensor TTA (0) 150 Carlo Gavazzi 0 °C to +150 °C 96430195
Protecting tube
Carlo Gavazzi 96430201
∅9 x 50 mm
Accessory for temperature sensor.
Protecting tube
All with 1/2 RG connection. Carlo Gavazzi 96430202
∅9 x 100 mm
Cutting ring bush Carlo Gavazzi 96430203
tmg
Temperature sensor, ambient temperature WR 52 -50 °C to +50 °C ID8295
(Plesner)
Differential-temperature sensor ETSD Honsberg 0 °C to +20 °C 96409362
Differential-temperature sensor ETSD Honsberg 0 °C to +50 °C 96409363

Note: All sensors have 4-20 mA signal output.

Danfoss pressure sensor kits for CME pumps and CM pumps connected to Grundfos CUE

The kit comprises: Pressure range [bar] Temperature range Product number
0-4 96428014
• Danfoss pressure transmitter, type MBS 3000, with 2 m screened 0-6 96428015
cable Connection: G 1/2 A (DIN 16288 - B6kt)
0-10 -40 °C to +85 °C 96428016
• 5 cable clips (black)
• Installation and operating instructions PT (400212) 0-16 96428017
0-25 96428018

DPI differential-pressure sensor kit

The kit comprises: Pressure range [bar] Product number

0 - 0.6 96611522
• 1 sensor incl. 0.9 m screened cable (7/16" connections)
• 1 original DPI bracket (for wall mounting) 0 - 1.0 96611523
• 1 Grundfos bracket (for mounting on motor)
• 2 M4 screws for mounting of sensor on bracket 0 - 1.6 96611524
• 1 M6 screw (self-cutting) for mounting on MGE 90/100
• 1 M8 screw (self-cutting) for mounting on MGE 112/132 0 - 2.5 96611525
• 3 capillary tubes (short/long)
• 2 fittings (1/4" - 7/16") 0 - 4.0 96611526
• 5 cable clips (black)
• Installation and operating instructions (480675) 0 - 6.0 96611527
• Service kit instructions
0 - 10 96611550

120
CM, CME
26
MP 204 motor protector Tripping conditions

Accessories
• Overload
• underload (dry running)
• temperature
• missing phase

TM03 1471 2205

• phase sequence
• overvoltage
• undervoltage
Fig. 49 MP 204 • power factor (cos φ)
The MP 204 is an electronic motor protector and data • current unbalance.
collecting unit. Apart from protecting the motor, it can Warnings
also send information to a control unit via GENIbus, like • Overload
for instance:
• underload
• trip • temperature
• warning • overvoltage
• energy consumption • undervoltage
• input power • power factor (cos φ)
• motor temperature. • run capacitor (single-phase operation)
The MP 204 protects the motor primarily by measuring • starting capacitor (single-phase operation)
the motor current by means of a true RMS • loss of communication in network
measurement.
• harmonic distortion.
The pump is protected secondarily by measuring the
Learning function
temperature with a Tempcon sensor, a Pt100/Pt1000
sensor and a PTC sensor/thermal switch. • Phase sequence (three-phase operation)
• run capacitor (single-phase operation)
The MP 204 is designed for single- and three-phase
• starting capacitor (single-phase operation)
motors.
• identification and measurement of Pt100/Pt1000
Note: The MP 204 must not be used together with sensor circuit.
frequency converters.
Product number
Features
• Phase-sequence monitoring Description Product number
MP 204 motor protector 96079927
• indication of current or temperature
• input for PTC sensor/thermal switch Cover for CM motor
• indication of temperature in °C or °F The cover protects the motor from ingress of liquid,
• 4-digit, 7-segment display especially if the pump is installed in a vertically tilted
• setting and status reading with the Grundfos R100 position with the motor end pointing upwards.
remote control
Product number
• setting and status reading via the Grundfos
GENIbus fieldbus. Description Product number
Cover for CM motors, frame sizes 71 and 80 97528743

Angled cable gland

TM05 0729 1411

Fig. 50 Angled cable gland with O-ring and lock nut

Description Product number

Angled cable gland with O-ring and lock nut 97842998

121
 CM, CME
27

27. Further product documentation

Further product documentation

WebCAPS
WebCAPS is a Web-based Computer Aided Product
Selection program available on www.grundfos.com.
WebCAPS contains detailed information on more than
220,000 Grundfos products in more than
30 languages.
Information in WebCAPS is divided into six sections:
• Catalogue
• Literature
• Service
• Sizing
• Replacement
• CAD drawings.

Catalogue

Based on fields of application and pump types, this section

contains the following:
• technical data
• curves (QH, Eta, P1, P2, etc.) which can be adapted to the
density and viscosity of the pumped liquid and show the
number of pumps in operation
• product photos
• dimensional drawings
• wiring diagrams
• quotation texts, etc.

Literature

This section contains all the latest documents of a given pump,

such as
• data booklets
• installation and operating instructions
• service documentation, such as Service kit catalogue and
Service kit instructions
• quick guides
• product brochures.

Service

This section contains an easy-to-use interactive service

catalogue. Here you can find and identify service parts of both
existing and discontinued Grundfos pumps.
Furthermore, the section contains service videos showing you
how to replace service parts.

122
CM, CME
27

Further product documentation

Sizing 0 1

This section is based on different fields of application and

installation examples and gives easy step-by-step instructions in
how to size a product:
• Select the most suitable and efficient pump for your installation
• Carry out advanced calculations based on energy
consumption, payback periods, load profiles, life cycle costs,
etc.
• Analyse your selected pump via the built-in life cycle cost tool
• Determine the flow velocity in wastewater applications, etc.

Replacement

In this section you find a guide to selecting and comparing

replacement data of an installed pump in order to replace the
pump with a more efficient Grundfos pump.
The section contains replacement data of a wide range of pumps
produced by other manufacturers than Grundfos.

Based on an easy step-by-step guide, you can compare

Grundfos pumps with the one you have installed on your site.
When you have specified the installed pump, the guide will
suggest a number of Grundfos pumps which can improve both
comfort and efficiency.

CAD drawings

In this section, it is possible to download 2-dimensional (2D) and

3-dimensional (3D) CAD drawings of most Grundfos pumps.

These formats are available in WebCAPS:

2-dimensional drawings:
• .dxf, wireframe drawings
• .dwg, wireframe drawings.

3-dimensional drawings:
• .dwg, wireframe drawings (without surfaces)
• .stp, solid drawings (with surfaces)
• .eprt, E-drawings.

WinCAPS
WinCAPS is a Windows-based Computer Aided
Product Selection program containing detailed
information on more than 220,000 Grundfos products
in more than 30 languages.
The program contains the same features and functions
as WebCAPS, but is an ideal solution if no internet
connection is available.
WinCAPS is available on CD-ROM and updated once
a year.

Fig. 51 WinCAPS CD-ROM

Subject to alterations.

123
 Being responsible is our foundation
Thinking ahead makes it possible
Innovation is the essence

96903467 1011
GB
Repl. 96903467 0811
The name Grundfos, the Grundfos logo, and the payoff Be–Think–Innovate are registrated trademarks
ECM: 1083776 owned by Grundfos Management A/S or Grundfos A/S, Denmark. All rights reserved worldwide.

GRUNDFOS A/S . DK-8850 Bjerringbro . Denmark

Telephone: +45 87 50 14 00
www.grundfos.com
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

DESMI vertical "in-line" centrifugal pump

NSL Monobloc

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S

Tagholm l, DK-9400 Nørresundby, Denmark
Tel.: +45 96 32 81 11
Fax: +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected]
Internet: www.desmi.com

Manual: Language: Revision:

T1380 English AB (03/19)

Special pump No. ...............................................

TABLE OF CONTENTS:
1. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................. 4
1.1 DELIVERY .................................................................................................................................................................. 4
2. TECHNICAL DATA ............................................................................................................................................. 4
2.1 EXPLANATION OF THE TYPE NUMBER ...................................................................................................................... 4
2.2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................................... 5
3. INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................................................... 7
3.1 MOUNTING/FASTENING .......................................................................................................................................... 7
3.2 WIRING ..................................................................................................................................................................... 7
4. TRANSPORT/STORAGE ................................................................................................................................... 7
5. DISMANTLING..................................................................................................................................................... 8
5.1 ACCESS TO IMPELLER ................................................................................................................................................ 8
5.2 DISMANTLING SHAFT SEAL ....................................................................................................................................... 9
5.3 DISMANTLING SEAT .................................................................................................................................................. 9
5.4 DISMANTLING BEARING (ONLY 02-COMBINATION) ................................................................................................. 9
5.5 INSPECTION .............................................................................................................................................................. 9
5.6 DISMANTLING COUPLING (02-COMBINATION) / SHAFT (12-COMBINATION) .......................................................... 9
6. ASSEMBLING.....................................................................................................................................................10
6.1 FITTING SEALING RINGS.......................................................................................................................................... 10
6.2 FITTING BEARING (ONLY 02-COMBINATION) ......................................................................................................... 10
6.3 FITTING WATER DEFLECTOR (ONLY 02-COMBINATION) ......................................................................................... 10
6.4 FITTING SHAFT SEAL ............................................................................................................................................... 10
6.5 FITTING IMPELLER .................................................................................................................................................. 11
6.6 FITTING SHAFT SEAL COVER OR MOTOR BRACKET (12-COMBINATION)................................................................. 11
6.7 SHAFT ..................................................................................................................................................................... 11
6.8 FITTING COUPLING (ONLY 02-COMBINATION) ....................................................................................................... 12
7. FROST PROTECTION .......................................................................................................................................12
8. DISMANTLING....................................................................................................................................................12
9. START-UP ...........................................................................................................................................................12
9.1 START-UP................................................................................................................................................................ 13
10. SYSTEM BALANCING ....................................................................................................................................14
11. INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ..............................................................................................................15
11.1 DRAINING THE PUMP ........................................................................................................................................... 15
11.2 BEARING .............................................................................................................................................................. 15
12. REPAIRS ...........................................................................................................................................................17
12.1 ORDERING SPARE PARTS ...................................................................................................................................... 17
13. OPERATING DATA ..........................................................................................................................................17
14. EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY .........................................................................................................19
15. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø215/265 02-COMB. .............................................................................................20
16. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø215/265 02-COMB. ..................................................................................................20
17. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø215/265 12-COMB. ..............................................................................................21
18. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø215/265 12-COMB. ...................................................................................................21
19. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø330/415/525 02-COMB. ......................................................................................23
20. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø330/415/525 02-COMB. ..........................................................................................23
21. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø330/415/525 12-COMB. ......................................................................................24
22. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø330/415/525 12-COMB. ..........................................................................................24
23. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL300-418 02-COMB. ........................................................................................25
24. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL300-418 02-COMB. ..............................................................................................25
25. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL300-418 12-COMB. .........................................................................................26
26. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL300-418 12-COMB. ..............................................................................................26
27. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL350-525 02-COMB. .........................................................................................27
28. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL350-525 02-COMB. ..............................................................................................27
29. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL350-525 12-COMB. .........................................................................................28
30. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL350-525 12-COMB. ..............................................................................................28
31. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø215/265 02-COMBINATION .............................................................................29
32. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø215/265 12-COMBINATION .............................................................................30
33. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø330/415/418/525 02-COMBINATION ..............................................................31
34. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø330/415/418/525 12-COMBINATION ..............................................................33
APPENDIX A ...........................................................................................................................................................35
1. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

These operation and maintenance instructions apply to the DESMI NSL Monobloc pump.

The pump is a single-stage vertical "in-line" centrifugal pump (i.e. horizontal inlet and outlet on the
same line) equipped with stainless steel shaft, mechanical shaft seal, and closed impeller.

The pump is suitable for the pumping of liquids with temperatures up to 80oC. With special shaft seal
up to 100oC in Monobloc pumps with bearing (/-02 design) and up to 140oC in Monobloc pumps
without bearing (/-12 design). For pumping of liquids with temperatures above 100oC DESMI
recommends using nothing but ductile iron (for instance GGG40) for pump casing and rear cover.
Max. working pressure and number of revolutions are indicated under Operating Data.

The pump is particularly suitable for the pumping of water in connection with cooling systems, cooling
of diesel engines, as bilge pumps, ballast pumps, fire pumps, brine pumps, pumps for irrigation, fish
farms, water works, district heating, salvage corps, army and navy, etc.

The descriptions in the operation and maintenance instructions are divided into two parts covering
the groups ø215/265 and ø330/415/418/525, as the designs of these two groups are different. The
numbers refer to the standard impeller diameter of the pump. E.g.:

ø215/265: Pumps with ø215 or ø265 impellers:

The back of the impeller is equipped with relief blades to reduce the load on the bearings. The line
through inlet and outlet is flush with the centre line of the shaft.

ø330/415/418/525: Pumps with ø330, ø415, ø418 or ø525 impellers:

The back and the front of the impeller are equipped with sealing rings and relief holes to reduce the
load on the bearings. The pump inlet and outlet are tangential i.e. the line through inlet and outlet is
offset in relation to the centre line of the shaft.

1.1 DELIVERY
- Check on delivery that the shipment is complete and undamaged.
- Defects and damages, if any, to be reported to the carrier and the supplier
immediately in order that a claim can be advanced.

2. TECHNICAL DATA

The pumps are manufactured in various material combinations which appear from the type number
on the name plate. See below.

2.1 EXPLANATION OF THE TYPE NUMBER

All the NSL pumps are provided with a name plate. The type number indicated on the name plate is
built up as follows:

NSLXXX-YYY-MR-Z

XXX: Pressure branch diameter, YYY: Standard impeller diameter

M: The material combination of the pump.
R: The assembly combination of the pump.
Z: Other variants

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 4

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
M may be the following:
A: Casing and shaft seal cover : Cast iron + cast iron alloy. Impeller and sealing rings: NiAlBz
B: Casing and shaft seal cover : Cast iron + cast iron alloy. Impeller and sealing rings: Stainless.
C: All cast iron
D: Casing and shaft seal cover: Bronze or NiAlBz. Impeller and sealing rings: NiAlBz or Stainless
steel
E: Casing and shaft seal cover: NiAlBz and bronze alloy. Impeller and sealing rings: NiAlBz
S: Casing, shaft seal cover, impeller and sealing rings: SAF2507 and stainless steel alloy.
U: Nonmagnetic material

The pumps can be delivered in other material combinations according to agreement with the supplier.

R may be the following:

02: Monobloc, with bearing in the pump
12: Monobloc, without bearing in the pump
13: Spacer, light bearing housing
14: Spacer, heavy bearing housing
15: Spacer, heavy bearing housing and heavy motor bracket (special motor bracket)

Z may be the following:

i : PN16 flanges
j : PN25 flanges
k : Special flange
l : Other shaft seal
m : BS flanges
n : ANSI flanges
o : Shockproof design
p : Other design
q : JIS flanges

Any use of the pump is to be evaluated on the basis of the materials used in the pump. In case of
doubt, contact the supplier.

Pumps in material combinations A and C are primarily used for fresh water.
Pumps in material combination D are primarily used for seawater.

If the pumps are designed for special purposes the following is to be indicated:

Pump No. :
Pump type :
Application :
Comment :

2.2 TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

The noise level indicated is the airborne noise including the motor. The noise depends on the motor
type supplied, as the noise from the pump can be calculated as the noise level of the motor + 2dB(A).
The noise level is for pumps with electric motors.

The capacity of the pump appears from the name plate on the pump. If the pump has been delivered
without motor, the pump capacity is to be indicated on the plate when mounting the motor.

The permissible loads on the flanges appear from the following table. The values apply to standard
pumps in bronze (Rg5) and cast iron (GG20). As to pumps in SG iron (GGG40), NiAlBz or stainless
steel the values are to be increased by factor 1.5.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 5

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
 Fy Fz Fx ∑F My Mz Mx ∑ Mt
Pump N N N Nm Nm Nm

NSL80-215
NSL80-265 800 950 850 1500 550 350 400 750
NSL80-330
NSL100-215
NSL100-265
1000 1250 1150 2000 650 400 500 900
NSL100-330
NSL100-415
NSL125-215
NSL125-265
1250 1600 1430 2500 830 520 650 1160
NSL125-330
NSL125-415
NSL150-215
NSL150-265
1500 1900 1700 2950 1000 650 800 1400
NSL150-330
NSL150-415
NSL200-265
NSL200-330
2000 2520 2260 3920 1330 860 1060 1860
NSL200-415
NSL200-525
NSL250-265
NSL250-330
2500 3150 2820 4900 1770 1140 1400 2470
NSL250-415
NSL250-525
NSL300-415
NSL300-418 3000 3750 3350 5860 2750 1900 2200 4000
NSL300-525
NSL350-525 3500 4370 3920 6840 3630 2500 2930 5300

In connection with the permissible loads on the flanges the following is to be observed:

  F calc    M calc 
2 2

  +  2
 F   M t 
   
where index "calc" is the values calculated by the
user.
At the same time none of the forces or moments may exceed the indicated figure multiplied by 1.4.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 6

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
3. INSTALLATION

3.1 MOUNTING/FASTENING
The pump should be mounted and fastened on a solid base plate with a flat and horizontal surface
to avoid distortion.

The max. permissible loads on the flanges stated in paragraph 2.2 are to be observed.

At installations pumping hot or very cold liquids, the operator must be aware that it is
dangerous to touch the pump surface and, consequently, he must take the necessary
safety measures.

3.2 WIRING

Wiring to be carried out by authorised skilled workmen according to the rules and
regulations in force.

4. TRANSPORT/STORAGE

The weights of the pumps in A and D combination (without motor) are stated in the following table,
and the pumps are to be lifted as shown below. The D12-combination is as standard only available
in ø330/415/418/525.

Weight in kg Weight in kg
A02 / D02 / A12 / D12 A02 / D02 / A12 / D12
Pump comb. incl. base plate Pump comb. incl. base plate
NSL80-215 126 / 141 / 100 / ---- NSL150-415 454 / 474 / 404 / 424
NSL80-265 135 / 152 / 109 / ---- NSL200-265 207 / 240 / 181 / ----
NSL80-330 256 / 261 / 206 / 211 NSL200-330 409 / 394 / 359 / 344
NSL100-215 137 / 154 / 111 / ---- NSL200-415 529 / 549 / 479 / 499
NSL100-265 136 / 153 / 120 / ---- NSL200-525 699 / 789 / 629 / 719
NSL100-330 261 / 267 / 211 / 217 NSL250-265 301 / 341 /296 / ----
NSL100-415 379 / 399 / 329 / 349 NSL250-330 489 / 479 / 439 / 429
NSL125-215 148 / 163 / 122 / ---- NSL250-415 609 / 614 / 559 / 564
NSL125-265 154 / 175 / 128 / ---- NSL250-525 809 / 924 / 739 /854
NSL125-330 276 / 282 / 226 / 232 NSL300-415 729 / 729 / 679 / 679
NSL125-415 414 / 434 / 364 / 384 NSL300-418 927 / 735 / 807 / 685
NSL150-215 167 / 191 / 141 / ---- NSL300-525 870 / 1005 / 800 / 935
NSL150-265 172 / 197 / 146 / ---- NSL350-525 1408 / 1285 / 1270 / 1230
NSL150-330 339 / 329 / 289 / 279

The weights of the pumps in E and S (without motor) are equivalent to pumps in A code.

The pump is to be stored in a dry area.

Before shipment the pump is to be fastened securely on pallets or the like.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 7

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
The pump is to be lifted in the following way:

The lifting straps must not

bear against sharp edges and
corners

5. DISMANTLING

5.1 ACCESS TO IMPELLER

The numbers in brackets refer to the position numbers on the assembly drawing.

ø215/265 02-combination
Remove guards (28). Remove Allen screws (22) which hold the shaft seal cover (18) and the motor
bracket (20) to the pump casing (1). Dismantle copper pipe (58). Remove motor bracket and motor.
Loosen shaft seal cover (18) from pump casing by means of the two M12 bolts in the threaded holes
in the shaft seal cover. The shaft seal cover with shaft and impeller can now be lifted up allowing
inspection of the impeller.

ø215/265 12-combination
Remove guards (28). Remove Allen screws (22) which hold the motor bracket (20) to the pump
casing (1) (stainless steel pumps have separate rear cover (18) and motor bracket (20), and use
Allen screw (40) to connect). Dismantle copper pipe (58). The top piece can now be lifted up
allowing inspection of the impeller.

ø330/415/418/525 02-combination
Remove guards (28). Remove set screws (64) which hold the motor bracket (20) to the pump casing
(1). Dismantle copper pipe (58). Remove motor bracket and motor. Remove set screws (22) with
washers (23), which hold the shaft seal cover (18) to the pump casing. Loosen the shaft seal cover
from the pump casing by means of the pointed screws (86). The shaft seal cover with shaft and
impeller can now be lifted up allowing inspection of the impeller.

ø330/415/418/525 12-combination
Remove guards (28). Remove set screws (64) which hold the motor bracket (20) to the pump casing
(1). Dismantle copper pipe (58). Remove set screws (22) with washers (23), which hold the shaft
seal cover (18) to the pump casing. Loosen the shaft seal cover from the pump casing by means of
the pointed screws (86). The motor and motor bracket with shaft seal cover and shaft with impeller
can now be lifted up allowing inspection of the impeller.
DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 8
Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
5.2 DISMANTLING SHAFT SEAL
ø215/265 02-combination
Pull the shaft seal cover off the motor bracket, by which the coupling (19) is pulled off the motor
shaft. Remove nut (6). Pull off the impeller (5) and remove sunk key (9). Remove Allen screws
(16), which hold the bearing cover (15) to the shaft seal cover, pull shaft seal cover and bearing
cover apart, by which shaft seal (10) and water deflector (11) are pulled off the shaft.

ø215/265 12-combination
Remove nut (6). Pull off the impeller (5), and remove sunk key (9). Remove set screws (71) and pull
motor bracket and electric motor with shaft (17) apart, by which the shaft seal is pulled off the shaft.

ø330/415/418/525 02-combination
Remove set screw (6). Pull off the impeller, and remove sunk key (9). Remove set screws (16),
which hold the bearing cover (15) to the shaft seal cover, pull shaft seal cover and bearing cover
apart, by which the shaft seal (10) is pulled off the shaft.

ø330/415/418/525 12-combination
Remove set screw (6). Pull off the impeller, and remove sunk key (9). Pull shaft seal cover out of
motor bracket, by which the shaft seal (10) is pulled off the shaft.

5.3 DISMANTLING SEAT

Press out the seat from behind the shaft seal cover or motor bracket (ø215/265 in 12-combination)

5.4 DISMANTLING BEARING (ONLY 02-COMBINATION)

Before dismantling bearing, remove ring lock (12). Pull the shaft/coupling out of the bearing cover
and press the bearing out of the bearing cover.

5.5 INSPECTION
When the pump has been dismantled, check the following parts for wear and damage:

- Sealing ring/impeller: Max. clearance 0.4-0.5 mm measured in radius.

- Shaft seal/shaft seal cover: Check the seat for flatness and cracks.
Check the rubber parts for elasticity.
- Bearings: Replace in case of wear and noise.

5.6 DISMANTLING COUPLING (02-COMBINATION) / SHAFT (12-COMBINATION)

It is not necessary to remove the coupling in the 02-combination or the shaft in the 12-combination
during normal maintenance. However, in the 12-combination the shaft must be removed when the
lower bearing in the electric motor is replaced.

02-combination:
Dismantle the coupling by removing the pointed screw (73) and pull off the coupling. If the coupling
is removed on the assembled pump, take care that the bearing is not damaged by pulling too hard
on the coupling. If the coupling is removed after dismantling the pump, fix the shaft at the thread at
the opposite shaft end, while the coupling is pulled off. The coupling might be heated to facilitate
dismantling.

12-combination:
Remove pointed screws (73). Pull off the shaft. . The coupling might be heated to facilitate
dismantling.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 9

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
6. ASSEMBLING

6.1 FITTING SEALING RINGS

When fitted, the sealing ring (4) is to bear against the shoulder of the pump casing.

ø330/415/418/525
When fitted the sealing ring (27) is to bear against the shoulder of the shaft seal cover (20). And
for ø418 secure it with countersunk screws (105)

6.2 FITTING BEARING (ONLY 02-COMBINATION)

Place the support disc (14) (grease valve ring in ø330/415/418/525 with angular ball bearings) in
the bearing cover and press the bearing into place in the bearing cover. Lead the shaft through the
bearing cover, support disc and bearing, and press the bearing into place up against the support
disc. Fit ring lock (12).

ø330/415/418/525
Fit cover under bearing (26).

6.3 FITTING WATER DEFLECTOR (ONLY 02-COMBINATION)

ø215/265
Assemble bearing cover and shaft seal cover. Lead the water deflector (11) over the shaft until it
touches the shaft seal cover and then further 1-1.5 mm into the shaft seal cover. Do not fasten
bearing cover and electric motor until the motor has been mounted and the shaft can rotate freely
without noise.

ø330/415/418/525
Lead the water deflector (11) over the shaft until it touches the cover under bearing (26) and then
further 1-1.5 mm towards the cover under bearing. Assemble bearing cover and shaft seal cover.
Do not fasten bearing cover and electric motor until the motor has been mounted and the shaft can
rotate freely without noise.

6.4 FITTING SHAFT SEAL

For pumps with balanced shaft seal type ELK (=”-L” included in pump code on name plate) please
read appendix A.

Before fitting the seat, clean the recess in the shaft seal cover or the motor bracket (ø215/265 in
12-combination). When fitting the seat, remove the protective coating without scratching the lapped
surface. Dip the outer rubber ring of the seat into soapy water. Now press the seat into place with
the fingers and check that all parts are correctly imbedded.

If it is necessary to use tools for assembling, then protect the sliding surface of the seat to prevent
it from being scratched or cut. Lubricate the inner surface of the slide ring rubber bellows with
soapy water and push it over the shaft. The use of a conical fitting bush as shown on the assembly
drawing is recommended to avoid that the rubber bellows is cut.

Push the slide ring over the shaft with the hand. If the rubber bellows is tight, use a fitting tool and
take care that the slide ring is not damaged. If the carbon ring is not fixed, it is important to check
that it is fitted correctly, i.e. the chamfered/lapped side is to face the seat. The carbon ring can be
held by a little grease.

When using soapy water on the shaft, the bellows will settle and seat in abt. 15 minutes, and until
then tightness should not be expected. After start, check by viewing the leak hole that there are no
leaks.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 10

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
6.5 FITTING IMPELLER
Fit the sunk key in the shaft and lead the impeller towards the shoulder of the shaft. Take care that
the ring at the end of the shaft seal spring locates in the recess of the impeller. Secure the impeller
with washers (7 and 8) and a nut (ø215/265/418) or a set screw (ø330/415/525).

6.6 FITTING SHAFT SEAL COVER OR MOTOR BRACKET (12-COMBINATION)

Place the O-ring (21) between pump casing and shaft seal cover (or motor bracket in ø215/265 12
combination) in the O-ring groove and hold it with a little grease. However, check the material of
the O-ring first. As standard the material is nitrile, but it might be EPDM which will be damaged by
mineral grease. Use soft soap or silicone grease for EPDM. Fit and fasten shaft seal cover or
motor bracket, mounted with the electric motor, in the pump casing. Screw the pointed screws (86)
back into the shaft seal cover before tightening. Fit copper pipe (58).

6.7 SHAFT
When the pump has been assembled, check that the shaft rotates freely. In case the shaft has
been dismantled in the 12-combination, tap the shaft towards the shaft end of the electric motor by
means of a plastic hammer, and fasten the pointed screws (first the middle screw) according to the
below table. Check that the wobble, measured as close to the shaft end as possible, is within the
limits indicated in the table.

Dimension Torque
Motor size Pointed screws Pointed screws Max. wobble

100/112 M6 10 Nm 70 μm

132 M8 24 Nm 70 μm

160 M10 40 Nm 70 μm

180 M12 55 Nm 70 μm

200 M12 75 Nm 70 μm

225 M16 160 Nm 70 μm

250 M16 160 Nm 70 μm

280 M16 160 Nm 70 μm

315 M16 160 Nm 70 μm

315 / 355 M20 320 Nm 70 μm

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 11

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
6.8 FITTING COUPLING (ONLY 02-COMBINATION)
Fit sunk key (76). If the coupling is fitted on the assembled pump, take care that you do not
damage the bearing by pressing the coupling too hard. The coupling might be heated to facilitate
the fitting. If the coupling is fitted before assembling the pump, the shaft must be supported at the
opposite shaft end while the coupling is pressed into place. When the coupling bears against the
shoulder of the pump shaft, fit the pointed screw.

7. FROST PROTECTION

Pumps which are not in operation during frost periods are to be drained to avoid frost damage.
Remove the plug (3) at the bottom to empty the pump. Alternatively, it is possible to use anti-freeze
liquids in normal constructions.

8. DISMANTLING

Before dismantling the pump make sure that it has stopped. Empty the pump of
liquid before it is dismantled from the piping system. If the pump has been pumping
dangerous liquids you are to be aware of this and take the necessary safety
measures.
If the pump has been pumping hot liquids, take great care that it is drained before it is removed
from the piping system.

9. START-UP

A centrifugal pump will not function until it has been filled with liquid between the
foot valve and somewhat above the impeller of the pump.
The liquid also serves as coolant for the shaft seal. In order to protect the shaft seal
the pump must not run dry.

ATTENTION

For safety reasons the pump is only allowed to operate against closed discharge valve for a short
time (max. 5 minutes and at a max. temperature of 80°C for standard pumps). Otherwise there is a
risk of damage to the pump and, at worst, of a steam explosion. If the pump is not monitored, the
installation of a safety device is recommended.

Check in the electric motor manual if the bearings in the actual motor shall be lubricated with
grease before first start-up.

On pumps not running the shaft shall be rotated at least 2-3 times monthly to avoid standstill
damage to shaft seal and bearings. If the pump is filled with liquid it can alternatively be started up
shortly.

In special applications, it may require more frequent shaft rotation or start-up in order to avoid
seizing of the impeller and/or the shaft seal.

In pressurized systems the shaft seal often leaks a bit during standstill – in most cases the leakage
stops shortly after the pump is started up.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 12

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
It is not recommended to lead liquid (either one way or the other) through a passively rotating
pump, as this may damage the shaft seal.

For the sake of the shaft seal lifetime, it is recommended to run at least 300 rpm and use max. 1
minute on acceleration from 0 to 300 rpm and max. 1 minute on deceleration from 300 to 0 rpm.

9.1 START-UP
Before starting the pump check that:

- the shaft rotates freely without jarring sounds.

- the pump casing and the suction line are filled with liquid.

Start the pump for a moment to check the direction of rotation. If the direction is correct (i.e. in the
direction of the arrow) the pump may be started.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 13

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
10. SYSTEM BALANCING

It is often difficult to calculate a manometric delivery head in advance. It is, however, decisively
important to the quantity of liquid delivered.

A considerably smaller delivery head than expected will increase the quantity of liquid delivered,
causing increased power consumption and perhaps cavitation in pump and piping. In the pump the
impeller may show signs of heavy erosion caused by cavitation (corrosion) which may at times
render an impeller unfit for use in a very short time. Not unusually do similar erosions occur in pipe
bends and valves elsewhere in the piping system.

Therefore, after start-up, it is necessary to check either the quantity of liquid delivered or the power
consumption of the pump e.g. by measuring the current intensity of the connected motor. Together
with a reading of the differential pressure the quantity of water delivered can be determined against
the characteristics of the pump.

Should the pump not function as intended, please proceed according to the fault-finding list. Bear
in mind, though, that the pump was carefully checked and tested at the factory and that the
majority of faults stem from the piping system

FAULT CAUSE REMEDY

The pump has no 1. Wrong direction of rotation Change direction of rotation to

or too low capacity clockwise when viewed from
shaft end (the direction of the
2. Piping system choked arrow)
3. The pump is choked Clean or replace
4. Suction line leaks Clean the pump
Pump takes air Find the leakage, repair the fault,
non-return valve not submerged
5. Suction lift too high Check data sheet Q/H curve and
6. Pump and piping system NPSH or contact DESMI
wrongly dimensioned As 5

The pump uses too 1. Counter-pressure too low Insert orifice plate or check
much power 2. The liquid is heavier valve/Contact DESMI
than water Contact DESMI
3. Foreign body in pump
Dismantle the pump, remove the
4. Electric motor is cause
running on 2 phases Check fuses, cable connection,
and cable

The pump makes 1. Cavitation in pump Suction lift too high/ Suction line
noise wrongly dimensioned/Liquid
temperature too high

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 14

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
11. INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

Inspect the shaft seal for leaks at regular intervals.

- Before inspection of a pump without guard check that the pump cannot be started
unintentionally.

- The system is to be without pressure and drained of liquid.

- The repairman must be familiar with the type of liquid which has been pumped as well
as the safety measures he is to take when handling the liquid.

11.1 DRAINING THE PUMP

When the piping system has been drained, note that there is still liquid in the pump. Remove the
liquid by dismantling the pipe plug (3) at the bottom of the pump.

11.2 BEARING
In the 12-combination the life depends on the relubrication, size and quality of the bearing in the
motor.

ø215/265 in 02-combination
The bearing in the 02-combination is dimensioned for a nominal life of 25,000 working hours. The
bearing is lubricated for life and requires no attention but is to be replaced in case of noise or
bearing wear.

ø330/415/418/525 in 02-combination
The bearing is dimensioned for a nominal life of 100,000 working hours and is to be relubricated
according to the below table. The bearing is to be replaced in case of noise or bearing wear.

Light bearing housing (single-row ball bearing)

The bearing is to be relubricated through the lubricator nipple (84) in the bearing cover (15). In
connection with replacement, the bearings are to be mounted with the RS - sealing facing
downwards, fill the bearing itself with grease and place a grease bead on the bearing towards the
shaft in a quantity corresponding to the table below.

Heavy bearing housing (two angular ball bearings)

The bearings are to be relubricated through the lubricator nipple (84) in the bearing cover (15). Fill
the bearings with grease and place a grease bead on the bearing towards the shaft in a quantity
corresponding to the table below.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 15

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
 Pump Assembly Interval Quantity

NSL80-330
NSL100-330
Light bearing
NSL125-330 4500 hours 30 g
housing
NSL100-415
NSL125-415

NSL150-330
NSL200-330 Heavy bearing
housing 4500 hours 40 g
NSL250-330
NSL150-415

NSL200-415
NSL250-415 Heavy bearing
housing 4500 hours 50 g
NSL300-415
NSL300-418

NSL200-525
NSL250-525 Heavy bearing
housing 4500 hours 80 g
NSL300-525
NSL350-525

If the pump liquid temperature

ESSO Beacon 2

BP Energrease LS EP 2

Shell Gadus S5 V100 2

Mobil Mobil lux grease EP 2 eller Mobil plex 47

Castrol Spheerol AP 2

Texaco Multifak EP 2

Q8 Rembrandt EP 2 eller Rubens

Statoil Uniway Li 62

If the pump liquid temperature is above 80°C, high-temperature grease is recommended, e.g. SKF
LGHP2.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 16

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
 12. REPAIRS

12.1 ORDERING SPARE PARTS

When ordering spare parts please always state pump type, serial No. (appears on the name plate of
the pump), position No. on the assembly drawing and designation on the spare parts list.

13. OPERATING DATA

The following working pressures (pressure in piping incl. the pressure increase caused by the pump)
and number of revolutions are allowed in standard pumps.

ø215/265
In the 02-combination the ø215 pumps are as standard available with motors up to frame size 225
(inclusive) and ø265 pumps with motors up to frame size 280 (inclusive).

In the 12-combination the ø215 pumps are as standard available with motors up to frame size 180
(inclusive) and ø265 pumps with motors up to frame size 200 (inclusive).

ø330/415/418/525
In the 02/12-combination the ø330 pumps are as standard available with motors up to frame size
315 (inclusive) and ø415/418 pumps with motors up to frame size 355 (inclusive).
Max. Max.
working Max. working Max.
pressure working Max. pressure working Max.
[bar] pressure RPM [bar] pressure RPM
Bronze / [bar] 12- & 02- Bronze / [bar] 12- & 02-
Pump Cast iron SG-iron combination Pump Cast iron SG-iron combination
NSL80-215 16 25 3600 NSL150-415 9 / 13 25 1800
NSL80-265 14,5 25 3600 NSL200-265 9 25 1800
NSL80-330 15 / 15 25 3600 NSL200-330 7 / 13 25 1800
NSL100-215 13 25 3600 NSL200-415 9 / 13 25 1800
NSL100-265 14,5 25 3600 NSL200-525 14 25 1800
NSL100-330 8 / 14 25 3000 NSL250-265 10 / 10 25 1800
NSL100-415 10 / 12,5 25 1800 NSL250-330 7 / 12 25 1800
NSL125-215 10 25 3600 NSL250-415 9 / 12 25 1800
NSL125-265 14,5 25 3600 NSL250-525 14 25 1800
NSL125-330 7 / 12 25 3000 NSL300-415 9 / 12 25 1800
NSL125-415 9 / 13 25 1800 NSL300-418 6/16 25 1800/1600
NSL150-215 8 25 1800 NSL300-525 14 25 1800
NSL150-265 7 25 1800 NSL350-525 10/16 25 1600
NSL150-330 7 / 13 25 1800
Notice: Some pump combinations allow higher speeds than stated in the table–see actual pump name plate.

The max. working pressure for NiAlBz and stainless steel pumps is 1.5 times max. working
pressure for bronze (RG5).
The above-mentioned max. working pressure is a design value – delivered pumps are pressure
tested according to actual application requirements and actual flange standards.

For instance the above-mentioned max. working pressure is NOT valid for pumps approved by a
classification society. Pumps approved by classification societies have been pressure tested
DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 17
Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
according to the requirements of these societies, i.e. a test pressure of 1.5 x the permissible
working pressure. The test pressure is stated in the test certificate and stamped into the discharge
flange of the pump.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 18

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
14. EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

DESMI PUMPING TECHNOLOGY A/S, hereby declare that our pumps of the NSL Monobloc type
are manufactured in conformity with the following essential safety and health requirements in the
COUNCIL DIRECTIVE 2006/42/EC on machines, Annex 1.

The following harmonized standards have been used:

EN/ISO 13857:2008 Safety of machinery. Safety distances to prevent danger zones

being reached by the upper limbs
EN 809:1998 + A1:2009 Pumps and pump units for liquids – Common safety requirements
EN12162:2001+A1:2009 Liquid pumps – Safety requirements – Procedure for hydrostatic
testing
EN 60204-1:2006/A1:2009 Safety of machinery – Electrical equipment of machines (item 4,
General requirements)
Ecodesign Directive Water pumps:
(2009/125/EC). Commission Regulation No 547/2012.
Applies only to water pumps marked with the minimum efficiency
index MEI. See pump nameplate

Pumps delivered by us connected with prime movers are CE-marked and comply with the above
requirements.

Pumps delivered by us without prime movers (as partly completed machinery) must only be used
when the prime mover and the connection between prime mover and pump comply with the above
requirements.

Nørresundby, March 05 2019

Henrik Mørkholt Sørensen

Managing Director

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 19

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
15. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø215/265 02-COMB.
16. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø215/265 02-COMB.
See ø330/415/525 pump on the next pages

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Nut
7 Spring washer
8 Washer
9 Sunk key
10 Shaft seal
11 Water deflector
12 Ring lock
13 Ball bearing
14 Support disc
15 Bearing cover
16 Allen screw
17 Shaft
18 Shaft seal cover
19 Coupling
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Allen screw
28 Guard
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
70 Allen screw
71 Set screw
72 Intermediate flange
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
76 Sunk key
81 Sealing washer
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
107 Pipe plug

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 20

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
17. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø215/265 12-COMB.
18. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø215/265 12-COMB.
See stainless steel pump on the next pages

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Nut
7 Spring washer
8 Washer
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
17 Shaft
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Allen screw
28 Guard
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
71 Set screw
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
81 Sealing washer
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
107 Pipe plug

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 21

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
Stainless steel pump ø215/265 12-COMB

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Nut
7 Spring washer
8 Washer
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
17 Shaft
18 Rear cover
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Allen screw
28 Guard
40 Allen screw
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
70 Allen screw *)
71 Set screw
72 Interm. flange *)
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
81 Sealing washer
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
107 Pipe plug
*) Only if motor flange
is bigger than bracket

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 22

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
19. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø330/415/525 02-COMB.
20. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø330/415/525 02-COMB.

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Set screw
7 Spring washer
8 Washer
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
11 Water deflector
12 Ring lock
13 Ball bearing
14 Grease valve ring*
15 Bearing cover
16 Set screw
17 Shaft
18 Shaft seal cover
19 Coupling
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Set screw
23 Lock washer
26 Cover under bearing
27 Sealing ring 2
28 Guard
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
61 Hexagon nipple
64 Set screw
70 Allen screw
71 Set screw
72 Intermediate flange
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
76 Sunk key
81 Sealing washer
84 Lubricator nipple
86 Pointed screw
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
107 Pipe plug
*) Support disc in light bearing
housing

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 23

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
21. ASSEMBLY DRAWING Ø330/415/525 12-COMB.
22. SPARE PARTS LIST Ø330/415/525 12-COMB.

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Set screw
7 Spring washer
8 Washer
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
17 Shaft
18 Shaft seal cover
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Set screw
23 Lock washer
27 Sealing ring 2
28 Guard
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
64 Set screw
71 Set screw
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
81 Sealing washer
86 Pointed screw
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
107 Pipe plug

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 24

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
23. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL300-418 02-COMB.
24. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL300-418 02-COMB.

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Cap nut
7 Spring washer
8 Inlet cone
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
11 Water deflector
12 Ring lock
13 Ball bearing
14 Grease valve ring
15 Bearing cover
16 Set screw
17 Shaft
18 Shaft seal cover
19 Coupling
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Set screw
23 Lock washer
24 Stud
26 Cover under bearing
27 Sealing ring 2
28 Guard
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
61 Hexagon nipple
64 Set screw
70 Allen screw
71 Set screw
72 Intermediate flange
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
76 Sunk key
81 Sealing washer
84 Lubricator nipple
86 Pointed screw
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
105 Countersunk screw
107 Pipe plug

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 25

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
25. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL300-418 12-COMB.
26. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL300-418 12-COMB.

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Cap nut
7 Spring washer
8 Inlet cone
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
17 Shaft
18 Shaft seal cover
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Set screw
23 Lock washer
24 Stud
27 Sealing ring 2
28 Guard
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
61 Hexagon nipple
64 Set screw
71 Set screw
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
81 Sealing washer
86 Pointed screw
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
105 Countersunk screw
107 Pipe plug

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 26

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
27. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL350-525 02-COMB.
28. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL350-525 02-COMB.
1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Cap nut
7 Spring washer
8 Inlet cone
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
11 Water deflector
12 Ring lock
13 Ball bearing
14 Grease valve ring
15 Bearing cover
16 Set screw
17 Shaft
18 Shaft seal cover
19 Coupling
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Set screw
23 Lock washer
24 Stud
26 Cover under bearing
27 Sealing ring 2
28 Guard
38 Guard plate
39 Countersunk screw
45 Guard Plate
46 Screw
47 Washer
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
61 Hexagon nipple
64 Set screw
71 Set screw
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
76 Sunk key
81 Sealing washer
84 Lubricator nipple
86 Pointed screw
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
107 Pipe plug

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 27

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
29. ASSEMBLY DRAWING NSL350-525 12-COMB.
30. SPARE PARTS LIST NSL350-525 12-COMB.

1 Pump casing
2 Pipe plug
3 Pipe plug
4 Sealing ring
5 Impeller
6 Cap nut
7 Spring washer
8 Inlet cone
9 Sunk key
10 Mech. shaft seal
17 Shaft
18 Shaft seal cover
20 Motor bracket
21 O-ring
22 Set screw
23 Lock washer
24 Stud
27 Sealing ring 2
28 Guard
38 Guard plate
39 Countersunk screw
45 Guard Plate
46 Screw
47 Washer
58 Copper pipe
59 Hexagon nipple
61 Hexagon nipple
64 Set screw
71 Set screw
73 Pointed screw
75 INSEX-screw
81 Sealing washer
86 Pointed screw
93 Set screw
94 Base plate
95 Lock washer
96 Manometer
97 Nipple
98 Sleeve
107 Pipe plug

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 28

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
31. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø215/265 02-COMBINATION
See ø330/415/418/525 pumps on the next pages

Manometer: 1/4" BSP. Drain: 3/8" BSP. Priming: 1/2” BSP

Type H h1 h2 L L1 W DN D d2 k X Y Z B B1

NSL80-215 567 200 155 530 265 163 80 200 18 160 20 306 25 350 175

NSL80-265 574 200 155 580 290 193 80 200 18 160 20 306 25 350 175

NSL100-215 587 200 155 580 290 181 100 220 18 180 20 306 25 350 175

NSL100-265 593 200 155 630 315 193 100 220 18 180 20 306 25 350 175

NSL125-215 600 200 155 630 315 203 125 250 18 210 20 306 25 350 175

NSL125-265 617 200 155 680 340 227 125 250 18 210 20 306 25 350 175

NSL150-215 636 230 185 680 340 239 150 285 22 240 20 306 25 350 175

NSL150-265 640 200 155 730 365 250 150 285 22 240 20 306 25 350 175

NSL200-265 681 260 215 780 390 290 200 340 23 295 20 306 25 350 175

NSL250-265 727 260 215 800 400 324 250 405 22 350 20 306 25 350 175

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 29

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
32. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø215/265 12-COMBINATION

Manometer: 1/4" BSP. Drain: 3/8" BSP. Priming: 1/2” BSP

Type H h1 h2 L L1 W DN D d2 k X Y Z B B1

NSL80-215 444 200 155 530 265 163 80 200 18 160 20 306 25 350 175

NSL80-265 450 200 155 580 290 193 80 200 18 160 20 306 25 350 175

NSL100-215 465 200 155 580 290 181 100 220 18 180 20 306 25 350 175

NSL100-265 470 200 155 630 315 193 100 220 18 180 20 306 25 350 175

NSL125-215 478 200 155 630 315 203 125 250 18 210 20 306 25 350 175

NSL125-265 493 200 155 680 340 227 125 250 18 210 20 306 25 350 175

NSL150-265 517 200 155 730 365 250 150 285 22 240 20 306 25 350 175

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 30

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
33. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø330/415/418/525 02-COMBINATION

Manometer: 1/4" BSP. Drain: 3/4" BSP. Priming: 1/2” BSP

Base plate holes: Ø33 instead of Ø22 for NSL350-525
Ds Dd Ds Dd
Type H h1 h2 L L1 W A- A- D- D- DNs DNd ks kd
exe. exe. exe. exe.

NSL80-330 738 260 215 600 300 250 235 200 220 200 100 80 180 160

NSL100-330 743 260 215 650 325 250 270 235 250 220 125 100 210 180

NSL100-415 761 260 215 700 350 275 270 235 250 220 125 100 210 180

NSL125-330 788 300 255 700 350 250 300 270 285 250 150 125 240 210

NSL125-415 799 300 255 750 375 278 300 270 285 250 150 125 240 210

NSL150-330 799 300 255 750 350 275 360 300 340 285 200 150 295 240

NSL150-415 845 340 295 800 400 293 360 300 340 285 200 150 295 240

NSL200-330 842 340 295 900 450 301 425 360 395 340 250 200 350 295

NSL200-415 860 340 295 900 450 308 425 360 395 340 250 200 350 295

NSL200-525 1050 380 335 900 450 385 425 360 425 360 250 200 350 295

NSL250-330 889 380 335 1000 500 327 485 425 445 395 300 250 400 350

NSL250-525 1060 390 345 1100 550 390 485 425 445 395 300 250 400 350

NSL250-415 902 380 335 1000 500 355 485 425 445 395 300 250 400 350

NSL300-415 953 420 375 1200 600 377 555 485 505 445 350 300 460 400

NSL300-418 978 410 365 1300 650 427 505 445 505 445 350 300 460 400

NSL300- 525 1105 435 390 1200 600 419 555 485 555 485 350 300 460 400

NSL350-525 1195 430 390 1400 700 453 565 505 - - 400 350 515 460

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 31

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
 Type d2s d2d As Ad X Y Z B B1 O

NSL80-330 18 18 8 8 20 306 25 350 175 200

NSL100-330 18 18 8 8 20 306 25 350 175 210

NSL100-415 18 18 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 250

NSL125-330 22 18 8 8 20 306 25 350 175 225

NSL125-415 22 18 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 260

NSL150-330 22 22 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 235

NSL150-415 22 22 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 275

NSL200-330 22 22 12 8 20 450 25 500 250 260

NSL200-415 22 22 12 8 24 560 28 500 250 285

NSL200-525 22 22 12 8 24 560 28 500 250 330

NSL250-330 22 22 12 12 24 560 28 500 250 275

NSL250-415 22 22 12 12 24 560 28 500 250 305

NSL250-525 22 22 12 12 24 560 28 500 250 340

NSL300-415 22 22 16 12 24 560 28 500 250 320

NSL300-418 22 22 16 12 24 560 28 500 250 360

NSL300-525 22 22 16 12 24 560 28 500 250 365

NSL350-525 26 22 16 16 24 750 36 820 410 380

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 32

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
34. DIMENSIONAL SKETCH Ø330/415/418/525 12-COMBINATION

Manometer: 1/4" BSP. Drain: 3/4" BSP. Priming: 1/2” BSP

Type H h1 h2 L L1 W Ds Dd Ds Dd DNs DNd ks kd
A- A- D- D-
exe. exe. exe. exe.

NSL80-330 499 260 215 600 300 250 235 200 220 200 100 80 180 160

NSL100-330 504 260 215 650 325 250 270 235 250 220 125 100 210 180

NSL100-415 547 260 215 700 350 275 270 235 250 220 125 100 210 180

NSL125-330 549 300 255 700 350 250 300 270 285 250 150 125 240 210

NSL125-415 585 300 255 750 375 278 300 270 285 250 150 125 240 210

NSL150-330 599 300 255 750 350 259 360 300 340 285 200 150 295 240

NSL150-415 631 340 295 800 400 293 360 300 340 285 200 150 295 240

NSL200-330 643 340 295 900 450 280 425 360 395 340 250 200 350 295

NSL200-525 805 380 335 900 450 385 425 360 425 360 250 200 350 295

NSL200-415 676 340 295 900 450 308 425 360 395 340 250 200 350 295

NSL250-330 690 380 335 1000 500 303 485 425 445 395 300 250 400 350

NSL250-415 718 380 335 1000 500 330 485 425 445 395 300 250 400 350

NSL250-525 815 390 345 1100 550 390 485 425 445 395 300 250 400 350

NSL300-415 764 420 375 1200 600 344 555 485 505 445 350 300 460 400

NSL300-418 834 410 365 1300 650 427 505 445 505 445 350 300 460 400

NSL300-525 860 435 390 1200 600 419 555 485 505 445 350 300 460 400
NSL350-525 950 430 390 1400 700 453 565 505 - - 400 350 515 460

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 33

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
 Type d2s d2d As Ad X Y Z B B1 O

NSL80-330 18 18 8 8 20 306 25 350 175 200

NSL100-330 18 18 8 8 20 306 25 350 175 210

NSL100-415 18 18 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 250

NSL125-330 22 18 8 8 20 306 25 350 175 225

NSL125-415 22 18 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 260

NSL150-330 22 22 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 235

NSL150-415 22 22 8 8 20 450 25 500 250 275

NSL200-330 22 22 12 8 20 450 25 500 250 260

NSL200-415 22 22 12 8 24 560 28 500 250 285

NSL200-525 22 22 12 8 24 560 28 500 250 330

NSL250-330 22 22 12 12 24 560 28 500 250 275

NSL250-415 22 22 12 12 24 560 28 500 250 305

NSL250-525 22 22 12 12 24 560 28 500 250 340

NSL300-415 22 22 16 12 24 560 28 500 250 320

NSL300-418 22 22 16 12 24 560 28 500 250 360

NSL300-525 22 22 16 12 24 560 28 500 250 365

NSL350-525 26 22 16 16 24 750 36 820 410 380

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 34

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
 APPENDIX A
Check length from motor shaft end to motor flange being within +/- 0.5mm of the nominal length
(like 60, 80, 110, 140 and 170 mm).

If the motor shaft is too short then fit a pointed screw glued into the motor shaft end to adjust the
pump shaft to correct mounting position – in order to ensure correct build in length for the ELK
shaft seal.

If the motor shaft is too long then it has to be machined / milled to nominal length.

It has to be checked if the shaft sealing have the correct length when mounted on the pump shaft
as shown below. I.e. there shall always be 44.5 +/- 0.5mm from sliding surface on the seat to the
end of the rotating part, on the sizes of ELK sealing used by DESMI. Please observe that the
rotating part protrudes 2 mm beyond the shoulder on the pump shaft as shown below.

Also make sure that the electric motor is with locked bearing in the drive end – i.e. there must not
be forced axial stroke of the electric motor.

Notice ! Never use mineral oil / fat as grease, as rubber parts as standard are in EPDM.

Notice ! Never put grease on the sliding surfaces! They must be completely dry, dust-free and
clean during the mounting procedure. Also any fingerprints shall be removed with alcohol or
another suitable solvent.

Notice: ELK shaft seals must be turned after installation ... so O-rings, springs and sliding surfaces
can slip into right placement before pressure testing. This is done by mounting the seal as
described and later turn the shaft about 10 revolutions - with water in the pump - but without adding
pressure. Then pressure test the pump as normally done.

DESMI Pumping Technology A/S 35

Tagholm 1
9400 Nørresundby – Denmark
Tlf. nr.: +45 96 32 81 11 Fax +45 98 17 54 99
E-mail: [email protected] www.desmi.com
 Technical Specification
50.4 m3/h@50m
General Information
Quotation No. Pos. No.
Pump NSLH65-215/D02
Pump Type Vertical End Suction Pump Pump series NSLH Density 1.025 kg/l
Pump Media Sea water Pump Model NSLH65-215 Viscosity 1.00 cSt

Pump data Motor Data

Capacity 50.40 m³/h Brand Manufacturers standard
Total Man. Head 50.13 mLC Motor 3D 160 M1-2 11/13,2KW
Speed 3516 rpm Power Supply Electric motor 3 x 460V - 60Hz +- 5%
Power Consumption 11.19 kW Construction T.E.F.C
NPSHr 4.68 mLC Insulation Cl. F-IP55
Non-Overl. Power 13.42 kW Motor Speed 3516 rpm
Eta 63.07 % Performance 13.20 kW
Delivered by DESMI A/S

Max. working pressure; being the pressure at the suction branch and the maximum generated head at zero flow. For this
particular pump in standard material: 16.0 bar ( =159.2 mLC with a density of 1.025 kg/l )
If higher working pressure is required other materials are available upon request.
Test pressure; pump approved by classification societies have been pressure tested according to the requirements of these
societies, i. a test pressure of 1,5 x working pressure.
The test pressure is stated in the test certificate and stamped on the discharge flange of the pump.

Specification:
Pump Casing Bronze (CC491K), EN 1982:1998
Suction/Pressure Flange 80/65 mm.
Impeller NiAlBz (CC333G) , EN 1982:1998
Impeller Diameter 172.00 mm
Shaft Duplex Stainless Steel (1.4460), DIN10088-3:1995
Mechanical Shaft Seal NITRIL Ø38
Bearings Ball Bearings
Coupling Monobloc
Rotation Clockwise
Manometer WITHOUT MANOMETERS
Class Society DESMI Test
Max grain size 11.00

(C) DESMI - WinPSP 2015 Pump Selection Program - Version 3.92 (18.09.2015) - DB: 414b (21.09.2015)
Date: 31-12-2015
 Pump Selection

According to ISO 9906 Grade 2B

(1) NSLV65-215 Speed: 3516 rpm, Imp. Dia: 172.0 mm, Density: 1.025 kg/l
 Quotation No.

Pos. No.

Motor
3D 160 M1-2 11/13,2KW
Pump weight = 74.6 kg
Total weight = Not
available

(non binding dimension sketch)

 Operating and installation instructions
Stop valve with bellows seal maintenance-free
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

Contents
1.0 General information on operating 5.3 Installing valves with pressure balancing plugs...... 7
instructions ................................................... 2 5.4 Installation data on valves with loose plugs ..... 8
2.0 Notes on possible dangers........................... 2 5.5 Installing valves with limit switches ........................ 8
2.1 Significance of symbols ..........................................2 6.0 Putting the valve into operation .................. 8
2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information .................2 7.0 Care and maintenance.................................. 9
3.0 Storage and transport .................................. 2 8.0 Troubleshooting ...........................................11
4.0 Description..................................................... 3 9.0 Troubleshooting table ................................ 12
4.1 Scope of applications ..............................................3 10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part ..... 13
4.2 Operating principles ................................................3 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee ................................ 13
4.3 Diagram...................................................................4 12.0 EC declaration of conformity ................... 14
4.4 Technical data - remarks .........................................5
4.5 Marking ...................................................................5
5.0 Installation...................................................... 5
5.1 General notes on installation...................................5
5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends .......................6

Rev. 0040103000 0410 englisch

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

1.0 General information on operating instructions

These operating instructions provide information on mounting and maintaining the fittings.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer in case of problems which cannot be
solved by reference to the operating instructions.
They are binding on the transport, storage, installation, start-up, operation, maintenance
and repair.
The notes and warnings must be observed and adhered to.
- Handling and all work must be carried out by expert personnel or all activities must be
supervised and checked.
It is the owner’s responsibility to define areas of responsibility and competence and to
monitor the personnel.
- In addition, current regional safety requirements must be applied and observed when
taking the fittings out of service as well as when maintaining and repairing them.
The manufacturer reserves the right to introduce technical modifications at any time.
These Operating Instructions comply with the requirements of EU Directives.
2.0 Notes on possible dangers
2.1 Significance of symbols
ATTENTION !
... Warning of general danger.

2.2 Explanatory notes on safety information

In these Operating and Installation Instructions dangers, risks and items of safety
information are highlighted to attract special attention.
Information marked with the above symbol and “ATTENTION!” describe practices, a failure
to comply with which can result in serious injury or danger of death for users or third parties
or in material damage to the system or the environment. It is vital to comply with these
practices and to monitor compliance.
All other information not specifically emphasised such as transport, installation, operating
and maintenance instructions as well as technical data (in the operating instructions,
product documentation and on the device itself) must also be complied with to the fullest
extent in order to avoid faults which in turn can cause serious injury to persons or damage
to property.

3.0 Storage and transport

ATTENTION !
- Protect against external force (like impact, vibration, etc.).
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.
- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.
See catalog sheet for weights.
- At -20°C to +65°C.
- The paint is a base coat to protect against corrosion during transportation and storage. Do
not damage paint protection.

Page 2 Rev. 0040103000 0410

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

4.0 Description
4.1 Scope of applications
Valves are used for “shut-off and/or throttling of media”.

ATTENTION !
- Refer to the data sheet for applications, limits on use and possibilities.
- Certain media require or preclude the use of special materials.
- The valves are designed for standard operating conditions. If conditions exceed
these requirements, e.g. aggressive or abrasive media, the operator should
state the higher requirements when ordering.
- Valves made from grey cast iron are not authorised for use in systems subject
to TRD 110.
The information complies to the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.
It is the responsibility of the machine planner to ensure compliance.
The special markings on the valve must be taken into account.
Refer to the catalogue sheet to see which materials are used in standard versions.
Please contact the supplier or the manufacturer if you have any questions.

4.2 Operating principles

The valve is closed by turning the hand wheel clockwise (valve plug/seating function).

ATTENTION !
Do not use tools to increase the torque on the hand wheel.

The valve stem is sealed by a bellow and an outer safety stuffing box.
Tighten the safety stuffing box if required.

Rev. 0040103000 0410 Page 3

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA
4.3 Diagram

rotated
view
rotated
view

fig. 1: FABA®Long Life - straight through fig. 2: FABA®-LA - straight through

rotated rotated
view view

fig. 3: FABA®Long Life - fig. 4: FABA®Long Life -

Y pattern with butt weld ends straight through with shoed butt weld ends
Refer to the data sheet for information about materials with designations and figure numbers.
Page 4 Rev. 0040103000 0410
 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA
4.4 Technical data - remarks
for
- Principal dimensions
- Pressure-temperature-ratings
- Valves with butt weld ends, etc. refer to datasheet.

4.5 Marking
Details of the CE-marking on the valve:
CE-marking
0525 Notified body
Manufacturer Address of manufacturer:
refer to item 11.0 Warranty / Guarantee
Typ Type
Bj. Year of manufacture
According to the Pressure Equipment Directive table 6, annex II, valves without safety
function are only allowed to bear the CE-marking DN32 onwards.

5.0 Installation
5.1 General notes on installation
The following points should be taken into account besides the general principles governing
installation work:
ATTENTION !
- Remove flange covers if present.
- The interior of valve and pipeline must be free from foreign particles.
- Note installation position with reference to flow, see mark on valve.
- Steam line systems should be designed to prevent water accumulation.
- Lay pipelines so that damaging transverse, bending and torsional forces are
avoided.
- Protect valves from dirt during construction work.
- Connection flanges must mate exactly.
- Connecting bolts for pipe flanges should be mounted preferably from the
counter flange side (hexagon nuts from the valve side).
At DN15-32: If valves should be mounted directly to valves, the upper flange
connecting bolts should be preferably executed with studs and hexagon nuts on
both sides.
- Valve mountings such as actuators, handwheels, hoods must not be used to
take external forces, e.g. they are not designed for use as climbing aids, or as
connecting points for lifting gear.

Rev. 0040103000 0410 Page 5

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

- Suitable materials handling and lifting equipment should be used.

See data sheet for weights.
- Valves can be installed with the stem pointing in any direction, but the prefered
stem position is vertical.
- Valves should be installed upside down only, if the medium being handled is
clean.
- Keep the thread and shaft of the stem free from paint.
- Centre gaskets between the flanges.
- Planners / construction companies or operators are responsible for positioning and
installing products.
- Mounting position FABA®-LA:
Bellow seal out of media flow path. Especially for pulsating, turbulent flow directly behind
pumps, elbows, junctions etc.
- The valves are designed for application, not influenced from weather.
- For application outside or in adverse environments like corrosion-promoting conditions
(sea water, chemical vapours, etc.), special constructions or protective measures are
recommended.

5.2 Installing valves with butt weld ends

Please note that only qualified persons using appropriate equipment and working in
accordance with technical rules are allowed to install fittings by welding.
The responsibility for this lies with the system owner.
Refer to the data sheet for information about the shape of the butt weld ends.
The valves must be welded in closed position.

Page 6 Rev. 0040103000 0410

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA
5.3 Installing valves with pressure balancing plugs
ATTENTION !
ARI stop valves must be equipped with pressure balancing plugs if the
differential pressures listed in the table below are exceeded in the closed state.
Valves with pressure balancing plugs should be installed so, that the pressure of
the medium acts on the plug (pos. 3) and the stem is vertically upright.

ATTENTION !
Note direction of flow.

Fig. 5
Valves with pressure balancing plugs have to be installed with medium flowing over the
plug (pos. 3) as indicated by flow direction arrow on valve body.
Working principles:
When the valve is closed, anticlockwise rotation of the hand wheel lifts the pilot plug (pos.
3.1) off the larger balancing plug (pos. 3). This allows the medium to pass through the plug
and equalizes the pressure of the medium under the plug (pos. 3). After the pressures have
been equalized within the values stated in the table below, the valve can be opened by
turning the valve further.
Balancing plug DN 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500
Pressure difference ΔP 25 bar 21 bar 14 bar 9 bar 6 bar 4,5 bar 3,5 bar 1,5 bar
- Pressure balancing plugs are fully effective only in closed line section.
- The pressures of the medium on either side of the plug cannot be equalized if the medium
is discharged into “open air”.
- If adequate pressure equalisation cannot be achieved using a pressure balancing plug,
other design solutions must be used instead (e.g. a bypass line).

Rev. 0040103000 0410 Page 7

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA
5.4 Installation data on valves with loose plugs
The data given in point 5.3 applies to the maximum differential pressure. The set pressure
is 0,05 bar. The valve should only be installed in horizontal lines in an upright position.

5.5 Installing valves with limit switches

The valves with limit switches must be connected up as shown in the plans of the plant on
the basis of their working principles.
6.0 Putting the valve into operation
ATTENTION !
- Before putting the valve into operation, check material, pressure, temperature
and direction of flow.
- Regional safety instructions must be adhered to.
- Residues in piping and valves (dirt, weld beads, etc.) inevitably lead to leakage.
- Touching the valve when it is operating at high (> 50°C) or low (< 0°C) media
temperatures can cause injury.
Affix warning notice or protective insulation as appropriate!
Before putting a new plant into operation or restarting a plant after repairs or
modification, always make sure that:
- All works has been completed!
- The valve is in the correct position for its function.
- Safety devices have been attached.

Page 8 Rev. 0040103000 0410

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

7.0 Care and maintenance

Maintanance and maintenance-intervals have to be defined by the operator according to
the requirements.

fig. 6: Pattern with hinged bolts fig. 7: Pattern with gland screw
- Observe safety instructions!
- Keep the stem well greased!
- Lubricant: e.g. Klüberpaste HEL 46-450 (at valves for oxygen: Oxigenoex FF 250)
to order at: Klüber Lubrication München KG, Postfach 701047, D-81310 München
or a lubricant wich is suitable for the application.

ATTENTION !
Pay attention, that the lubricant is suitable for the media.

- FABA®LA: - If the stem (pos. 4.2) starts leaking and a safety stuffing box is used,
gradually tighten the stuffing box seal (pos. 6) evenly in increments by
means of the hex. nuts (pos. 3.1) until leaking stops (Fig. 6). Replace
bonnet at earliest opportunity!
®
- FABA Long Life: - If the stem (pos. 4.2) starts leaking, tighten the bolted gland (pos. 12)
until leaking stops (Fig. 7). Replace bonnet at earliest opportunity!

Rev. 0040103000 0410 Page 9

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

ATTENTION !
- Retighten the stuffing box packing if required and re-pack it in good time.
- For safety reasons we recommend that valves only be repacked when
depressurised.
- Refer to point 10.0 and 11.0 before dismantling the valve.
- Replace stuffing box packings only after the system has cooled down and the pressure in
the plant has been relieved.
In the case of corrosive or aggressive mediums, drain and ventilate the valve before
replacing the packing.

- When cutting the new packing from the roll,

make sure that the ends are cut with a slant

fig. 8: Split packing ring

Mounting of the bonnet:
- Before reassembling the unit, remember that the bearing surface must be cleaned and 2
new gaskets (pos. 9) must be inserted.
- Set the cover in place.
- Tighten the hexagon nuts (hexagon screws for valves of cast iron) evenly crosswise.
- Tightening torque‘s for hexagon nuts / screws:

DN hexagon nuts / Torque

hexagon screws (Nm)
15-32 M 10 15-30
40-65 M 12 35-50
80-100 M 16 75-100
125-150 M 16 80-120
200 M 20 150-200
250-400 M 24 340-410
500 M 27 340-410

Page 10 Rev. 0040103000 0410

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

Application of lubricating nipple

1. Lubrication
(Lubricating nipple not screwed in
up to the stop, handwheel is not Standard:
clamped.) Lubricating nipple
Locking screw
2. Locking screw
(Locking the handwheel by turning
the lubricating nipple clockwise.) Special version:
3. Lubrication and locking without lubricating nipple
(threaded hole closed with
(Lubrication is possible with the protective cap).
handwheel locked.)

fig. 9
8.0 Troubleshooting
In the event of malfunction or faulty operating performance check that the installation and
adjustment work has been carried out and completed in accordance with these Operating
Instructions.

ATTENTION !
- It is essential that the safety regulations are observed when identifying faults.
-

If malfunctions cannot be eliminate with the help of the following table

“9.0 Troubleshooting table”, the supplier or manufacturer should be consulted.

Rev. 0040103000 0410 Page 11

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

9.0 Troubleshooting table

ATTENTION !
- read point 10.0 and 11.0 prior to dismantling and repair work!
- read point 6.0 before restarting the plant !

Fault Possible cause Corrective measures

No flow Valve closed Open valve
Flange covers not removed Remove flange covers
(pos. 32; fig.1-2) (pos. 32; fig.1-2)
Little flow Valve not sufficiently open Open valve.
Dirt sieve clogged Clean / replace sieve.
Piping system clogged Check piping system.
Valve difficult to move or Stem (pos. 4.2) dry (fig. 6; page 9) Grease stem (pos. 4.2) (fig. 6)
cannot be opened (Lubricant: refer to page 9)
Wrong direction of rotation Turn in correct direction
(anticlockwise to open valve)
Lubricating nipple / locking screw Loosen lubricating nipple / locking
tightened screw
Valve stem leaking Bellows seal damaged Replace top of bellows seal at earliest
opportunity!
Gland screw (pos. 12) slack Tighten gland screw (pos. 12) until leak-
age stops; Replace bonnet at earliest
opportunity!
Stuffing box gland (pos. 27) slack Tighten stuffing box gland (pos. 27)
(fig. 1-4) until leakage stops
-Hex. nut (fig. 1-4).
Replace bonnet at earliest opportunity!
If necessary, renew packing in stuffing
box seal (pos. 6); Observe warnings
(Fig. 6 and 7)!
Leakage across valve seat Valve not properly closed. Pull hand wheel tight without tools
Seat (pos. 1.2) / plug (pos. 3) damaged Replaced valve or rework sealing
by foreign particles (fig. 1-4; page 4) surfaces
Pressure difference too high. Use a valve with pressure balancing
plug (refer to point 5.3)
Medium contaminated Clean valve;
(suspended solids). Install a strainer upstream of valve
Valve with throttling plug + Lubricating nipple / locking screw has Release lubricating nipple / locking
stroke limiter + locking been tightened. screw
screw cannot be opened Stroke limiter is countered Loosen counter nut, screw the stroke
limiter higher
Flange broken between Bolts tightened unevenly; Re-align piping and fit new valve!
valve and piping Mating flanges not properly aligned

Page 12 Rev. 0040103000 0410

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

10.0 Dismantling the valve or the top part

ATTENTION !
The following points must be observed:
- Pressureless pipe system.
- Medium must be cool.
- Plant must be drained.
- Purge piping systems in case of caustic, inflammable, aggressive or toxic
media.

11.0 Warranty / Guarantee

The extent and period of warranty cover are specified in the "Standard Terms and
Conditions of Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG" valid at the time of delivery or, by way of
departure, in the contract of sale itself.
We guarantee freedom of faults in compliance with state-of-the-art technology and the
confirmed application.
No warranty claims can be made for any damage caused as the result of incorrect handling
or disregard of operating and installation instructions, datasheets and relavant regulations.
This warranty also does not cover any damage which occurs during operation under
conditions deviating from those laid down by specifications or other agreements.
Justified complaints will be eliminated by repair carried out by us or by a specialist
appointed by us.
No claims will be accepted beyond the scope of this warranty. The right to replacement
delivery is excluded.
The warranty shall not cover maintenance work, installation of external parts, design
modifications or natural wear.
Any damage incurred during transport should not be reported to us but rather to the
competent cargo-handling depot, the railway company or carrier company immediately or
else claims for replacements from these companies will be invalidated.

Technology for the Future.

GERMAN QUALITY VALVES
ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG, D-33756 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock
Telephone (+49 5207) 994-0 Telefax (+49 5207) 994-158 or 159
Internet: http://www.ari-armaturen.com E-mail: [email protected]

Rev. 0040103000 0410 Page 13

 Operating and installation instructions
FABA®Long Life / FABA®-LA

12.0 EC declaration of conformity

ARI-Armaturen Albert Richter GmbH & Co. KG,
Mergelheide 56-60, D-33756 Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock

EC declaration of conformity
as defined by
the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC

Herewith we declare,

that according to the above mentioned Pressure Equipment Directive (PED) the below
listed products comply and have been approved according to table 6, annex II, module H
through Lloyd´s Register Quality Assurance GmbH (BS-Nr. 0525), Am Sandtorkai 41,
D-20457 Hamburg.

Certificate-No: 50003/1

Stop valves with stainless steel bellows

FABA® LongLife
Type 031, 040, 041, 044, 046, 047, 049, 066, 067, 068, 069

Applied standards:
DIN 3840
AD 2000 leaflet A4
- Cast iron with spheroidal graphite
- Cast steel
- Forged steel

Schloß Holte-Stukenbrock, 11.01.2010

...................................................
(Brechmann, Managing director)

Page 14 Rev. 0040103000 0410

 Technische Daten Speciication
Artikel:
BAUFORM DESIGN VN
4-teilige Körperkonstruktion (verschraubt), mit Body consists of 4 screwed parts, with
Flanschplatte für Antriebsaufbau und vollem mounting pad for actuator and full cylindric
zylindrischen Durchgang. L- oder T-Bohrung, bore. L- or T-coniguration sealed on all ports, 3 Wege Kugelhahn,
allseitig dichtend, nicht überschneidungsfrei. not overlap free.
voller Durchgang
BETÄTIGUNG OPERATION
90°-Drehung des Handhebels. (Um jeweils Rotation of the handle through 90°.
PN 10-30
90° gegen die Spindel versetzbar.) (Handle is reversible through 90°.)

ANSCHLUß CONNECTION
Innengewinde ¼" bis 2", DIN 2999 Female B.S.P. thread ¼" - 2", DIN 2999 Messing
BETRIEBSDRUCK PRESSURE RANGE
¼" - ¾" : PN 30 ¼" - ¾" : PN 30
1" : PN 16 1" : PN 16
1¼" - 2": PN 10 1¼" - 2": PN 10
Für Betriebstemperaturen über +80°C siehe (Up to 80°C). For higher temperatures please
Druck-Temperatur-Diagramm. refer to the Pressure-Temperature-Diagram.

TEMPERATUR TEMPERATURE RANGE

-20°C bis max. +160°C -20°C up to +160°C

WERKSTOFFE MATERIALS
Gehäuse: Messing (vernickelt) Body: Brass (nickel-plated)
Kugel: Messing (hartverchromt) Ball: Brass (chrome-plated)
Kugeldichtung: PTFE + FKM Ball seal: PTFE + FKM
Spindeldichtung: PTFE + FKM Spindle seal: PTFE + FKM
Handhebel: verzinkter Stahl, kunststoff- Handle : Steel zinc-plated, plastic
ummantelt, (rot) coated (red)

ZUSATZAUSSTATTUNG OPTIONS
Sonderausführungen, pneumatischer oder Special designs, pneumatic or electric actua-
elektrischer Schwenkantrieb. tor.

Alle Angaben sind freibleibend und The above information is intended for guidance Type:
unverbindlich! only and the company reserves the right to
change any data herein without prior notice! VN

3 way ball valve

T-Bohrung/ L-Bohrung/ full bore
Handhebel- T-coniguration L-coniguration PN 10-30
bzw.
Antriebs-
montage /
Handle or
actuator-
mou
Brass
Dok.-Nr.: KAT-VN-1/3 31.10.2018 - Änderung: Überarbeitet + Gewinde

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Stellung 0°/
0°-position

Stellung 90°/
90°-position

Art. VN - Seite 1/3

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG
Oberbecksener Str. 78 · D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen · Telefon (05731) 7900-0 · Telefax (05731) 7900-199 · http://www.end.de
Artikel- u. Bestellangaben: z.B. VN111525
= 3-Wege Kugelhahn, Messing, Handhebel, T-Kugelbohrung, 1"

1.+ 2. Stelle 3.+ 4. Stelle 5. Stelle 6. Stelle 7.+ 8. Stelle

Produkt Werkstoffe Betätigung Zusatzausstattung Anschlußgröße
Gehäuse / Dichtung / Kugel (nach DIN 2999)
1
VN = 11 = 1 = Handhebel 4 = L-Kugelbohrung 21 = /4"
3-Wege Kugelhahn, Messing / PTFE+FKM 5 = T-Kugelbohrung 22 = 3
/8"
1
voller Durchgang, / Messing 23 = /2"
3
allseitig dichtend 24 = /4"
25 = 1"
26 = 11/4"
27 = 11/2"
28 = 2"

Ordering example: e.g. VN111525

= 3-way ball-valve, brass, handle, T-coniguration, 1"

1.+ 2. Digit 3.+ 4. Digit 5. Digit 6. Digit 7.+ 8. Digit

Product Material Operation Options Connection size
Body / seal / ball (acc. to DIN 2999)
VN= 11 = 1 = Handle 4 = L-coniguration 21 = 1
/4"
3-way ball-valve, Brass/ PTFE+FKM / Brass 5 = T-coniguration 22 = 3
/8"
1
full bore, 23 = /2"
3
sealed on all ports 24 = /4"
25 = 1"
26 = 11/4"
27 = 11/2"
28 = 2"

Abmessungen / Dimension

ØF
ØI

Vkt.
K

A D L H M W T K Vkt ØF Øl PN kv Nm kg
1
/4 8 67 62 17 120 33,5 36 9 F03 6 30 2,8 6 0,55
Dok.-Nr.: KAT-VN-2/3 31.10.2018 - Änderung: Überarbeitet + Gewinde

3
/8 10 67 62 17 120 33,5 36 9 F03 6 30 3,0 6 0,52
1
/2 15 77 64 20 120 38,5 36 9 F03 6 30 3,9 6 0,65
3
/4 20 87 75 24 170 43,5 50 11 F05 7 30 7,9 17 1,10
1 25 105 80,5 30 170 52,5 50 11 F05 7 16 13 17 1,83
11/4 32 122,5 93 36 170 61,25 50 11 F05 7 10 20,7 17 2,75
11/2 40 138,5 111 43 230 69,25 70 14 F07 9 10 38,7 31 4,57
2 50 166 122 55,5 230 83 70 14 F07 9 10 54 43 8,37
3
Kv-Wert= [m /h]

Art. VN - Seite 2/3

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG
Oberbecksener Str. 78 · D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen · Telefon (05731) 7900-0 · Telefax (05731) 7900-199 · http://www.end.de
 Druck - Temperatur - Diagramm /
Pressure - Tempreature - Diagram bar Druck-Temperatur-Diagramm (PTFE)
Pressure-Temperature-Diagramm (PTFE)
75

64

50

40

25

16

Stückliste / Parts list

0 50 80 100 150 180 200 °C

10
11
12
7
8
6

5
1
9
3

POS Bezeichnung/Discription Material/Materials

1 Gehäuse Body Messing (vernickelt) Brass ( nickel-plated)
2 Kugel Ball Messing ( hartverchromt) Brass ( chrome-plated)
3 Kugeldichtung Ball Seat PTFE + FKM PTFE + FKM
4 Anschlußende End Connection Messing ( vernickelt) Brass ( nickel-plated)
5 stoßhemmende Dichtung Antifriction Seat PTFE PTFE
6 O- Ring O- ring FKM FKM
7 Spindeldichtung Busching PTFE PTFE
8 Unterlegscheibe Washer Nylon Nylon
9 Spindel Stem Messing Brass
10 Handhebel Handle verzinkter Stahl Steel zinc - plated
11 Schraube Screw Stahl Steel
12 Buchse Bushing Messing Brass

EU-Herstellererklärung / EU-Declaration by the manufacturer

im Sinne der EU-Maschinenrichtlinie 98/37/EG (früher 89/392/EWG, Anhang II B) as deined by Machinery Directive 98/37/EC (former 89/392/EWG, Annex II B),
Hiermit erklären wir, dass die Kugelhähne unter Anwendung nachfolgender harmonisierter we herewith declare that the ball valves have been developed and designed by applying
Normen entwickelt und konstruiert wurden: the following harmonised standards:

EN 292 Sicherheit von Maschinen EN 292 Safety of machinery

Dok.-Nr.: KAT-VN-3/3 31.10.2018 - Änderung: Überarbeitet + Gewinde

EN 983 Fluidtechnische Anlagen - Pneumatik EN 983 Safety requirements for luid power
systems and components - Pneumatics

EN 60204-1 Elektrische Ausrüstung von Maschinen EN 60204-1 Electrical equipment of machinery

Hinweis Advice
Die Kugelhähne sind zum Einbau in eine Maschine bestimmt. Deren Inbetriebnahme ist These ball valves are intended to be incorporated into machinery compounds. Putting into
solange untersagt, bis festgestellt wurde, dass die Gesamtmaschine der EU-Richtlinie operation of the machinery is not allowed until such time as the entire machinery is proving to
entspricht. comply completely with the EU Directive.

Art. VN - Seite 3/3

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG
Oberbecksener Str. 78 · D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen · Telefon (05731) 7900-0 · Telefax (05731) 7900-199 · http://www.end.de
 Operation and Installation Manual
Ball Valves

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

Oberbecksener Str. 78 · D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen · Telefon (05731) 7900-0 · Telefax (05731) 7900-199 · http://www.end.de
Impressum

© by END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

All rights reserved. END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG claims copyright over this documentation.
This documentation may neither be altered, expanded , reproduced nor passed to third parties without the
written agreement of END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG . This restriction also applies to the corresponding
drawings.
END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG has the right or change parts of the valves and armatures at any time without
prior or direct notice to the client. The contents of this publication are subject to change without notice.

This publication has been written with great care. However, END-Armaturen GmbH & Co.KG cannot be held
responsible, either for any errors occuring in this publication or for their consequences.

The products are specified by the statements in this documentation; no assurance or the properties is given.

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

Oberbecksener Straße 78
D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen
Telefon: 05731 / 7900 - 0
Telefax: 05731 / 7900 - 199
Internet: http://www.end.de
E-Mail: [email protected]

Edition: 07/2016

2 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Contents

Inhalt

1 Foreword 4

2 General advice 5
2.1 Validity 5
2.2 Inward monitoring 5
2.3 Complaints 5
2.4 Warranty 5
2.5 Symbols and their signification 6

3 Safety advice 7
3.1 Personal advice 7
3.1.1 Safety advices for mounting 7
3.1.2 Safety advice for adjustment / starting 7
3.1.3 Safety advice for maintaining / repairing 8
3.2 Device safety 9

4 Name-plate 10

5 Ball valves 11
5.1 General 11
5.2 Corresponding use 11
5.3 Operation 11
5.4 Mounting / Disassembly 11
5.4.1 Mounting with threaded connection 12
5.4.2 Mounting with welded connection 13
5.4.2.1 Disassembly of the center part of the ball valve 13
5.4.2.2 Welding of the connection ends 14
5.4.2.3 Mounting of the center part 15
5.4.3 Mounting with flanged connection 16
5.5 Maintenance 17
5.5.1 Readjusting of the gland 18
5.5.2 Exchange of the ball and the sealing 19
5.5.2.1 3-part ball valve with threaded or welded connection 19
5.5.2.2 Multiple part ball valve with flanged connection  22

07/2016 http://www.end.de 3
Foreword

1 Foreword

Dear customer,
Dear assembler / user,

these operation and installation manuals are intended to give you the knowledge, which is
necessary for you to be able to carry out the mounting and adjustment of the ball valves rapaidly
and correctly.

Please read these instructions carefully and pay particular attention to the advice and warning
notes.

Only instructed and qualified mechanician should mount, adjust or maintain the ball valves.

If you have any questions in relation to the ball valves we shall be pleased to answer them.
The telephone number will be found on the inside cover of these operation and installation manual.

Yours
END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

4 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 General advice

2 General advice

2.1 Validity

These mounting and installation manual is valid for the standard version of the ball valves.

2.2 Inward monitoring

Please check
• directly after delivery the ball valves for any transport damages and defi-
ciencies.
• with reference to the accompanying delivery note the number of parts.

Do not leave any parts in the package.

2.3 Complaints

Claims for replacement or goods which relate to transport damage can only be considered valid if
the delivery company is notified without delay.

In case of returns (because of transport damage / repairs), please make a damage protocol and
send the parts back to the manufacturer, if possible in the original packaging.

In case of a return, please mention the following:

• Name and address of the consignee
• Stock-/ ordering-/ article-number
• Description of the defect

2.4 Warranty

For our ball valves we give a guarantee period in accordance with the sales contract.
The end of the normal duration of life of the wearing parts represents no defect.

The warranty and guarantee rules of END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG are applicable.

07/2016 http://www.end.de 5
Symbols and their signification

2.5 Symbols and their signification

Paragraphs which are identified with this symbol contain very important advices; this also includes
advices for averting health risks. Observe these paragraphs without fail!

Paragraphs which are identified with this symbol contain very important advices, this also includes
how to avoid damage to property. Observe these papgraphs without fail!

This symbol indicates paragraphs which contain comments / advices or tips.

This spanner identifies the description of actions which you should carry out.

6 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Safety advice

3 Safety advice

Depending on the technical circumstances and the time under and at which the armatures and
valves are mounted, adjusted and commissioned, you must take into account particular safety
aspects in each case!

If, for example, a pneumatic actuator works a slide in an operational chemical plant, the potential
hazards of commissioning have another dimension from that when this is only being carried out for
test purposes an a „dry“ part of the plant in the assembly room!

Since we do not know the circumstances at the time of the mounting/adjustment/commissioning,

you may find advices on hazards in the following descriptions which are not relevant to you.

Please observe (only) the advices which applies to your situation!

3.1 Personal advice

3.1.1 Safety advices for mounting

We wish to point out expressly that the mounting, adjusting and at accessories the pneumatical
and eletrical installation of the armatures and valves must be carried out by trained specialist
personnel having mechanical, pneumatical and electrical knowledge!

Secure that the machine / plant come up to the Machinery Directice after the mounting and instal-
ling of the armatures and valves.

Switch off all the devices / machines / plant affected by mounting or repair.
If appropriate, isolate the devices / machines / plant from the mains.

Check (for example in chemical plants) whether the switching off of devices / machines / plant
will cause potential danger.

If appropriate, in the event of a fault in the armature / valve (in a plant which is in operation)
inform the shift forman / safety engineer or the works manager without delay about the fault, in
order, for example, to avoid an outflow / overflow of chemicals or the discharge of gases in good
time by means of suitable measures!

Before mounting or repairing, remove the pressure from pneumatic / hydraulic devices / machi-
nes / plant.

If necessary, set up warning signs in order to prevent the inadvertent starting up of the devices /
machines / plant.

Observe the respective relevant professional safety and accident prevention regulations when
carrying out the mounting / repair work.

Check the correct functioning of the safety equipment (for example the emergency push off but-
tons/ safety valves, etc)!

3.1.2 Safety advice for adjustment / starting

As a result of the starting (pneumactic, electric or by hand) of the armatures and valves the flow
of gases, steam, liquids, etc. may be enabled or interrupted! Satisfy yourself that, as a result of
the starting or the test adjustment no potential hazards will be produced for the personnel or the
environment!

07/2016 http://www.end.de 7
Safety advice

If necessary, set up warning signs in order to prevent the inadvertent starting up or shutting down
of the device / machine / plant.!

By ending the adjustment check the correct function and should the occasion arise the position
of the slide / valve / flap.

Check the function of the limit switches (option)!

Check, whether the slide / valve / flap will be closed totally, if the control signals the appropriate
limit stop!

Through suitable measures, prevent links being trapped by moving actuating elements!

Check the right function of all safety devices (for example emergency push off buttons / safety
valves)!

Carry out the starting and the adjustments only in accordance with the instructions discribed in
this documentation!

Adjusting switch on armatures and valves with options (e.g. actuators, solenoid valves, limit
switches) there is the risk that live parts (230 V AC~) can be touched!
Therefore the adjustments must be carried out only by the electrican or a person having adequate
training, who is aware of the potntial hazard!

3.1.3 Safety advice for maintaining / repairing

Do not carry out any maintenances / repairs if the armature / valve will be under pressure.

Before disassembling or a armature or valve some essential points should be clarified!

• Will the armature/valve to be disassembled be replaced by another immediately?
• If appropriate, does the production process of the plant needed to be stopped?
• Is it necessary to inform specific personnel about the disassmbly?

If necessary, inform the shift foreman/ safety engineer or the manager about the maintenance
or repair without delay in order, for example, to avoid an outflow/ overflow of chemicals or a
discharge of gases in good time by means of suitable measures!

Observe that some valves / armatures are able to enclose the pressured medium e.g. the ball
in the ball valve. You have to relieve the pressure in the pipes in which the armture/valve is
mounted.

Switch off pilot pressure and the power supply and relieve the pressure in the pipes.

If necessary set up warning signs in order to prevent

• the inadvertent starting up of the devices/machines/plants in which the armature/
valve is mounted
• the switching on of pilot medium supply, pilot power supply and/or the power supply
of actuators and accessories.

In case of defect in the armature/valve make contact to the supplier. The telephone number will
be found on the back cover of these mounting and installation manual.

8 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Safety Advice

If you ascertain a damage of the armature/valve, isolate the device from the mains. Please
observe the safefy advices.

Do not mount, start or adjust the armature/valve if itself, the pipes or a mounted actuator will be
damaged.

After the maintenance or repair check the right function of the armature/valve and the tightness
of the pipe connections.

Also check the function of the accessories e.g. actuators, limit switches, etc.

3.2 Device safety

The armatures/valves
• are quality products which are produced in accordance to the recognized industrial
regulations.
• left the manufacturer`s work in a perfect safety condition.

In order to maintain this condition, as installer / user you must carry out your task in accordance
with the description in these instructions, technically correctly and with the greatest possible
precision .

We assume, as a trained specialist you are having mechanical and electrical knowledge!

Satisfy yourself that the armatures/vales will only be used within their admissible limiting value
(see the technical data) .

The armatures/valves must be used only for a purpose corresponding to their construction!

The armatures/valves must be used within the values specified in the technical data!

The operating of the armature/valve outside the nominal temperature range could destroy the
sealings and the bearings.

The operating of the armatures/valves outside the nominal pressure range could destroy the inner
parts and the body.

Never remove a cap or a other component part if the armature/valve will be under pressure.

Do not mount, start or adjust the armature/valve if itself, the pipes or a mounted actuator will be
damaged.

After the maintenance or repair check the right function of the armature/valve and the tightness
of the pipe connections.

Also check the function of the accessories e.g. actuators, limit switches, etc.

07/2016 http://www.end.de 9
 Name-plate

4 Name-plate

In some cases the armatures/valves will be provided with a name- plate, which permitts a definite identification
of the armatures/valves and shows the most important technical data to you. The name-plate should not be
displaced or changed

omation GmbH & Co. KG END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

Bad Oeynhausen D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen
1 - 7901-0 www.end.de +49 (0)5731 - 7901-0 www.end.de
22050 Art. No.:� AE311028
Serial:� 220885
:� 8 bar Pressure range (PS):� 16 bar
6 bar Pilot pressure:� - bar
-30°C ... +180°C Temperature range (TS): -20°C ... +180°C
50 / G2" Size (DN):�� 50 / G2"
60 bar Testing pressure (PT):� 60 bar
1 Fluidgroup:� 1
14.02.2002 Date of manufacturing: 14.02.2002

0062

Fig. 4.1 - Name-plate

Art.No. article number of the valve / armature

Serial order- or production- number
Pressure range (PS) max. admisable working pressure of the valve / armature [bar]
Pilot pressure recommend pilot pressure for correct function of the valve / armature [bar]
(only at pneumatic actuated valves / armatures)
Size (DN) connecting size of the valve / armature
Testing pressure (PT) testing pressure of the body of the valve / armature
Fluidgroup allowed fluidgroup of the valve / armature
Date of manufacturing month and year of manufacturing of the valve / armature

10 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Ball Valves

5 Ball valves

5.1 General

Before you are mount, adjust, start, operate or disassemble a ball valve you have to read the

Safety advices

If you have not read the safety advices until now, read this important advices now and turn back
to this point.

5.2 Corresponding use

Ball valves will be used to cut off medium flow.

It should only be used clean liquids and gases, on which the material of the ball valve will be resi-
stant. Pollution or using outside the nominal pressure range and/or the nominal temperature range
should causes damages on the armature especially on the seals.

In some cases you have to install an equalization boring into the ball, that there will be no overpres-
sure between the body and the ball by changing temperatures.

5.3 Operation

The ball valve will be open or close totally by using a handle or an pneumatic or electric actuator
(option).

During the operation of the ball valve take care that there won`t be insert any objects or limbs
into the armature. Heavy injuries or damages will be the consequence. If it is necessary you have
to install a protective device.

5.4 Mounting / Disassembly

The mechanical installation will be same at all variants of the ball valve. There will be differences
in the type of connection.

Observe the flow direction: the handle should point at the flow direction.

Remove the package and the safety devices (e.g. caps or plugs). Take care that there will be no
parts of the package or other parts in the armature.

Clean up the pipes in which the ball valve will be mounted. Pollution could affect the safety in
operation and the duration of life of the armature. If necessary you have to install a Y- strainer in
front of the ball valve.

Avoid stress in case of non align pipes.

07/2016 http://www.end.de 11
Ball valves

5.4.1 Mounting with threaded connection

Before lay on sealing compounds, check the hardly screwing by the pipes into the valve body.

Lay on the correct sealing compounds on the pipes end. By using PTFE-ribbon or hemp sealings
observe the screw direction. Don`t use sealing compounds which are not prescribed for your
employment.

Screw the pipes into the connection ends of the valve. Don`t use the handle as a lever.

Strike up the pipes with pressure after that time the manufacturer of the sealing compounds pre-
tends to harden it.

Check the tightness of all connections.

sealing compound
harden

o.k.

flow direction

Fig. 5.1 - ball valves, mounting threaded connection (Fig.: Art. TB111025)

12 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Ball valves

5.4.2 Mounting with welded connection

Before welding you have to disassemble the center part of the ball valve to prevent the sealings
from damages.

5.4.2.1 Disassembly of the center part of the ball valve

Clamp the valve between a vice carfully. By using guard plates you can prevent the damage of the
ends of the body.

Loosen the nuts crossvice and remove the screws out of the body.

Take the center part of the ball valve. Observe, that you didn´t drop the sealings or the ball. Put the
parts aside carefully. To attach the center parts and the connection ends at a later mounting you
can sign the parts.

G y
o. K an
& C erm .de
bH n · G end
Gm use st@
ren ha · po
atu Oeyn d.de
D -Arm Bad w.en
EN 2547 ://ww
3 ttp
h

N
PE
F·O OS
E
AU
·CL
ZU

Fig. 5.2 - ball valves, mounting welded connection, disassembly of the center part (Fig.: Art. ZE311064)

07/2016 http://www.end.de 13
Ball Valves

5.4.2.2 Welding of the connection ends

The center part of the ball valve must be substitute by a distance part as long as the center part
during the welding.

By welding the valve body with the pipes observe appropriate demands and guide lines.

The safety demands by welding are depending on the place and the position of the point of weld.
Welding the parts at a serviceable device/machine/plant the potential of danger is as higher as
welding the parts in a welding room.

If appropriate, inform the shift foreman/safety engineer or the works manager and the fire brigade
of your factory.

By welding observe your own national guide lines about safety and pevention of accidents.

Fig. 5.3 -ball valves,mouting welded connections, welding of the connection ends(Fig.: Art. ZE311064)

14 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Ball valves

5.4.2.3 Mounting of the center part

Before mounting the center part let the connection ends cool down.

Disassemble the distance part.

Insert the center part between the connection ends. Attach the center parts to the right connec-
tion ends.

Observe the correct seat of the sealings and that there will be no pollution in the seats of the seal-
ings and in the ball.

Insert the screws into the borings of the connection ends.Tighten the nuts equally and crosswise.
Observe the max. torque of the screws.

Check the function of the ball valve.

Check the tightness of all connections.

G y
o. K man
& C er d.de
bH n · G en
Gm se st@
en hau po
tur yn e ·
r ma d Oe nd.d
D-A Ba w.e
EN 2547 ://ww
3 ttp
h cool down !
N
PE
F·O OS
E
AU
·CL
ZU

o.k.

flow direction

Fig. 5.4 - ball valves, mounting welded connections, mounting of the center part of the ball valve (Fig.: Art. ZE311064)

07/2016 http://www.end.de 15
Ball valves

5.4.3 Mounting with flanged connection

In the following discription we assume that you have mounted the flanges at the end of the pipes
and the ball valve (welded flanges) and they are cooled down.

Insert the ball valve and the flange sealings between the flanges.

Align the flange borings und put fit screws through the borings.

Put fit nuts on the screws and tighten them equally and crossvice. Observe the required and the
max. torque of the ball valve, the flanges, the flanges seals and the screws.

Check the tightness of all connections.

G y
o. K an
& C erm .de
bH n · G end
Gm use st@

D
ren ha · po
atu Oeyn d.de
-Arm Bad w.en
EN 2547 ://ww
cool down !
3 ttp
h

N
PE
F·O SE
AU
·CLO
ZU

o.k.

flow direction

Fig. 5.5 - ball valves, mounting flanged connection (Fig.: Art. ZP311007)

16 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Ball valves

5.5 Maintenance

Before you maintain or shut down the valves you have to read the

Safety advice

If you have not read the safety advices until now, read this important advices now and turn back
to this point.

On normal accounts the ball valve is maintenance free.In periodical turns the controlling of the
function and the tightness should happen:

• check the tighness of the gland

• check the tightness of the ball seats

Depending on the version of the ball valve for decreasing tightness at the stem the gland could be
readjust. See also chapter 5.5.1. „Readjusting of the gland“.

Ball valves in a multiple part design could be disassemble to exchange the seals and/or the ball.
See also chapter: 5.5.2. „Exchange of the ball and the sealings“.

In case of a defect of the valve make a contact to the supplier. The telephone number will be
found on the back or these operation and installation manual.

If you ascertain a demage of the valve switch off the device/ machine/ plant! However before
doing this, it is essential to refer to the

Safety advice.

07/2016 http://www.end.de 17
Ball valves

5.5.1 Readjusting of the gland

For decreasing tightness at the stem the gland could be readjust.

By keeping the nominal pressure you have to tighten up the screw of the gland until the tightness
of the the gland will be restored

After the readjusting the ball of the valve must be able to move slightly.

At ball valves with spring forced sealings or o-ring sealings at the stem the readjustment isn`t
necessary.

o.k. tightness

Fig. 5.6 - ball valves, readjusting of the gland (Fig.: Art. ZE311064)

18 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Ball valves

5.5.2 Exchange of the ball and the sealing

For decreasing tightness the ball and/or the sealings of the ball valve could be exchange. The
availability of the spare parts kit you can see in the data sheet of your ball valve.

Corresponding to the wear of the parts exchange the sealings and the ball. By the replacement of
the ball you should also exchange the sealing.

In the following description we assume, that your ball valve will be actuated by hand. If your ball
valve will be actuated be a pneumatic or electric actuator, please also observe the opration and
installation manual of the actuator.

Cut off the media flow and relieve the media pressure.

Keep ready some fit tanks to catch up leaking liquids.

If it`s necessary remove the additional limt switches and gear boxes.

5.5.2.1 3-part ball valve with threaded or welded connection

At 3-part ball valve it will do when you remove the center part of the ball valve. Loosen the nuts
crosswise and remove the screws out of the body.

Take the center part of the ball valve. Observe, that you didn´t drop the sealings or the ball. Put the
parts aside carefully.

. KG ny
Co rma e
H & · Ge end.d
mb en
n G aus post@
a ture eynh .de ·
rm d O nd
D-A Ba w.e
EN 2547 ://ww
3 ttp
h

N
PE
F·O SE
AU
·CLO
ZU

Fig. 5.7 - ball valves, replacement of the sealing kit: removement of th center part (Fig.: Art. ZE311064)

07/2016 http://www.end.de 19
Ball valves

Observe that ball valves could enclose medium inside the ball.

Take the parts aside carefully. Place a mark on the body and the connection ends that you will be
able to join the correct parts by a subsequent mounting.

Remove the ball seals and the ball out of the body.

Perhaps you have to turn the handle to remove the ball out of the body. Do not insert any limbs into
the ball valve. Heavy injuries will be the consequences.

Loosen the nut of the handle and take the handle and all discs und washers aside.

Depending on the version of the ball valve loosen the nut on the stem or loosen the gland nut

Remove the stem and all other sealings, washers and discs out of the body.

Clean all parts and check them for damages.

Throw away the old pieces by observing the appropriate demands and guide lines.
& er .de
. K ny

bH n · G end
Co ma

@
G

n G us st
re ha o
tu yn · p
e

ma Oe .de
Ar d d
D- Ba .en
m

EN 547 www
32 tp:/
ht

E S
LO
·C
N

ZU
PE
F·O
AU

Fig. 5.8 - ball valves, replacement of the sealing kit: removement of the inner parts (Fig.: Art. ZE311064)

20 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Ball valves

Make the stem with the new sealings and discs complete.

Insert the stem from the inside into the body.

Depending on the version of the ball valve mount the other sealings, discs and spring washers at
the stem, and screw the nut or the gland nut onto the stem.

Insert the ball into the body. The dihedral of the stem must engage in the grove of the ball. If need
be you have to turn the stem.

Put the handle onto the stem. Observe the correct function of the limit switches and take care that
the handle and the boring of the ball will align.

Fix the nut of the handle onto the stem and tighten it.

Put the ball sealings and the ball into their seats at the center part of the ball valve. Observe, that
you didn´t drop the sealings or the ball.

Before mounting the center part clean the connection ends at the end of the pipes.

Move the center part of the body between the connection ends. If need be arange the center parts
to the correct connection ends.

Insert the screws into the borings of the connection ends.Tighten the nuts equally and crosswise.
Observe the max. torque of the screws.

For mounting read the advices at chapter

5.4.2.3. „Mounting of the center part“.

Check the function of the ball valve.

Check the tightness of all the connections.

If need be adjust the gland of the stem. Please read the advices at chapter

5.5.1. „Readjusting of the gland“.

07/2016 http://www.end.de 21
Ball valves

5.5.2.2 Multiple part ball valve with flanged connection

Remove the ball valve out of the pipes. Loosen the flange screws and pull the screws out of the
flange.

Take the ball valve from the pipes.

Throw away the old pieces by observing the appropriate demands and guide lines.

Dismantle the ball balve. Depending on the version of the ball valve:
• you have to screw out the screw of the body, or
• you have to screw the screw joint out of the body.

Observe, that you didn´t drop the sealings or the ball.

Observe that ball valves could enclose medium inside the ball.

Put the parts aside carefully. Place marks on the parts that you will be able to join the correct parts
by a subsequent mounting of the ball valve.

Remove the ball sealing and the ball out of the body.

. KG any
& Co Germ d.de
bH ·
Gm sen st@en
uren nhau · po
mat d Oey d.de
D-Ar en
EN 547 Bawww.
32 tp://
ht
N
PE
F·O E
AU OS
·CL
ZU

Fig. 5.9 - Ball valves, replacement of the sealing kit: removement of the ball valve (Fig.: Art. ZP311007)

22 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Ball valves

Perhaps you have to turn the handle to remove the ball out of the body. Do not insert any limbs into
the ball valve. Heavy injuries will be the consequences..

Remove the second ball sealing.

Loosen the nut of the handle and take the handle and all discs und washers aside.

Depending on the version of the ball valve loosen the nut on the stem or loosen the gland nut

Remove the stem and all other sealings, washers and discs out of the body.

Clean all parts and check them for damages.

Throw away the old pieces by observing the appropriate demands and guide lines.
& erm .de
. K ny

bH n · G nd
Co a

Gm e e
n us t@
G

re ha pos
atu eyn e ·
rm d O d.d
D-A Ba .en
EN 547 ww
32 p://w
htt

SE
LO
·C
EN

ZU
OP
F·
AU

Fig. 5.10 - ball valves, replacement of the sealing kit: removement of the inner parts (Fig.: Art. ZP311007)

07/2016 http://www.end.de 23
Ball valves

Make the stem with the new sealings and discs complete.

Insert the stem from the inside into the body.

Depending on the version of the ball valve mount the other sealings, discs and spring washers at
the stem, and screw the nut or the gland nut onto the stem.

Place the first ball seal into the seat in the body.

Insert the ball into the body. The dihedral of the stem must engage in the grove of the ball. If need
be you have to turn the stem.

Place the second ball seal into the seat in the body.

Assemble the ball valve. Depending on the version of the ball valve:
• you have to join the parts of the body together and to screw them up with the fit
screws; or
• you have to screw up the screw joint with the body.

If need be attach the different parts of the boby.

Put the handle onto the stem. Observe the correct function of the limit switches and take care that
the handle and the boring of the ball will align.

Fix the nut of the handle onto the stem and tighten it.

Before mounting the center part clean the connection ends at the end of the pipes.

Insert the ball valve with new flange sealings between the flanges.

Align the flange borings und put fit screws through the borings.

Put fit nuts on the screws and tighten them equally and crossvice. Observe the max. torque of the
screws.

For mounting read the advices at chapter

5.4.3 „Mounting with flanged connection“.

Check the function of the ball valve.

Check the tightness of all the connections.

If need be adjust the gland of the stem. Please read the advices at chapter

5.5.1. „Readjusting of the gland“.

24 http://www.end.de 07/2016
 Notes

07/2016 http://www.end.de 25
 watergates
knife-gate-valves - Stoffschieber

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG Watergates GmbH & Co. KG

Oberbecksener Str.78 Oberbecksener Str.70
D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen
Telefon +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-0 Telefon +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-0
Telefax +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-199 Telefax +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-199
Internet http://www.end.de Internet http://www.watergates.de
E-Mail [email protected] E-Mail [email protected]
 Mounting and Operating Manual
Non-Return valves
Swing-Check valves

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

Postfach (PLZ 32503) 100 341 · Oberbecksener Str. 78 · D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen · Telefon (05731) 7900-0 · Telefax (05731) 7900-199 · http://www.end.de
Impressum

© by END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

All rights reserved. END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG claims copyright over this documentation.
This documentation may neither be altered, expanded, reproduced nor passed to third parties without the writ-
ten agreement of END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG. This restriction also applies to the corresponding drawings.

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG has the right to change parts of the non-return valves / swing check valves
at any time without prior or direct notice to the client. The contents of this publication are subject to change
without notice.

This publication has been written with great care. However, END-Armaturen GmbH & Co.KG cannot be held
responsible, either for any errors occuring in this publication or for their consequences.

The products are specified by the statements in this documentation; no assurance of the properties is given.

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

Oberbecksener Straße 78
D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen
Telefon: 05731 / 7900 - 0
Telefax: 05731 / 7900 - 80
Internet: http://www.end.de
E-Mail: [email protected]

Edition: 11/02

2 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 Contents

Contents

1 Foreword 4

2 General Advice 5
2.1 Validity 5
2.2 Inward monitoring 5
2.3 Complaints 5
2.4 Guarantee 5
2.5 Symbols and their signification 6

3 Safety Advice 7
3.1 Personal advice 7
3.1.1 Safety advices for mounting 7
3.1.3 Safety advice for maintaining / repairing 8
3.2 Device safety 9

4 Name-plate 10

5 Non-Return valves, Swing-Check valves 11

5.1 General 11
5.2 Corresponding use 11
5.3 Operation 11
5.4 Mounting / Disassemble 11
5.4.1 Mounting with threaded connection 12
5.4.2 Mounting with welded connection 12
5.4.2.1 Disassemble of the bonnet and the inner parts 13
5.4.2.2 Welding the body between pipes 13
5.4.2.3 Mounting of the bonnet and the inner parts 14
5.4.3 Mounting of the valve with flanged connection 15
5.5 Maintenance 15

6 Declaration in conformity as defined by Pressure-Equipment-Directive 97/23/EC 18

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 3
Foreword

1 Foreword

Dear customer,
Dear assembler / user,

these operation and installation manuals are intended to give you the knowledge, which is
necessary for you to be able to carry out the mounting and adjustment of the non-return valves /
swing-check valves rapidly and correctly.

Please read these instructions carefully and pay particular attention to the advice and warning
notes.

Only instructed and qualified mechanician should mount, adjust or maintain the non-return valves
/ swing-check valves.

If you have any questions in relation to the non-return valves / swing-check valves we shall be
pleased to answer them.
The telephone number will be found on the inside cover of these operation and installation
manual.

Yours
END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

4 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 General Advice

2 General Advice

2.1 Validity

This mounting and installation manual is valid for the standard versions of the non-return valves /
swing-check valves and their variants.

2.2 Inward monitoring

Please check directly after delivery the non-return valves /swing-check valves for any transport
damages and deficiencies and with reference to the accompanying delivery note the number of
parts.

Do not leave any parts in the package.

2.3 Complaints

Claims for replacement or goods which relate to transport damage can only be considered valid if
the delivery company is notified without delay.

In case of returns (because of transport damage / repairs), please make a damage protocol and
send the parts back to the manufacturer, if possible in the original packaging.

In case of a return, please mention the following:

• Name and address of the consignee
• Stock-/ ordering-/ article-number
• Description of the defect

2.4 Warranty

For our non-return valves / swing-check valves we give a guarantee period in accordance with
the sales contract.
The end of the normal duration of life of the wearing parts represents no defect.

The warranty and guarantee rules of END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG are applicable.

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 5
Symbols and their signification

2.5 Symbols and their signification

Paragraphs which are identified with this symbol contain very important advices; this also includes
advices for averting health risks. Observe these paragraphs without fail!

Paragraphs which are identified with this symbol contain very important advices, this also includes
how to avoid damage to property. Observe these paragraphs without fail!

This symbol indicates paragraphs which contain comments / advices or tips.

This spanner identifies the description of actions which you should carry out.

6 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 Safety Advice

3 Safety Advice

Depending on the technical circumstances and the time under and at which the non-return valves
/ swing-check valves are mounted, adjusted and commissioned, you must take into account par-
ticular safety aspects in each case!

If, for example, a non-return valve / swing-check valve works a slide in an operational chemical
plant, the potential hazards of commissioning have another dimension from that when this is only
being carried out for test purposes an a „dry“ part of the plant in the assembly room!

Since we do not know the circumstances at the time of the mounting/adjustment/commissioning,

you may find advices on hazards in the following descriptions which are not relevant to you.

Please observe (only) the advices which applies to your situation!

3.1 Personal advice

3.1.1 Safety advices for mounting

We wish to point out expressly that the mounting, adjusting and at accessories the pneumatical
and electrical installation of the butterfly valves must be carried out by trained specialist person-
nel having mechanical, pneumatical and electrical knowledge!

Secure that the machine / plant come up to the Machinery Directive after the mounting and
installing of the ball valves.

Switch off all the devices / machines / plant affected by mounting or repair.
If appropriate, isolate the devices / machines / plant from the mains.

Check (for example in chemical plants) whether the switching off of devices / machines / plant
will cause potential danger.

If appropriate, in the event of a fault in the butterfly valve (in a plant which is in operation) inform
the shift foreman / safety engineer or the works manager without delay about the fault, in order,
for example, to avoid an outflow / overflow of chemicals or the discharge of gases in good time
by means of suitable measures!

Before mounting or repairing, remove the pressure from pneumatic / hydraulic devices / machines
/ plant.

If necessary, set up warning signs in order to prevent the inadvertent starting up of the devices /
machines / plant.

Observe the respective relevant professional safety and accident prevention regulations when
carrying out the mounting / repair work.

Check the correct functioning of the safety equipment (for example the emergency push off but-
tons/ safety valves, etc)!

3.1.2 Safety advice for adjustment / starting

As a result of the starting of the non-return valves / swing-check valves the flow of gases, steam,
liquids, etc. may be enabled or interrupted! Satisfy yourself that, as a result of the starting or the
test adjustment no potential hazards will be produced for the personnel or the environment!

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 7
Safety Advice

If necessary, set up warning signs in order to prevent the inadvertent starting up or shutting down
of the device / machine / plant.!

By ending the adjustment check the correct function and should the occasion arise the position
of the non-return valve / swing-check valve.

Check the function of the limit switches (option)!

Check, whether the armature will be closed totally, if the control signals the appropriate limit
stop!

Through suitable measures, prevent links being trapped by moving actuating elements!

Check the right function of all safety devices (for example emergency push off buttons / safety
valves)!

Carry out the starting and the adjustments only in accordance with the instructions discribed in
this documentation!

Adjusting switches on ball valves with options (e.g. actuators, solenoid valves, limit switches)
there is the risk that live parts (230 V AC~) can be touched!
Therefore the adjustments must be carried out only by the electrician or a person having adequate
training, who is aware of the potential hazard!

3.1.3 Safety advice for maintaining / repairing

Do not carry out any maintenances / repairs if the non-return vales / swing check valves will be
under pressure.

Before disassembling the armature some essential points should be clarified!

• Will the non-return valves / swing-check valves to be disassembled be replaced by
another immediately?
• If appropriate, does the production process of the plant needed to be stopped?
• Is it necessary to inform specific personnel about the disassembly?

If necessary, inform the shift foreman/ safety engineer or the manager about the maintenance
or repair without delay in order, for example, to avoid an outflow/ overflow of chemicals or a
discharge of gases in good time by means of suitable measures!

You have to relieve the pressure in the pipes in which the butterfly valve is mounted.

Switch off pilot pressure and the power supply and relieve the pressure in the pipes.

If necessary set up warning signs in order to prevent

• the inadvertent starting up of the devices/machines/plants in which the armature is
mounted
• the switching on of pilot medium supply, pilot power supply and/or the power supply
of actuators and accessories.

In case of defect in the non-return vales / swing check valves make contact to the supplier. The
telephone number will be found on the back cover of these mounting and installation manual.

8 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 Safety Advice

If you ascertain a damage of the non-return vales / swing check valves, isolate the device from
the mains. Please observe the safety advices.

Do not mount, start or adjust the non-return vales / swing check valves if itself, the pipes or a
mounted actuator will be damaged.

After the maintenance or repair check the right function of the non-return vales / swing check
valves and the tightness of the pipe connections.

Also check the function of the accessories e.g. actuators, limit switches, etc.

3.2 Device safety

The non-return valves / swing-check valves

• are quality products which are produced in accordance to the recognized industrial
regulations.
• left the manufacturer`s work in a perfect safety condition.

In order to maintain this condition, as installer / user you must carry out your task in accordance
with the description in these instructions, technically correctly and with the greatest possible
precision .

We assume, as a trained specialist you are having mechanical and electrical knowledge!

Satisfy yourself that the non-return vales /swing check valves will only be used within their
admissible limiting value (see the technical data) .

The non-return vales / swing check valves must be used only for a purpose corresponding to their
construction!

The non-return vales / swing check valves must be used within the values specified in the techni-
cal data!

The operating of the non-return vales / swing check valves outside the nominal temperature
range could destroy the seals and the bearings.

The operating of the non-return vales / swing check valves outside the nominal pressure range
could destroy the inner parts and the body.

Do not mount, start or adjust the non-return vales / swing check valves if itself, the pipes or a
mounted actuator will be damaged.

After the maintenance or repair check the right function of the non-return vales / swing check
valves and the tightness of the pipe connections.

Also check the function of the accessories e.g. actuators, limit switches, etc.

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 9
Name-plate

4 Name-plate

In some cases the armatures/valves will be provided with a name- plate, which permitts a definite identification
of the armatures/valves and shows the most important technical data to you. The name-plate should not be
displaced or changed.

END-Armaturen
END-ArmaturenGmbH GmbH & Co. KG KG
& Co.
D-32547
D-32547BadBadOeynhausen
Oeynhausen
+49
+49(0)5731
(0)5731- 7900-0 • www.end.de
- 7900-0 www.end.de
Art.Nr.:
Art.Nr.: ZA310028-ED620632
ZA310028-ED620632
Serial: 313857
Serie: ARMAU813857
Pressure range (PS): 16 bar
Betriebsdruck (PS): 16 bar
Pilot pressure:
Steuerdruck:
6-8
6...8 bar G/DN: 2”
bar
Temperature
Volt: rangeHz:(TS): -30°C ... +180°C
Fluidgruppe 1
Size (DN):
Temperatur (TS): -30...+180°C 50 / G2"
Testing pressure
Prüfdruck (PT): (PT):
60 bar 60 bar
Herstellungsdatum:
Fluidgroup: 25.11.2009 1 0062
Date of manufacturing: 11.2002

0062

Fig. 4.1 - name-plate

Art.No. article number of the valve / armature

Serial order- or production- number
Pressure range (PS) max. admissible working pressure of the valve / armature [bar]
Pilot pressure recommend pilot pressure for correct function of the valve / armature [bar]
(only at pneumatic actuated valves / armatures)
Size (DN) connecting size of the valve / armature
Testing pressure (PT) testing pressure of the body of the valve / armature
Fluidgroup allowed fluidgroup of the valve / armature
Date of manufacturing month and year of manufacturing of the valve / armature

10 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 Non-Return valves, Swing-Check valves

5 Non-Return valves, Swing-Check valves

5.1 General

Before you mount /disassemble, adjust or commission a non-return valve or a swing-check valve
you must have read the

Safety advice

If you have not read the safety advices until now please read these important advices now and
turn back to this point.

5.2 Corresponding use

Non-return valves and swing-check valves are used to prevent the back-flow of media.
It should only be used clean liquids and gases, on which the material of the valves and the material
of the sealings will be resistant. Pollution or using outside the nominal pressure range and/or the
nominal temperature range should causes damages on the valves especially on the seals.

5.3 Operation

Non-return valves and swing-check vales need no special operation .

5.4 Mounting / Disassemble

The mechanical mounting is identical in all variants. It differs only by the type of connection.

Observe the flow direction which is specified on the valve body. The installation of a swing-check
valves will have take place that the flap of the swing-check valve will close by the force of gravity
automatically.

Please observe that that the installation of the swing-check valve / non-return valve will have influ-
ence on the opening pressure.

Remove all transport safety devices (e.g. plugs or caps). Observe that there won`t be any parts of
the package or other pollution in the armature.

Before mounting swing-check valve / non-return valve clean up the pipes. Pollution will reduce the
safety and the duration of life of the armature.

o.k. o.k.

Fig. 5.1 - non-return valve, swing-check valve, installation (Fig.: Art. TR100025).

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 11
Non-Return valves, Swing-Check valves

Avoid stress in case of non align pipes.

5.4.1 Mounting with threaded connection

Before lay on sealing compounds, check the hardly screwing by the pipes into the valve body.

Lay on the correct sealing compounds on the pipes end. By using PTFE-ribbon or hemp seals
observe the screw direction. Don`t use sealing compounds which are not prescribed for your
employment.

Screw the pipes into the connection ends of the valve.

Strike up the pipes with pressure after that time the manufacturer of the sealing compounds pre-
tends to harden it.

Check the tightness of all connections.

sealing compound
harden!

o.k.

flow direction

Fig. 5.2 - non-return valves, swing-check valves, mounting with threaded connection (Fig.: Art. BH120025)

5.4.2 Mounting with welded connection

Before welding the valve between the pipes you have to disassemble the bonnet of the non-return
valve first, to prevent the damage of the seals.

12 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 Non-Return valves, Swing-check valve

5.4.2.1 Disassemble of the bonnet and the inner parts

Clamp the valve between a vice carefully. By using guard plates you can prevent the damage of
the ends of the valve body.

Loosen the bonnet with a fit spanner.

Screw the bonnet out of the body. By doing this be very careful, because there will be a resilience
on the bonnet. Take the spring and the inner part out of the bonnet and put the parts aside.

resilience

Fig. 5.3 - non-return valves, swing check valve, disassembly of the bonnet and the inner parts (Fig.: Art. EB310064)

5.4.2.2 Welding the body between pipes

By welding the valve body with the pipes observe appropriate demands and guide lines.

The safety demands be welding are depending on the place and the position of the point of weld.
Welding the parts in a serviceable device/machine/plant the potential of danger is as higher as
welding the parts in a welding room.

If appropriate inform the shift foreman / safety engineer or the works manager and the fire brigade
of your factory.

By welding observe your own national guide lines about safety and the prevention of accidents.

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 13
Non-Return valves, Swing-Check valves

o.k.

flow direction

Fig. 5.4 - non-return valves, swing-check valves, welding of the body (Fig.: body of Art. EB310064)

5.4.2.3 Mounting of the bonnet and the inner parts

Before mounting the bonnet and the inner parts let the body cool down.

Insert the inner parts and the spring into the body. Take care about the correct placement of the
inner parts and the spring.

Screw the bonnet into the body. Check the correct position of the sealing at the bonnet and take
care that there will be no pollution on the sealing or on the seat.

Tighten the bonnet with a fit spanner.

Check the tightness of all connections.

cool down

o.k.

Fig. 5.5 - non-return valve, swing-check valve, mounting of the bonnet and the inner parts (Fig.: Art. EB310064)

14 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 Non-Return valves, Swing-Check valves

5.4.3 Mounting of the valve with flanged connection

In the following description we assume that you have mounted the flanges at the end of the pipes
and the valve (welded flanges) and they are cooled down..

Push the valve between the flanges by using the appropriate seals. This process must happen
easily to avoid the damage of the seals.

Align the borings of the flanges and put some fit screws through the holes. Screw the fit nuts onto
the screws and tighten them up crosswise.

Fasten all screws crosswise and check the function of the valve. Observe the maximum torque of
the screws.

Check the tightness of all connections.

o.k.

flow direction

Fig. 5.6 - non-return valves, swing-check valve, mounting with flanged connection (Fig.: Art. KU3000xx)

5.5 Maintenance

Before you maintain or shut down a non-return valve / swing-check valve you have to read the

Safety advice

If you have not read the safety advices until now, read this important advices now and turn back
to this page.

Non-return valves need on maintenance

In case of a defect of the valve make a contact to the supplier. The telephone number will be
found on the back or these operation and installation manual.

If you determinate that there is a damage to the valve switch off the device/ machine/ plant!
However before doing this, it is essential to refer to the

Safety advice.

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 15
Notice

16 http://www.end.de 13.11.02
 Notice

13.11.02 http://www.end.de 17
 6 Declaration in conformity as defined by Pressure-Equipment-Directive 97/23/EC

(1)
Declaration in conformity
(2)
as defined by Pressure-Equipment-Directive 97/23/EC
(3) This declaration apply to the article groups with the nominal sizes:
Articles Nominal size Articles Nominal size Articles Nominal size Articles Nominal size
Butterfly valves NG DN32 ... DN100 VO DN32 ... DN200 Non-return valves
HA DN50 ... DN300 Ball valves VS DN32 ... DN200 AR 1¼" ... 2"
TA DN40 ... DN300 AG 1¼" ... 2" VT DN32 ... DN100 CK3003 DN65 ... DN200
WA DN50 ... DN300 BK DN32 ... DN100 VU 4" CK5003 DN32 ... DN200
WM DN50 ... DN300 IK 1¼" ... 2" ZA 1¼" ... 4" CK5100 DN65 ... DN250
Gate valves IL 1¼" ... 4" ZA DN32 ... DN100 CK5200 DN65 ... DN250
AB 1¼" ... 2" IW 1¼" ... 2" ZB 1¼" ... 2" CW5400 DN65 ... DN250
AE 1¼" ... 3" KA 1¼" ... 3" ZB DN32 ... DN50 EB 1¼" ... 3"
AE DN32 ... DN80 PD 1¼" ... 2" ZD 1¼" ... 4" EB DN32 ... DN80
CA5014 DN100 ... DN300 TB 1¼" ... 4“ ZD DN32 ... DN100 RG1300 DN32 ... DN100
CA5015 DN65 ... DN300 TF DN32 ... DN200 ZE 1¼" ... 4" RG33xx DN32 ... DN200
CA5214 DN40 ... DN200 TH 1¼" ZE DN32 ... DN100 RK DN32 ... DN400
CD5010 DN32 ... DN200 VD 1¼" ... 4" ZF 1¼" ... 4" TD 4"
CV3010 DN32 ... DN150 VD DN32 ... DN100 ZG 1¼" ... 2" Strainer
CV5010 DN32 ... DN200 VH 1¼" ... 2" ZH 1¼" ... 2" AS 1¼” ... 3”
CV5020 DN32 ... DN200 VH3100 1¼" ... 2" ZK DN32 ... DN100 AS DN32 ... DN200
Pressure reducer VK DN32 ... DN200 ZL 1¼" ... 3" EA 1¼" ... 3"
SD Ǫ" ... 2" VK/PN40 DN32 ... DN200 ZM 1¼" ... 2" EA DN32 ... DN80
Pressure relief valves VL 1¼" ...2", 3" ZP DN32 ... DN200
NG 1¼" ... 1½" VN 1¼" ... 2" ZU 1¼" ... 3"

and all variations of these articles

(4) of the company END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen
Germany

(5) Herewith we declare that the above-mentioned articles in the conditions of our delivery are in conformity with the regula-
tions of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EG.

(6) Applied conformity assessment procedure: Modul H.

(7) Noti¿ed body for conformity assessment PED an Quality-Management-System:

Bureau Veritas S.A.

Paris / Frankreich
Kennzeichen 0062

(8) Certi¿cate numbers: Quality Management System: INT110198DE

Certi¿cate of System approval PED: 2011/70.10.1777/P

(9) Applied harmonized standards, in particular:

DIN EN 12516:2005 Industriearmaturen - Gehäusefestigkeit

(10) On behalf bH & Co. KG Bad Oeynhausen, 07. July 2011

END-Armaturen Gm . 78
Oberbecksener Str en · Germany
32547 Bad Oeynhaus 1 - 7900-0
Telefon: +49 (0)5731 - 7900-199
Telefax: +49 (0)573· [email protected]
http://www.end.de
Friedhelm König Michael End
Technical Manager Quality Manager

Declaration without signature or company stamp shall not be valid. The declaration may be circulated only without alternation.
Extracts or alternations are subject to approval by END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG.

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

Postfach (PLZ 32503) 100 341 · Oberbecksener Str. 78 · D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen (Germany) · Telefon +49 - 5731 - 7900-0 · Telefax +49 - 5731 - 7900-199 · http://www.end.de
 (1)
Declaration in conformity
(2)
as defined by Pressure-Equipment-Directive 97/23/EC
(3) This declaration apply to the article groups with the nominal sizes:
Articles Nominal size Articles Nominal size Articles Nominal size Articles Nominal size
Gate valves BT ½" ... 1" VN ¼" ... 1" CK3003 DN15 ... DN50
AA ½" ... 2" BV ¼“ ... ¾“ VO DN25 CK5000 DN40 ... DN250
AB ¼" ... 1" CB ¼" ... 2½" VS DN15 ... DN25 CK5003 DN40 ... DN25
AC ǩ" ... 2" CO-CO ½" ... 2" VT DN15 ... DN25 CK5100 DN40 ... DN50
AD ½" ... 2" HF ¼" ... 1" ZA ¼" ... 1", DN10 ... DN25 CK5200 DN40 ... DN50
AE ½" ... 1", DN15 ... DN25 HO DN10 ... DN15 ZB ¼" ... 1", DN15 ... DN25 CW5400 DN40 ... DN50
AV ¼" ... 1" IB ¼" ... 2" ZD ½" ... 1", DN15 ... DN25 DR DN50 ... DN300
BE Ǫ" ... 3" IK ¼" ... 1" ZE ¼" ... 1", DN10 ... DN25 EB ½" ... 1", DN15 ... DN25
BF ¼" ... 3" IL ¼" ... 1" ZF ¼" ... 1" MR ¼" ... 3"
BS ½" ... 1¼" IW ¼" ... 1" ZG ¼" ... 1" RG DN15 ... DN25
CA5014 DN40 ... DN80 KA ½" ... 1" ZH ½" ... 1" TD Ǫ" ... 3"
CA5015 DN40 ... DN50 KFE Ǫ" ... ¾" ZK DN15 ... DN25 TG ½" ... 2"
CA5214 DN40 ... DN32 NK Ǫ“ ... 4", DN10 ... DN100 ZL ¼" ... 1" TR Ǫ“ ... 4"
CD5010 DN15 ... DN25 PB ǩ ... 2" ZM ¼" ... 1" VB ¼“ ... 2“
CV3010 DN15 ... DN25 PD ½" ... 1" ZP DN15 ... DN25 ZR DN15 ... DN200
CV5010 DN15 ... DN25 SK ½" ... 3", DN10 ... DN80 ZU ¼" ... 1" Sight glasses
CV5020 DN15 ... DN25 TB ¼" ... 1" Pipe fittings SG ¼" ... 2", DN15 ... DN150
IC ¼" ... 4" TE ½" ... 2" FG ǩ" ... 4" Strainer
MV ½" TF DN20 ... DN25 FS DN15 ... DN150 AS ¼“ ... 1“
TC ¼" ... 4" TH ½" ... 1" GE Ø6 ... Ø20 AS DN15 ... DN25
Pressure reducer TT Ǫ" ... 1" GR Ø8 ... Ø28 BG Ǫ" ... 2"
ID Ǫ" ... ¾" TV Ǫ" ... 1" GV Ø6 ... Ø20 CU DN15 ... DN250
MB ½" ... 2" VD ¼" ... 1" TE Ø6 ... Ø25 EA ½" ... 1", DN15 ... DN25
MC ½" ... 2" VD DN10 ... DN25 TV Ø6 ... Ø20 IG ¼" ... 4"
Pressure relief valves VE ¼" ... 1" WE Ø6 ... Ø38 KU DN15 ... DN100
NG Ǫ" ... 1", DN15 ... DN25 VF ǩ“ ... ½" WV Ø6 ... Ø20 Water-shock damper
Ball valves VH ǩ“ ... 1" Non-return valves TS ½"
AG ¼" ... 1" VH3100 ½" ... 1" AH ¼" ... 1½"
BC ǩ“ ... ¾" VK DN15 ... DN25 AR ½" ... 1"
BK DN15 ... DN25 VL ¼" ... 1" BH Ǫ" ... 3"

and all variations of these articles

(4) of the company END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen
Germany

(5) Herewith we declare that the above-mentioned articles in the conditions of our delivery are in conformity with the regula-
tions of Article 3 Part 3 of the directive 97/23/EG. These products bear no CE mark, but are in line to the good engineering
practice designed and manufactured.

(6) Applied harmonized standards, in particular:

DIN EN 12516:2005 Industriearmaturen - Gehäusefestigkeit

ren GmbH & Co. KG
END-Armatu . 78
Oberbecksener Str en · Germany
(7) On behalf 32547 Bad Oeynhaus 1 - 7900-0
Bad Oeynhausen, 04. July 2011
Telefon: +49 (0)5731 - 7900-199
Telefax: +49 (0)573· [email protected]
http://www.end.de

Friedhelm König Michael End

Technical Manager Quality Manager

Declaration without signature or company stamp shall not be valid. The declaration may be circulated only without alternation.
Extracts or alternations are subject to approval by END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG.

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG

Postfach (PLZ 32503) 100 341 · Oberbecksener Str. 78 · D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen (Germany) · Telefon +49 - 5731 - 7900-0 · Telefax +49 - 5731 - 7900-199 · http://www.end.de
 watergates
knife-gate-valves - Stoffschieber

END-Armaturen GmbH & Co. KG END-Automation GmbH & Co. KG Watergates GmbH & Co. KG
Oberbecksener Str.78 Oberbecksener Str.78 Oberbecksener Str.70
D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen D-32547 Bad Oeynhausen
Postfach (PLZ 32503) 100 341 Postfach (PLZ 32503) 100 342 Postfach (PLZ 32503) 100 321
Telefon +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-0 Telefon +49 (0) 5731 / 7901-0 Telefon +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-0
Telefax +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-199 Telefax +49 (0) 5731 / 7901-999 Telefax +49 (0) 5731 / 7900-199
Internet http://www.end.de Internet http://www.end.de Internet http://www.watergates.de
E-Mail [email protected] E-Mail [email protected] E-Mail [email protected]
 Mechanical
Electrical
temperature
pressure measurement
measurement

Bourdon tube pressure gauge

Stainless steel version
Models 232.50, 233.50
WIKA data sheet PM 02.02

for further approvals

see page 3

Applications
■■ With liquid-filled case for applications with high dynamic
pressure loads or vibrations 1)
■■ For gaseous and liquid aggressive media that are
not highly viscous or crystallising, also in aggressive
ambience
■■ Process industry: Chemical/petro-chemical, power
stations, mining, on- and offshore, environmental techno-
logy, machine building and general plant construction

Special features
■■ Excellent load-cycle stability and shock resistance
■■ All stainless steel construction
■■ German Lloyd approval
■■ Scale ranges up to 0 … 1,600 bar Bourdon tube pressure gauge model 232.50

Description Pressure limitation

NS 63: Steady: 3/4 x full scale value
Design Fluctuating: 2/3 x full scale value
EN 837-1 Short time: Full scale value
Nominal size in mm NS 100, 160: Steady: Full scale value
63, 100, 160 Fluctuating: 0.9 x full scale value
Short time: 1.3 x full scale value
Accuracy class
NS 63: 1.6 Permissible temperature
NS 100, 160: 1.0 Ambient: -40 ... +60 °C without liquid filling
-20 ... +60 °C gauges with glycerine filling 1)
Scale ranges
Medium: +200 °C maximum without liquid filling
NS 63: 0 ... 1 to 0 ... 1,000 bar
+100 °C maximum with liquid filling 1)
NS 100: 0 ... 0.6 to 0 ... 1,000 bar
NS 160: 0 ... 0.6 to 0 ... 1,600 bar Temperature effect
or all other equivalent vacuum or combined pressure and When the temperature of the measuring system deviates
vacuum ranges from the reference temperature (+20 °C):
max. ±0.4 %/10 K of full scale value

Ingress protection
1) Model 233.50 IP65 per EN 60529 / lEC 60529

WIKA data sheet PM 02.02 ∙ 03/2017 Page 1 of 4

Data sheets showing similar products:

Stainless steel, safety version; model 232.30; see data sheet PM 02.04
Standard version Special versions

Process connection Gauges for ammonia plants (NS 100 and 160)
Stainless steel 316L (NS 63: 1.4571), With temperature scale for refrigerant R 717 (NH3) in °C,
Lower mount (LM) or lower back mount (LBM), NS 63 centre Scale ranges: -1 ... 0 ... 15 bar or -1 ... 0 ... 26 bar
back mount (CBM)
NS 63: G ¼ B (male), 14 mm flats
NS 100, 160: G ½ B, 22 mm flats

Pressure element
Stainless steel 316L
C-type or helical type

Movement
Stainless steel

Dial
Aluminium, white, black lettering,
NS 63 with pointer stop pin

Pointer
Aluminium, black

Case
Stainless steel, with pressure relief at case circumference,
12 o'clock (NS 63) and on the back of the case (NS 100
and 160),
Scale ranges ≤ 0 ... 16 bar with compensating valve to vent
case

Window
Laminated safety glass
(NS 63: Polycarbonate)

Ring
Cam ring (bayonet type), stainless steel

Filling liquid (for model 233.50)

Glycerine 99.7 %
(Glyzerine 86.5 % for scale range ≤ 0 ... 2.5 bar)

Options
■■ Other process connection
■■ Sealings (model 910.17, see data sheet AC 09.08)
■■ Assembly on diaphragm seals see product review DS
■■ Measuring system Monel (model 26x.50, not with NS 160
back mount connection)
■■ Surface or panel mounting flange, stainless steel
■■ Panel mounting flange, polished stainless steel
■■ Triangular bezel, polished stainless steel, with clamp
■■ Ambient temperatures -40 °C: Silicone oil filling
■■ Limit indicator at NS 100 and 160, see data sheet
SP 09.03
■■ Pressure gauge with switch contacts, see model
PGS23.1x0, data sheet PV 22.02
■■ Pressure gauge with electrical output signal, see model
PGT23.100/160, data sheet PV 12.04

Page 2 of 4 WIKA data sheet PM 02.02 ∙ 03/2017

Approvals
Logo Description Country
EU declaration of conformity European Union
■■ Pressure equipment directive
PS > 200 bar, module A, pressure accessory
■■ ATEX directive (option)
Ignition protection type “c” - constructive safety
EAC (option) Eurasian Economic Community
■■ Pressure equipment directive
■■ Hazardous areas

GOST (option) Russia

Metrology, measurement technology
KazInMetr (option) Kazakhstan
Metrology, measurement technology
- MTSCHS (option) Kazakhstan
Permission for commissioning
BelGIM (option) Belarus
Metrology, measurement technology
UkrSEPRO (option) Ukraine
Metrology, measurement technology
Uzstandard (option) Uzbekistan
Metrology, measurement technology
- CPA (option) China
Metrology, measurement technology
KCs KOSHA (option) South Korea
Hazardous areas
GL (option) International
Ships, shipbuilding (e.g. offshore)
- CRN Canada
Safety (e.g. electr. safety, overpressure, ...)

Certificates (option)
■■ 2.2 test report
■■ 3.1 inspection certificate

Approvals and certificates, see website

WIKA data sheet PM 02.02 ∙ 03/2017 Page 3 of 4

Dimensions in mm

Standard version
Lower mount (LM)
≤ 16 bar with compensating valve

1520806.03
> 16 bar without compensating valve

NS 63, centre back mount (CBM) NS 100, 160, lower back mount (LBM)
14112247.01

≤ 16 bar with compensating valve ≤ 16 bar with compensating valve

1520814.03
> 16 bar without compensating valve > 16 bar without compensating valve

NS Dimensions in mm Weight in kg
a b b1 b2 D1 D2 e f G h ±1 SW Model 232.50 Model 233.50
63 9.5 33 33 57 63 62 11.5 - G¼B 54 14 0.16 0.20
100 15.5 49.5 49.5 83 101 99 17.5 30 G½B 87 22 0.60 0.90
160 15.5 49.5 2) 49.5 2) 83 1) 161 159 17.5 50 G½B 118 22 1.10 2.00

Process connection per EN 837-1 / 7.3

1) Plus 16 mm with scale ranges ≥ 100 bar

2) Plus 16 mm with scale range 1,600 bar

Ordering information
Model / Nominal size / Scale range / Connection size / Connection location / Options

© 2000 WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG, all rights reserved.
The specifications given in this document represent the state of engineering at the time of publishing.
We reserve the right to make modifications to the specifications and materials.

Page 4 of 4 WIKA data sheet PM 02.02 ∙ 03/2017

03/2017 DE

WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG

Alexander-Wiegand-Straße 30
63911 Klingenberg/Germany
Tel. +49 9372 132-0
Fax +49 9372 132-406
[email protected]
www.wika.de
 Special

Limit indicator option for

models 232.50, 233.50 in nominal sizes of 100 and 160
WIKA data sheet SP 09.03

Applications

■■ Option for robust process pressure measuring instruments

models 23x.50 in the nominal sizes 100 and 160
■■ Monitoring of critical process pressures regarding the set
limit values
■■ Tamper-proof detection for when a preset pressure value
is exceeded

Special features

■■ Temper-proofness via lead sealing or adhesive seal which

cannot be peeled off without destroying it
■■ Non-reversible limit indicator

Limit indicator option with enlarged detail

Description

These limit indicators find their application wherever If the indicator is found in the red area, the set pressure range
overpressures must be displayed with certainty and not be has been exceeded at least once.
tampered with, such as in the process, chemical or petroche- In this case, the indicator will remain permanently locked
mical industries, in power plants, in the environmental sector, and protected from tampering in the red area.
in machine building or in general plant construction.
To prevent tampering with the limit indicator, the pressure
The limit indicator is a mechanical indicator mounted on the measuring instruments can be optionally lead sealed, or
dial with two settings. be offered with an adhesive seal that cannot be peeled off
The indicator is slid from the actual value pointer via a drive without destroying it.
pin from a green area to a red area, when the set limit value
is exceeded. In the red area, the indicator is locked and is Example:
unable to move back from there. If the pressure rises to approx. 10 % above the set value,
which is 8 bar in this example (as shown in the photo), an
If the indicator is in the green area, the pressure limit being indicator is locked into a predefined channel by the instru-
monitored has not been exceeded. ment pointer. The indicator cannot be reset anymore.

WIKA data sheet SP 09.03 ∙ 01/2015 Page 1 of 2

Specifications and possible Latching
combinations of the limit indicator

Measuring range: 0 ... 1.6 to 0 ... 1,000 bar

Possible limit value: 50 ... 100 % of full-scale value

in 10 % steps

Triggering by: Limit value being exceeded by max.

10 % (not valid with diaphragm seal
assembly, specific test required)

With case filling: Silicone oil

Interference prevention via: - Lead sealing or

- adhesive seals

Options for tamper-proofness

Adhesive seal which cannot be peeled off without Lead seal

destroying it

Ordering information
With models 232.50 and 233.50 nominal sizes 100 and 160, specify the limit indicator as an option (see data sheet PM 02.02)

© 2012 WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG, all rights reserved.
The specifications given in this document represent the state of engineering at the time of publishing.
We reserve the right to make modifications to the specifications and materials.

Page 2 of 2 WIKA data sheet SP 09.03 ∙ 01/2015

01/2015 EN

WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG

Alexander-Wiegand-Straße 30
63911 Klingenberg/Germany
Tel. +49 9372 132-0
Fax +49 9372 132-406
[email protected]
www.wika.de
 Instruction Manual P B‐13_e
Pressure Gauges

RIEGLER & Co. KG, QA‐Documentation edition 01/2017 page 1 of 4

Schützenstraße 27 | 72574 Bad Urach
Tel. 0049 7125 9497‐41 | ‐260
[email protected] subject technical changes.
 P B‐13_e Instruction Manual
Pressure Gauges

Applies to the following articles:

Standard pressure gauge, double scale

Standard pressure gauge, connection radial bottom

Article No. Type No.
101652 to 101669 110.32‐KD to 119‐KD

Standard pressure gauge, connection, rear, centr.

Article No. Type No.
101670 to 101462 110.43‐KD to 219‐KD

Standard pressure gauge, Single scale bar

Standard pressure gauge, single scale bar, connection radial bottom

Article No. Type No.
101680 to 101725 110.30‐K to 126‐K

Standard pressure gauge, single scale bar, connection, rear, centric

Article No. Type No.
101726 to 101763 110.41‐K to 226‐K

Standard pressure gauge, steel housing, single scale bar

Standard pressure gauge, single scale bar, connection radial bottom

Article No. Type No.
101764 to 101809 110.30 to 127

Standard pressure gauge, single scale bar, connection, rear, centric

Article No. Type No.
101810 to 101848 110.41 to 226

Standard pressure gauge, front ring

Standard pressure gauge, single scale bar, connection, rear, centric

Article No. Type No.
101849 to 101878 300/40 to 309/63

2.4 subj. technical changes 01/2017

 Instruction Manual P B‐13_e
Pressure Gauges

Standard pressure gauge with front ring, black, connection, rear, centric
Article No. Type No.
101879 to 101910 319/40 to 329/63

Standard pressure gauge, triangle front ring, connection, rear, centric101944

Article No. Type No.
101911 to 101943 110.70 to 110.104

Standard pressure gauge, plastic‐ or steel housing, single scale bar

Standard pressure gauge, single scale bar, different connections

Article No. Type No.
101944 to 102015 5301 to258

Welding technology pressure gauge

Welding technology pressure gauge, oxygen, connection radial bottom,

Article No. Type No.
101297 to 101300 401 to 413

Pressure gauge, robust design

Pressure gauge, robust design, diff. connections

Article No. Type No.
102016 to 102102067 500 to 613

Glycerine pressure gauge, diff. types

Glycerine pressure gauge, diff. types and connections

Article No. Type No.
102068 to 102405 700‐K to 5022

Standard pressure gauge CrNi steel design, diff. types

Standard pressure gauge CrNi steel design, diff. types and connections
Article No. Type No.
102406 to 134044 4101 to 4097

RIEGLER & Co. KG, QA‐Documentation edition 01/2017 page 3 of 4

Schützenstraße 27 | 72574 Bad Urach
Tel. 0049 7125 9497‐41 | ‐260
[email protected] subject technical changes.
 P B‐13_e Instruction Manual
Pressure Gauges

Pressure gauge for mbar, diff. types

Pressure gauge for mbar, diff. types and connections

Article No. Type No.
102517 to 102560 5840 to 6826

Micrometre pressure gauge

Micrometre pressure gauge, connection radial bottom

Article No. Type No.
102561 to 102577 1158 to 1173

Differential pressure gauge

Differential pressure gauge, 2 parallel radial male end connections below

Article No. Type No.
102578 to 102583 1201 to 1206

Diaphragm pressure gauge

Diaphragm pressure gauge, diff. types and connections

Article No. Type No.
102584 to 102594 PL 1901 to PL 2107

Contact pressure gauge

Contact pressure gauge, magnetic spring contact, connection radial bottom

Article No. Type No.
102595 to 102614 2201 to 3313

4.4 subj. technical changes 01/2017

 Mechanical
pressure measurement

Bourdon tube pressure gauge

Model 213.40, liquid filling, forged brass case
WIKA data sheet PM 02.06

for further approvals

see page 2

Applications
■■ For measuring points with high dynamic pressure loads or
vibrations
■■ For gaseous and liquid media that are not highly viscous
or crystallising and will not attack copper alloy parts
■■ Mining
■■ Hydraulics
■■ Shipbuilding

Special features
■■ Vibration and shock resistant
■■ Especially robust design
■■ NS 63 and 100 with Germanischer Lloyd and Gosstandart
approval
■■ Scale range up to 0 ... 1,000 bar Bourdon tube pressure gauge model 213.40

Description

Design Pressure limitation

EN 837-1 NS 63, 80: Steady: 3/4 x full scale value
Fluctuating: 2/3 x full scale value
Nominal size in mm Short time: Full scale value
63, 80, 100 NS 100: Steady: Full scale value
Fluctuating: 0.9 x full scale value
Accuracy class Short time: 1.3 x full scale value
NS 63, 80: 1.6
NS 100: 1.0 Permissible temperature
Ambient: -20 … +60 °C
Scale ranges Medium: +60 °C maximum
0 ... 0.6 to 0 ... 1,000 bar
or all other equivalent vacuum or combined pressure and Temperature effect
vacuum ranges When the temperature of the measuring system deviates
from the reference temperature (+20 °C): max. ±0.4 %/10 K
of the span

Ingress protection
IP 65 per EN 60529 / lEC 60529

WIKA data sheet PM 02.06 ∙ 05/2015 Page 1 of 3

Data sheets showing similar products:

Liquid filling, stainless steel case; model 213.53; see data sheet PM 02.12
Standard version CE conformity
Process connection Pressure equipment directive
Copper alloy, lower mount (LM) or back mount (BM) 97/23/EC, PS > 200 bar, module A, pressure accessory
NS 63: G ¼ B (male), 14 mm flats
NS 80, 100: G ½ B (male), 22 mm flats
Approvals
Pressure element
NS 63:
■■ GL, ships, shipbuilding (e.g. offshore), Germany
Copper alloy, C-type or helical type
■■ EAC, import certificate, customs union Russia/Belarus/
NS 80, 100:
Kazakhstan
Copper alloy, C-type
■■ GOST, metrology/measurement technology, Russia
Stainless steel 1.4571 or 1.4404, helical type
■■ CRN, safety (e.g. electr. safety, overpressure, ...), Canada

Movement
Copper alloy
Certificates (Option)
Dial
■■ 2.2 test report per EN 10204 (e.g. state-of-the-art
NS 63: Plastic ABS, white, with pointer stop pin
manufacturing, material proof, indication accuracy)
NS 80, 100: Aluminium, white
■■ 3.1 inspection certificate per EN 10204 (e.g. indication
Black lettering
accuracy)
Pointer
Aluminium, black

Approvals and certificates, see website

Window
Clear non-splintering plastic

Case
Solid forged brass, with blow-out device at case
circumference, 12 o‘clock.
Scale ranges ≤ 0 ... 16 bar with compensating valve to
vent case.

Bezel ring
Crimp ring, stainless steel
NS 63, 80: Natural finish
NS 100: Polished

Filling liquid
Glycerine

Options
■■ Other process connection
■■ Sealings (model 910.17, see data sheet AC 09.08)
■■ Internal pressure compensation (pressure compensation
foil)
■■ Increased medium temperature up to 100 °C with special
soft solder
■■ Ambient temperature resistant -40 ... +60 °C with silicone
oil filling
■■ Panel or surface mounting flange
■■ Triangular bezel with clamp
■■ Centre back mount (CBM) for NS 80 with scale range
≥ 60 bar

Page 2 of 3 WIKA data sheet PM 02.06 ∙ 05/2015

 Dimensions in mm
Standard version
Lower mount (LM)

1034804.03
NS 63, centre back mount (CBM) NS 80, 100, lower back mount (LBM)

1034812.03

1034839.02
NS Dimensions in mm Weight in kg
a b b1 b2 D1 D2 e f G h ±1 SW
63 12 36 36 56 62 62 10.5 - G¼B 54 14 0.30
80 14 38.5 38.5 69.5 79 79 8.5 23 G½B 76 22 0.80
100 13.5 49 49 81 99 99 11.5 30 G½B 87 22 1.10

Process connection per EN 837-1 / 7.3

Ordering information
Model / Nominal size / Scale range / Connection size / Connection location / Options

© 2005 WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG, all rights reserved.
The specifications given in this document represent the state of engineering at the time of publishing.
We reserve the right to make modifications to the specifications and materials.

WIKA data sheet PM 02.06 ∙ 05/2015 Page 3 of 3

05/2015 EN

WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG

Alexander-Wiegand-Straße 30
63911 Klingenberg/Germany
Tel. +49 9372 132-0
Fax +49 9372 132-406
[email protected]
www.wika.de
 Pressure

Bourdon tube pressure gauge, copper alloy

Stainless steel case, liquid filling, NS 50, 63 and 100
Model 213.53
WIKA data sheet PM 02.12

for further approvals see

page 3

Applications
■■ For measuring points with high dynamic pressure loads
and vibrations
■■ For gaseous and liquid media that are not highly viscous
or crystallising and will not attack copper alloy parts
■■ Hydraulics
■■ Compressors, shipbuilding

Special features
■■ Vibration and shock-resistant
■■ Especially robust design
■■ Type approval for the shipbuilding industry
■■ Scale ranges up to 0 ... 1,000 bar

Bourdon tube pressure gauge, model 213.53.100,

lower mount

Description
The liquid-filled model 213.53 Bourdon tube pressure gauge The cases of the model 213.53 are available in nominal sizes
is constructed with a case from stainless steel and wetted of 50, 63 and 100 mm and fulfil IP65 ingress protection. With
parts from copper alloy. an accuracy of up to class 1.0, this pressure gauge is suitab-
le for a wide range of applications in industry.
The model 213.53 meets the requirements of the internati-
onal industry standard EN 837-1 for Bourdon tube pressure For mounting in control panels, the pressure gauges with a
gauges. back mount process connection can be fitted with a mounting
flange or with a triangular bezel and mounting bracket.
Due to the liquid filling in the case, the pressure element and
movement are efficiently damped. Therefore, these instru-
ments are particularly suited to measuring points with high
dynamic loads, such as fast load cycles or vibrations.

WIKA data sheet PM 02.12 ∙ 04/2018 Page 1 of 4

Data sheets showing similar products:

Stainless steel case, liquid filling, NS 40, 80 and 100; model 113.53; see data sheet PM 01.08
Specifications Dial
NS 50, 63: Plastic ABS, white, with pointer stop pin
Design NS 100: Aluminium, white, black lettering
EN 837-1
Pointer
Nominal size in mm NS 50, 63: Plastic, black
50, 63, 100 NS 100: Aluminium, black

Accuracy class Case

NS 50, 63: 1.6 Stainless steel, natural finish
NS 100: 1.0 Sealing towards process connection with O-ring
With all scale ranges, the filling plug can be vented for inter-
Scale ranges nal pressure compensation.
NS 50: 0 ... 1 to 0 ... 1,000 bar
NS 63, 100: 0 ... 0.6 to 0 ... 1,000 bar Position of blow-out device
NS 50: Case back, at 12 o‘clock
Pressure limitation NS 63, 100: Case circumference, at 12 o‘clock
NS 50, 63: Steady: 3/4 x full scale value
Fluctuating: 2/3 x full scale value Window
Short time: Full scale value Plastic, crystal-clear
NS 100: Steady: Full scale value
Fluctuating: 0.9 x full scale value Ring
Short time: 1.3 x full scale value Crimped triangular bezel, stainless steel, glossy finish

Permissible temperature Filling liquid

Ambient: -20 … +60 °C Glycerine
Medium: +60 °C maximum

Temperature effect Options

When the temperature of the measuring system deviates
from the reference temperature (+20 °C): max. ±0.4 %/10 K ■■ Other process connection
of the span ■■ Sealings (model 910.17, see data sheet AC 09.08)
■■ Measuring system and movement from stainless steel
Ingress protection per IEC/EN 60529 (model 233.53)
IP65 ■■ NS 100: Zero point adjustment (in front)
■■ Increased medium temperature with special soft solder
Process connection - NS 50, 63: 100 °C
Copper alloy - NS 100: 150 °C
Lower mount or back mount ■■ Extended ambient temperature range -40 ... +60 °C with
NS 50, 63: G ¼ B (male), SW 14 silicone oil filling
NS 100: G ½ B (male), SW 22 ■■ Panel mounting flange, stainless steel, for back mount
connection
Pressure element ■■ Surface mounting flange, stainless steel (only NS 63, 100)
NS 50: ■■ Mounting clamp, for back mount
Copper alloy, C-type or helical type

NS 63:
≤ 400 bar: Copper alloy, C-type or helical type
> 400 bar: ≥ 400 bar: Stainless steel 316L, helical type

NS 100:
< 100 bar: Copper alloy, C-type
≥ 100 bar: Stainless steel 316L, helical type

Movement
Copper alloy

WIKA data sheet PM 02.12 ∙ 04/2018 Page 2 of 4

Approvals
Logo Description Country
EU declaration of conformity European Union
Pressure equipment directive
PS > 200 bar, module A, pressure accessory
GOST (option) Russia
Metrology, measurement technology
KazInMetr (option) Kazakhstan
Metrology, measurement technology
- MTSCHS (option) Kazakhstan
Permission for commissioning
BelGIM (option) Belarus
Metrology, measurement technology
UkrSEPRO (option) Ukraine
Metrology, measurement technology
Uzstandard (option) Uzbekistan
Metrology, measurement technology
- CPA China
Metrology, measurement technology
GL International
Ships, shipbuilding (e.g. offshore)
- KBA European Union
Automotive
- CRN Canada
Safety (e.g. electr. safety, overpressure, ...)

Certificates (option)
■■ 2.2 test report per EN 10204 (e.g. state-of-the-art
manufacturing, material proof, indication accuracy)
■■ 3.1 inspection certificate per EN 10204 (e.g. indication
accuracy)

Approvals and certificates, see website

WIKA data sheet PM 02.12 ∙ 04/2018 Page 3 of 4

 Dimensions in mm
Standard version
Lower mount (radial)

1224557.01
NS 50, 63, centre back mount NS 100, lower back mount
31059155.01

11081163.01
NS Dimensions in mm Weight in kg
a b ±0.5 b2 ±0.5 D1 D2 e f G h ±1 SW
50 12 30 55 55 50 5.5 - G¼B 48 14 0.15
63 13 32 56 68 62 6.5 - G¼B 54 14 0.21
100 15.5 48 81.5 107 100 8 30 G½B 87 22 0.80

Process connection per EN 837-1 / 7.3

Ordering information
Model / Nominal size / Scale range / Process connection / Connection location / Options

© 09/2008 WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG, all rights reserved.
The specifications given in this document represent the state of engineering at the time of publishing.
We reserve the right to make modifications to the specifications and materials.
04/2018 EN

WIKA data sheet PM 02.12 ∙ 04/2018 Page 4 of 4

WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG

Alexander-Wiegand-Straße 30
63911 Klingenberg/Germany
Tel. +49 9372 132-0
Fax +49 9372 132-406
[email protected]
www.wika.de
 1451979861 / 00 / 14.08.2020

We live our values.

Excellence • Passion • Integrity • Responsibility • GEA-versity

GEA Group is a global engineering company with multi-billion euro sales and
operations in more than 50 countries. Founded in 1881, the company is one of the
largest providers of innovative equipment and process technology. GEA Group is
listed in the STOXX® Europe 600 Index.

GEA Westfalia Separator Group GmbH

Werner-Habig-Str. 1, 59302 Oelde, Germany

Tel.: +49 2522 77-0, Fax +49 2522 77-2488
[email protected], www.gea.com